Fig. 3. The distributions of cluster size (the number of particles) for different initial pile-up configurations.

결정 결함 집합체 성장의 수수께끼: 스케일링 분석으로 재료 파괴 예측의 새로운 지평을 열다

본 기술 요약은 Yuri G. Gordienko가 발표한 “Migration-Driven Hierarchical Crystal Defect Aggregation — Symmetry and Scaling Analysis” 논문을 기반으로 하며, STI C&D의 기술 전문가에 의해 분석 및 요약되었습니다.

키워드

  • Primary Keyword: 결정 결함 집합체 성장
  • Secondary Keywords: 포커-플랑크 방정식, 대칭성 분석, 스케일링 분석, 결정 격자 결함, 파괴 표면

Executive Summary

  • 도전 과제: 금속 및 합금의 파괴로 이어지는 계층적 결함 구조의 형성 메커니즘은 여러 스케일에 걸친 복잡한 집합 과정으로 인해 예측하기 어렵습니다.
  • 연구 방법: 결정 결함의 분리(detaching) 및 부착(attaching) 과정을 개별적으로 고려하는 일반적인 집합체 성장 모델을 제안하고, 이를 포커-플랑크 방정식으로 변환하여 대칭성 및 스케일링 분석을 수행했습니다.
  • 핵심 돌파구: 결함 집합체의 형태와 관계없이, 제안된 모델은 슈뢰딩거 방정식으로 변환될 수 있음을 입증했습니다. 이를 통해 정확한 비정상 상태(non-stationary) 해를 계산하고 결함 집합 성장의 근본적인 스케일링 법칙을 규명할 수 있습니다.
  • 핵심 결론: 실험적으로 관찰된 결함 집합체의 분포에 대한 스케일링 분석을 통해, 시스템의 내재적 대칭성과 특정 집합 시나리오를 파악하여 재료의 피로 및 파괴 현상을 더 정확하게 예측할 수 있습니다.

도전 과제: 이 연구가 CFD 전문가에게 중요한 이유

재료 과학 분야에서 금속의 파괴 표면은 다양한 스케일에서 자기 유사성(self-affine)을 보이는 복잡한 기하학적 구조를 나타냅니다. 고강도 저합금강의 피로 파괴부터 콘크리트의 균열 전파에 이르기까지, 이러한 현상은 재료 내부의 결정 결함들이 어떻게 집합체를 형성하는지와 깊은 관련이 있습니다. 기존에는 이러한 결함 집합 과정의 스케일 불변(scale-invariant) 거동을 설명하기 위한 여러 모델이 제안되었지만, 다양한 물리적 조건과 결함 형태에 따른 집합 과정을 통합적으로 설명하는 데 한계가 있었습니다.

특히, 결함들이 서로 다른 클러스터(집합체) 사이를 이동하며 성장하는 과정은 매우 복잡합니다. 이 과정의 속도를 결정하는 교환율 커널(exchange rate kernel)은 클러스터의 크기, 형태(선형, 평면, 구형, 프랙탈 등), 그리고 입자의 분리 및 부착 확률에 따라 달라집니다. 이러한 복잡성 때문에 재료의 변형 및 파괴로 이어지는 계층적 결함 구조의 출현을 예측하고 제어하는 것은 엔지니어링 분야의 오랜 난제였습니다. 이 연구는 바로 이 문제, 즉 복잡한 결함 집합 과정의 근본적인 물리 법칙과 대칭성을 밝혀내어 예측 가능성을 높이는 것을 목표로 합니다.

접근 방식: 연구 방법론 분석

본 연구는 결정 결함 집합체 성장을 설명하기 위해 이상적인 일반 모델을 제안하는 것에서 시작합니다. 이 모델의 핵심은 입자가 클러스터에서 분리되는 과정(detaching)과 다른 클러스터에 부착되는 과정(attaching)을 별개의 사건으로 간주하고, 각각 다른 속도를 가질 수 있다고 가정한 것입니다.

  • 핵심 변수:
    • 분리 커널 (Detach Kernel) Kd(n) = kd * Sd(n): 크기 n인 클러스터에서 입자가 분리되는 속도입니다. kd는 분리 활성화 척도, Sd(n) = sd * n^α는 분리 과정에 관여하는 ‘활성 표면’입니다.
    • 부착 커널 (Attach Kernel) Ka(n) = ka * Sa(n): 크기 n인 클러스터에 입자가 부착되는 속도입니다. ka는 부착 활성화 척도, Sa(n) = sa * n^β는 부착 과정의 ‘활성 표면’입니다.
    • 지수 α와 β는 클러스터의 형태(morphology)에 따라 결정됩니다. (예: 선형 클러스터 α=1, 구형 클러스터 α=2/3)
Fig. 1. Example of minimum active surface --- pile-up of dislocations: it is possible to go in/out pile-up
only through left/right ends of the pile-up.
Fig. 1. Example of minimum active surface — pile-up of dislocations: it is possible to go in/out pile-up only through left/right ends of the pile-up.

이러한 개별적인 과정을 기반으로, 시간에 따른 클러스터 크기 분포 f(n,t)의 변화를 설명하는 지배 방정식(Eq. 2)을 수립했습니다. 클러스터의 크기 n이 매우 큰 점근적 영역에서는 이 방정식을 시간 독립적인 드리프트(drift) 및 확산(diffusion) 계수를 갖는 일반적인 포커-플랑크 방정식(Fokker-Planck equation, Eq. 3)으로 변환할 수 있습니다.

  • 드리프트 계수 D1(n) = Ka(n) - Kd(n)
  • 확산 계수 D2(n) = Ka(n)

이 변환을 통해 복잡한 이산적(discrete) 집합 과정을 연속적인(continuous) 확률 과정으로 분석할 수 있게 되었으며, 모델의 대칭성과 스케일링 해를 찾는 강력한 이론적 기반을 마련했습니다.

핵심 돌파구: 주요 발견 및 데이터

연구진은 제안된 모델을 두 가지 극단적인 시나리오에 적용하여 몬테카를로 시뮬레이션을 수행하고, 그 결과를 통해 서로 다른 집합 동역학을 명확히 보여주었습니다.

발견 1: 최소 활성 표면(Minimum Active Surface) 모델의 확산적 거동

이 시나리오는 α=0인 경우로, 클러스터의 전체 크기와 무관하게 활성 입자 수가 일정한 경우를 의미합니다. 이는 결정 내 전위(dislocation)들이 한 줄로 쌓이는 “파일업(pile-up)” 현상(그림 1)으로 비유할 수 있으며, 전위는 파일업의 양 끝단을 통해서만 들어오고 나갈 수 있습니다.

시뮬레이션 결과(그림 3), 초기 입자 분포(단일 입자, 10개 입자 클러스터, 100개 입자 클러스터)가 달라도 일정 시간이 지나면 모두 유사한 형태의 넓은 피크를 갖는 분포로 수렴했습니다. 이 피크는 평균 클러스터 크기 <N>에 해당하며, 이는 시스템이 “확산과 유사한 동역학적 보편성 등급(diffusive-like kinetic universality class)”을 따름을 시사합니다. 즉, 시스템은 예측 가능한 평균 크기를 중심으로 안정화되는 경향을 보입니다.

발견 2: 최대 활성 표면(Maximum Active Surface) 모델의 스케일-프리 거동

이 시나리오는 α=1인 경우로, 클러스터의 모든 입자가 분리 및 부착에 참여할 수 있는 경우를 의미합니다. 이는 전위들이 벽처럼 쌓이는 “벽(wall)” 구조(그림 2)에 해당하며, 어떤 위치에서든 전위가 들어오고 나갈 수 있습니다.

시뮬레이션 결과(그림 4, 5)는 최소 활성 표면 모델과 극명한 대조를 보였습니다. 평균 클러스터 크기 <N>은 시간에 따라 거의 선형적으로 증가했으며(~t^β, 여기서 β ≈ 0.95), 클러스터 크기 분포는 뚜렷한 피크가 없는 스케일-프리(scale-free) 분포로 진화했습니다. 이는 다양한 크기의 클러스터가 공존하는 계층적 구조가 형성됨을 의미하며, 이러한 분포에서는 ‘평균 클러스터 크기’라는 개념 자체가 무의미해집니다. 이는 파괴 표면에서 관찰되는 자기 유사성과 직접적으로 연결되는 중요한 발견입니다.

Fig. 3. The distributions of cluster size (the number of particles) for different initial pile-up
configurations.
Fig. 3. The distributions of cluster size (the number of particles) for different initial pile-up configurations.

R&D 및 운영을 위한 실질적 시사점

  • 공정 엔지니어: 본 연구는 결함 집합체의 기하학적 구조(“파일업” 대 “벽”)가 집합 동역학을 근본적으로 변화시킴을 보여줍니다. 이는 금속 성형과 같은 공정 조건을 제어하여 특정 유형의 결함 배열을 유도함으로써 재료의 수명과 신뢰성을 향상시킬 수 있음을 시사합니다.
  • 품질 관리팀: 논문의 그림 5에서 보듯이, 스케일-프리 분포를 갖는 시스템에서는 ‘평균’ 결함 크기만 측정하는 것이 오해를 불러일으킬 수 있습니다. 보다 정확한 파괴 예측을 위해서는 결함 집합체의 전체 ‘분포’를 분석하여 근본적인 집합 시나리오를 파악하는 새로운 품질 검사 기준이 필요합니다.
  • 설계 엔지니어: 클러스터 형태(지수 α로 표현)가 스케일링 거동에 미치는 영향에 대한 연구 결과는 피로 및 파괴 예측을 위한 유한요소해석(FEA) 시뮬레이션의 재료 모델을 개선하는 데 중요한 정보를 제공합니다. 초기 설계 단계에서 결함 집합체의 형태를 고려하는 것이 중요합니다.

논문 상세 정보


Migration-Driven Hierarchical Crystal Defect Aggregation — Symmetry and Scaling Analysis

1. 개요:

  • 제목: Migration-Driven Hierarchical Crystal Defect Aggregation — Symmetry and Scaling Analysis
  • 저자: Yuri G. Gordienko
  • 발행 연도: (논문 내 명시되지 않음)
  • 발행 학술지/학회: (논문 내 명시되지 않음)
  • 키워드: crystal lattice defects; aggregate growth; symmetry; group classification; Fokker-Planck equation; Schrödinger equation; exact non-stationary solutions.

2. 초록:

최근 여러 금속 및 합금에서 파괴 전후에 계층적 결함 하부구조가 실험적으로 관찰되었다. 본 연구에서는 계층적 결함 하부구조의 출현과 함께 결정 결함 집합에 대한 일반적인 모델을 제안하고 넓은 범위의 스케일에서 고려한다. 이 모델들의 일반적인 그룹 분석이 수행되고, 지배 방정식의 대칭성이 확인된다. 결함 집합체 성장 모델은 여러 부분적인 경우에 대해 고려되며, 고전적인 Lifshitz-Slyozov-Wagner의 조대화 이론, Leyvraz-Redner의 집합체 성장 스케일링 이론 등과 비교된다. 새로운 모델의 축소된 방정식이 생성되고 해결되며, 일반적인 스케일링 해가 주어진다. 얻어진 결과는 예비 시뮬레이션을 통해 설명된다.

3. 서론:

재료 과학에서 파괴된 표면은 여러 스케일에서 자기 유사(self-affine) 기하학을 보여준다. 파괴 표면의 프랙탈 분석은 단일 프랙탈 차원뿐만 아니라 다중 프랙탈 스펙트럼으로도 묘사될 수 있음을 보여준다. 변형된 금속 및 합금에서 실험적으로 관찰된 계층적 결함 하부구조는 개별 결정 결함들 사이의 일부 집합 과정의 결과로 나타난다. 이러한 집합 현상은 입자들이 한 클러스터를 떠나 다른 클러스터에 부착되는 교환 과정을 통해 발생하며, 이는 교환율 커널 K(i, j)로 설명된다. 본 연구에서는 이러한 접근법을 기반으로 이상적인 일반 집합 성장 모델을 제안하고, 복잡한 시스템의 스케일 불변 거동의 가장 일반적인 전조를 강조하고자 한다.

4. 연구 요약:

연구 주제의 배경:

금속 및 합금의 소성 변형 및 파괴 과정에서 나타나는 결함 구조는 복잡한 계층적, 자기 유사적 특징을 보인다. 이러한 구조의 형성은 재료의 기계적 특성과 수명에 결정적인 영향을 미치지만, 그 형성 메커니즘인 결함 집합 과정은 명확히 규명되지 않았다.

이전 연구 현황:

Lifshitz-Slyozov-Wagner 이론이나 Leyvraz-Redner 스케일링 이론과 같은 기존 모델들은 특정 조건 하에서의 집합 현상을 설명했지만, 다양한 결함 형태와 이동 메커니즘을 포괄하는 일반적인 프레임워크는 부족했다.

연구 목적:

결정 결함 집합 과정에 대한 일반화된 모델을 제안하고, 그 지배 방정식의 대칭성 분석을 통해 근본적인 스케일링 법칙을 도출하는 것을 목적으로 한다. 이를 통해 실험적으로 관찰되는 결함 분포의 본질적인 대칭성과 집합 시나리오를 밝히는 이론적 도구를 제공하고자 한다.

핵심 연구:

입자의 분리(detaching)와 부착(attaching) 과정을 독립적으로 모델링하고, 이를 통해 일반적인 포커-플랑크 방정식을 유도했다. 이 방정식의 대칭성 분석을 통해 모든 형태의 클러스터에 대한 집합 성장 모델이 열 방정식(heat equation)과 동등한 대칭성을 가지며, 최종적으로 슈뢰딩거 방정식으로 변환될 수 있음을 보였다. 최소 및 최대 활성 표면이라는 두 가지 극단적인 모델에 대한 몬테카를로 시뮬레이션을 수행하여 이론적 예측을 검증했다.

5. 연구 방법론

연구 설계:

본 연구는 이론적 모델링과 수치 시뮬레이션을 결합한 방식으로 설계되었다. 먼저, 물리적 현상을 설명하기 위한 일반적인 수학적 모델(master equation)을 수립하고, 이를 점근적 근사를 통해 연속적인 미분 방정식(포커-플랑크 방정식)으로 변환했다. 그 후, 군론(group theory)을 이용한 대칭성 분석을 통해 방정식의 근본적인 특성을 파악하고 해의 형태를 예측했다.

데이터 수집 및 분석 방법:

이론 모델을 검증하기 위해 몬테카를로 시뮬레이션 방법을 사용했다. 10^5개의 입자를 포함하는 시스템에 대해 세 가지 다른 초기 조건(모든 입자가 개별적인 경우, 10개 입자로 구성된 클러스터, 100개 입자로 구성된 클러스터)을 설정하고, 시간에 따른 클러스터 크기 분포의 변화를 추적했다. 시뮬레이션 결과는 클러스터 크기 분포 히스토그램과 평균 클러스터 크기의 시간적 변화 그래프로 분석되었다.

연구 주제 및 범위:

연구는 결정 결함의 이동에 의해 구동되는 계층적 집합체 성장에 초점을 맞춘다. 특히 클러스터의 형태(활성 표면의 크기로 모델링됨)가 집합 동역학에 미치는 영향을 중점적으로 다룬다. 연구 범위는 이론적 모델 수립, 대칭성 분석, 스케일링 해 도출, 그리고 최소/최대 활성 표면을 갖는 원시 모델에 대한 예비 시뮬레이션까지 포함한다.

6. 주요 결과:

주요 결과:

  • 결정 결함 집합체 성장 과정은 분리(detaching)와 부착(attaching) 과정을 독립적으로 고려하는 일반 모델로 설명될 수 있으며, 이는 점근적으로 포커-플랑크 방정식으로 변환된다.
  • 이 포커-플랑크 방정식은 대칭성 분석을 통해 열 방정식(heat equation)과 동등한 대칭성을 가지며, 슈뢰딩거 방정식으로 변환될 수 있다. 이는 정확한 비정상 상태 해를 구할 수 있는 경로를 제공한다.
  • 최소 활성 표면 모델(파일업): 초기 조건과 무관하게 평균 클러스터 크기를 중심으로 하는 넓은 피크 분포로 수렴하는 확산적 거동을 보인다.
  • 최대 활성 표면 모델(벽): 뚜렷한 피크가 없는 스케일-프리 분포로 진화하며, 평균 클러스터 크기는 시간에 따라 선형적으로 증가한다. 이러한 시스템에서는 ‘평균’의 개념이 무의미하다.
  • 결함 집합체의 기하학적 구조(morphology)가 집합 동역학과 최종 분포 형태를 결정하는 핵심 요소임을 입증했다.

그림 목록:

  • Fig. 1. Example of minimum active surface — pile-up of dislocations: it is possible to go in/out pile-up only through left/right ends of the pile-up.
  • Fig. 2. Example of maximum active surface — wall of dislocations: it is possible to go in/out wall in any place.
  • Fig. 3. The distributions of cluster size (the number of particles) for different initial pile-up configurations.
  • Fig. 4. The average cluster size (the number of particles) as a function of time steps for different initial wall configurations: squares — all solitary particles (configuration A), triangles — many small clusters (configuration B), circles — several big clusters (configuration C).
  • Fig. 5. The distributions of cluster size (the number of particles) for different initial wall configurations

7. 결론:

본 연구는 결함 집합체 성장을 특성화하기 위한 이상적인 일반 접근법을 제안했으며, 이를 통해 일부 집합 시나리오의 스케일링 특성을 찾을 수 있었다. 이 접근법은 시간 독립적인 드리프트 및 확산 계수를 가진 일반 형태의 1변수 포커-플랑크 방정식으로 설명될 수 있음을 보였다. 이 방정식은 대칭성 변환을 통해 등가인 열 방정식으로, 그리고 더 나아가 슈뢰딩거 방정식으로 변환될 수 있다. 이는 그린 함수를 쉽게 계산할 수 있게 하여, 임의의 초기 및 경계 조건에 대한 비정상 상태 해를 얻을 수 있음을 의미한다. 실용적인 관점에서, 실험적으로 얻은 결함 집합체 분포의 스케일링 분석은 그들의 내재적 대칭성을 결정하고 해당 집합 시나리오를 밝혀내는 데 기여할 것이다.

8. 참고 문헌:

  1. B.B. Mandelbrot: Nature, 308 (1984), p.721.
  2. K. Banerji: Metall Trans A, 19 (1988), p. 961.
  3. K. Slámecka, P. Ponížil, J. Pokluda: Mater. Sci. and Eng.: A, 462, Issues 1-2 (2007), p. 359.
  4. M.A. Issa, M.A. Issa, Md.S. Islam, A. Chudnovsky: Eng. Fract. Mech., 70 (2003), p.125.
  5. M.P. Wnuk, A. Yavari: Eng. Fract. Mech., 75 (2008), p. 1127.
  6. S. Stach, J. Cybo: Mater. Charact., 51 (2003), p. 79; ibid. p. 87.
  7. Yu.G. Gordienko, E. Zasimchuk: Proceedings of the SPIE, 2361 (1994), p. 312.
  8. E.E. Zasimchuk, Yu.G. Gordienko, R.G. Gontareva, I.K. Zasimchuk: J. Mater. Eng. and Perf., 12 (2003), p. 68; Yu.G. Gordienko, et al: Adv. Eng. Mater., 8, Issue 10 (2006), p. 957.
  9. T. Kleiser, M. Bocek, Z. Metalkde 77 (1986) 587.
  10. H. Neuhäuser, in: L.P. Kubin, G. Martin (Eds.), Nonlinear Phenomenon in Materials Science, vol. 3 & 4 of Solid State Pheneomenon (Trans. Tech. Publications, Switzerland 1988), p. 407.
  11. M. Zaiser, F.M. Grasset, V. Koutsos, E.C. Aifantis, Phys. Rev. Lett. 93 (2004) 195507.
  12. P. Hähner, K. Bay, M. Zaiser, Phys. Rev. Lett. 81 (1998) 2470.
  13. G. Ananthakrishna: Physics Reports, 440 (2007), p. 113.
  14. I.M. Lifshitz and V.V. Slyozov: Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz., 35 (1959), p. 479 [Sov. Phys. JETP, 8, (1959), p. 331]; J. Phys. Chem. Solids, 19 (1961), p. 35.
  15. A. Zangwill: Physics at Surfaces (Cambridge University Press, New York 1988).
  16. S. Chandrasekhar: Rev. Mod. Phys., 15 (1943), p. 1.
  17. S. Ispolatov, P.L. Krapivsky, and S. Redner: Eur. Phys. J., В 2 (1998), p. 267.
  18. F. Leyvraz and S. Redner: Phys. Rev. Lett., 88 (2002) 068301.
  19. A.D. Fokker: Ann.Phys., 43 (1914), p. 810; M.Planck: Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Phys. Math. K1 (1917), p. 325.
  20. Yu. Gordienko (to be published).
  21. G. Cicogna and D. Vitali: J.Phys.A: Math.Gen., 23 (1990), p. L85.
  22. E.B. Dynkin: Markov Processes (Moscow, Fizmatgiz 1963).
  23. T. Miyazawa: Phys. Rev. A, 39 (1989), p. 1447.
  24. U. Niederer, Helv. Phys. Acta, 46 (1973), p. 191; C.P. Boyer, Helv. Phys. Acta, 47 (1974), p. 589.

Expert Q&A: 전문가 Q&A

Q1: 이 연구에서 복잡한 결함 집합 과정을 모델링하기 위해 포커-플랑크 방정식을 선택한 이유는 무엇입니까?

A1: 포커-플랑크 방정식은 클러스터의 크기 n이 매우 클 때, 이산적인 마스터 방정식(Eq. 2)의 점근적 형태이기 때문입니다. 이는 수많은 개별 입자의 이동을 드리프트(평균적인 움직임)와 확산(무작위적인 움직임)이라는 두 가지 항을 갖는 연속적인 확률 과정으로 근사하여 분석할 수 있게 해줍니다. 이 변환 덕분에 강력한 연속체 역학 및 대칭성 분석 기법을 적용하여 시스템의 거시적인 거동과 스케일링 법칙을 도출할 수 있었습니다.

Q2: 포커-플랑크 방정식을 슈뢰딩거 방정식으로 변환하는 것이 실질적으로 어떤 의미를 갖나요?

A2: 가장 큰 의미는 분석의 용이성입니다. 일반적인 포커-플랑크 방정식, 특히 임의의 드리프트 및 확산 계수를 갖는 경우, 정확한 비정상 상태 해를 구하는 것은 매우 어렵습니다. 하지만 이를 슈뢰딩거 방정식(Eq. 8) 형태로 변환하면 양자역학에서 발전된 표준적인 해법들을 적용할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 그린 함수를 체계적으로 계산할 수 있게 되어, 어떤 초기 조건이 주어지더라도 시간에 따른 시스템의 완전한 변화를 예측할 수 있게 됩니다. 이는 이론적 분석을 크게 단순화하고 실용적인 해를 제공하는 핵심적인 단계입니다.

Q3: 논문에서는 ‘최소 활성 표면'(α=0)과 ‘최대 활성 표면'(α=1)을 집중적으로 다루었습니다. 그 사이의 중간적인 경우(0 < α < 1)는 어떤 물리적 의미를 가지나요?

A3: 논문에서 언급된 바와 같이, 0 < α < 1인 경우는 클러스터의 대부분(bulk)이 활성 표면에 의해 둘러싸여 보호받는 구조에 해당합니다. 예를 들어, 원반(disk)의 둘레, 프랙탈 구조의 경계, 또는 구(sphere)의 바깥층이 여기에 해당될 수 있습니다. 본 연구에서 수행된 일반적인 대칭성 분석은 이러한 중간적인 경우에도 동일하게 적용됩니다. 즉, 이 경우들도 슈뢰딩거 방정식으로 변환될 수 있지만, 구체적인 스케일링 해와 동역학적 거동은 α 값에 따라 ‘파일업’과 ‘벽’ 모델의 중간적인 특성을 보일 것으로 예상됩니다.

Q4: ‘벽’ 모델의 시뮬레이션 결과(그림 5)가 스케일-프리 분포를 보이는 이유는 무엇이며, 왜 이 경우 ‘평균 클러스터 크기’가 무의미하다고 하셨나요?

A4: 스케일-프리 분포는 시스템 내에 특정한 크기 척도(characteristic scale)가 없다는 것을 의미합니다. ‘파일업’ 모델처럼 특정 평균 크기를 중심으로 분포가 집중되는 것이 아니라, 작고 큰 클러스터들이 일정한 멱법칙(power-law) 관계를 유지하며 모든 스케일에서 공존합니다. 이러한 분포에서는 산술적인 ‘평균’ 값이 전체 시스템을 대표하지 못하고 무의미해집니다. 이는 파괴 표면에서 관찰되는 자기 유사성, 즉 부분을 확대해도 전체와 비슷한 구조가 반복되는 현상의 근본적인 원인이며, 계층적 구조 형성의 중요한 특징입니다.

Q5: 시뮬레이션이 제한된 입자 수(<10^5)와 시간(<10^4 steps) 내에서 수행되었습니다. 이것이 결론의 타당성에 어떤 영향을 미칩니까?

A5: 저자는 이 한계를 명확히 인지하고 있습니다. 논문에서도 언급했듯이, 현재 시뮬레이션 규모로는 큰 n과 t에 대한 이론적 결과와 직접적으로 정량 비교하기는 어렵습니다. 따라서 제시된 시뮬레이션 결과는 이론 모델의 정성적인 거동을 ‘설명’하고 ‘예시’하는 목적으로 이해해야 합니다. 더 신뢰성 있는 결론을 내리고 이론적 해와 정밀하게 비교하기 위해서는 더 큰 규모의 시뮬레이션이 필요하며, 이는 현재 진행 중인 후속 연구 과제입니다.


결론: 더 높은 품질과 생산성을 향한 길

재료의 파괴로 이어지는 결정 결함 집합체 성장 메커니즘을 이해하는 것은 자동차, 항공우주, 전자 산업의 신뢰성 확보에 필수적입니다. 본 연구는 복잡하게만 보였던 결함 집합 현상이 결함 구조의 기하학적 형태에 따라 예측 가능한 스케일링 법칙과 대칭성을 따른다는 핵심적인 통찰을 제공합니다. 특히, 포커-플랑크 방정식을 슈뢰딩거 방정식으로 변환하는 독창적인 접근법은 재료의 수명과 파괴를 예측하는 시뮬레이션의 정확도를 한 단계 끌어올릴 수 있는 이론적 토대를 마련했습니다.

(주)에스티아이씨앤디에서는 고객이 수치해석을 직접 수행하고 싶지만 경험이 없거나, 시간이 없어서 용역을 통해 수치해석 결과를 얻고자 하는 경우 전문 엔지니어를 통해 CFD consulting services를 제공합니다. 귀하께서 당면하고 있는 연구프로젝트를 최소의 비용으로, 최적의 해결방안을 찾을 수 있도록 지원합니다.

  • 연락처 : 02-2026-0450
  • 이메일 : flow3d@stikorea.co.kr

저작권 정보

  • 이 콘텐츠는 Yuri G. Gordienko의 논문 “Migration-Driven Hierarchical Crystal Defect Aggregation — Symmetry and Scaling Analysis”을 기반으로 한 요약 및 분석 자료입니다.
  • 출처: (DOI 또는 논문 링크가 제공되지 않았습니다.)

본 자료는 정보 제공 목적으로만 사용됩니다. 무단 상업적 사용을 금지합니다. Copyright © 2025 STI C&D. All rights reserved.

Table 2.2: Basic steps of FEM application in metal forming.

고강도강(AHSS) 성형의 스프링백 예측: 시뮬레이션과 실험으로 정밀도 높이기

이 기술 요약은 Noraisah Binti Mohamad Noor가 2011년 University Tun Hussein Onn Malaysia에 제출한 석사 학위 논문 “PREDICTION OF SPRINGBACK IN THE FORMING OF ADVANCED HIGH STRENGTH STEEL: SIMULATION AND EXPERIMENTAL STUDY”를 기반으로 합니다. 이 자료는 STI C&D의 기술 전문가에 의해 분석 및 요약되었습니다.

키워드

  • Primary Keyword: 스프링백 예측
  • Secondary Keywords: 고강도강 (AHSS), 듀얼 페이즈강 (DP Steel), 유한요소 시뮬레이션 (FE Simulation), 판재 성형, U-채널 성형, Ls-dyna

Executive Summary

  • 도전 과제: 자동차 경량화를 위해 필수적인 고강도강(AHSS)은 성형 후 높은 스프링백 현상으로 인해 부품 조립 시 정합 불량 및 설계 형상과의 오차를 유발하는 문제를 안고 있습니다.
  • 해결 방법: 본 연구에서는 듀얼 페이즈강(DP800)의 판재 성형 공정을 유한요소(FE) 시뮬레이션(Ls-dyna 사용)으로 모델링하고, 실제 U-채널 성형 실험을 통해 시뮬레이션의 스프링백 예측 정확도를 검증했습니다.
  • 핵심 발견: 등방성 경화(Isotropic Hardening) 모델이 DP800 강재의 소성 거동을 효과적으로 모사함을 확인했으며, 블랭크 홀딩력(BHF) 20kN 조건에서 스프링백이 최소화되는 최적의 공정 조건을 발견했습니다.
  • 핵심 결론: 정밀한 유한요소 시뮬레이션을 통해 고강도강의 스프링백을 정확하게 예측하고 금형 설계에 미리 보상함으로써, 부품의 최종 형상 정밀도를 크게 향상시킬 수 있습니다.
Figure 1.1: Purpose of light weight components (Jeswiet J et.al, 2008)
Figure 1.1: Purpose of light weight components (Jeswiet J et.al, 2008)

도전 과제: 왜 이 연구가 CFD 전문가에게 중요한가

자동차 산업은 연비 향상과 충돌 안전성 강화를 위해 차체 경량화에 집중하고 있으며, 이를 위해 고강도강(AHSS)의 사용이 급격히 증가하고 있습니다. 하지만 고강도강은 일반 강판에 비해 강도가 높은 만큼 탄성 회복량, 즉 ‘스프링백(Springback)’이 크게 발생하는 고질적인 문제를 안고 있습니다.

성형 공정 후 발생하는 스프링백은 부품의 형상을 의도한 설계와 다르게 변형시켜 조립 공정에서 정합 불량을 일으키고, 최종 제품의 기하학적 정밀도를 저하시킵니다. 이러한 문제를 해결하기 위해 과거에는 수많은 시행착오를 거쳐 금형을 수정해야 했으며, 이는 막대한 시간과 비용 낭비로 이어졌습니다. 따라서 성형 전에 스프링백을 정확하게 예측하고 이를 금형 설계에 반영하는 기술은 AHSS를 활용한 고품질 부품 생산의 핵심 과제입니다.

접근 방식: 연구 방법론 분석

본 연구는 고강도강의 스프링백 현상을 정밀하게 예측하기 위해 시뮬레이션과 실험을 병행하는 접근법을 채택했습니다.

  • 소재: 스웨덴 SSAB에서 제조한 듀얼 페이즈강(Dual Phase Steel)인 DOCOL 800 DP (두께 0.72mm, 최대 인장강도 870MPa)를 사용했습니다.
  • 물성치 확보: 인장 시험을 통해 소재의 핵심 소성 거동 특성인 변형 경화 지수(n=0.308)와 강도 계수(K=1319.165 MPa)를 실험적으로 측정했습니다.
  • 시뮬레이션: 상용 유한요소해석 코드인 Ls-dyna를 사용하여 인장 시험과 U-채널 성형 공정을 시뮬레이션했습니다. 소재의 소성 거동은 지수 기반의 등방성 경화(Isotropic Hardening) 구성 방정식을 사용하여 모델링했습니다.
  • 실험 및 검증: 시뮬레이션 결과를 검증하기 위해 실제 U-채널 성형 실험을 수행했습니다. 특히 블랭크 홀딩력(BHF)을 10kN, 20kN, 30kN, 97kN으로 변경하며 스프링백에 미치는 영향을 비교 분석했습니다.

핵심 발견: 주요 연구 결과 및 데이터

본 연구는 시뮬레이션과 실험을 통해 고강도강의 스프링백 예측 및 제어에 대한 중요한 통찰을 제공했습니다.

발견 1: DP800 강재에 대한 등방성 경화 모델의 유효성 검증

인장 시험 시뮬레이션 결과와 실제 실험 데이터를 비교한 결과, 등방성 경화 모델이 DP800 강재의 응력-변형 거동을 효과적으로 예측하는 것으로 나타났습니다. 시뮬레이션과 실험 간의 표준편차는 62.45 MPa로, 이는 고강도강의 복잡한 거동을 고려할 때 해당 모델이 후속 성형 시뮬레이션에 사용하기에 적합함을 의미합니다. 이는 정확한 소재 모델 선택이 신뢰성 있는 스프링백 예측의 첫걸음임을 보여줍니다.

Figure 2.1: The schematic structure and microstructures of DP steel (Material Data Sheet of DP, 2005)
Figure 2.1: The schematic structure and microstructures of DP steel (Material Data Sheet of DP, 2005)

발견 2: 블랭크 홀딩력(BHF)에 따른 스프링백 최소화 조건 확인

U-채널 성형 시뮬레이션 및 실험 결과, 블랭크 홀딩력(BHF)이 스프링백 양에 직접적인 영향을 미치는 핵심 공정 변수임이 확인되었습니다. 다양한 BHF 조건(10kN, 20kN, 30kN, 97kN) 중 20kN을 적용했을 때 스프링백이 가장 적게 발생했습니다. 각 조건에서의 시뮬레이션과 실험 간 편차는 각각 0.019, 0.071, 0.341, 0.231로 나타났으며, 이는 시뮬레이션이 실제 현상을 잘 예측하고 있음을 보여줍니다. 이 결과는 특정 공정 변수를 최적화함으로써 스프링백을 최소화할 수 있음을 시사합니다.

R&D 및 운영을 위한 실질적 시사점

본 연구 결과는 다양한 분야의 엔지니어에게 실질적인 가이드를 제공합니다.

  • 공정 엔지니어: 이 연구는 블랭크 홀딩력(BHF)과 같은 특정 공정 변수를 정밀하게 제어하는 것이 DP800 강재 성형 시 스프링백을 줄이는 데 매우 중요함을 시사합니다. 특히 20kN 부근에서 최적의 조건을 찾을 수 있다는 점은 공정 최적화에 중요한 단서를 제공합니다.
  • 품질 관리팀: 시뮬레이션을 통해 예측된 스프링백 후의 형상 데이터(예: U-채널의 높이, 폭, 각도 변화)는 성형 부품의 품질 검사 기준 및 허용 공차를 설정하는 데 유용한 기초 자료로 활용될 수 있습니다.
  • 설계 엔지니어(특히 금형 설계자): 검증된 시뮬레이션 모델을 활용하면 양산 전에 스프링백 양을 정확하게 예측할 수 있습니다. 이를 통해 스프링백을 미리 보상하는 금형(compensated die)을 설계함으로써, 금형 수정에 드는 시간과 비용을 획기적으로 절감하고 개발 기간을 단축할 수 있습니다.

논문 상세 정보


PREDICTION OF SPRINGBACK IN THE FORMING OF ADVANCED HIGH STRENGTH STEEL: SIMULATION AND EXPERIMENTAL STUDY

1. 개요:

  • 제목: PREDICTION OF SPRINGBACK IN THE FORMING OF ADVANCED HIGH STRENGTH STEEL: SIMULATION AND EXPERIMENTAL STUDY
  • 저자: NORAISHAH BINTI MOHAMAD NOOR
  • 발표 연도: 2011
  • 발표 학술지/기관: UNIVERSITY TUN HUSSEIN ONN MALAYSIA
  • 키워드: Springback, Advanced High Strength Steel (AHSS), Dual Phase (DP) steel, Finite Element (FE) simulation, U-channel forming

2. 초록:

듀얼 페이즈(DP) 강은 500~800 MPa 범위의 인장 강도를 가진 고강도강(AHSS)으로 분류되며, 자동차 분야에서 인기를 얻고 있습니다. DP강은 유사한 초기 항복 강도를 가진 HSLA 등급보다 성형성은 높지만 최종 부품 강도는 훨씬 더 높습니다. 적절한 설계 전략을 통해 DP강은 차체 중량 감소 및 충돌 성능 측면에서 큰 이점을 제공합니다. AHSS 성형의 주요 제약 중 하나는 하중 제거 후 탄성 이완으로 인해 발생하는 높은 스프링백으로, 이는 부품 조립 시 정합 불량 및 의도된 설계의 기하학적 편차를 유발합니다. 본 연구는 DP강의 판재 성형 및 스프링백 예측에 대한 유한요소(FE) 시뮬레이션에 중점을 두었습니다. 스프링백을 정확하게 예측할 수 있다면, 이를 보상하기 위해 성형 금형을 올바르게 설계할 수 있습니다. 본 연구에 사용된 재료는 SSAB-스웨덴에서 제조한 DOCOL 800 DP로, 최대 인장 강도는 870 MPa, 두께는 0.72mm입니다. DP800의 소성 거동은 등방성 경화로 알려진 지수 기반 구성 방정식으로 표현되었습니다. 인장 시험 결과, 변형 경화 지수(n)는 0.308, 강도 계수(K)는 1319.165 MPa였습니다. FE 시뮬레이션은 인장 시험, U-채널 성형 및 스프링백 시뮬레이션에 대해 수행되었으며, 범용 과도 동적 FE 코드인 Lsdyna를 사용했습니다. 인장 시험 시뮬레이션 결과는 등방성 경화 재료 모델이 DP800의 거동에 적합하며, 시뮬레이션과 실험 간의 표준편차는 62.45 MPa임을 나타냈습니다. 한편, U-채널을 사용한 스프링백 시뮬레이션은 BHF 10kN, 20kN, 30kN, 97kN에 대한 편차가 각각 0.019, 0.071, 0.341, 0.231이었습니다. 전반적으로, 20kN의 BHF를 적용한 결과가 DP800 성형에서 최소 스프링백을 나타냈습니다.

3. 서론:

연비 향상을 위한 경량 구조물에 대한 수요 증가로 인해 고강도강(AHSS)의 적용이 증가하고 있습니다. 듀얼 페이즈강(DP)과 같은 AHSS의 경량 재료는 야금학적 및 물리적 특성의 최상의 조합으로 인해 현대 자동차 구조물에 사용됩니다. 경량 특성은 항공 우주 응용 분야와 같이 질량이 제품 기능에 중요한 경우에 필수적입니다. 본 연구는 AHSS의 적용이 스프링백 및 성형성의 문제로 인해 여전히 제한적이라는 점에 주목합니다. 성형 후 하중 제거 과정에서 발생하는 기하학적 형상 변화인 스프링백은 부품 결합 시 정합 불량을 유발합니다. 스프링백은 유한요소법(FEM)을 사용하여 예측할 수 있으며, 이는 공정 매개변수에 대한 더 많은 정보를 제공하고 전통적인 시행착오 방식보다 더 정확한 기하학적 제품을 얻는 데 도움을 줍니다.

4. 연구 요약:

연구 주제의 배경:

자동차 산업에서 연비 향상 및 안전성 강화를 위한 경량화 요구가 증대됨에 따라 고강도강(AHSS)의 사용이 확대되고 있습니다. 그러나 AHSS는 높은 강도로 인해 성형 후 스프링백 현상이 심하게 발생하여 부품의 정밀도 저하 및 조립 문제를 야기합니다.

이전 연구 현황:

많은 연구자들이 AHSS의 스프링백 예측을 위해 유한요소 시뮬레이션을 활용해왔습니다. Liu Y.C.(1984)는 공정 변수의 영향에, Crisbon D.J.(2003)는 재료 및 공정 변수의 기여도에, Firat M.(2007)은 운동학적 경화 모델 기반의 시뮬레이션에 중점을 두었습니다. 하지만 지수 기반 구성 모델을 사용한 DP강의 스프링백 예측에 대한 연구는 상대적으로 적었습니다.

연구 목적:

본 연구의 목적은 유한요소 시뮬레이션을 사용하여 듀얼 페이즈강의 성형 공정을 모사하고 스프링백을 예측하는 것입니다. 구체적인 목표는 다음과 같습니다. 1. 인장 시험 및 금속 조직 검사를 통해 DP강의 재료 특성 결정 2. Ls-dyna FE 코드에서 제공하는 적합한 재료 구성 모델 선택 3. 판재 성형 FE 시뮬레이션 수행 및 스프링백 예측 4. U-채널 성형 실험을 통해 시뮬레이션 결과 검증

핵심 연구:

본 연구는 DP800 강재의 물성을 실험적으로 결정하고, 이를 바탕으로 Ls-dyna에서 지수 기반 등방성 경화 모델을 사용하여 U-채널 성형 공정을 시뮬레이션했습니다. 다양한 블랭크 홀딩력(BHF) 조건 하에서 스프링백을 예측하고, 이를 실제 성형 실험 결과와 비교하여 시뮬레이션 모델의 정확성을 검증하고 최적의 공정 조건을 도출했습니다.

5. 연구 방법론:

연구 설계:

본 연구는 실험적 물성 측정, 유한요소 시뮬레이션, 실험적 검증의 3단계로 구성되었습니다. 먼저, DP800 강재의 기계적 물성을 파악하기 위해 ASTM E 8M-04 표준에 따라 인장 시험을 수행했습니다. 이 데이터를 사용하여 Ls-dyna 시뮬레이션을 위한 재료 모델을 구축했습니다. 이후 U-채널 성형 공정을 시뮬레이션하고, 동일한 조건에서 실제 성형 실험을 진행하여 시뮬레이션의 스프링백 예측 결과를 검증했습니다.

데이터 수집 및 분석 방법:

  • 재료 물성: 인장 시험기를 사용하여 응력-변형 곡선을 얻고, 이로부터 변형 경화 지수(n)와 강도 계수(K)를 계산했습니다.
  • 시뮬레이션: Ls-dyna의 명시적 시간 적분법(explicit time integration)으로 성형 공정을, 암시적 시간 적분법(implicit time integration)으로 스프링백 공정을 해석했습니다.
  • 실험: 스탬핑 프레스를 사용하여 U-채널 성형 실험을 수행하고, 성형 전후의 형상(높이, 폭, 각도)을 수직 프로파일 프로젝터로 측정하여 스프링백 양을 정량화했습니다.

연구 주제 및 범위:

  • 연구 주제: 고강도강(DP800)의 U-채널 성형 시 발생하는 스프링백 현상에 대한 유한요소 시뮬레이션 예측 및 실험적 검증.
  • 연구 범위:
    • FE 시뮬레이션의 하중 조건은 힘과 속도 등 기계적 하중으로 제한하며, 온도 및 접촉 조건은 분석에 포함하지 않았습니다.
    • 재료는 두께 0.72mm의 AHSS DP800 강재를 사용했습니다.
    • 스프링백 측정을 위해 단순한 형상인 U-채널을 사용했습니다.
    • 스프링백 측정값은 U-채널의 기준면으로부터의 높이(dh), 스트립 폭(dz), 주 각도(α)를 고려했습니다.

6. 주요 결과:

주요 결과:

  • 인장 시험 시뮬레이션 결과, 등방성 경화 재료 모델이 DP800 강재의 거동을 모사하는 데 적합함을 확인했으며, 시뮬레이션과 실험 간의 표준편차는 62.45 MPa였습니다.
  • U-채널 성형 시뮬레이션 및 실험 결과, 블랭크 홀딩력(BHF) 20kN 조건에서 스프링백이 최소화되는 것을 확인했습니다.
  • BHF 10kN, 20kN, 30kN, 97kN 조건에서 시뮬레이션과 실험 간의 스프링백 편차는 각각 0.019, 0.071, 0.341, 0.231로 나타나, 시뮬레이션이 실험 결과를 잘 예측함을 보여주었습니다.
Table 2.2: Basic steps of FEM application in metal forming.
Table 2.2: Basic steps of FEM application in metal forming.

Figure 목록:

  • Figure 1.1: Purpose of light weight components.
  • Figure 2.1: The schematic structure and microstructures of DP steel
  • Figure 2.2: Strength – Formability relationship for conventional HSS and Advance HSS
  • Figure 2.3: Schematic illustration of DP microstructure
  • Figure 2.4: The actual microstructure of DP steel
  • Figure 2.5: Comparison of quasi-static stress-strain behaviour of HSLA 350/450 and DP 350/600 steels
  • Figure 2.6: Schematic illustration of springback
  • Figure 2.7: The elastic unloading after removal of the loads results in the residual stresses
  • Figure 2.8: The stress distribution under bending moment and after unloading for work-hardening material
  • Figure 2.9: Details of NUMISHEET’93 benchmark
  • Figure 2.10: Measurement parameters for springback
  • Figure 2.11: Isotropic Hardening, in which the yield surface expends with plastic deformation and the corresponding uniaxial stress-strain curve
  • Figure 2.12: Stress-Strain Curve for Linear Strain Hardening
  • Figure 3.1: Methodology chart
  • Figure 3.2: Flow Chart of Microstructure Observation
  • Figure 3.3: Mounted sample
  • Figure 3.4: Hand grinder
  • Figure 3.5: Polisher
  • Figure 3.6: Tensile specimen dimensions
  • Figure 3.7: Tensile specimen
  • Figure 3.8: Angular consideration of metal sheet rolling direction
  • Figure 3.9: Universal Tensile Machine
  • Figure 3.10: Simulation flow cart
  • Figure 3.11: Components of eta/DYNAFORM solution
  • Figure 3.12: Schematic of U-channel Deep Drawing
  • Figure 3.13: Tool setup for the experiment
  • Figure 3.14: The vertical profile projector
  • Figure 4.1: Metallography flow chart
  • Figure 4.2: Docol 800DP at longitudinal direction as delivered. Nital. 1000×.
  • Figure 4.3: Docol 800DP at longitudinal direction with 10% of tensile deformation. Nital. 1000×
  • Figure 4.4: Docol 800DP at longitudinal direction with 20% of tensile deformation. Nital. 1000x.
  • Figure 4.5: Docol 800DP at longitudinal direction with 30% of tensile deformation. Nital. 1000×.
  • Figure 4.6: Void found on surface of specimen with 30% of tensile deformation in SEM observation. Nital. 2000x.
  • Figure 4.7: Stress-strain curve of DP800
  • Figure 4.8: Elastic stress-strain curve of tensile test for 0 degree rolling direction
  • Figure 4.9: Elastic stress-strain curve of tensile test for 45 degree rolling direction
  • Figure 4.10: Elastic stress-strain curve of tensile test for 90 degree rolling direction
  • Figure 4.11: Homogenous Limit of 0 degree rolling direction in Stress-Strain Curve
  • Figure 4.12: Homogenous Limit of 45 degree rolling direction
  • Figure 4.13: Homogenous Limit of 90 degree rolling direction in Stress-Strain Curve
  • Figure 4.14: Yield Strength Point of 0 degree rolling direction in Stress-Strain Curve
  • Figure 4.15: Yield Strength Point of 45 degree rolling direction in Stress-Strain Curve
  • Figure 4.16: Yield Strength of 90 degree rolling direction Point in Stress-Strain Curve
  • Figure 4.17: Ultimate Strength of 0 degree rolling direction Point in Stress-Strain Curve
  • Figure 4.18: Ultimate Strength of 45 degree rolling direction Point in Stress-Strain Curve
  • Figure 4.19: Ultimate Strength of 90 degree rolling direction Point in Stress-Strain Curve
  • Figure 4.20: Stress-strain of 0 degree rolling direction at plastic area in logarithmic diagram
  • Figure 4.21: Stress-strain of 45 degree rolling direction at plastic area in logarithmic diagram
  • Figure 4.22: Stress-strain of 90 degree rolling direction at plastic area in logarithmic diagram.
  • Figure 5.1: Simulation flow cart
  • Figure 5.2: Model representation of tensile sample test
  • Figure 5.3: The displacement data form tensile test simulation using Material Model Type 12
  • Figure 5.4: Considered Nodes after Deformation (M12)
  • Figure 5.5: Stress Distribution after Deformation (M12).
  • Figure 5.6: The Plastic Strain after Deformation (M12).
  • Figure 5.7: True Stress-Strain curve used in modeling the tensile specimen (nodes 1274) for M12
  • Figure 5.8: The displacement data form tensile test simulation using Material Model Type 18
  • Figure 5.9: Considered Nodes after Deformation (M18)
  • Figure 5.10: Stress Distribution after Deformation (M18)
  • Figure 5.11: The Plastic Strain after Deformation (M18).
  • Figure 5.12: True Stress-Strain curve used in modeling the tensile specimen (node 1274) for M18.
  • Figure 5.13: Rate effects may be accounted for by defining a table of curves
  • Figure 5.14: The displacement data from tensile test simulation using Material Model Type 24
  • Figure 5.15: Considered Nodes after Deformation
  • Figure 5.16: Stress Distribution after Deformation
  • Figure 5.17: The Plastic Strain after Deformation
  • Figure 5.18: True Stress-Strain curve used in modeling the tensile specimen (nodes 1274)
  • Figure 5.19: Plot true stress-true strain from modeling (M12) and from uniaxial tensile test
  • Figure 5.20: Plot true stress-true strain from modeling (M18) and from uniaxial tensile test
  • Figure 5.21: Plot true stress-true strain from modeling (M24) and from uniaxial tensile test
  • Figure 5.22: Notation
  • Figure 5.23: Tooling geometry
  • Figure 5.24: The meshing Parts
  • Figure 5.25: The diagram of parts positioning in simulation
  • Figure 5.26: Belytschko-Tsay shell element formulation
  • Figure 5.27: Parts and blank positioning before constraint and loading option
  • Figure 5.28: The constraint and loading applied
  • Figure 5.29: The changes of material thickness after forming process (BHF 10KN)
  • Figure 5.30: The FLD data after forming process (BHF 10KN)
  • Figure 5.31: The changes of material thickness after forming process (BHF 20KN)
  • Figure 5.32: The FLD data after forming process (BHF 20KN)
  • Figure 5.33: The changes of material thickness after forming process (BHF 30KN)
  • Figure 5.34: The FLD data after forming process (BHF 30KN)
  • Figure 5.35: The changes of material thickness after forming process (BHF 97KN)
  • Figure 5.36: The FLD data after forming process (BHF 97KN)
  • Figure 5.37: The changes of geometry before and after springback (BHF 10KN)
  • Figure 5.38: The changes of geometry before and after springback (BHF 20KN)
  • Figure 5.39: The changes of geometry before and after springback (BHF 30KN)
  • Figure 5.40: The changes of geometry before and after springback (BHF 97KN)
  • Figure 5.41: The parameters taken account to measure springback in simulation and real U-Forming experiment
  • Figure 5.42: The usual of sample displayed by the screen of vertical profile projector
  • Figure 5.43: Example of test sample after deformation

7. 결론:

본 연구는 고강도 듀얼 페이즈강(DP800)의 U-채널 성형 공정에서 발생하는 스프링백을 유한요소 시뮬레이션과 실험을 통해 성공적으로 예측하고 분석했습니다. 연구의 주요 결론은 다음과 같습니다. 1. 실험을 통해 DP800 강재의 정확한 기계적 물성을 확보했으며, 이를 기반으로 한 Ls-dyna의 등방성 경화 모델이 소재의 소성 거동을 신뢰성 있게 모사함을 입증했습니다. 2. 시뮬레이션과 실험 모두에서 블랭크 홀딩력(BHF)이 스프링백에 미치는 영향을 확인했으며, 20kN의 BHF 조건에서 스프링백이 최소화되는 최적의 공정 조건을 도출했습니다. 3. 본 연구에서 개발된 시뮬레이션 기법은 실제 성형 공정의 스프링백 현상을 높은 정확도로 예측할 수 있음을 보여주었으며, 이는 AHSS 부품의 금형 설계 및 공정 개발 단계에서 시행착오를 줄이고 개발 비용과 시간을 절감하는 데 크게 기여할 수 있습니다.

8. 참고문헌:

  1. Akhtar S. K. and Huang S. (1995). Continuum Theory of Plasticity. John Wiley & Sons.
  2. Boljavonic V. (2004). Sheet Metal Forming Processes and Die Design .Industrial Press, p64-67
  3. Burchitz I. (2005)., Springback Improvement of its Predictability, Literature Study Report, Netherland Institute for Metals Research,
  4. Cao J., Liu Z.H and Liu W.K (1999). Prediction of Springback in Straight Flanging Operation. Submitted to Symposium Advances in Sheet Metal Forming. IMECE ’99
  5. Crisbon D. J (2003), Experimental Measurement and Finite Element Simulation of Springback in stamping Aluminium Alloy Sheet for Auto-Body Panel Application, Master of Science Thesis, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Missisppi State University Science.
  6. Cristopher P. G. (2004)., Springback of Simple Mechanical Test Specimen: Comparison between theory and finite elemnt predictions obtained using LS-DyNA and Dynaform, PHD of Eng. Thesis, Metal Forming Analysis Corparation, Kingston, Ontario, Canada
  7. Firat M. (2007), U-channel forming analysis with an emphasis on springback deformation, Journal of Material and Design, Elsevier. 28 (2007) 147-154.
  8. Fionn D. and Nik P. (2004), Introduction to Computational Plasticity. Oxford University Press, p11-180.
  9. Gan W., Babu S.S., Kapustka N. and Robert H. Wagoner (2006), Microstructure Effects on the Springback of Advanced High-Strength Steel, Journal Of Metallurgical and Materials Transactions A, Volume 37, Number 11 / November, 2006
  10. Haryanti S. (2007) Explicit and Implicit Time Integration in the Finite Element Modeling of Metal Forming Process, Journal Ilmiah Mesin Universitas Trisakti Vol. 9, No. 4, September 2007
  11. Hosford W. F. and Robert M.C,(1993), Metal forming-mechanics and metallurgy. Prentice Hall, p1-65, p270-280, p286-304, p327-340, p351-354.
  12. Jeswiet J. J., M. Geiger, U. Engel, M. Kleiner, M. Schikorra, J. Duflou, R.Neugebauer P. Bariani and S. Bruschi (2008). Metal Forming Progress Since 2000. CIRP Journal of Manufacturing Science and Technology 1 (2008) 2–17.
  13. Kenneth G. B and Michael K.B (1999), Engineering Material, Properties and Selection (6th ed). Prentice Hall, p354-407.
  14. Li K.P, Carden W.P and Wagoner R.H (2002), Simulation of Springback. International Journal of Mechanical Science, 44(1):103-122.
  15. Liu Y.C (1984), Springback Reduction in U-channel: Double Bend Technique. Jounal of Applied Metalworking. Vol. 3, pg 148-156
  16. LS-DYNA Kyword Users Manual version 960,Livermore Software Technology Corporation, 2001
  17. Marciniak Z, Duncan J.L and Hu S.J,(2002), Mechanics of Sheet Meeal Forming. Butterworth Heinemann, p1-13, p14-27, p30-43.
  18. Mohd Nizam K (2008), Optimising Deep Drawing Process Parameter uusing FE simulation. Master of Mechanical Engineering Thesis, Department of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering, Universiti Tun Hussien Onn Malaysia.
  19. Monfort G., And Bragard A. (1985). A Simple Model of Shape Errors in Forming and its Application to the Reduction of Springback. Springer Link Journal of Applied Metalworking (1986) Volume 4, Number 3 / July, pg 283-291
  20. Song N.., Qian D.., Jian C, Wing K.L and Shaofan L. (2004). Effective Models for Prediction of Springback in Flanging. ASME Journal of Engineering Materials and Technology (2004) Volume 123, Issue 4, 456
  21. Xiaoding Z., Zhaohui M. and Li W. (2007). Current Status of Advanced High Strength Steel for Auto-making and its Development in Baosteel. Baosteel Research Institute, Shanghai 201900, China
  22. INTERNATIONAL IRON & STEEL INSTITUTE (2006). “Advanced High Strength Steel Application Guidelines”. Version 3.
  23. Material Data Sheet of Dual Phase Steel (2005)
  24. http:www.salzgitterflachstahl.de/…/Material_data_sheets/Dual_phase_steel_Material_data_sheet_11_111_edition_09_05
  25. http://www.keytometals.com
  26. http://www.autosteel.org
  27. http://www.steel.org
  28. http://www.ssab.com

전문가 Q&A: 자주 묻는 질문

Q1: 시뮬레이션에서 등방성 경화(Isotropic Hardening) 모델을 선택한 특별한 이유가 있나요?

A1: 네, 본 연구의 초록에 따르면 DP800 강재의 소성 거동은 지수 기반의 구성 방정식, 즉 등방성 경화 모델로 표현되었습니다. 이후 인장 시험 시뮬레이션 결과가 실제 실험 데이터와 62.45 MPa의 표준편차 내에서 일치함을 보여주어, 이 모델이 DP800 강재의 거동을 모사하는 데 적합하다고 판단했기 때문입니다. 이는 복잡한 비선형 거동을 합리적으로 단순화하면서도 공학적으로 유의미한 예측 결과를 얻기 위한 선택이었습니다.

Q2: 연구에 사용된 DOCOL 800 DP 강재는 어떤 특성을 가지며 왜 중요한가요?

A2: DOCOL 800 DP는 스웨덴 SSAB에서 생산하는 듀얼 페이즈(Dual Phase) 강으로, 최대 인장강도가 870 MPa에 달하는 고강도강(AHSS)입니다. 이 소재는 페라이트(ferrite) 기지에 마르텐사이트(martensite)가 섬처럼 분포하는 미세조직을 가져 높은 강도와 우수한 연성을 동시에 확보할 수 있습니다. 자동차 차체 경량화 및 충돌 안전성 향상을 위해 널리 사용되지만, 높은 강도로 인해 스프링백 예측이 어렵기 때문에 본 연구의 소재로 선택된 것은 매우 실용적인 의미를 가집니다.

Q3: 본 연구에서 스프링백은 구체적으로 어떻게 측정되고 정량화되었나요?

A3: 논문의 ‘연구 범위(Scope of Study)’ 섹션에 따르면, 스프링백은 U-채널 형상의 기하학적 변화를 측정하여 정량화되었습니다. 구체적으로 성형 및 스프링백 발생 전후의 (1) U-채널 바닥면으로부터의 높이(dh), (2) 스트립의 폭(dz), (3) U-채널의 주 각도(α) 변화를 측정하여 비교 분석했습니다. 이러한 다각적인 측정은 스프링백으로 인한 형상 변화를 종합적으로 평가하는 데 도움이 됩니다.

Q4: 블랭크 홀딩력(BHF)이 스프링백에 미치는 영향은 무엇이며, 왜 중요한 공정 변수인가요?

A4: 블랭크 홀딩력(BHF)은 판재가 금형 안으로 유입되는 것을 제어하는 힘으로, 소재의 유입량을 조절하여 주름이나 파단과 같은 성형 결함을 방지하는 역할을 합니다. 본 연구 결과, BHF는 소재의 변형량과 응력 분포에 영향을 주어 최종적인 스프링백 양을 결정하는 핵심 공정 변수임이 밝혀졌습니다. 특히 20kN에서 스프링백이 최소화된 것은, 적절한 BHF 제어를 통해 스프링백을 줄일 수 있음을 보여주는 중요한 결과입니다.

Q5: 인장 시험 시뮬레이션과 실험 간의 표준편차가 62.45 MPa로 나타났는데, 이 정도 오차는 신뢰할 수 있는 수준인가요?

A5: 네, 공학적인 관점에서 충분히 신뢰할 수 있는 수준으로 판단됩니다. DP800 강재의 최대 인장강도가 870 MPa에 달하는 고강도 소재임을 고려할 때, 62.45 MPa의 표준편차는 전체 응력 범위 대비 상대적으로 작은 값입니다. 본 논문에서도 이 결과를 바탕으로 해당 재료 모델이 “적합하다(suitable)”고 결론 내렸으며, 이는 후속 U-채널 성형 및 스프링백 예측 시뮬레이션의 신뢰성을 뒷받침하는 근거가 됩니다.


결론: 더 높은 품질과 생산성을 향한 길

자동차 경량화의 핵심 소재인 고강도강(AHSS)의 광범위한 적용을 가로막는 가장 큰 장애물은 바로 스프링백 예측의 어려움이었습니다. 본 연구는 듀얼 페이즈강 DP800을 대상으로 유한요소 시뮬레이션과 정밀한 실험을 결합하여 이 문제를 해결할 수 있는 명확한 방향을 제시했습니다.

핵심은 정확한 재료 모델(등방성 경화 모델)을 기반으로 블랭크 홀딩력(BHF)과 같은 핵심 공정 변수를 최적화하는 것입니다. 이를 통해 스프링백을 최소화하고 최종 부품의 형상 정밀도를 획기적으로 높일 수 있음을 입증했습니다. 이러한 접근법은 더 이상 값비싼 시행착오에 의존하지 않고, 설계 단계에서부터 결함을 예측하고 제어하는 스마트한 생산 방식으로의 전환을 가능하게 합니다.

(주)에스티아이씨앤디에서는 고객이 수치해석을 직접 수행하고 싶지만 경험이 없거나, 시간이 없어서 용역을 통해 수치해석 결과를 얻고자 하는 경우 전문 엔지니어를 통해 CFD consulting services를 제공합니다. 귀하께서 당면하고 있는 연구프로젝트를 최소의 비용으로, 최적의 해결방안을 찾을 수 있도록 지원합니다.

  • 연락처 : 02-2026-0450
  • 이메일 : flow3d@stikorea.co.kr

저작권 정보

  • 이 콘텐츠는 “PREDICTION OF SPRINGBACK IN THE FORMING OF ADVANCED HIGH STRENGTH STEEL: SIMULATION AND EXPERIMENTAL STUDY” (저자: NORAISHAH BINTI MOHAMAD NOOR) 논문을 기반으로 요약 및 분석한 자료입니다.
  • 출처: https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/11786522.pdf

본 자료는 정보 제공 목적으로 제작되었으며, 무단 상업적 사용을 금합니다. Copyright © 2025 STI C&D. All rights reserved.

Fig. 4. Variation of tensile strength(Y- axis) with wt.% of molybdenum(X axis)

몰리브덴 첨가: 평탄소강 용접의 미세구조 및 기계적 특성을 혁신하는 방법

이 기술 요약은 Kunal Dwivedi와 Jyoti Menghani가 작성하여 2016년 Metallurgical and Materials Engineering에 발표한 “EFFECT OF MOLYBDENUM ADDITION ON MICROSTRUCTURE AND MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF PLAIN CARBON STEEL WELD” 논문을 기반으로 합니다. STI C&D의 기술 전문가가 분석하고 요약했습니다.

키워드

  • Primary Keyword: 탄소강 용접
  • Secondary Keywords: 몰리브덴 첨가, 서브머지드 아크 용접(SAW), 미세구조, 기계적 특성, Taguchi 방법, 입계 페라이트(GBF), 침상 페라이트(AF), 입상 베이나이트(GB)

Executive Summary

  • 도전 과제: 평탄소강 용접 조인트는 부식 저항성이 낮고 고온에서 강도가 감소하는 등 기계적 특성에 한계가 있습니다.
  • 연구 방법: Taguchi 이론을 사용하여 서브머지드 아크 용접(SAW) 공정 변수를 최적화하고, 다양한 양의 몰리브덴을 첨가하여 용접부의 기계적 특성을 개선했습니다.
  • 핵심 돌파구: 몰리브덴 첨가는 용접 비드의 미세구조를 미세한 베이나이트 구조로 변화시켜 인장 강도와 미세 경도를 크게 향상시켰습니다.
  • 핵심 결론: 몰리브덴 합금화는 평탄소강 용접 조인트의 강도와 경도를 향상시키는 효과적인 전략이며, 용접 품질을 한 단계 끌어올릴 수 있습니다.
Fig. 1 Graph between voltage, welding speed and mean of s/n ratio
Fig. 1 Graph between voltage, welding speed and mean of s/n ratio

도전 과제: 이 연구가 CFD 전문가에게 중요한 이유

선박 건조, 건설 등 다양한 산업에서 강철의 사용은 필수적입니다. 특히 10mm 이상의 두꺼운 판재 용접에는 서브머지드 아크 용접(SAW)이 널리 사용됩니다. 그러나 평탄소강 용접 조인트는 부식 저항성이 낮고, 고온에서의 산화, 700MPa 이상의 강도에서 충격 강도 및 연성 손실 등 본질적인 한계를 가집니다. 이러한 기계적 특성의 한계는 구조물의 내구성과 안전성에 직접적인 영향을 미치므로, 용접 금속의 인성을 개선하기 위한 혁신적인 접근 방식이 필요합니다. 기존에는 플럭스 종류를 변경하거나 새로운 필러 금속을 사용하는 방법이 있었지만, 본 연구는 용접 금속에 직접 합금 원소를 첨가하는 방식에 주목했습니다.

연구 접근법: 방법론 분석

본 연구는 두 가지 주요 목표를 가지고 진행되었습니다. 첫째, Taguchi 방법을 사용하여 서브머지드 아크 용접(SAW)의 공정 변수를 최적화하고, 둘째, 몰리브덴(Mo) 첨가를 통해 용접 조인트의 기계적 특성을 향상시키는 것입니다.

  • 재료 및 장비: 10mm 두께의 연강판(AISI C-1020)을 60° 그루브 각도로 가공하여 사용했습니다. 용접 장비로는 1200A 용량의 SURARC 반자동 SAW 장비를 사용했으며, 전극은 AWS: SFA/A5.17 EL-8, 플럭스는 OK Flux 10.71을 사용했습니다.
  • 변수 최적화: Taguchi 설계를 적용하여 아크 전압과 용접 속도를 2개 수준으로 설정하고, 출력 변수인 비드 폭을 최적화했습니다.
  • 합금화 및 특성 평가: 최적화된 용접 조건에서 0.05, 0.1, 0.15, 0.3 wt.%의 몰리브덴 분말을 용접부에 개별적으로 첨가했습니다. 합금 및 비합금 용접 금속의 특성을 비교하기 위해 미세 경도 시험, 인장 시험을 수행했으며, 광학 현미경, XRD, EDS를 사용하여 미세구조를 분석했습니다.

핵심 돌파구: 주요 발견 및 데이터

발견 1: 용접 속도가 비드 폭에 미치는 지배적인 영향

Taguchi 방법과 분산 분석(ANOVA)을 통해 용접 공정 변수가 비드 폭에 미치는 영향을 분석했습니다. 그 결과, 용접 속도가 아크 전압보다 비드 폭에 더 큰 영향을 미치는 것으로 나타났습니다.

  • 분산 분석 결과, 용접 속도는 비드 폭에 66.62%의 기여도를 보인 반면, 아크 전압의 기여도는 33.78%였습니다.
  • 최적의 용접 조건은 아크 전압 32V, 용접 속도 0.25 m/min으로 도출되었습니다 (Table 2, Fig. 1 참조). 이는 안정적이고 예측 가능한 용접 비드 품질을 확보하기 위해 용접 속도 제어가 매우 중요함을 시사합니다.

발견 2: 몰리브덴 첨가에 따른 미세구조 변화 및 경도 증가

몰리브덴 첨가는 용접부의 미세구조를 획기적으로 변화시켜 기계적 특성을 향상시켰습니다.

  • 미세구조: 몰리브덴을 첨가하자 용접 금속의 미세구조가 기존의 페라이트-펄라이트 구조에서 미세한 베이나이트 구조로 변화했습니다 (Fig. 2). 이는 몰리브덴이 입계 페라이트 형성을 억제하고 베이나이트 변태를 촉진하기 때문입니다.
  • 미세 경도: 몰리브덴 함량이 증가함에 따라 용접 비드의 미세 경도는 지속적으로 증가했습니다. 비합금 용접부의 경도는 187 HV-1이었으나, 0.20% Mo 첨가 시 262 HV-1까지 상승했습니다 (Table 3, Fig. 3 참조). 이는 몰리브덴이 강한 탄화물 형성 원소로서 미세구조 내에 탄화물을 석출시켜 2차 강화상으로 작용하기 때문입니다.

발견 3: 인장 강도 향상 및 파단 위치 변화

몰리브덴 첨가는 인장 강도를 향상시켰으며, 이는 용접부의 신뢰성을 높이는 중요한 결과입니다.

  • 인장 강도: 0.05% Mo를 첨가했을 때 인장 강도는 560.0 MPa로 비합금 용접부(502.4 MPa)보다 크게 향상되었습니다. Mo 함량이 증가함에 따라 인장 강도는 감소 후 다시 증가하는 복합적인 경향을 보였는데, 이는 Mo 함량에 따른 입자 미세화 정도의 변화와 관련이 있습니다 (Fig. 4).
  • 파단 위치: 비합금 시편은 용접부(Weld)에서 파단된 반면, 몰리브덴이 첨가된 모든 시편은 열영향부(HAZ)에서 파단되었습니다 (Table 4). 이는 몰리브덴 첨가로 인해 용접부의 강도가 HAZ보다 높아졌음을 의미하며, 용접 조인트의 전체적인 강도가 향상되었음을 입증합니다.

R&D 및 운영을 위한 실질적 시사점

  • 공정 엔지니어: 본 연구에서 도출된 최적의 용접 변수(아크 전압 32V, 용접 속도 0.25 m/min)는 유사한 재료의 SAW 공정 설정 시 유용한 기준점을 제공합니다. 특히 용접 속도가 비드 형상에 미치는 큰 영향을 고려하여 열 입력량을 정밀하게 제어함으로써 용접 품질을 향상시킬 수 있습니다.
  • 품질 관리팀: Table 3에 나타난 몰리브덴 함량과 미세 경도 간의 명확한 상관관계는 용접부의 기계적 특성을 예측하는 비파괴 검사 기준으로 활용될 수 있습니다. 또한, Mo 합금 용접부의 파단 위치가 HAZ로 이동함에 따라(Table 4), HAZ의 미세구조 및 경도 관리가 품질 보증의 핵심 요소가 될 수 있습니다.
  • 설계 엔지니어: 소량(0.05~0.20 wt.%)의 몰리브덴 첨가만으로도 용접부의 미세구조를 베이나이트로 제어하고 강도 및 경도를 크게 향상시킬 수 있다는 점은, 모재 변경 없이 용접 조인트의 성능을 비용 효율적으로 개선할 수 있는 설계 전략을 제시합니다.

논문 상세 정보


EFFECT OF MOLYBDENUM ADDITION ON MICROSTRUCTURE AND MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF PLAIN CARBON STEEL WELD

1. 개요:

  • 제목: EFFECT OF MOLYBDENUM ADDITION ON MICROSTRUCTURE AND MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF PLAIN CARBON STEEL WELD (몰리브덴 첨가가 평탄소강 용접의 미세구조 및 기계적 특성에 미치는 영향)
  • 저자: Kunal Dwivedi, Jyoti Menghani
  • 발행 연도: 2016
  • 학술지/학회: Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Association of Metallurgical Engineers of Serbia AMES
  • 키워드: Taguchi method, submerged arc welding (SAW), grain boundary ferrite (GBF), secondary phase {FS (A)}, acicular ferrite (AF), granular bainite (GB)

2. 초록:

본 연구는 두 가지 주요 목표를 가지고 있습니다. 첫째는 Taguchi 이론을 사용하여 서브머지드 아크 용접(SAW)의 용접 공정 변수를 최적화하는 것이고, 둘째는 다양한 양의 몰리브덴을 합금하여 용접 조인트의 강도 및 미세 경도와 같은 기계적 특성을 향상시키는 것입니다. 용접 공정 최적화를 위해 Taguchi 이론의 변수들이 10mm 두께의 연강판(AISI C-1020)에 60° 그루브 각도로 적용되었으며, 아크 전압과 용접 속도를 변수로, 비드 폭을 출력 변수로 사용했습니다. 또한 다중 회귀 분석을 사용하여 비드 폭, 아크 전압 및 용접 속도 간의 수학적 관계를 현재의 모재 판 형상에 대해 도출했습니다. 용접 변수를 최적화한 후, 몰리브덴을 다양한 비율로 용접 영역에 개별적으로 첨가했습니다. 합금 및 비합금 용접 금속 비드의 특성을 비교했습니다. 용접부의 기계적 특성 평가는 미세 경도, 인장 강도 측면에서 수행되었으며, 미세구조 특성 평가는 광학 현미경, XRD 및 EDS를 사용하여 수행되었습니다. 몰리브덴의 존재는 용접 비드에서 미세한 입자 구조를 가진 베이나이트 구조를 형성하여 인장 강도와 미세 경도를 향상시켰습니다. XRD 결과는 몰리브덴 탄화물의 형성을 보여주어 미세 경도 값의 증가를 정당화했습니다.

3. 서론:

요즘 강철은 조선, 건물 건설 등 거의 모든 곳에서 널리 사용되고 있습니다. 강철의 과도한 사용은 우수한 기계적 특성 때문입니다. 서브머지드 아크 용접(SAW)은 두꺼운 판(10mm<두께)에만 독점적으로 수행됩니다. 서브머지드 아크 용접은 쉬운 적용성, 높은 전류 밀도, 우수한 비드 품질 및 능력으로 인해 광범위한 산업 응용 분야를 찾습니다.

4. 연구 요약:

연구 주제의 배경:

평탄소강은 널리 사용되지만 용접 조인트의 부식 저항성, 고온 강도 등에 한계가 있습니다. 서브머지드 아크 용접(SAW)은 생산성이 높지만, 아크 전압, 전류, 용접 속도 등 수많은 공정 변수가 용접 비드 품질에 영향을 미치므로 최적화가 필요합니다.

이전 연구 현황:

많은 연구자들이 Taguchi 최적화 기법을 사용하여 공정 변수를 최적화하고 회귀 분석을 수행했습니다. 또한, 몰리브덴, 크롬, 니오븀 등 다양한 합금 원소를 첨가하여 평탄소강의 특성을 개선하려는 연구가 진행되어 왔습니다. 특히 몰리브덴은 강의 경화능, 인장 강도, 미세 입자 구조 형성에 긍정적인 영향을 미치는 것으로 알려져 있습니다.

연구 목적:

본 연구의 목적은 첫째, Taguchi 방법을 이용해 SAW 공정 변수(아크 전압, 용접 속도)를 최적화하고, 둘째, 다양한 양의 몰리브덴(Mo)을 첨가하여 평탄소강 용접부의 미세구조 및 기계적 특성(강도, 미세 경도)을 개선하는 것입니다.

핵심 연구:

  1. 공정 최적화: Taguchi L4 직교 배열을 사용하여 아크 전압과 용접 속도를 2수준으로 설정하고, 비드 폭에 대한 최적 조건을 도출했습니다.
  2. 합금화: 최적화된 용접 조건 하에 0.05%부터 0.3%까지 다양한 비율의 Mo를 용접부에 첨가했습니다.
  3. 특성 평가: Mo 첨가량에 따른 용접부, 열영향부(HAZ), 모재의 미세구조 변화를 광학 현미경으로 관찰하고, 미세 경도와 인장 강도를 측정하여 기계적 특성 변화를 정량적으로 평가했습니다. 또한 XRD와 EDS 분석을 통해 상(phase) 변화와 원소 분포를 확인했습니다.

5. 연구 방법론

연구 설계:

본 연구는 실험적 접근법을 기반으로 합니다. 먼저 통계적 방법인 Taguchi 설계를 통해 SAW 공정 변수를 최적화하고, 이후 최적화된 조건에서 합금 원소(Mo)의 농도를 변화시키며 그 효과를 체계적으로 분석하는 방식으로 설계되었습니다.

데이터 수집 및 분석 방법:

  • 용접: SVNIT 워크숍의 SURARC 반자동 SAW 장비를 사용하여 150mm x 32mm x 10mm 크기의 연강판(AISI C-1020)을 용접했습니다.
  • 기계적 시험: 만능 시험기(UTM)를 사용하여 ASTM E8M 규격에 따라 인장 시험을 수행했고, SHIMADZU HMV 2 시리즈를 사용하여 ASTM E-384:2006 규격에 따라 9.8N 하중으로 미세 경도를 측정했습니다.
  • 미세구조 분석: METZER vision plus-5000 광학 현미경을 사용하여 미세구조를 관찰했으며, Hitachi S3400N 주사 전자 현미경(SEM)과 EDS를 통해 성분 분석을 수행했습니다. MINIFLEX XRD 장비를 사용하여 CuKα 방사선으로 상 분석을 진행했습니다.
  • 통계 분석: Minitab 17 소프트웨어를 사용하여 Taguchi 분석, 분산 분석(ANOVA), 다중 회귀 분석을 수행했습니다.

연구 주제 및 범위:

연구는 10mm 두께의 AISI C-1020 평탄소강에 대한 서브머지드 아크 용접에 국한됩니다. 공정 변수로는 아크 전압과 용접 속도를 고려했으며, 합금 원소로는 몰리브덴(0.05, 0.1, 0.15, 0.3 wt.%)을 사용했습니다. 평가는 용접부의 미세구조, 미세 경도, 인장 강도에 초점을 맞췄습니다.

6. 주요 결과:

주요 결과:

  • 용접 속도는 비드 폭에 66.62%의 기여도를 보여 아크 전압(33.78%)보다 지배적인 영향을 미쳤습니다.
  • 최적의 용접 조건은 아크 전압 32V, 용접 속도 0.25 m/min으로 결정되었습니다.
  • 몰리브덴 첨가는 용접부의 미세구조를 미세한 베이나이트 구조로 변화시켰습니다.
  • 몰리브덴 함량이 0%에서 0.20%로 증가함에 따라 용접 비드의 미세 경도는 187 HV에서 262 HV로 지속적으로 증가했습니다.
  • 0.05% Mo 첨가 시 인장 강도가 560.0 MPa로 가장 높게 나타났으며, 모든 Mo 합금 시편은 용접부보다 강도가 약한 열영향부(HAZ)에서 파단되었습니다.
  • XRD 분석 결과, Mo 첨가 시 MoC(몰리브덴 탄화물)와 같은 새로운 상이 형성되는 것이 확인되었으며, 이는 경도 증가의 원인으로 작용합니다.
Fig. 3. X-axis:Variation of Vickers’s hardness number with wt % of Mo. Y-axis: Vickers Hardness Number (VPN)
Fig. 3. X-axis:Variation of Vickers’s hardness number with wt % of Mo. Y-axis: Vickers Hardness Number (VPN)
Fig. 4. Variation of tensile strength(Y- axis) with wt.% of molybdenum(X axis)
Fig. 4. Variation of tensile strength(Y- axis) with wt.% of molybdenum(X axis)

Figure 목록:

  • Fig. 1 Graph between voltage, welding speed and mean of s/n ratio
  • Fig. 2. (a)- (k) Microstructure of base metal, interzone and weldzone in different cases BS-bainitic shelves, PF- polygonal ferrite, AF- acicular ferrite)
  • Fig. 3. X-axis: Variation of Vickers’s hardness number with wt % of Mo. Y-axis: Vickers Hardness Number (VPN)
  • Fig. 4. Variation of tensile strength(Y- axis) with wt.% of molybdenum(X axis)
  • Fig. 5. a) SEM Points taken from weld zone(WZ) to HAZ on sample. b) EDS Molybdenum distribution in the matrix with 0.05 % Mo.
  • Fig. 6. a) SEM Points taken from weld zone (WZ) to HAZ on sample, b) EDS Molybdenum distribution in the matrix with 0.20% Mo.
  • Fig. 7. XRD of different cases

7. 결론:

  1. 본 연구를 바탕으로 다음과 같은 결론을 도출할 수 있습니다.
  2. 회귀 분석 결과, 현재의 모재 판 형상에 대해 용접 속도가 아크 전압에 비해 비드 폭에 더 지배적인 영향을 미칩니다.
  3. 아크 전압과 비드 폭은 정비례 관계에 있으며, 용접 속도와 비드 폭은 반비례 관계에 있습니다.
  4. 용접부와 HAZ의 미세구조, 미세 경도는 다양한 양의 몰리브덴 첨가에 의해 영향을 받습니다.
  5. Mo 첨가는 비합금 용접 금속 미세구조에 비해 더 미세한 베이나이트 미세구조를 형성합니다.
  6. HAZ의 미세 경도는 Mo 첨가량이 증가함에 따라 증가합니다.
  7. Mo의 희석은 용접부에서 HAZ로 갈수록 감소하며, 이는 용접부에서 HAZ로의 미세 경도 감소를 초래합니다.
  8. Mo 첨가는 비합금 용접 비드에 비해 더 높은 인성을 가집니다.
  9. 인장 강도는 0.15% Mo 첨가까지 먼저 감소한 후 0.20% Mo에서 증가합니다.

8. 참고 문헌:

  • [1] L.M Singh, A Saha, Int. Eng. Res. Techn. (IJERT) 1 (2012)1-4.
  • [2] S. Kumanan, J.E.R. Dhas, K Gowthaman, Indian J. Eng. Mat. Sci. 114 (2007) 177-183.
  • [3] Y. S. Tarng, W. H. Yang, Mat. Man. Processes 13 (1998) 55-467.
  • [4] S. Datta, A. Bandyopadhyay, P. K. Pal, Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 36 (2008) 1080-1090.
  • [5] G.K Purohit, Digamber, Int. J. Eng. Res. Development 1 (2012) 9-15.
  • [6] S. Datta, S.S. Mahapatra, J. Eng. Res. 7 (2010) 42-52.
  • [7] Y. S. Tarng, W. H. Yang,S. C. Juang, Int. J. Adv. Man. Techn. 16 (2000) 688-694.
  • [8] S.D. Bhole, J.B. Nemade, L. Collins, Cheng Liu, J. Mat. Proc. Techn. 173 (2006) 92-100.
  • [9] N.D. Pandey, A. Bharti, S.R. Gupta, ibid., 40 (1994) 195-211.
  • [10] A.Ma. Paniagua-Mercado, V.M. Lopez-Hirata, H.J. Dorantes-Rosalesa, P.E. Diaz, E.D. Valdez, Mat. Charact. 60 (2009) 36-39.
  • [11] J.Tušeka, M. Subanb, Faculty of Mechanical Engineering,University of Ljubljana, Aškerčeva 6, 1000 Ljubljana, Slovenia institute za varilstvo, Ptujska 19, 1000 Ljubljana, Slovenia.
  • [12] N. Bailey, Welding Research Supplement to The Welding Journal, August 1991.
  • [13] M. Thuvander, L. Karisson, B. Munir, Stainless Steel World 16 (2004) 52-57.
  • [14] www.uom.ac.mu/faculties/foe/mped/students_corner/…/steelbklet.pdf
  • [15] B. Lindsle, H. Rutz Hoeganaes Corporation Cinnaminson, NJ 08077, USA
  • [16] C.K Gupta, Extractive Metallurgy of Molybdenum page 26 CTC press ISBN No. 08493-4758.
  • [17] B.P. Bamankar, S.M. Sawant, Int. J. Adv. Eng. Res. and Studies 3 (2013) 8-10.
  • [18] http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/2065/15/15_chapter%205.pdf)
  • [19] http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/2065/15/15_chapter%205.pdf)
  • [20] http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107144/welding/lecture7&8.htm
  • [21] A. Fadel, D.Glišić, N. Radović, Dj. Drobnjak, J. Mater. Sci. Technol. 28 (2012) 1053-1058.
  • [22] R.W.K. Honeycombe, H.K.D.H. Bhadeshia, 1996, Steels; Microstructure and Properties, Second Edition, Metallurgy and Materials Science Series, Edward Arnold, London, Great Britain
  • [23] Y.Yoshino, R.D. Stout, Welding Research, Supplement to The Welding Journal, March, 1979, Sponsored By The American Welding Society And The Welding Research Council.
  • [24] Asi Suikkanen Development and Processing of Low Carbon Bainaitic Steels, Academic dissertation, Faculty of Technology of the University of Oulu, Raahensali, p. 52]
  • [25] J. Chen, S. Tang, Z. Liu, G. Wang, Mat. Design 49 (2013) 465-470.
  • [26] S. Kou, Welding Metallurgy, Second Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken, 2003, New Jersey.
  • [27] The effect of alloying elements on HAZ, Microstructure and Toughness British Steel ECSC Agreement Number 7210.KA/816, FINAL TECHNICAL REPORT
  • [28] bookshop.europa.eu/…/CGNA15834ENC_001.pdf

Expert Q&A: 전문가 질의응답

Q1: 용접 변수 최적화를 위해 Taguchi 방법을 선택한 이유는 무엇입니까?

A1: Taguchi 방법은 최소한의 실험 횟수로 여러 공정 변수가 결과에 미치는 영향을 효율적으로 평가할 수 있는 강력한 통계적 도구입니다. 본 연구에서는 아크 전압과 용접 속도라는 두 가지 주요 변수의 영향을 단 4번의 실험으로 파악하여 최적의 조건을 신속하게 도출할 수 있었습니다. 이는 시간과 비용을 절약하면서도 신뢰성 있는 결과를 얻기 위한 최적의 선택이었습니다.

Q2: Figure 4에서 몰리브덴 함량 증가에 따라 인장 강도가 선형적으로 증가하지 않고 복잡한 경향을 보이는 이유는 무엇입니까?

A2: 논문에 따르면, 이 현상은 몰리브덴 첨가량에 따른 입자 미세화 정도의 변화와 관련이 있습니다. Mo 첨가량이 증가함에 따라 용접 비드의 입자 미세화가 처음에는 감소했다가 특정 지점(0.15% Mo) 이후 다시 증가하는 경향을 보입니다. 인장 강도는 이러한 미세구조의 변화를 직접적으로 반영하기 때문에 선형적인 증가 대신 감소 후 증가하는 복잡한 패턴을 나타냅니다.

Q3: 몰리브덴이 첨가된 모든 시편이 용접부가 아닌 열영향부(HAZ)에서 파단된 이유는 무엇입니까?

A3: 이는 두 가지 중요한 사실을 시사합니다. 첫째, 몰리브덴 첨가로 인해 용접 금속의 강도가 HAZ보다 현저히 높아졌다는 증거입니다. 둘째, 논문에서는 HAZ에서의 파단 원인으로 수소 균열(hydrogen cracking) 가능성을 언급합니다. 용접 시 발생하는 높은 잔류 응력과 HAZ의 조대한 입자 구조가 결합되어 수소 균열에 더 취약해졌기 때문입니다. 이는 Mo 합금 용접 시 HAZ의 특성 관리가 매우 중요함을 보여줍니다.

Q4: XRD 분석에서 확인된 몰리브덴 탄화물(MoC) 형성의 의의는 무엇입니까?

A4: 몰리브덴 탄화물(MoC)의 형성은 미세 경도 증가를 설명하는 핵심적인 증거입니다. 몰리브덴은 강한 탄화물 형성 원소로, 미세구조 내에서 매우 단단한 탄화물 입자를 석출시킵니다. 이 입자들이 전위(dislocation)의 이동을 방해하는 2차 강화상(secondary strengthener phase) 역할을 하여 용접 금속의 전체적인 경도와 강도를 향상시키는 것입니다.

Q5: 몰리브덴 첨가가 구체적으로 미세구조를 어떻게 변화시키나요?

A5: 몰리브덴은 오스테나이트에서 페라이트로의 변태 과정에 영향을 미칩니다. 구체적으로, 취약한 파괴의 경로가 될 수 있는 조대한 입계 페라이트(grain boundary ferrite)의 형성을 효과적으로 억제합니다. 대신, 더 강하고 인성이 좋은 미세한 베이나이트(bainite) 구조의 형성을 촉진합니다. 이러한 미세구조의 변화가 바로 기계적 특성 향상의 근본적인 원인입니다.


결론: 더 높은 품질과 생산성을 향한 길

본 연구는 평탄소강 용접에서 소량의 몰리브덴 첨가가 미세구조를 제어하고 기계적 특성을 획기적으로 향상시킬 수 있음을 명확히 보여주었습니다. 용접 속도와 같은 핵심 공정 변수의 최적화와 함께, 몰리브덴을 이용한 합금화 전략은 탄소강 용접 조인트의 강도, 경도, 인성을 높여 구조물의 신뢰성과 수명을 연장하는 효과적인 방법입니다. 이러한 결과는 더 높은 품질과 생산성을 추구하는 모든 산업 현장에 중요한 통찰을 제공합니다.

STI C&D는 최신 산업 연구 결과를 적용하여 고객이 더 높은 생산성과 품질을 달성할 수 있도록 지원하는 데 전념하고 있습니다. 이 백서에서 논의된 과제가 귀사의 운영 목표와 일치한다면, 저희 엔지니어링 팀에 연락하여 이러한 원칙을 귀사의 부품에 어떻게 구현할 수 있는지 알아보십시오.

(주)에스티아이씨앤디에서는 고객이 수치해석을 직접 수행하고 싶지만 경험이 없거나, 시간이 없어서 용역을 통해 수치해석 결과를 얻고자 하는 경우 전문 엔지니어를 통해 CFD consulting services를 제공합니다. 귀하께서 당면하고 있는 연구프로젝트를 최소의 비용으로, 최적의 해결방안을 찾을 수 있도록 지원합니다.

  • 연락처 : 02-2026-0442
  • 이메일 : flow3d@stikorea.co.kr

저작권 정보

  • 이 콘텐츠는 Kunal Dwivedi와 Jyoti Menghani의 논문 “EFFECT OF MOLYBDENUM ADDITION ON MICROSTRUCTURE AND MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF PLAIN CARBON STEEL WELD”를 기반으로 한 요약 및 분석 자료입니다.
  • 출처: https://www.ames.ac.rs/datoteke/2017/02/06-Dwivedi.pdf

이 자료는 정보 제공 목적으로만 사용됩니다. 무단 상업적 사용을 금합니다. Copyright © 2025 STI C&D. All rights reserved.

Figure 1.1 A schematic of Gas Metal Arc Welding Process [4]

CAE 최적화: 아크 용접 변형을 줄여 재작업 비용을 절감하는 방법

이 기술 요약은 Mohammad Refatul Islam이 Mississippi State University(2013)에서 발표한 논문 “Computational Design Optimization of Arc Welding Process for Reduced Distortion in Welded Structures”를 기반으로 하며, STI C&D의 기술 전문가에 의해 분석 및 요약되었습니다.

키워드

  • Primary Keyword: 용접 변형 최적화
  • Secondary Keywords: 아크 용접 시뮬레이션, 유한요소법(FEM), CAE, 설계 최적화, 열 변형, 유전 알고리즘

Executive Summary

  • 과제: 아크 용접은 자동차, 항공우주 등 핵심 산업에서 필수적이지만, 최종 제품에 심각한 변형을 유발하여 막대한 재작업 비용과 생산 지연을 초래합니다.
  • 방법: 본 연구는 용접 공정 시뮬레이션을 위한 유한요소법(FEM)과 최적의 공정 변수를 탐색하기 위한 유전 알고리즘(GA)을 결합한 통합 컴퓨터 지원 엔지니어링(CAE) 프레임워크를 제안합니다.
  • 핵심 성과: 이 자동화된 최적화 시스템을 통해 복잡한 자동차 부품의 용접 변형을 최악의 경우 대비 53% 이상 감소시키는 데 성공했습니다.
  • 결론: 시뮬레이션 기반의 설계 최적화는 기존의 시행착오 방식보다 훨씬 빠르고 비용 효율적으로 용접 품질을 향상시킬 수 있는 강력한 대안입니다.

과제: 이 연구가 CFD 전문가에게 중요한 이유

아크 용접은 효율성과 신뢰성 덕분에 제조업의 근간을 이루는 기술입니다. 하지만 용접 과정에서 발생하는 국부적인 고열과 급속한 냉각은 소재의 팽창과 수축을 유발하며, 이는 곧 제품의 뒤틀림, 즉 ‘용접 변형’으로 이어집니다. 특히 경량화를 위해 얇은 고강도 강판을 사용하는 자동차 산업에서 이러한 변형은 치수 정밀도를 저하시키고, 이는 곧 값비싼 재작업과 생산 라인 중단으로 직결됩니다.

문제는 용접 품질이 전류, 전압, 속도, 용접 순서 등 수많은 변수에 의해 결정된다는 점입니다. 이 모든 변수들의 최적 조합을 기존의 물리적 실험과 시행착오만으로 찾아내는 것은 거의 불가능에 가깝습니다. 바로 이 지점에서 본 연구는 CAE 기반의 자동화된 최적화 방법론을 통해 해답을 제시합니다.

Figure 1.1 A schematic of Gas Metal Arc Welding Process [4]
Figure 1.1 A schematic of Gas Metal Arc Welding Process [4]
Figure 1.2 Different types of welding distortions [6]
Figure 1.2 Different types of welding distortions [6]

접근법: 방법론 분석

본 연구는 용접 변형 문제를 해결하기 위해 두 가지 강력한 계산 기법을 통합했습니다.

  1. 물리 현상 예측 (유한요소법, FEM): 실제 용접 공정에서 발생하는 복잡한 열-기계적 거동을 정확하게 예측하기 위해 3차원 FEM 모델을 사용했습니다. 시뮬레이션은 상용 소프트웨어인 Simufact.welding(MSC Marc 솔버 기반)을 통해 수행되었으며, 열원 모델로는 실제 아크 용접 현상과 유사한 에너지 분포를 보이는 ‘이중 타원체 열원 모델(Double Ellipsoid Heat Source Model)’을 적용했습니다.
  2. 자동화된 최적화 (유전 알고리즘, GA): 수많은 용접 조건 조합 중에서 변형을 최소화하는 최적의 해를 효율적으로 찾기 위해 유전 알고리즘(GA)을 도입했습니다. GA는 FEM 시뮬레이션 결과를 바탕으로 더 나은 조건을 반복적으로 탐색하여 최적점에 수렴하는 글로벌 최적화 기법입니다.

연구진은 이 통합 시스템의 유효성을 검증하기 위해 두 가지 사례를 분석했습니다. – 단순 겹치기 이음(Lap-joint) 모델: 실험 결과와 시뮬레이션 결과를 비교하여 FEM 모델의 예측 정확도를 검증했습니다. – 복잡한 자동차 하부 암(Lower Arm) 모델: 비선형 용접 경로와 다중 용접 순서를 가진 실제 부품에 최적화 기법을 적용하여 실용성을 입증했습니다.

핵심 성과: 주요 발견 및 데이터

성과 1: 최적화된 공정으로 겹치기 이음 변형 27% 감소

단순 겹치기 이음 모델에 대한 직접 최적화 결과, 기존 실험 조건 대비 최대 변형을 27.18% (0.58 mm → 0.422 mm) 줄이는 데 성공했습니다. 특히 주목할 점은 최적 조건의 열 입력(Heat Input)이 기존 실험의 48.78%에 불과했다는 것입니다. 이는 과도한 열 입력이 불필요한 변형을 유발하며, 최적화를 통해 에너지 효율과 품질을 동시에 개선할 수 있음을 시사합니다.

아래 그림은 최악 조건과 최적 조건에서의 용접부 온도 분포(용융 영역) 및 전체 변형 패턴을 비교한 것입니다. 최적화된 조건(c)에서는 용접 용융 영역이 더 작고 균일하며, 전체적인 변형량 또한 현저히 감소한 것을 확인할 수 있습니다.

그림 4.13 및 4.14 기반: (a)실험 조건, (b)최악 조건, (c)최적 조건에서의 용접부 형상 및 전체 변형 패턴 비교

성과 2: 복잡한 자동차 부품, 용접 ‘순서’ 최적화로 변형 53% 절감

더 복잡한 형상과 비선형 용접 경로를 가진 자동차 하부 암 모델에서는 용접 ‘순서’를 주요 설계 변수로 추가했습니다. 3개의 구간으로 나뉜 용접 경로의 순서와 방향을 최적화한 결과, 최악의 용접 순서 대비 최대 변형을 53.33% (0.75 mm → 0.35 mm)나 줄일 수 있었습니다.

이는 복잡한 구조물에서는 단순히 전류나 속도 같은 개별 파라미터뿐만 아니라, 어느 부분을 먼저 용접하는지에 대한 ‘공정 순서’가 최종 변형에 지대한 영향을 미친다는 것을 명확히 보여줍니다. 아래 그림은 본 연구에서 발견된 최상의 용접 순서(a)와 최악의 용접 순서(b)를 시각적으로 보여줍니다.

그림 4.19 기반: (a) 최상의 용접 순서와 (b) 최악의 용접 순서

R&D 및 운영을 위한 실질적 시사점

  • 공정 엔지니어: 본 연구는 열 입력(전류, 전압)과 용접 순서를 조절하는 것이 최종 부품 변형을 줄이는 가장 직접적인 방법임을 제시합니다. CAE 최적화는 더 이상 추측이 아닌 데이터 기반으로 최적의 공정 조건을 설정할 수 있게 합니다.
  • 품질 관리팀: 시뮬레이션은 최종 변형 형상을 높은 정확도로 예측합니다 (논문의 그림 3.13, 3.14 참조). 이를 통해 제조 전 단계에서 품질 문제를 미리 예측하고, 보다 현실적인 허용 오차 기준을 수립하는 데 활용할 수 있습니다.
  • 설계 엔지니어: 용접 순서가 변형에 미치는 영향에 대한 데이터는 제품 설계 초기 단계에 중요한 피드백을 제공합니다. 제조 용이성을 고려한 설계를 통해 잠재적인 품질 문제를 원천적으로 줄일 수 있습니다.

논문 정보


Computational Design Optimization of Arc Welding Process for Reduced Distortion in Welded Structures

1. 개요:

  • 제목: Computational Design Optimization of Arc Welding Process for Reduced Distortion in Welded Structures
  • 저자: Mohammad Refatul Islam
  • 발행 연도: 2013
  • 발행 학술지/학회: Mississippi State University
  • 키워드: Welding, Distortion, Optimization, Finite Element Method, Genetic Algorithms

2. 초록:

효율적인 최적화 기법과 수치적 용접 시뮬레이션을 통합한 고급 컴퓨터 지원 엔지니어링(CAE) 도구를 구현하는 것은 최적의 용접 공정 파라미터를 결정하는 효과적인 접근법이다. 본 논문에서는 최적의 아크 용접 공정 파라미터를 결정하기 위한 자동화된 계산 방법론을 제안한다. 이는 유전 알고리즘(GA)이 반복적인 최적화를 위해 유한요소(FE) 기반 용접 시뮬레이션의 출력 응답을 직접 활용하는 결합된 유전 알고리즘 및 유한요소 기반 최적화 방법이다. 이 방법의 효과는 두 개의 얇은 강판으로 구성된 겹치기 이음 시편과 비선형 용접 경로를 가진 자동차 구조물의 최적 파라미터를 예측하여 최소한의 변형을 달성함으로써 입증되었다. 아크 용접 공정을 시뮬레이션하기 위해 3차원 FE 모델이 개발되었으며, 이후 이 모델들은 GA에 의해 최적화를 위한 평가 모델로 사용되었다. 최적화 결과는 이러한 CAE 기반 방법론이 제품 설계 및 개발을 촉진하는 데 기여할 수 있음을 보여준다.

3. 서론:

아크 용접은 모든 제조 산업에서 사용되는 주요 접합 공정이다. 자동차, 항공우주, 조선과 같은 산업은 금속 접합 방법으로서의 효율성, 경제성, 신뢰성 때문에 아크 용접에 크게 의존한다. 그러나 용접은 최종 용접된 형상에 상당한 변형을 유발하여 치수 관리의 손실, 값비싼 재작업 및 생산 지연을 야기할 수 있다. 특히 자동차 산업에서는 차체 구조의 무게를 줄이기 위해 얇은 단면의 고강도 판금을 사용하는 것이 일반적이지만, 상대적으로 얇은 부품으로 만들어진 구조물은 용접 시 변형에 가장 취약하다. 용접 기술의 엄청난 발전에도 불구하고, 용접으로 인한 변형은 여전히 경량 구조물의 비용 효율적인 제작에 있어 주요 장애물 중 하나이다. 용접 구조물의 변형은 용접 공정의 설계 파라미터에 크게 영향을 받는다. 이러한 용접 변수를 더 잘 제어하면 변형을 촉진하는 조건을 제거할 수 있다. 그러나 용접은 다변수 종속 공정이므로 전통적인 시행착오 기반의 실험 방법으로는 최적의 인자 조합을 달성하기가 종종 어렵거나 불가능하다.

4. 연구 요약:

연구 주제의 배경:

아크 용접 공정에서 발생하는 열 변형은 제조업, 특히 경량화를 추구하는 자동차 및 항공우주 산업에서 지속적인 품질 문제와 비용 상승의 원인이 되고 있다.

이전 연구 현황:

과거에는 실험적 시행착오에 의존하거나, 단순화된 2D 모델 또는 분리된 해석 기법을 사용하여 용접 변형을 예측하려는 시도가 있었다. 그러나 이러한 방법들은 계산 비용이 높거나 복잡한 3D 형상 및 공정 순서의 영향을 정확하게 반영하는 데 한계가 있었다.

연구 목적:

본 연구의 목적은 유한요소법(FEM) 기반의 용접 시뮬레이션과 유전 알고리즘(GA) 기반의 글로벌 최적화 기법을 통합하여, 산업용 용접 공정의 변형을 최소화하기 위한 자동화된 CAE 설계 최적화 시스템을 구축하는 것이다.

핵심 연구:

연구의 핵심은 FEM 시뮬레이션 모델을 평가 함수로 사용하여 GA가 최적의 용접 파라미터(전류, 전압, 속도, 용접 순서/방향)를 자동으로 탐색하는 폐쇄 루프(closed-loop) 시스템을 개발하는 것이다. 이 시스템의 성능은 단순 겹치기 이음 모델과 복잡한 자동차 부품 모델 두 가지 사례를 통해 검증되었다. 또한, 계산 효율성을 높이기 위해 반응표면법(RSM)을 이용한 대리 모델 기반 최적화 기법의 적용 가능성도 함께 탐구했다.

5. 연구 방법론

연구 설계:

본 연구는 두 단계의 최적화 접근법을 설계했다. 1. 직접 계산 최적화: GA가 각 세대(generation)의 개체(individual)를 평가하기 위해 직접 FEM 용접 시뮬레이션을 호출하는 방식. 2. 반응표면법(RSM) 기반 최적화: 계산 비용을 줄이기 위해, 실험계획법(DOE)에 따라 소수의 시뮬레이션을 수행하고 그 결과를 바탕으로 근사 모델(대리 모델)을 생성한 후, GA가 이 빠른 근사 모델을 사용하여 최적화를 수행하는 방식.

데이터 수집 및 분석 방법:

  • 시뮬레이션: 3차원 열-기계 연성 해석을 위해 Simufact.welding 소프트웨어와 MSC Marc 솔버를 사용했다.
  • 실험: 겹치기 이음 모델의 시뮬레이션 결과를 검증하기 위해 실제 GMAW 용접 실험을 수행했다. 온도 이력은 적외선 카메라로, 최종 변형은 3D 레이저 스캐너로 측정했다.
  • 최적화: MATLAB의 GA 툴박스를 사용하여 최적화 프레임워크를 구축하고, 시뮬레이션 입출력 파일을 자동으로 처리하는 스크립트를 개발했다.

연구 주제 및 범위:

연구는 단일 패스 아크 용접 공정에 초점을 맞추었다. 설계 변수로는 용접 전류, 전압, 속도, 그리고 용접 방향 및 순서를 포함했다. 목적 함수는 용접 후 발생하는 최대 변위를 최소화하는 것으로 설정했으며, 용접 품질을 보장하기 위해 용접부의 온도가 재료의 용융점 이상에 도달해야 한다는 제약 조건을 추가했다.

6. 주요 결과:

주요 결과:

  • 제안된 GA-FEM 결합 시스템은 실험적 시행착오 없이 용접 변형을 최소화하는 최적의 공정 파라미터 조합을 성공적으로 탐색했다.
  • 겹치기 이음 모델의 경우, 직접 최적화를 통해 최대 변형을 실험 조건 대비 27.18%, 최악 조건 대비 81.55% 감소시켰다.
  • 반응표면법(RSM) 기반 최적화는 직접 시뮬레이션 대비 6.8%의 오차 내에서 유사한 최적점을 찾아내어, 계산 비용 절감을 위한 효과적인 대안임을 입증했다.
  • 복잡한 자동차 하부 암 모델에서는 용접 순서와 방향을 최적화하여 최대 변형을 53.33% 감소시켰으며, 이는 공정 순서가 변형 제어에 매우 중요한 변수임을 확인시켜 주었다.

Figure 목록:

  • 1.1 A schematic of Gas Metal Arc Welding Process
  • 1.2 Different types of welding distortions
  • 1.3 A general framework of computational optimization system
  • 2.1 Size of computational models of welding measured by degree of freedom multiplied by number of time steps versus year of publication of work
  • 2.2 Two-dimensional models of welding
  • 2.3 Geometry of double ellipsoidal heat source
  • 2.4 2D welding simulation model and 3D structural model
  • 3.1 Simplified coupling scheme adopted in classical CWM
  • 3.2 Flow diagram of finite element analysis procedure for welding
  • 3.3 Constrained motion directions of three types of boundary conditions
  • 3.4 FE model of the lap-joint specimen and zoomed views of weld bead
  • 3.5 FE model of the lower arm specimen and zoomed view of weld bead
  • 3.6 Mechanical boundary conditions used in the lap-joint model
  • 3.7 Mechanical boundary conditions used in the lower arm model
  • 3.8 Double ellipsoid heat source configuration
  • 3.9 Temperature dependent material properties of ASTM A591 sheet metal steel
  • 3.10 Weld pool molten zone shape comparison for the lap-joint model
  • 3.11 Temperature field across the weld bead of the lap-joint model
  • 3.12 Peak temperature history plot of the lap-joint model
  • 3.13 Experimental out-of-plane distortion pattern of the lap joint model
  • 3.14 Simulation predicted out-of-plane distortion pattern of the lap-joint model
  • 3.15 Distortion trends of plates
  • 3.16 Quantative Comparison of out-of-plane distortion along different sections
  • 3.17 Simulation predicted total distortion pattern
  • 3.18 Residual stress plots of the lap-joint model
  • 3.19 Contour plot of effective stress over the top surface of the lap-joint model
  • 3.20 Typical weld pool shape of the lower-arm FE model
  • 3.21 Temperature field across the weld bead
  • 3.22 Surface temperature distribution in the lower arm at different time intervals
  • 3.23 Contours of longitudinal normal stress (MPa) along different cross sections
  • 3.24 Comparison of distorted and undistorted shapes of the lower-arm model
  • 3.25 Distortion components along the three axes of the lower-arm mode
  • 4.1 Flow diagram of simple genetic algorithm
  • 4.2 Definition of welding direction variable, X4 values
  • 4.3 Effect of heat input parameters on welding quality
  • 4.4 Tracking sections (dotted lines) for monitoring temperature constraints
  • 4.5 Details of sub-weld design variables
  • 4.6 Meaning of design variable (X4=1)
  • 4.7 Tracking sections (dotted lines) for monitoring temperature constraints
  • 4.8 Flowchart of direct computational optimization system
  • 4.9 Flowchart of RSM based optimization system
  • 4.10 Computational design optimization framework for welding process
  • 4.11 Percentile main effects of design variables on max distortion of the lap-joint model
  • 4.12 Result convergence history for direct computational optimization approach
  • 4.13 Weld pool shape comparison for different conditions by temperature (°C)
  • 4.14 Total distortion (mm) pattern comparison for different conditions
  • 4.15 Total distortion plots along the edges of the plates for different conditions
  • 4.16 Fitness plot of distortion PRS of the lap-joint model
  • 4.17 Fitness plot of temperature constraint RSM of lap joint model
  • 4.18 Result convergence history for RSM based optimization approach
  • 4.19 Illustration of the best and worst welding sequence found in this study
  • A.1 Experimental model description
  • A.2 Temperature measurments at different time intervals using infrared camera
  • A.3 Distortion patterns for different sets of welding parameters
  • A.4 Typical macrograph of weld cross section

7. 결론:

본 연구는 통합 CAE 도구에 기반한 강력한 계산 최적화 시스템을 소개하며, 이는 값비싼 실제 실험 없이 용접 공정 파라미터의 자동 최적화를 가능하게 한다. 개발된 GA-FEM 결합 방법은 용접 품질 제약 조건 하에서 최적의 공정 파라미터 조합을 효과적으로 탐색할 수 있음을 보여주었다. 또한, 반응표면법(RSM)과 같은 대리 모델 기법을 도입하여 계산 집약적인 FE 시뮬레이션을 대체함으로써 최적화 효율을 높일 수 있었다. 복잡한 자동차 부품에 대한 적용 사례는 제안된 시스템이 용접 순서와 같은 조합적 변수를 포함한 문제에도 효과적이며, 최적 설계와 계산 비용 사이의 절충점을 찾는 데 유연하게 사용될 수 있음을 입증했다. 비록 계산 효율성은 여전히 중요한 과제이지만, 본 연구에서 제안한 방법론은 용접 변형 문제를 해결하고 제품 설계 및 개발을 가속화하는 데 크게 기여할 수 있다.

8. 참고문헌:

  • [1] Michaleris, P., Minimization of Welding Distortion and Buckling, Woodhead Publishing, 2011, pp. 3.
  • [2] Tsai, C. L., Park, S. C. and Cheng, W. T., “Welding Distortion of This-Plate Panel Structure,” Welding Research Supplement, 1999, pp. 156-164.
  • [3] Connor, P. Leonard, Welding Handbook : Welding Technology, American Welding Society, Volume 1, eighth edition, pp. 4, 1987.
  • [4] Kou, Sindo, Welding Metallurgy, John Wiley & Sons,Inc, second edition, pp. 13, 2003.
  • [5] http://www.lincolnelectric.com/en-us/support/welding-how-to/Pages/weld distortion-detail.aspx
  • [6] Masubhichi, Koichi, Analysis of welded structures , Pregamon Press, 1980.
  • [7] Feng, Zhili, Processes and mechanisms of welding residual stress and distortion, Woodhead Publishing and Maney Publishing, pp. 228, 2005.
  • [8] Goldak, J. A., and Akhlagi, M., Computational Welding Mechanics, Springer, New York, pp. 79, Chap. 3, 2005.
  • [9] Y. Ueda and T. Yamakawa, Analysis of thermal elastic-plastic stress and strain during welding by finite element method, JWRI, vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 90-100, 1971.
  • [10] H. D. Hibbitt and P. V. Marcal, A Numerical Thermo-Mechanical Model for the Welding and Subsequent Loading of a Fabricated Structure, Computers & Structures, vol. 3, pp. 1145-1174, 1973.
  • … (and 59 more references)

전문가 Q&A: 주요 질문과 답변

Q1: 왜 경사 하강법(gradient-based) 같은 다른 최적화 기법 대신 유전 알고리즘(GA)을 사용했나요?

A1: 용접 시뮬레이션은 입력 변수(전류, 속도 등)와 출력 결과(변형량) 사이의 관계가 명확한 수학 함수로 표현되지 않는 ‘블랙박스(black box)’ 문제입니다. 또한 이 관계는 매우 비선형적이며 불연속적인 구간이 존재할 수 있습니다. 유전 알고리즘은 함수의 미분값이 필요 없고, 전체 설계 공간을 탐색하여 국소 최적점(local optimum)에 빠질 위험이 적은 글로벌 최적화에 강점을 가지므로 이러한 문제에 매우 적합합니다.

Q2: 본 논문에서는 ‘직접 최적화’와 ‘RSM 기반 최적화’ 두 가지 방법을 제시했습니다. 실제 산업 현장에서 둘 사이의 현실적인 장단점은 무엇인가요?

A2: ‘직접 최적화’는 매 평가마다 전체 FEM 시뮬레이션을 수행하므로 가장 정확한 결과를 보장하지만, 시뮬레이션 하나에 수 시간이 걸릴 경우 전체 최적화에 수백 시간이 소요될 수 있습니다. 반면 ‘RSM 기반 최적화’는 소수의 시뮬레이션 데이터로 빠른 근사 모델을 만들어 최적화를 수행하므로 계산 시간이 획기적으로 단축됩니다. 다만 근사 모델의 정확도에 따라 최종 결과에 오차가 발생할 수 있습니다. 따라서, 높은 정확도가 요구되거나 변수가 적을 때는 직접 최적화가, 빠른 탐색이나 계산 비용이 매우 중요한 경우에는 RSM 기반 접근법이 유리합니다.

Q3: 그림 4.13은 용접부의 용융 영역(weld pool) 형상을 보여줍니다. 이 형상을 정확히 예측하는 것이 왜 중요한가요?

A3: 용접부의 용융 영역 형상과 크기는 용접 공정에서 가해진 열에너지의 양과 분포를 나타내는 가장 직접적인 지표입니다. 논문에 따르면, 용융 영역의 경계를 정확하게 예측하면 그 주변부의 온도장 또한 정확하게 계산할 수 있습니다. 이는 후속되는 기계적 해석, 즉 열에 의한 변형과 응력 계산의 신뢰도를 좌우하는 foundational step입니다. 연구진은 실제 실험의 단면 매크로 사진(그림 3.10)과 시뮬레이션 결과를 비교하여 열원 모델의 타당성을 확보했고, 이를 통해 전체 해석의 신뢰도를 높였습니다.

Q4: 자동차 하부 암 모델에서 ‘용접 순서’가 핵심 변수였습니다. 이는 복잡한 조립품에 대해 어떤 점을 시사하나요?

A4: 이는 길거나 여러 개의 용접 경로를 가진 복잡한 구조물에서는 개별 용접 파라미터(속도, 전력)만큼이나 ‘작업 순서’가 최종 품질에 결정적인 영향을 미친다는 것을 의미합니다. 특정 순서는 변형을 가중시키는 반면, 다른 순서는 변형을 서로 상쇄시켜 전체적인 뒤틀림을 줄일 수 있습니다. 제안된 GA-FEM 프레임워크는 이러한 조합적 최적화 문제를 자동화된 방식으로 해결할 수 있다는 점에서 매우 강력하며, 복잡한 제품의 생산 공정 계획에 직접적으로 기여할 수 있습니다.

Q5: 시뮬레이션 모델이 실제 현상을 얼마나 잘 반영하는지 어떻게 검증했나요?

A5: 겹치기 이음 모델의 경우, 시뮬레이션 모델의 신뢰도를 확보하기 위해 다각적인 검증을 수행했습니다. 첫째, 적외선 카메라로 측정한 시간에 따른 온도 변화 이력(그림 3.12)을 비교했습니다. 둘째, 3D 스캐너로 측정한 최종 변형 형상 패턴(그림 3.13 vs 3.14)을 정성적으로 비교했습니다. 마지막으로, 특정 단면에서의 변형량을 정량적으로 비교(그림 3.16)하여 모델이 실제 물리 현상을 높은 정확도로 예측함을 입증했습니다.


결론: 더 높은 품질과 생산성을 향한 길

본 연구는 아크 용접으로 인한 변형이라는 고질적인 산업 문제를 해결하기 위해, 유한요소 시뮬레이션과 유전 알고리즘을 결합한 과학적이고 데이터 기반의 접근법을 제시합니다. 이는 더 이상 경험과 추측에 의존하는 것이 아니라, 예측 엔지니어링을 통해 최적의 용접 변형 최적화를 달성하는 패러다임의 전환을 의미합니다. 이 통합 CAE 시스템은 제품 개발 초기 단계에서 잠재적인 품질 문제를 예측하고, 재작업 비용을 절감하며, 궁극적으로 더 높은 품질과 생산성을 달성하는 데 핵심적인 역할을 할 수 있습니다.

STI C&D에서는 최신 산업 연구 결과를 적용하여 고객이 더 높은 생산성과 품질을 달성할 수 있도록 지원하는 데 전념하고 있습니다. 만약 본 논문에서 논의된 과제가 귀사의 운영 목표와 일치한다면, 저희 엔지니어링 팀에 연락하여 이러한 원칙을 귀사의 부품에 어떻게 구현할 수 있는지 논의해 보십시오.

(주)에스티아이씨앤디에서는 고객이 수치해석을 직접 수행하고 싶지만 경험이 없거나, 시간이 없어서 용역을 통해 수치해석 결과를 얻고자 하는 경우 전문 엔지니어를 통해 CFD consulting services를 제공합니다. 귀하께서 당면하고 있는 연구프로젝트를 최소의 비용으로, 최적의 해결방안을 찾을 수 있도록 지원합니다.

  • 연락처 : 02-2026-0450
  • 이메일 : flow3d@stikorea.co.kr

저작권 정보

  • 이 콘텐츠는 Mohammad Refatul Islam의 논문 “Computational Design Optimization of Arc Welding Process for Reduced Distortion in Welded Structures”를 기반으로 한 요약 및 분석 자료입니다.
  • 출처: https://scholarsjunction.msstate.edu/td/1134

이 자료는 정보 제공 목적으로만 사용됩니다. 무단 상업적 사용을 금지합니다. Copyright © 2025 STI C&D. All rights reserved.

Figure 11. SEM micrograph of fracture surface of the specimen with treatment 4. a) Ductile fracture outside the welding joint; b) Poor ductility perpendicular to the rolling direction.

자동차 휠 림의 품질 혁신: 플래시 맞대기 용접(Flash Butt Welding) 파라미터 최적화로 강도와 연성을 잡다

이 기술 요약은 Rodolfo Rodríguez Baracaldo 외 저자가 2018년 Scientia et Technica에 발표한 논문 “Effect of flash butt welding parameters on mechanical properties of wheel rims”를 기반으로 하며, STI C&D의 기술 전문가에 의해 분석 및 요약되었습니다.

키워드

  • Primary Keyword: 플래시 맞대기 용접 (Flash Butt Welding)
  • Secondary Keywords: SPFH 590, 자동차 휠 림, 용접 파라미터, 미세구조, 기계적 특성, 고장력강(HSLA)

Executive Summary

  • 도전 과제: 자동차 휠 림 제조에 사용되는 고장력강(HSLA)의 플래시 맞대기 용접(FBW) 부위는 인성이 낮아 벤딩, 컬링 등 후속 공정에서 균열이 발생하여 제품의 안전성과 품질을 저하시킬 수 있습니다.
  • 연구 방법: SPFH 590 강재의 플래시 맞대기 용접 시 전압, 업셋 높이, 플래싱 시간 등 주요 공정 변수가 용접부의 기계적 특성과 미세구조에 미치는 영향을 체계적으로 분석했습니다.
  • 핵심 발견: 전압 5V, 업셋 높이 2.3mm, 플래싱 시간 2초의 조합이 모든 시험에서 강도와 연성의 가장 우수한 조합을 보여주었으며, 이는 취성 파괴의 원인이 되는 비드만스태튼 페라이트 조직의 생성을 억제한 결과입니다.
  • 핵심 결론: 자동차 휠 림의 품질과 생산성을 향상시키기 위해서는 플래시 맞대기 용접 파라미터를 정밀하게 제어하여 열 입력을 최적화하고, 이를 통해 용접부의 미세구조를 제어하는 것이 매우 중요합니다.

도전 과제: 왜 이 연구가 CFD 전문가에게 중요한가

자동차 산업에서 연비 효율이 높은 차량을 개발하기 위해 고장력 저합금강(HSLA)의 사용이 증가하고 있습니다. 휠 림 제조 공정에서 플래시 맞대기 용접(FBW)은 높은 생산성으로 널리 사용되지만, 용접부의 인성이 부족할 경우 벤딩이나 드로잉 같은 후속 성형 공정 중에 용접부 또는 열영향부(HAZ)에서 미세 균열이 발생할 수 있습니다. 이러한 결함은 제품의 안전성과 품질에 직접적인 영향을 미치므로, 기계적 강도와 용접 연속성을 모두 만족시키는 최적의 용접 조건을 찾는 것이 업계의 중요한 과제였습니다. 본 연구는 이 문제를 해결하기 위해 FBW 공정 변수가 HSLA 강재인 SPFH 590의 용접 품질에 미치는 영향을 규명하고자 했습니다.

Figure 1. Schematic of the flash butt welding process.
Figure 1. Schematic of the flash butt welding process.

연구 접근법: 방법론 분석

본 연구에서는 일본 산업 표준(JIS) G 3134에 따른 SPFH 590 강재(두께 2.3mm)를 사용하여 플래시 맞대기 용접을 수행했습니다. 용접 장비로는 400kVA 용량의 Swift-Ohio 91-AA 모델이 사용되었습니다. 연구의 핵심은 세 가지 주요 공정 변수를 두 가지 수준(고/저)으로 조합하여 용접 품질에 미치는 영향을 평가하는 것이었습니다.

  • 전압(Voltage): 5V (저) / 7V (고)
  • 업셋 높이(Upset height): 2.3 mm (저) / 4.6 mm (고)
  • 플래싱 시간(Flashing time): 2초 (저) / 4초 (고)

총 8가지 조합의 시편을 제작하여 인장 시험, 굽힘 시험, 로크웰 경도 시험을 통해 기계적 특성을 평가했습니다. 또한, 광학 현미경과 주사전자현미경(SEM)을 사용하여 용접부, 열영향부(HAZ), 모재의 미세구조 변화와 파단면을 정밀하게 분석했습니다.

핵심 발견: 주요 결과 및 데이터

결과 1: 용접부 미세구조의 변화와 취성 상(Phase) 형성

연구 결과, 용접 공정을 통해 모재의 층상 페라이트(laminar ferrite) 구조가 용접부에서 침상 페라이트(acicular ferrite)로 변태되는 것이 확인되었습니다. 특히 냉각 과정에서 비드만스태튼 페라이트(Widmanstatten Ferrite) 구조가 형성되었습니다(그림 5 참조). 이 구조는 취성을 증가시켜 조기 파괴의 위험을 높일 수 있습니다. 높은 전압이나 긴 플래싱 시간과 같이 열 입력이 과도한 조건에서는 이러한 취성 상의 생성이 촉진되어 용접부의 연성이 크게 감소하는 경향을 보였습니다.

결과 2: 최적의 용접 파라미터 조합 규명

다양한 기계적 시험 결과, 특정 용접 조건이 강도와 연성 측면에서 가장 우수한 성능을 보였습니다.

  • 최적 조건: 전압 5V, 업셋 높이 2.3mm, 플래싱 시간 2초 (Treatment 1)
  • 성능: 이 조건에서 제작된 시편은 인장 강도 596.85 MPa, 연신율 30%를 기록했습니다 (표 4 참조). 이는 모재의 연신율(22%)을 상회하는 우수한 연성을 보여주면서도 충분한 강도를 확보한 결과입니다. 반면, 높은 열 입력 조건(예: Treatment 2, 3, 8)에서 제작된 시편들은 연신율이 5% 미만으로 매우 낮았고, 모두 용접부에서 파단이 발생하여 취성 거동을 보였습니다. 이는 낮은 열 입력이 용접 품질 확보에 유리함을 명확히 보여줍니다.

R&D 및 운영을 위한 실질적 시사점

  • 공정 엔지니어: 본 연구는 전압 5V, 업셋 높이 2.3mm, 플래싱 시간 2초가 SPFH 590 강재의 플래시 맞대기 용접에 가장 적합한 파라미터임을 제시합니다. 열 입력을 최소화하는 방향으로 공정을 제어하면 취성 상인 비드만스태튼 조직의 생성을 억제하여 용접부의 연성을 크게 향상시킬 수 있습니다.
  • 품질 관리팀: 표 4의 데이터는 용접부에서 파단이 발생한 시편들의 연신율이 현저히 낮다는 것을 보여줍니다. 따라서 인장 시험 시 연신율을 핵심 품질 지표로 관리하고, 경도 분포(그림 9)를 통해 용접부의 경화 정도를 모니터링하면 불량을 사전에 예측하고 관리하는 데 도움이 될 수 있습니다.
  • 설계 엔지니어: 이 연구 결과는 용접 공정 중 발생하는 미세구조 변화가 부품의 최종 성능에 큰 영향을 미친다는 점을 보여줍니다. 특히 높은 열 입력이 취성을 유발할 수 있다는 점을 고려하여, 용접이 필요한 부위의 설계 시 열 집중을 피하거나 적절한 용접 조건을 적용할 수 있는 형상을 고려하는 것이 중요합니다.

논문 상세 정보


Efecto de los parámetros de la soldadura a tope por destello sobre las propiedades mecánicas de rines metálicos (Effect of flash butt welding parameters on mechanical properties of wheel rims)

1. 개요:

  • 제목: Effect of flash butt welding parameters on mechanical properties of wheel rims
  • 저자: Rodolfo Rodríguez Baracaldo, Mauricio Camargo Santos, Miguel Arturo Acosta Echeverría
  • 발행 연도: 2018
  • 게재 학술지/학회: Scientia et Technica
  • 키워드: Flash Butt Welding, SPFH 590 steel, voltage, flashing time

2. 초록:

SPFH 590 강재의 플래시 맞대기 용접 품질에 대한 공정 변수의 영향을 연구했습니다. 용접 금속 및 열영향부는 인장 시험, 굽힘 시험, 로크웰 경도 시험으로 기계적 특성을, 광학 현미경 및 주사전자현미경으로 미세구조를 분석했습니다. 결과는 금속 접합부가 층상 페라이트에서 침상 페라이트로 변태되었음을 나타냈습니다. 용접 과정에서 길쭉한 결정립이 둥근 형태로 성장했고, 냉각 과정을 통해 일부 측판형 비드만스태튼 페라이트 구조가 형성되었습니다. 공정 인자 수준이 미세구조, 용접부 강도, 파괴 특성에 미치는 중요성을 분석했습니다. 전압 5V, 업셋 2.3mm, 플래싱 시간 2초의 용접 공정 파라미터가 수행된 모든 시험에서 가장 우수한 특성 조합(강도 및 연성)을 보였습니다.

3. 서론:

플래시 맞대기 용접(FBW)은 마주 보는 재료의 면을 한 번의 타격으로 용접하는 평면 용접으로, 매우 효율적인 공정입니다. 기본적으로 용융 및 단조 공정으로, 모재와 동등한 강도를 가진 용접 접합부를 생산할 수 있습니다. 이 공정은 저항 용접 공정의 일부로, 플레이트, 라인 파이프, 레일, 해양 구조물, 선박 계류 체인, 특히 자동차 산업의 강철 휠 림 용접에 적용됩니다. FBW의 특징은 용접 공정 파라미터에 직접적인 영향을 받으므로, 필요한 접합 요구 사항을 달성하기 위해 여러 공정 변수를 제어하는 것이 필수적입니다. 본 연구는 자동차 산업에 적용되는 고장력 저합금강(HSLA)에서 이러한 유형의 용접을 연구할 필요성을 제시합니다.

4. 연구 요약:

연구 주제의 배경:

자동차 산업에서 휠 림 제조 시 HSLA 강재의 사용이 증가하고 있습니다. FBW 공정 후 벤딩, 컬링 등의 공정에서 용접부의 낮은 인성으로 인해 균열이 발생할 수 있으며, 이는 제품의 안전성과 품질에 영향을 미칩니다. 따라서 기계적 강도와 용접 연속성 요구 사항을 만족시키는 FBW 공정 파라미터의 적절한 조합을 찾는 것이 중요합니다.

이전 연구 현황:

FBW 파라미터의 영향에 대한 이론적, 실험적 연구가 보고되어 왔습니다. 대부분의 연구는 인장 강도나 파괴 인성을 최대화하고 변형, 잔류 응력, 기공을 최소화하기 위해 플래싱 시간, 업셋 시간, 업셋 전류, 플래싱 패턴, 업셋 치수 등의 변화를 연구했습니다. Ziemian 등의 연구는 용접 파라미터가 결함 및 내부 개재물에 미치는 민감도를 통계적으로 연구했으며, Min과 Kang은 자동차 차체에 사용되는 냉연 강판의 플래시 용접성을 연구했습니다.

연구 목적:

본 연구는 전압, 업셋 높이, 플래싱 시간과 같은 공정 변수가 SPFH 590 HSLA 강재의 FBW 공정에서 기계적 강도와 용접 불연속성에 미치는 영향을 조사하는 것을 목적으로 합니다.

핵심 연구:

세 가지 주요 공정 변수(전압, 업셋 높이, 플래싱 시간)를 각각 두 수준(고/저)으로 설정하여 총 8가지의 처리 조합을 만들어 시편을 제작했습니다. 제작된 시편에 대해 인장 시험, 굽힘 시험, 경도 시험 및 미세구조 분석(광학 현미경, SEM)을 수행하여 각 조건이 용접부의 기계적 특성과 미세구조에 미치는 영향을 정량적으로 평가하고 최적의 공정 조건을 도출했습니다.

5. 연구 방법론

연구 설계:

전압(A), 업셋 높이(B), 플래싱 시간(C) 세 가지 요인을 각각 고/저 두 수준으로 설정한 2³ 요인 설계를 기반으로 8가지 실험 조합(Treatment)을 구성했습니다.

데이터 수집 및 분석 방법:

  • 재료: SPFH 590 (JIS G 3134) 강재, 두께 2.3mm
  • 용접 장비: Swift-Ohio 91-AA 모델 (400kVA)
  • 기계적 시험: 인장 시험(JIS G 3134 표준), 3점 굽힘 시험(AWS B4.0: 2000 표준), Knoop 미세 경도 시험을 수행했습니다.
  • 미세구조 분석: 광학 현미경(Leco 100x-800x)과 주사전자현미경(FEI Quanta 200)을 사용하여 용접부, 열영향부(HAZ)의 미세구조 및 파단면을 관찰했습니다. 시편은 5% 나이탈 용액으로 에칭했습니다.
Figure 11. SEM micrograph of fracture surface of the specimen with treatment 4. a) Ductile fracture outside the welding joint; b) Poor ductility perpendicular to the rolling direction.
Figure 11. SEM micrograph of fracture surface of the specimen with treatment 4. a) Ductile fracture outside the welding joint; b) Poor ductility perpendicular to the rolling direction.

연구 주제 및 범위:

이 연구는 SPFH 590 강재의 플래시 맞대기 용접에서 전압, 업셋 높이, 플래싱 시간이 용접부의 미세구조 변태(층상 페라이트 → 침상 페라이트, 비드만스태튼 페라이트 형성), 기계적 특성(인장 강도, 연신율, 경도, 굽힘 특성) 및 파괴 거동에 미치는 영향을 분석하는 데 초점을 맞춥니다.

6. 주요 결과:

주요 결과:

  • 용접 공정 중, 모재의 층상 페라이트가 용접부에서 침상 페라이트로 변태되었으며, 냉각 과정에서 비드만스태튼 페라이트 구조가 형성되었습니다.
  • 높은 열 입력(높은 전압, 긴 플래싱 시간) 조건에서 제작된 시편(Treatment 2, 3, 5, 8)은 취성 거동을 보이며 낮은 연신율과 굽힘 특성을 나타냈습니다.
  • 전압 5V, 업셋 높이 2.3mm, 플래싱 시간 2초(Treatment 1) 조건이 인장 강도 596.85 MPa와 연신율 30%로 강도와 연성의 가장 우수한 조합을 보였습니다.
  • 용접부 중심의 경도는 모재보다 높게 나타났으며, 이는 비드만스태튼 페라이트 구조 형성 및 업셋 공정에 의한 가공 경화에 기인합니다.
  • 파단면 분석 결과, 우수한 연성을 보인 시편은 미세 기공(micro voids)이 특징인 연성 파괴를, 용접부에서 파단된 시편은 입내 파괴와 입계 파괴가 혼합된 혼합형 파괴를 보였습니다.

그림 목록:

  • Figure 1. Schematic of the flash butt welding process.
  • Figure 2. Tensile resistance specimen. Adapted from [13].
  • Figure 3. Optical Micrographs of image base material sheet (SPFH 590).
  • Figure 4. SEM Micrographs of the base material.
  • Figure 5. Optical Micrographs of Acicular Ferrite (light color) of the (upset joint) welded joint. GBF: Grain boundary Ferrite. WSP: Widmanstatten side-plate Ferrite. P: Pearlite.
  • Figure 6. SEM Micrographs. a) Joint zone, b) Base material
  • Figure 7. Optical Micrographs of macro section of Flash Butt Welding. White line indicates the decarburized zone.
  • Figure 8. Tensile test specimens which presented a fracture outside the welded join; a) with treatment 1 and b) with treatment 7.
  • Figure 9. Knoop microhardness of the specimens for each treatment.
  • Figure 10. Bending test imagines. a) Experimental arrangement; b) Specimen 1 meeting the requirements of the test; c) Specimen 2 does not meet the requirements.
  • Figure 11. SEM micrograph of fracture surface of the specimen with treatment 4. a) Ductile fracture outside the welding joint; b) Poor ductility perpendicular to the rolling direction.
  • Figure 12 a) SEM micrograph of the fracture surface on welding joint of the specimen of treatment 8. b) Superficial cracking.

7. 결론:

SPFH 590 강재에 대한 플래시 맞대기 용접 공정의 8가지 파라미터 설정에 대한 미세구조 및 기계적 특성 결과가 인장 시험, 굽힘 시험, 로크웰 경도 시험, 광학 현미경, 주사전자현미경을 사용하여 적절하게 평가되었습니다. 접합부의 미세구조 분석은 층상 페라이트에서 침상 페라이트로의 변태를 보여줍니다. 용접 과정에서 길쭉한 결정립이 둥글게 성장하며, 냉각 과정에서 일부 측판형 비드만스태튼 페라이트 구조가 형성됩니다. 기계적 거동은 경도 시험, 인장 시험, 굽힘 시험을 통해 평가되었으며, 여러 파라미터 조합에 대해 다른 거동을 보였습니다. 전압 5V, 업셋 2.3mm, 플래싱 시간 2초의 용접 공정 파라미터는 수행된 모든 시험에서 가장 우수한 특성 조합(강도 및 연성)을 보였습니다. 이러한 결과는 FBW로 생산되는 구조 요소의 제조 공정에서 불량 부품을 줄이는 데 적용될 수 있습니다.

8. 참고문헌:

  • [1]. Y. Ichiyama, and K. Shinji, “Flash-Butt Welding of High Strength Steels,” Nippon Steel Technical Report Vol. 95, Jan. 2007.
  • [2]. Flash Welding chapter in ASM Handbook: Welding, Brazing, and Soldering, Vol.6, 10th, Ed., by K. Ferjutz, J. Davis, Ed. ASM International, United States, 1994.
  • [3]. AWS Welding Handbook: Welding Processes, Vol. 2, 8th Ed., by R. L. O’Brien, American Welding Society/Welding Handbook, United States,
  • [4]. D. E. Ziemian, C. W. Sharma, and M. M. Whaley, “Flash butt-welding process optimization through the design of experiments” presented at Proc of Int Conf. on NSF Engineering Research and Innovation Conference, Knoxville, Tennessee USA, 2008.
  • [5]. F. Zhang, B. Lv, B. Hu, and Y. Li, “Flash butt welding of high manganese steel crossing and carbon steel rail”, Mater Sci Eng A, Vol. 454-455, pp 288-292, Apr. 2007.
  • [6]. D. Tawfik, P. Mutton, and W. Chiu, “Experimental and numerical investigations: Alleviating tensile residual stresses in flash-butt welds by localized rapid postweld heat treatment”, J Mater Process Technol, Vol. 196, pp 279–291, Jan. 2008.
  • [7]. C. Barbosa, J. Dille, J. L. Delplancke, J.M.A Rebello, and O. Acselrad, “A microstructural study of flash welded and aged 6061 and 6013 aluminum alloys,” Mater Characterization, Vol. 57, pp 187-192, 2006.
  • [8]. N.F.H. Kerstens, and I.M. Richardson, “Heat distribution in resistance upset butt welding” J Mater Process Technol, Vol. 209, pp 2715–2722, Aug. 2009.
  • [9]. D. Kim, Q. So, and M. Kang, “Effect of flash butt welding parameters on weld quality of mooring chain”, Arch Mater Sci Eng A, Vol. 38(2), pp 112-117, 2009.
  • [10]. M. Sharifitabar, and A. Halvaee, “Resistance upset butt welding of austenitic to martensitic stainless steels”, Mater Des, Vol. 31, pp 3044-3050, 2010.
  • [11]. C. W. Ziemian, M. M. Sharma, D. E. Whaley, “Effects of flashing and upset sequences on microstructure, hardness, and tensile properties of welded structural steel joints”, Mater Des, Vol 33, pp 175-184, 2012.
  • [12]. K.B. Min, K.S. Kim, and S.S Kang, “A study on resistance welding in steel sheets using a tailor-welded blank (1st report) Evaluation of upset weldability and formability”, J Mater Process Technol, Vol. 101, No. 1–3, 14, pp 186-192, Jan. 2000.
  • [13]. JIS HANDBOOK, “JIS G 3134:2006. Hot-rolled high strength steel plate, sheet and strip with improved formability for automobile structural uses”, Ferrous Materials & Metallurgy II, by JSA Japanese Standards Association, Tokyo Japan 2006.
  • [14]. N. Kerstens, Investigation and Control of Factors Influencing Resistance Upset Butt Welding, Delft.: Thesis Master dissertation. TU Delft, 2009.
  • [15]. AWS, “AWS B4.0M:2000,” Standard Methods for Mechanical Testing of Welds, American Welding Society, 2000.
  • [16]. A. Seshu-Kumar, B. Ravi-Kumar, G.L. Datta, and V.R. Ranganath, “Effect of microstructure and grain size on the fracture toughness of a micro-alloyed steel,” Mater Sci Eng A, Vol. 527, No. 4-5,15, pp 954-960 Feb. 2010.
  • [17]. R. Ricks, P. Howell, and G. S. Barritte, “The nature of acicular ferrite in HSLA steel weld metals,” J. Mater. Sci. Vol. 17, pp 732–740, Mar. 1982.
  • [18]. C. Centinkaya, and U. Arabaci, “Flash butt welding application on 16MnCr5 chain steel and investigations of mechanical properties,” Mater Des, Vol. 27, pp 1187-1195, Nov. 2006.
  • [19]. M. Sharifitabar, A. Halvaee, and S. Khorshahian, “Microstructure and mechanical properties of resistance upset butt welded 304 austenitic stainless steel joints,” Mater Des, Vol. 32, pp 3854-3864, Aug. 2011.
  • [20]. T. Singh, A. Shahi, and M. Kaur, “Experimental studies on the effect of multipass welding on the mechanical properties of AISI 304 stainless steel SMAW joints”, Int. J. Sci. Eng. Research, Vol. 4, pp 951-961, Dec. 2013.
  • [21]. H. Bang, H. Bang, C. Ro, and S. Jeong, “Mechanical Behavior of the Weld Joints of Thick Steel Plates Produced by Various Welding Processes”, Strength Mater, Vol 47, pp 213-220, Jan. 2015.

전문가 Q&A: 주요 질문과 답변

Q1: 연구에서 전압, 업셋 높이, 플래싱 시간을 핵심 변수로 선택한 이유는 무엇입니까?

A1: 이 세 가지 변수는 플래시 맞대기 용접에서 열 입력과 단조 효과를 결정하는 가장 중요한 요소이기 때문입니다. 전압과 플래싱 시간은 용접부에 가해지는 총 에너지 양을 조절하여 용융 상태에 직접적인 영향을 미칩니다. 업셋 높이는 용융된 금속과 산화물을 밀어내고 깨끗한 접합부를 형성하는 단조 공정의 정도를 결정합니다. 따라서 이 변수들을 제어하는 것이 최종 용접부의 미세구조와 기계적 특성을 결정하는 데 핵심적입니다.

Q2: 그림 5에 나타난 비드만스태튼 페라이트 구조는 기계적 특성에 구체적으로 어떤 영향을 미칩니까?

A2: 비드만스태튼 페라이트는 일반적으로 판상 또는 침상 형태를 가지며, 결정립계에서 성장하여 결정립 내부로 뻗어 나갑니다. 이 구조는 경도는 높지만 매우 취약하여 균열의 시작점 및 전파 경로가 되기 쉽습니다. 논문에서도 이 구조가 “취성 용접을 생성하고 조기 파괴의 위험을 증가시킬 수 있다”고 지적합니다. 표 4에서 높은 열 입력으로 인해 이 구조가 많이 생성되었을 것으로 추정되는 시편(Treatment 2, 3, 8)들의 연신율이 극히 낮은 것이 이를 뒷받침합니다.

Q3: 그림 7에서 보이는 탈탄층(decarburized zone)의 중요성은 무엇인가요?

A3: 탈탄층은 플래싱 과정에서 모재의 탄소가 용접 영역으로 확산된 후 업셋 과정에서 외부로 밀려나가면서 형성됩니다. 이 영역은 주변보다 탄소 함량이 낮아 상대적으로 연하고 강도가 낮을 수 있습니다. 이는 용접부의 국부적인 기계적 특성 불균일성을 유발할 수 있는 요인 중 하나이며, 플래시 맞대기 용접에서 흔히 관찰되는 특징적인 불연속부입니다.

Q4: 그림 9를 보면 용접부 중심에서 경도 값이 가장 높게 나타납니다. 그 원인은 무엇입니까?

A4: 논문에서는 두 가지 주요 원인을 제시합니다. 첫째, 용접부의 급격한 가열 및 냉각 사이클로 인해 모재의 미세구조가 더 단단한 비드만스태튼 페라이트 구조로 변태되었기 때문입니다. 둘째, 업셋 단계에서 가해지는 강한 축 방향 힘에 의해 용접부가 소성 변형되면서 발생하는 가공 경화(work hardening) 효과 때문입니다. 이 두 가지 요인이 복합적으로 작용하여 용접부 중심에서 가장 높은 경도 값을 나타냅니다.

Q5: Treatment 1(저전압, 저업셋, 저플래싱 시간)과 Treatment 7(고전압, 저업셋, 저플래싱 시간) 모두 양호한 결과를 보였는데, 왜 Treatment 1이 최적의 조건으로 결론 내려졌나요?

A5: 두 조건 모두 인장 시험 시 용접부가 아닌 모재에서 파단이 발생하여 용접 품질이 우수함을 입증했습니다. 하지만 표 4의 데이터를 자세히 보면, Treatment 1은 연신율이 30%로 모재(22%)보다 월등히 높게 나타나 우수한 연성을 보였습니다. 반면 Treatment 7의 연신율은 27.75%였습니다. 강도와 연성을 종합적으로 고려할 때, 충분한 강도를 유지하면서도 최고의 연성을 보여준 Treatment 1이 가장 이상적인 조합으로 평가된 것입니다.


결론: 더 높은 품질과 생산성을 향한 길

자동차 휠 림 제조 시 발생하는 용접부 균열 문제는 플래시 맞대기 용접 공정의 정밀한 제어를 통해 해결할 수 있습니다. 본 연구는 SPFH 590 강재 용접 시 낮은 열 입력 조건(5V 전압, 2.3mm 업셋, 2초 플래싱 시간)이 취성 조직의 생성을 억제하고, 강도와 연성이 가장 뛰어난 용접부를 만든다는 것을 명확히 보여주었습니다. 이는 미세구조 제어가 최종 제품의 품질을 좌우한다는 사실을 다시 한번 확인시켜 줍니다.

(주)에스티아이씨앤디에서는 최신 산업 연구 결과를 적용하여 고객이 더 높은 생산성과 품질을 달성할 수 있도록 지원합니다. 이 논문에서 논의된 과제가 귀사의 운영 목표와 일치한다면, 저희 엔지니어링 팀에 연락하여 이러한 원칙을 귀사의 부품에 어떻게 구현할 수 있는지 논의해 보십시오.

(주)에스티아이씨앤디에서는 고객이 수치해석을 직접 수행하고 싶지만 경험이 없거나, 시간이 없어서 용역을 통해 수치해석 결과를 얻고자 하는 경우 전문 엔지니어를 통해 CFD consulting services를 제공합니다. 귀하께서 당면하고 있는 연구프로젝트를 최소의 비용으로, 최적의 해결방안을 찾을 수 있도록 지원합니다.

  • 연락처 : 02-2026-0450
  • 이메일 : flow3d@stikorea.co.kr

저작권 정보

  • 이 콘텐츠는 “Effect of flash butt welding parameters on mechanical properties of wheel rims” (저자: Rodolfo Rodríguez Baracaldo 외) 논문을 기반으로 한 요약 및 분석 자료입니다.
  • 출처: Scientia et Technica Año XXII, Vol. 23, No. 01, marzo de 2018. ISSN 0122-1701

이 자료는 정보 제공 목적으로만 사용됩니다. 무단 상업적 사용을 금지합니다. Copyright © 2025 STI C&D. All rights reserved.

파도 / Waves

파도 / Waves

FLOW-3D 는 비정형 파뿐만 아니라 일반 선형 및 비선형파 표면을 시뮬레이션 할 수 있는 기능이 있습니다. 선형파는 작은 진폭 및 급경사를 갖는 사인파 표면 프로파일을 가지며, 비선형파는 선형 파보다 더 큰 진폭 (유한 진폭), 더 뾰족한 볏 및 평탄한 골짜기를 갖는다. 비선형 파는 파동 문자와 그 해를 구하기 위해 사용 된 수학적 방법에 따라 스톡 (stookes), 코니이드 (cnoidal) 파 및 단일 파로 분류 될 수 있습니다.

그림 1. 다른 진행파의 프로파일 비교
도 1 및도 2에 도시 된 바와 같이, 스톡스 파는 심층 및 과도수의 주기적인 파이다. Cnoidal 파는 천수(shallow water)와 중간 물에서 긴주기적인 파이고 Stokes 파보다 더 뾰족한 마루과 평평한 골짜기를 가지고 있습니다. 스톡스와 코니 형 파와 달리 단일 파는 천수(shallow water)와 과도 수에서 존재하는 비 주기적 파이다. 그것은 하나의 마루와 골짜기를 가지며 완전히 방해받지 않은 수면 위입니다. 수학적으로 파장이 무한대가 될 때 그것은 코니 형 파의 제한적인 경우입니다. 심층수, 과도 수 및 파도에 대한 천수(shallow water)의 분류는 표 1에서 찾아 볼 수있다.

그림 2. 다양한 파도의 적용 범위 (Le Méhauté, 1976, Sorensen, 2005 및 USACE, 2008). d : 평균 수심; H : 파고; T : 파주기; g : 중력 가속도

선형 파 이론 (Airy, 1845)이 많은 응용 분야에서 사용되었지만 비선형 파 이론은 파동의 진폭이 작지 않은 경우 선형 파 이론보다 정확도가 크게 향상되었습니다. FLOW-3D 에서 3 개의 비선형 파 이론이 5 차 스톡스 파 이론 (Fenton, 1985), 스톡스 및 코니이드 파에 대한 푸리에 급수 방법 (Fenton, 1999), McCowan의 독방 파 이론 (McCowan, 1891, Munk, 1949). 그 중에서 Fenton의 Fourier 시리즈 방법은 선형 물, 스톡 (Stokes) 및 코니형 (cnoidal) 파를 포함하여 심층수, 과도 수 및 천수(shallow water)에서 모든 종류의 주기적 전파 파들에 유효합니다. 또한 다른 웨이브 이론보다 정확도가 높습니다 (USACE, 2008). 따라서 모든 수심에서 선형 및 비선형 주기파의 모든 유형을 생성하는 것이 권장되는 방법입니다. solitary wave의 경우, FLOW-3D 에 사용 된 McCowan의 이론은 Boussinesq (1871)에 의해 개발 된 다른 널리 사용되는 이론보다 더 높은 주문 정확도를 갖는다.

그림 3. PM과 JOHNSWAP 스펙트럼 (USCE, 2006에서 적응)

Classificationsd /\lambda
Deep water1/2 to ∞
Transitional water1/20 to 1/2
Shallow water0 to 1/20

불규칙파는 파도의 물성이 일정하지 않은 자연적인 바다의 상태를 나타냅니다. FLOW-3D에서 불규칙한 파동은 다양한 진폭과 주파수 및 임의의 위상 변이를 갖는 많은 선형 성분 파의 중첩으로 표현됩니다. Pierson-Moskowitz (Pierson and Moskowitz, 1964)와 JONSWAP 파력 에너지 스펙트럼 (Hasselmann, et al., 1973)은 FLOW-3D에서 구성 요소 파를 생성하기 위해 구현된다. 다른 웨이브 에너지 스펙트럼은 사용자 정의 데이터 파일을 가져와서 사용할 수 있습니다.

계산 시간을 절약하기 위해 웨이브는 메시 블록 경계에서뿐만 아니라 초기 조건으로 정의 될 수 있습니다.

아래의 애니메이션은 웨이브 초기화가 있거나없는 웨이브의 모든 유형에 대한 예제를 보여줍니다.
선형 및 비선형 수위 시뮬레이션을 위해 FLOW-3D 의 성공적인 적용이 이루어졌습니다. Bhinder 외의 예를 참조하십시오. al (2009), Chen (2012), Hsu et. al (2012) Thanyamanta et. al (2011) 및 Yilmaz et. 자세한 내용은 알 (2011)을 참조하십시오.






References

Airy, G. B., 1845, Tides and Waves, Encyc. Metrop. Article 102.

Bhinder, M. A., Mingham, C. G., Causon, D. M., Rahmati, M. T., Aggidis, G. A. and Chaplin, R.V., 2009, A Joint Numerical And Experimental Study Of a Surging Point Absorbing Wave Energy Converter (WRASPA), Proceedings of the ASME 28th International Conference on Ocean, Offshore and Arctic Engineering, OMAE2009-79392, Honolulu, Hawaii.

Boussinesq, J., 1871, Theorie de L’intumescence Liquide Appelee Onde Solitaire ou de Translation se Propageant dans un Canal Rectangulaire, Comptes Rendus Acad. Sci. Paris, Vol 72, pp. 755-759.

Chen, C. H., 2012, Study on the Application of FLOW-3D for Wave Energy Dissipation by a Porous Structure, Master’s Thesis: Department of Marine Environment and Engineering, National Sun Yat-sen University.

Fenton, J. D., 1985, A Fifth-Order Stokes Theory for Steady Waves, Journal of Waterway, Port, Coastal and Ocean Engineering, Vol. 111, No. 2.

Fenton, J. D., 1999, Numerical Methods for Nonlinear Waves, Advances in Coastal and Ocean Engineering, Vol. 5, ed. P.L.-F. Liu, pp. 241-324, World Scientific: Singapore, 1999.

Hasselmann, K., Barnet, T. P., Bouws, E., Carlson, H., Cartwright, D. E., Enke, K., Ewing, J. A., Gienapp, H., Hasselmann, D. E., Kruseman, P., Meerburg, A., Muller, P., Olbers, D. J., Richter, K., Sell, W., and Walden, H., 1973, Measurement of Wind-Wave Growth and Swell Decay During the Joint North Sea Wave Project (JONSWAP), German Hydrographic Institute, Amburg.

Hsu, T. W., Lai, J. W. and Lan, Y., J., 2012, Experimental and Numerical Studies on Wave Propagation over Coarse Grained Sloping Beach, Proceedings of the International Conference on Coastal Engineering, No 32 (2010), Shanghai, China.

Kamphuis, J. M., 2000, Introduction to Coastal Engineering and Management, World Scientific, Singapore.

Le Méhauté, B., 1976, An Introduction to Hydrodynamics and Water Waves, Springer-Verlag.

McCowan, J., 1891, On the solitary wave, Philosophical Magazine, Vol. 32, pp. 45-58.

Munk, W. H., 1949, The Solitary Wave Theory and Its Application to Surf Problems, Annals New York Acad. Sci., Vol 51, pp 376-423.

Pierson W. J. and Moskowitz, L., 1964, A proposed spectral form for fully developed wind seas based on the similarity theory of S.A. Kitiagordskii, J. Geophys. Res. 9, pp. 5181-5190.

Thanyamanta, W., Herrington, P. and Molyneux, D., 2011, Wave patterns, wave induced forces and moments for a gravity based structure predicted using CFD, Proceedings of the ASME 2011, 30th International Conference on Ocean, Offshore and Arctic Engineering, OMAE2011, Rotterdam, The Netherlands.

USACE (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers), 2006, Coastal Engineering Manual, EM 1110-2-1100, Washington, DC.

Yilmaz, N., Trapp, G. E., Gagan, S. M. and Emmerich, T., R., 2011 CFD Supported Examination of Buoy Design for Wave Energy Conversion, IGEC-VI-2011-173, pp. 537-541

Schematic view of the experimental set-up

Short-time numerical simulation of ultrasonically assisted electrochemical removal of strontium from water

  • September 2023

DOI:10.30955/gnc2023.00436

  • Conference: 18th International Conference on Environmental Science and Technology CEST2023, 30 August to 2 September 2023, Athens, Greece
  • At: Athens, Greece

Authors:

Katarina Licht

  • University of Zagreb Faculty of Civil Engineering
Ivan Halkijevic at University of Zagreb

Ivan Halkijevic

Hana Posavcic at University of Zagreb

Hana Posavcic

Goran Loncar at University of Zagreb

Goran Loncar

Abstract and Figures

3D 수치 시뮬레이션과 실험을 통해 초음파 처리를 병행한 경우와 병행하지 않은 경우의 전기화학 반응기에서의 스트론튬 제거 효율을 분석하였다. 초음파는 작동 주파수 25kHz의 초음파 트랜스듀서 4개를 사용하여 발생시켰다. 반응기에는 두 개의 블록으로 배열된 8개의 알루미늄 전극이 사용되었다. 수중의 스트론튬 이온은 전하량 3.2•10⁻¹⁹ C, 직경 1.2•10⁻⁸ m의 입자로 모델링되었다. 수치 모델은 Flow-3D 소프트웨어를 사용하여 기본 유체역학 모듈, 정전기 모듈, 일반 이동 물체 모듈을 통해 생성되었다. 수치 시뮬레이션을 통한 반응기 성능 평가는 시뮬레이션 종료 시점에 전극에 영구적으로 붙잡힌 모델 스트론튬 입자의 수와 초기 물속 입자 수의 비율로 정의된다. 실험 반응기의 경우, 스트론튬 제거 효과는 실험 시작 및 종료 시점의 물속 스트론튬 균일 농도의 비율로 정의된다. 결과에 따르면, 초음파를 사용하면 180초의 처리 후 스트론튬 제거 효과가 10.3%에서 11.2%로 증가한다. 수치 시뮬레이션 결과는 동일한 기하학적 특성을 가진 반응기에 대한 실험 측정 결과와 일치한다.

Keywords:

numerical model, electrochemical reactor, strontium

1. Introduction

스트론튬(Sr)은 자연적으로 존재하는 원소로, 많은 퇴적암과 일부 방해석 광물에서 발견된다. 주요 인위적 발생원으로는 산업 활동, 비료, 핵 낙진 등이 있다(Scott et al., 2020). 수중 Sr 농도가 1.5 mg L⁻¹를 초과할 경우, 특히 어린이에게 스트론튬 구루병 및 기타 건강 문제를 유발할 수 있다(Epa et al., n.d.; Peng et al., 2021; Scott et al., 2020). 전 세계적으로 식수에서 높은 Sr 농도가 보고되었으며, 미국 북부의 지하수에서는 최대 52 mg L⁻¹의 농도가 관측된 바 있다(Luczaj and Masarik, 2015; Peng et al., 2021; Scott et al., 2020). Sr 제거를 위한 가능한 정화 기술 중 하나는 전기화학적 공정이다(Kamaraj and Vasudevan, 2015). 이 공정은 금속 전극에 전류를 가해 반응기 내부에서 응집제를 형성하는 방식으로 작동한다. 공정은 희생 양극의 용해, 음극에서의 수산화이온 및 수소 생성, 전극 표면에서의 전해질 반응, 콜로이드 불순물과 전극에 대한 응집제의 흡착, 그리고 생성된 플록의 침전 또는 부상 제거로 구성된다(Mollah et al., 2001). 이 공정의 주요 단점 중 하나는 전극의 분극과 피막 형성이며, 이는 초음파 처리를 병행함으로써 줄일 수 있다(Dong et al., 2016; Ince, 2018; Moradi et al., 2021). 초음파 캐비테이션은 용질의 열분해 및 수산기 라디칼, 과산화수소 등 반응성 종의 형성을 유도할 수 있다(Mohapatra and Kirpalani, 2019). 또한 이는 용질의 물질 전달 속도를 증가시키고, 고체 입자의 표면 특성을 향상시킨다(Fu et al., 2016; Ziylan et al., 2013). 본 연구의 목적은 주로 Sr 농도가 높은 오염수를 정화하기 위한 전기화학적(EC) 일괄 반응기의 초음파(US) 병행 여부에 따른 처리 효율을 평가하는 것이다. 3D 수치 시뮬레이션 결과는 실험실 EC 반응기에서의 측정 결과를 통해 검증된다.

References

Dong, B., Fishgold, A., Lee, P., Runge, K., Deymier, P. and Keswani, M. (2016), Sono-electrochemical recovery of metal ions from their aqueous solutions, Journal of Hazardous Materials, 318, 379–387.

https://doi.org/10.1016/J.JHAZMAT.2016.07.007

EPA. (2014), Announcement of Final Regulatory Determinations for Contaminants on the Third Drinking

Water Contaminant Candidate List. Retrieved from http://fdsys.gpo.gov/fdsys/search/home.action

Fu, F., Lu, J., Cheng, Z. and Tang, B. (2016), Removal of selenite by zero-valent iron combined with ultrasound:

Se(IV) concentration changes, Se(VI) generation, and reaction mechanism, Ultrasonics Sonochemistry, 29,

328–336. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ultsonch.2015.10.007 Ince, N.H. (2018), Ultrasound-assisted advanced oxidation processes for water decontamination, Ultrasonics Sonochemistry, 40, 97–103.

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ultsonch.2017.04.009

Kamaraj, R. and Vasudevan, S. (2015), Evaluation of electrocoagulation processfor the removal of strontium and cesium from aqueous solution, Chemical Engineering Research and Design, 93, 522–530.

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cherd.2014.03.021

Luczaj, J. and Masarik, K. (2015), Groundwater Quantity and Quality Issues in a Water-Rich Region: Examples from Wisconsin, USA, Resources, 4(2), 323–357.

https://doi.org/10.3390/resources4020323

Mohapatra, D.P. and Kirpalani, D.M. (2019), Selenium in wastewater: fast analysis method development and advanced oxidation treatment applications, Water Science and Technology: A Journal of the International Association on Water Pollution Research, 79(5), 842–849. https://doi.org/10.2166/wst.2019.010

Mollah, M.Y.A., Schennach, R., Parga, J.R. and Cocke, D.L. (2001), Electrocoagulation (EC)- Science and

applications, Journal of Hazardous Materials, 84(1), 29–41. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0304-3894(01)00176-5 Moradi, M., Vasseghian, Y., Arabzade, H. and Khaneghah, A.M. (2021), Various wastewaters treatment by sono-electrocoagulation process: A comprehensive review of operational parameters and future outlook, Chemosphere, 263, 128314.https://doi.org/10.1016/J.CHEMOSPHERE.2020.128314

Peng, H., Yao, F., Xiong, S., Wu, Z., Niu, G. and Lu, T. (2021), Strontium in public drinking water and associated public health risks in Chinese cities, Environmental Science and Pollution Research International, 28(18), 23048.

https://doi.org/10.1007/S11356-021-12378-Y

Scott, V., Juran, L., Ling, E.J., Benham, B. and Spiller, A. (2020), Assessing strontium and vulnerability to

strontium in private drinking water systems in Virginia, Water, 12(4). https://doi.org/10.3390/w12041053

Ziylan, A., Koltypin, Y., Gedanken, A. and Ince, N.H. (2013), More on sonolytic and sonocatalytic decomposition of Diclofenac using zero-valent iron, Ultrasonics Sonochemistry, 20(1), 580–586.

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ultsonch.2012.05.005

Fig.(6) view of an 3D modeling

Simulation of Flow on Bottom Turn out Structures with Flow 3D

이 소개자료는 February 2014, Bulletin of Environment, Pharmacology and Life Sciences에 수록된 Simulation of Flow on Bottom Turn out Structures with Flow 3D 논문에 대한소개자료입니다.

Fig.(6) view of an 3D modeling
Fig.(6) view of an 3D modeling

연구 목적

  • 본 연구는 FLOW-3D를 사용하여 바닥 전환 구조물의 흐름을 시뮬레이션하는 것을 목적으로 함.

연구 방법:

모델링 설정

  • FLOW-3D 소프트웨어를 사용하여 바닥 취수구조물의 흐름 거동을 수치적으로 모의실험하였음.
  • 취수구조물의 기하학적 형상 및 하천 흐름 조건을 모델에 반영하였음.
  • 다양한 설계 변수에 대한 모델링을 수행하여 최적의 설계 방안을 도출하고자 하였음.

모델 검증

  • 수치 모델의 결과를 실험실 데이터 또는 현장 관측 자료와 비교하여 검증하였을 것으로 예상됨.
  • 유량, 수위, 흐름 속도 등 주요 흐름 변수에 대한 모델의 예측 성능을 평가하였을 것으로 예상됨.
  • 모델의 신뢰성을 확보하기 위해 민감도 분석 및 불확실성 분석을 수행하였을 것으로 예상됨.

주요 결과:

흐름 특성 분석

  • 바닥 취수구조물 내부의 흐름 특성을 FLOW-3D 모델을 통해 분석하였을 것으로 예상됨.
  • 취수 효율 및 에너지 손실 등 구조물의 성능을 평가하였을 것으로 예상됨.
  • 바닥 전환 구조물의 흐름 패턴 및 거동을 시각적으로 제시하였을 것으로 예상됨.

구조물 영향 평가

  • 바닥 전환 구조물의 설계 변수가 흐름 특성에 미치는 영향을 평가하였을 것으로 예상됨.
  • 구조물의 형상 및 크기가 취수 효율에 미치는 영향을 분석하였을 것으로 예상됨.
  • 수치 모의실험 결과를 바탕으로 바닥 전환 구조물의 설계 및 운영 최적화 방안을 제시하였을 것으로 예상됨.

결론 및 시사점:

  • FLOW-3D 소프트웨어를 이용한 수치 모델링은 바닥 전환 구조물의 흐름 특성을 분석하고 설계하는 데 효과적인 도구임이 확인되었을 것으로 예상됨.
  • 본 연구 결과는 바닥 취수구조물의 설계 및 운영 효율성을 향상시키는 데 기여할 수 있을 것으로 기대됨.
  • 향후 다양한 하천 조건 및 취수 요구량에 대한 추가적인 연구를 통해 모델의 적용성을 확대할 필요가 있음.
Fig (2) is the sketch of the exper imental setup.
Fig (2) is the sketch of the experimental setup.
Fig.(4) view of an simulation
Fig.(4) view of an simulation
Fig.(6) view of an 3D modeling
Fig.(6) view of an 3D modeling

레퍼런스:

    1. Hager, W.H. (1987). “Flow in stepped spillways”, J. Hydraulic Research, IAHR, 25 (3), 305-322.
    1. Chanson, H. (1995). Hydraulic design of stepped cascades, Balkema, Rotterdam.
    1. Chanson, H. (2001). The hydraulics of open channel flow: An introduction. Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, UK.
    1. Diez-Cascon, S., Crookston, B.M. and Hager, W.H. (2009). “Hydraulics of stepped spillways with flat steps at very low discharges”, J. of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 135(7), 521-529.
    1. Diez-Cascon, S., Crookston, B.M. and Hager, W.H. (2010). “Hydraulics of stepped spillways with flat steps at intermediate discharges”, J. of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 136(6), 333-342.
    1. Diez-Cascon, S., Crookston, B.M. and Hager, W.H. (2011). “Hydraulics of stepped spillways with flat steps at high discharges”, J. of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 137(1), 1-10.
    1. Faneuil, M. (1936). “Etude experimentale d’une prise d’eau du Type”, en dessous, La Houille Blanche, 9(6), 343-351 (in French).
    1. Ract-madoux, x., bouvard, m., molbert, j., and zumstein, j. (1955). “ouelques realisations recentes de prises en-dessous a haute altitudeen savoie la houille blanche 10(6), 852-878 (in French).
    1. Sandro Brrunella. Will H.Hager, F.ASCE, and Hands-Erwin Minor (2003). “Hydraulic of bottom rack intake”, J of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE
    1. Shafai Bejestan, M. and A. Kammanbedast (2008). “Experimental investigation of the effects of sediment on discharge coefficient at bottom intake”. 2nd Int. Junior Research on Hydraulic structures, university of Pisa, Pisa, Italy.
    1. Venkataraman. P. (1977) discharges characteristics of an idealized bottom intake. “inst. Eng. India j. ci. 58(9/11), 99-104.
    1. Venkatamaran. P., Nasser, m.s. and Ramamurthy, A.S. (1978). ” flow behaviour in power channels with bottom diversion” 18th int. association of hydraulic research congress cagliary 2, 115-122
    1. Vischer, D. L. and Hager, W.H. (1998)/ dam hydraulics, wiley, chich ester.
    2. Wahl, T. l (2001)/ hydr aulics perfor mance of coanda-effect screen .j.Hydraul.eng.ASCE.,127:480-488.
Figure 9: 3D maximum sour around single pier (no initial flow)

LOCAL SCOUR ANALYSIS AROUND SINGLE PIER AND GROUP OF PIERS IN TANDEM ARRANGEMENT USING FLOW 3D

연구 목적

  • 본 연구는 교각 주변의 국부 세굴 현상을 예측하기 위해 FLOW-3D 소프트웨어를 사용하여 단일 교각과 직렬 배치된 다중 교각 주변의 맑은 물 세굴을 수치적으로 모의실험하고, 그 결과를 기존 실험실 실험 결과와 비교하는 것을 목적으로 함.

연구 방법

모델링 설정

  • FLOW-3D 소프트웨어를 사용하여 원통형 단일 교각과 직렬로 배치된 3개의 교각 주변의 맑은 물 국부 세굴을 모의실험하였음.
  • 수치 모의실험을 위해 각각 5.08 cm와 3 cm의 두 가지 다른 교각 직경을 선택하였음.
  • FLOW-3D는 전산 유체 역학(Computational Fluid Dynamic, CFD) 소프트웨어임.

모델 검증

  • 본 연구의 목적은 수치 모의실험 결과를 이전의 실험실 실험 결과와 비교하는 것임.
  • 다양한 흐름 조건 및 교각 배열에 따른 세굴 깊이를 분석하였을 것으로 예상됨.
  • 실험 데이터와의 비교를 통해 FLOW-3D 모델의 정확성과 적용 가능성을 평가하였을 것으로 예상됨.

주요 결과

흐름 특성 분석

  • 교각 주변의 유속 및 압력 분포와 같은 흐름 특성을 FLOW-3D 모델을 통해 분석하였을 것으로 예상됨.
  • 단일 교각과 다중 교각 주변의 흐름 패턴의 차이를 확인하였을 것으로 예상됨.
  • 세굴 발생 메커니즘과 관련된 흐름 특징을 파악하였을 것으로 예상됨.

구조물 영향 평가

  • 교각의 존재가 주변 흐름에 미치는 영향을 평가하였을 것으로 예상됨.
  • 교각 직경 및 배열 방식이 세굴 깊이에 미치는 영향을 분석하였을 것으로 예상됨.
  • 수치 모의실험 결과를 통해 교량 설계 시 고려해야 할 중요한 요소를 제시하였을 것으로 예상됨.

결론 및 시사점

  • FLOW-3D 모델은 교각 주변의 국부 세굴 현상을 분석하는 데 유용한 도구임이 확인되었을 것으로 예상됨.
  • 수치 모의실험 결과는 교량 설계 및 안전성 평가에 기여할 수 있을 것으로 기대됨.
  • 향후 다양한 교각 형태 및 하상 조건에 대한 추가적인 연구가 필요할 것으로 예상됨.
Figure 2: Developed model in flow-3d for single pier.
Figure 2: Developed model in flow-3d for single pier.
Figure 9: 3D maximum sour around single pier (no initial flow)
Figure 9: 3D maximum sour around single pier (no initial flow)

레퍼런스

  • Breusers, H. N. C., Nicollet, G., & Shen, H. W. (1977). Local scour around cylindrical piers. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 15(3), 211-252.
  • Coleman, S. E. (2005). Clearwater local scour at complex piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 131(4), 330-334.  
  • FLOW-3D User Manual. (n.d.).
  • Jalal, H. K., & Hassan, W. H. (2020). Three-dimensional numerical simulation of local scour around circular bridge pier using Flow-3D software. IOP Conference Series: Materials Science and Engineering, 745(1), 012150.  
  • Landers, M. N., & Mueller, D. S. (1996). Channel scour at bridges in the United States.
  • Melville, B. W. (1975). Local scour at bridge sites (Doctoral dissertation, researchspace@ auckland).
  • Melville, B. W., & Coleman, S. E. (2000). Bridge scour. Water Resources Publication.
  • Richardson, J. E., & Panchang, V. G. (1998). Three-dimensional simulation of scour-inducing flow at bridge piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 124(5), 530-540.
  • Shepherd, R., & Frost, J. D. (1995). Failures in civil engineering: Structural, foundation and geoenvironmental case studies.  
  • Vasquez, J. A., & Walsh, B. W. (2009). CFD simulation of local scour in complex piers under tidal flow. 33rd IAHR Congress: Water Engineering for a Sustainable Environment, 913–920.
  • Wang, H., Tang, H., Xiao, J., Wang, Y., & Jiang, S. (2016). Clear-water local scouring around three piers in a tandem arrangement. Science China Technological Sciences, 59(6), 888–896.
Fig.5- View of a simulated congressional overflow

Studying the effect of shape changes in plan of labyrinth weir on increasing flow discharge coefficient using Flow-3D numerical model

본 소개 자료는 Irrigation Sciences and Engineering (JISE)에서 발행한 “Studying the effect of shape changes in plan of labyrinth weir on increasing flow discharge coefficient using Flow-3D numerical model” 논문의 연구 내용을 담고 있습니다.

Fig.5- View of a simulated congressional overflow
Fig.5- View of a simulated congressional overflow

서론

  • 연구 배경 및 필요성
    • 위어는 수로 및 하천 폭에 고정되어 수위를 측정, 조절 및 제어하는 데 사용되는 수력 구조물임.
    • 가능한 최대 홍수 사건(PMF)의 규모가 커짐에 따라 방전 용량 증가에 대한 요구가 강조됨.
    • 래버린스 위어의 적용은 방전 용량을 증가시키기 위한 솔루션으로 제안됨.
    • Tullis et al.(1995)은 래버린스 위어의 용량을 결정하는 효과적인 매개변수를 평가함.
    • 그들은 총 수두, 유효 정점 길이 및 방전 계수를 래버린스 위어의 방전 용량에 영향을 미치는 매개변수로 도입함.
    • Khode et al.(2011)은 8°에서 30°까지의 다양한 측벽 각도(α)에 대해 흐름-오버 래버린스 위어의 매개변수를 실험적으로 연구함.
    • 그들은 측벽 각도 값이 커짐에 따라 방전 계수가 증가한다는 것을 발견함.
    • Crookston과 Tullis(2012a)는 평면에서 위어의 기하학적 모양을 다르게 하여 다양한 래버린스 위어의 성능을 연구함.
    • 결과에 따르면 아치형 래버린스 위어의 방전 용량이 말굽 래버린스 위어의 방전 용량보다 큼.
    • Seo et al.(2016)은 위어 모양이 위어 방전에 미치는 영향을 조사함.
    • 래버린스 위어의 방전량은 선형 오지 위어에 비해 약 71% 증가한 것으로 나타남.
  • 연구 목표
    • 본 연구에서는 이전 연구자들의 실험 결과를 사용하여 측벽 각도가 6°인 래버린스 위어를 Flow-3D 모델을 통해 시뮬레이션함.
    • 검증 후, 각도가 45° 및 85°이고 정점 모양이 삼각형 및 반원형인 위어의 방전 계수 변화를 분석함.

연구 방법

  • 연구 설계
    • 다양한 방정식을 사용하여 방전 계수를 평가함.
    • 방정식 (1)은 이 목적을 위해 가장 유효한 방정식 중 하나임.
    • 여기서 Cd(a)​ = 래버린스 위어의 방전 계수, Q = 위어 방전, Lc​ = 위어의 총 길이, HT​ = 총 상류 헤드(비잠수) 및 g는 중력으로 인한 가속도(m2/s)임.
    • 래버린스 위어 조사를 위한 최상의 메시를 선택하기 위해 두 가지 유형의 메시가 사용됨.
    • 564000 및 437000의 메시 수가 최적의 메시 선택을 위해 평가됨.
    • 메시 번호 1에서 셀 크기는 구조 근처의 메시 번호 2의 셀 크기보다 작음.
    • 따라서 메시 1은 모델링 정확도를 높임.
  • 수치 모델링
    • Crookston과 Tullis(2012b)의 연구에서 실험 Cd(aα)​ 데이터가 제시됨.
    • 본 논문에서는 3개의 난류 모델(k-ε, RNG k-ε 및 LES 모델)을 사용하여 수치 Cd(a∘)​를 수행함.
    • 최대 상관 계수(H T /p 무차원 매개변수의 경우 0.9875)는 RNG k-ε를 사용하여 얻음.
    • 이 지수의 값은 1에 가까우며 모델이 시뮬레이션에 적합함을 보여줌.
    • 이 연구의 이전 결과를 기반으로 RNG 모델을 적합한 모델로 간주하여 각도가 6°, 45° 및 85°인 위어의 방전 계수 변화를 평가함.

연구 결과

  • 결과 분석
    • 결과에 따르면 측벽 각도 값이 커짐에 따라 방전 계수가 증가함.
    • 각도가 85° 및 45°인 래버린스 위어의 방전 계수는 각도가 6°인 래버린스 위어의 방전 계수보다 평균 2.28 및 1.24배 큼.
    • 또 다른 주목할 점은 방전 용량이 증가함에 따라 방전 계수가 감소한다는 것임.
    • 방전량이 32.8배 증가하면 각도가 6°, 45° 및 85°인 위어의 방전 계수가 각각 57.2%, 47.4% 및 7.8% 감소함.
    • 다음 단계에서는 선형, 삼각형 및 반원형의 정점 모양을 가진 위어의 방전 계수 변화를 분석함.
    • 삼각형 및 반원형 정점 모양의 래버린스 위어가 가장 큰 방전 계수 값을 가짐.
    • 삼각형 및 반원형 정점 모양의 위어의 방전 계수는 선형 정점에 비해 50.29% 및 4.15% 증가한 것으로 나타남.
  • 방정식
    • 본 논문에서는 방정식 (2)에 정의된 대로 다양한 측벽 각도를 가진 래버린스 위어의 방전 계수를 예측하기 위한 방정식을 제시함.
    • 이 방정식의 정확도를 결정하기 위한 MAE, RMSE 및 R 2 값은 각각 0.0407, 0.0496 및 0.9122이며, 이는 방전 계수를 결정하는 데 이 방정식의 정확도를 보여줌.
    • Cd​=0.201(e−0.4904(HT​/P))(0.00038θ2+2.3735)

결론

  • 연구의 의의
    • 엔지니어들은 홍수 조절 및 운하와 하천의 방전 용량 증가를 위한 솔루션을 찾고 있음.
    • 래버린스 위어의 적용은 방전 용량을 증가시키기 위한 솔루션으로 제안됨.
    • 본 연구에서는 이전 연구자들의 실험 결과를 사용하여 측벽 각도가 6°인 래버린스 위어를 Flow-3D 모델을 통해 시뮬레이션함.
    • 검증 후, 각도가 45° 및 85°이고 정점 모양이 삼각형 및 반원형인 위어의 방전 계수 변화를 분석함.
  • 최적의 위어 설계
    • 결과에 따르면 각도가 85° 및 45°인 래버린스 위어의 방전 계수는 각도가 6°인 래버린스 위어의 방전 계수보다 큼.
    • 또한 삼각형 및 반원형 정점 모양의 위어의 방전 계수는 선형 정점에 비해 50.29% 및 4.15% 증가함.
    • 마지막으로 래버린스 위어의 방전 계수를 예측하기 위한 방정식을 제안했으며, 이는 허용 가능한 수준의 정확도로 방전 계수를 추정할 수 있음.
Fig.3- Plan of geometric parameters of
congressional overflow
Fig.3- Plan of geometric parameters of congressional overflow
Fig. 4- The boundary conditions of the congressional overflow model
Fig. 4- The boundary conditions of the congressional overflow model
Fig.5- View of a simulated congressional overflow
Fig.5- View of a simulated congressional overflow

References

  1. Crookston, B. M. and Tullis, B. P., 2012a. Arced labyrinth weirs. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering. 138(6), pp.555-562.
  2. Crookston, B. M. and Tullis, B. P., 2012b, Hydraulic design and analysis of labyrinth weirs. I: Discharge relationships. Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering. 139(5), pp.363-370.
  3. Khode, B. V., Tembhurkar, A. R., Porey, P. D. and Ingle, R. N., 2011. Experimental studies on flow over labyrinth weir. Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering. 138(6), pp.548-552.
  4. Seo, I. W., Do Kim, Y., Park, Y. S. and Song, C. G. 2016, Spillway discharges by modification of weir shapes and overflow surroundings. Environmental Earth Sciences. 75(6), pp.1-13.
  5. Tullis, J. P., Amanian, N. and Waldron, D., 1995. Design of labyrinth spillways. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering. 121(3), pp.247-255.
  6. Farzin, S., Karami, H. and Zamiri, E., 2016. Study of the Flow over Rubber Dam Using Computational Hydrodynamics. Journal of Dam and Hydroelectric Powerplant. 3(9), pp.1-11. (In Persian).
  7. Hirt, C. W. and Richardson, J. E., 1999. The modeling of shallow flows, Flow Science, Technical Notes. 48, pp.1-14.
  8. Hosseini, K., Tajnesaie, M. and Jafari Nodoush, E., 2015. Optimization of the Geometry of Triangular Labyrinth Spillways, Using Fuzzy‐Neural System and Differential Evolution Algorithm. Journal of Civil and Environmental Engineering. 45(1), PP.81-91. (In Persian).
  9. Khode, B. V., Tembhurkar, A. R., Porey, P. D. and Ingle, R. N., 2011. Experimental studies on flow over labyrinth weir. Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering. 138(6), pp.548-552.
  10. Nezami, F., Farsadizadeh, D., Hosseinzadeh Delir, A. and Salmasi, F., 2012. Experimental Study of Discharge Coefficient of Trapezoidal Labyrinth Side-Weirs. Journal of Water and Soil Science. 23(1), PP.247-257. (In Persian).
  11. Nikpiek, P. and Kashefipour, S. M., 2014. Effect of the hydraulic conditions and structure geometry on mathematical modelling of discharge coefficient for duckbill and oblique weirs. Journal of Irrigation Science and Engineering. 39(1), pp.1-10. (In Persian).
  12. Noori, B. M. and Aaref, N. T., 2017. Hydraulic Performance of Circular Crested Triangular Plan Form Weirs. Arabian Journal for Science and Engineering. pp.1-10.
  13. Noruzi, S. and Ahadiyan, J., 2016. Effect of Vortex Breaker Blades 45 Degree on Discharge Coefficient of Morning Glory Spillway Using Flow-3D. Journal of Irrigation Science and Engineering. 39(4), PP. 47-58. (In Persian).
  14. Paxson, G. and Savage, B., 2006. Labyrinth spillways: comparison of two popular USA design methods and consideration of non-standard approach conditions and geometries. Proceedings of the international junior researcher and engineer workshop on hydraulic structures, Montemor-o-Novo, Portugal, Division of Civil Engineering, 37.
  15. Payri, R., Tormos, B., Gimeno, J. and Bracho, G., 2010. The potential of Large Eddy Simulation (LES) code for the modeling of flow in diesel injectors. Mathematical and Computer Modelling. 52(7), pp.1151-1160.
  16. Rezaee, M., Emadi, A. and Aqajani Mazandarani, Q., 2016. Experimental Study of Rectangular Labyrinth Weir. Journal of Water and Soil. 29(6), pp. 1438-1446. (In Persian).
  17. Seo, I. W., Do Kim, Y., Park, Y. S. and Song, C. G. 2016, Spillway discharges by modification of weir shapes and overflow surroundings. Environmental Earth Sciences. 75(6), pp.1-13.
  18. Suprapto, M., 2013. Increase spillway capacity using Labyrinth Weir. Procedia Engineering. 54, pp. 440-446.
  19. Tullis, J. P., Amanian, N. and Waldron, D., 1995. Design of labyrinth spillways. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering. 121(3), pp.247-255.
  20. Zamiri, E., Karami, H. and Farzin, S., 2016. Numerical Study of Labyrinth Weir Using RNG Turbulence Model. 15th Iranian Hydraulic Conference, Imam Khomeini International University, Qazvin, Iran. (In Persian).
Fig. 2. CWP chamber

논문 요약: FLOW-3D 모형을 이용한 순환수취수펌프장 내 흐름현상 연구

FLOW-3D 모델을 이용한 순환수취수펌프장 내 흐름 현상 연구

Fig. 2. CWP chamber
Fig. 2. CWP chamber

1. 서론

  • 인도네시아는 전력 공급이 부족하여 화력발전소 건설이 증가하는 추세임.
  • 화력발전소의 안정적 운영을 위해 순환수취수펌프장(CWP Chamber)의 설계가 필수적임.
  • ANSI(1998) 설계기준에 따르면 확산각(Spreading Angle)은 20° 이내여야 하나, 현장 조건상 이를 만족할 수 없는 경우가 존재함.
  • 본 연구는 FLOW-3D를 활용한 3D 수치해석을 수행하여, 안정적인 유동 조건을 확보할 수 있는 최적의 설계를 검토하는 것이 목적임.

2. 연구 방법

FLOW-3D 기반 CFD 모델링

  • VOF(Volume of Fluid) 기법을 이용하여 자유 수면 추적.
  • RNG k-ε 난류 모델을 적용하여 유동 해석 수행.
  • FAVOR(Fractional Area/Volume Obstacle Representation) 기법을 사용하여 복잡한 구조물 형상을 정확하게 반영.
  • 경계 조건:
    • 유입부: 부피 유량(Volume flow rate) 조건 적용.
    • 유출부: 자유 배출(Outflow) 조건 적용.
    • 벽면: No-slip 조건 적용.

수치 모델 검증

  • Rodi(1997)의 사각형 구조물 주위 흐름 실험 데이터와 비교하여 모델 검증 수행.
  • 실험과의 비교 결과, 종방향 유속 분포가 잘 일치함을 확인함.

3. 연구 결과

순환수취수펌프장 내 흐름 분석

  • 유입 유속: 1.5 m/s ~ 2.5 m/s 범위에서 변화.
  • 배플(Baffle) 적용 시 유속 저감 및 유동 균등화 효과 확인.
  • 배플에서 발생하는 분리 흐름 각도는 약 15° ~ 20°이며, 이를 고려하여 하류에 배플을 배치함으로써 설계 유속(0.5 m/s 이하)을 만족시킴.

4. 결론 및 제안

결론

  • FLOW-3D를 이용한 수치 모델이 실험 결과와 높은 신뢰도를 보이며, 안정적인 유동 조건을 예측하는 데 유용함.
  • 배플을 적용한 설계를 통해 유속을 효과적으로 감소시킬 수 있음.
  • 순환수취수펌프장 설계 시, 배플의 배치와 크기를 고려하는 것이 중요함.

향후 연구 방향

  • 다양한 유량 조건에서 배플 형상 및 배열 최적화 연구.
  • LES(Large Eddy Simulation) 모델과의 비교 연구 수행.
  • 실제 현장 데이터를 활용한 검증 연구 진행.

5. 연구의 의의

본 연구는 FLOW-3D를 활용하여 순환수취수펌프장의 유동 및 난류 특성을 정량적으로 분석하고, 실험 데이터를 통해 모델의 신뢰성을 검증하였다. 이를 통해 최적의 설계를 도출하여 화력발전소의 안정적 운영을 지원할 수 있는 데이터를 제공한다.

Fig. 2. CWP chamber
Fig. 2. CWP chamber
Fig. 8. Velocity development around column (unit : m/s)
Fig. 8. Velocity development around column (unit : m/s)

6. 참고 문헌

  1. J. P. Tullis, “Modeling in Design of Pumping Pits”, Journal of the Hydraulic Division, Vol. 105 (HY9), pp. 1053-1063, 1979.
  2. C. E. Sweeney, R. A. Elder, D. Hay, “Pump Sump Design Experience: Summary”, Journal of the Hydraulic Division, Vol. 108 (HY3), pp. 361-377, 1982.
  3. G. E. Hecker, “Scale Effects in Modeling Vortices”, Symposium on Scale Effects in Modeling Hydraulic Structures, International Association for Hydraulic Research, 1984.
  4. ANSI, Pump Intake Design, New Jersey, USA, 1998. Available From: https://webstore.ansi.org/standards/hi/ansihi1998
  5. KEPRI, Design of Structure of the Thermal and Nuclear Power Plant, 1997.
  6. Y. K. Yi, S. h. Cheong, C. W. Kim, “Hydraulic and Numerical Model Experiments of Flows in Circulation Water Pump Chambers”, Journal of KWRA, Vol. 38, No. 8, pp. 631-643, 2005. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.3741/JKWRA.2005.38.8.631
  7. Daewoo E&C, Benghazi North Combined Cycle Power Plant, Libya – Hydraulic Calculation for C.W System, 2004.
  8. Hyundai E&C, Tripoli West 4×350 MW Power Plant Project – Calculation for Circ. Water Intake Structure, 2014.
  9. Hyundai E&C, Kalselteng 2 CFSPP (2×100 MW), 2018.
  10. Daelim, Pagbilao 420 MW Unit 3 Coal-Fired Power Project – Hydraulic Analysis for Intake and Discharge System, 2015.
  11. Hyundai E&C, Talimarjan Thermal Power Plant Expansion Project, 2014.
  12. Posco E&C, Hassyan 1 Clean Coal Project, 2015.
  13. Hyundai E&C, Mirfa Independent Water and Power Project – Hydraulic Calculation for Cooling Water System, 2015.
  14. Kepco E&C, Gangneung Anin Thermal Power Plant Units 1 & 2 (1,040 MW×2), 2016.
  15. Samsung C&T, S-Oil Distillation Recovered Heat Generation Project, 2015.
  16. Korea Western Power, The 2nd PyeongTaek Combined Cycle Power Plant 950 MW×1, 2013.
  17. Y. K. Yi, S. h. Cheong, C. W. Kim, J. G. Kim. “Hydraulic and Numerical Model Experiments of Circulation Water Intake for Boryeong Thermal Power Plant No. 7 and No. 8”, Journal of KSCE, Vol. 26, No. 5B, pp. 459-467, 2006.
  18. B. J. Park, H. K. Song, Y. H. Hur, S. W. Kang, Y. G. Park, “Estimation of Hydraulic Status on Intake Structure at Gunsan Combined Cycle Power Plant by Numerical and Physical Model Test”, Proceedings of KWRA, pp. 1884-1888, 2009.
  19. Flow Science. Flow-3D User’s Manual. Los Alamos, NM, USA, 2016.
  20. W. Rodi, “Comparison of LES and RANS calculations of the flow around bluff bodies”, Journal of Wind Engineering and Industrial Aerodynamics, Vol. 69, No. 71, pp. 55-75, 1997. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-6105(97)00147-5
Fig. 8 Computation of (TKE) in horizontal sections of basin at end time of simulation

The Numerical Investigation on Vortex Flow Behavior Using FLOW-3D

FLOW-3D를 이용한 와류 유동 거동에 대한 수치적 연구

1. 서론

  • 와류 침전지(Vortex Settling Basin, VSB)는 유동의 와류 현상을 이용하여 침전물을 분리하는 장치로, 기존 침전지보다 비용이 적게 들고 공간 활용도가 높음.
  • VSB 내의 유동은 강제 와류(Forced Vortex)와 자유 와류(Free Vortex)로 구성되며, 이들의 형성과 거동을 정확히 이해하는 것이 중요함.
  • 본 연구는 FLOW-3D를 이용하여 와류 침전지 내부의 3차원 난류 유동을 수치적으로 분석하고, 실험 데이터를 통해 모델의 신뢰성을 검증하는 것을 목표로 함.

2. 연구 방법

실험 및 수치 모델 개요

  • 실험 장치
    • 직경 0.7m, 깊이 1.5m의 원형 와류 침전지 사용.
    • 중앙 배출구(Flush Pipe) 직경: 0.075m.
    • 입구 및 배출구 배치는 Paul et al.(1991)의 설계 권장사항을 따름.
  • FLOW-3D 기반 CFD 시뮬레이션 설정
    • VOF(Volume of Fluid) 기법을 사용하여 자유 수면 추적.
    • RNG k-ε 난류 모델을 적용하여 난류 해석 수행.
    • 격자(Grid) 설정: 중심부 0.5cm, 벽면 주변 1cm, 나머지 영역 2cm.
    • 경계 조건:
      • 유입: 부피 유량 조건(volume flow rate).
      • 유출: 자유 배출(outflow) 경계 조건.
      • 벽면: No-slip 조건 적용.

3. 연구 결과

유동 패턴 및 와류 형성

  • 강제 와류와 자유 와류가 동시에 존재하며, 시간이 지나면서 와류 강도가 변화함.
  • 중앙부에서 강한 와류 코어 형성 후, Overflow Jet에 의해 변형되는 현상 확인.
  • 와류 중심(Core)이 초기에는 유지되다가 시간이 지나면서 점차 소멸되는 현상 관찰.

난류 강도 및 에너지 해석

  • 침전지 중앙부에서 난류 강도가 가장 높고, 벽면에서는 상대적으로 낮음.
  • 시간이 경과할수록 에너지가 감소하며, Overflow Jet이 난류 강도를 증가시키는 역할을 함.
  • 실험 결과와 비교했을 때, 수치 모델이 높은 정확도를 보이며, 최대 5% 이내의 오차율 확인.

4. 결론 및 제안

결론

  • FLOW-3D 기반 시뮬레이션이 실험 결과와 높은 신뢰도로 일치하며, 와류 침전지의 유동 거동을 정밀하게 분석할 수 있음.
  • 중앙부에서 형성된 강한 와류가 시간이 지남에 따라 소멸되며, Overflow Jet이 유동 패턴을 크게 변화시킴.
  • 기존 이론 모델(Rankine Combined Vortex)과 비교 시, 실제 유동에서는 난류 효과로 인해 와류 코어가 변형됨.

향후 연구 방향

  • 다양한 입구 및 배출구 배치 조건에서의 추가 실험 및 시뮬레이션 수행.
  • LES(Large Eddy Simulation) 모델과의 비교 연구.
  • 실제 현장 데이터를 활용한 검증 연구 진행.

5. 연구의 의의

본 연구는 FLOW-3D를 활용하여 와류 침전지의 유동 및 난류 특성을 정량적으로 분석하고, 실험 데이터를 통해 모델의 신뢰성을 검증하였다. 수처리 시스템 및 하천 공학 분야에서 VSB 설계 최적화에 기여할 수 있는 데이터 및 분석 방법을 제공한다.

6. 참고 문헌

  1. Paul, T.C., S.K. Sayal, V.S. Sakhanja and G.S. Dhillon, 1991. Vortex settling chamber design considerations. J. Hyd. Engng., 117(2): 172-189.
  2. Mashauri, D.A., 1986. Modeling of vortex settling chamber for primary clarification of water. PhD thesis, Tampere University of Technology, Tampere, Finland, pp: 217.
  3. Salakhov, F.S., 1975. Rotational design and methods of hydraulic calculation of load-controlling water intake structures for Mountain Rivers. Proceedings of Ninth Congress of the ICID, Moscow, Soviet Union, pp: 151-161.
  4. Cecen, K., 1977. Hydraulic criteria of settling basins for water treatment, hydro-power and irrigation. Proc. 17th Congress of the Int. Assoc, of Hydr. Res., BadenBaden, West Germany, pp: 275-294.
  5. Cecen, K. and N. Akmandor, 1973. Circular settling basins with horizontal floor. MAG Report No 183, TETAK, Ankara, Turkey.
  6. Cecen, K. and M. Bayazit, 1975. Some laboratory studies of sediment controlling structures calculation of load-controlling water intake structures for Mountain Rivers. Proceedings of the Ninth Congress of the ICID, Moscow, Soviet Union, pp: 107-110.
  7. Mashauri, D.A., 1986. Modeling of vortex settling chamber for primary clarification of water, PhD thesis, Tampere University of Technology, Tampere, Finland, pp: 217.
  8. Anwar, H.O., 1969. Turbulent flow in a vortex. J. Hydr. Res., 7(1): 1-29.
  9. http://www.flow3d.com/resources/flow3d-technical-papers-1.html.
  10. Chapokpour, J. and J. Farhoudi, 2011. Sediment extraction and flow structure of vortex settling basin. WASJ., 14(5): 782-793.
  11. Isfahani, A.H.G. and J.M. Brethour, 2009. On the Implementation of Two-equation Turbulence Models in FLOW-3D, Flow Science, FSI-09-TN86.
Figure 5. Boundary conditions of the BRA weir model

Numerical Simulation for Flow over A Broad-Crested Weir Using FLOW-3D

FLOW-3D를 이용한 광정수로 위어 유동 수치 시뮬레이션

연구 배경 및 목적

문제 정의

  • 광정수로 위어(broad-crested weir)는 수위 조절, 유량 측정 및 에너지 감쇠에 널리 사용되는 수리학적 구조물임.
  • 기존 실험 연구는 비용이 높고 시간이 소요되므로 FLOW-3D를 이용한 CFD(전산유체역학) 기반 연구가 필요함.

연구 목적

  • FLOW-3D를 사용하여 다양한 상·하류 경사 조건에서 광정수로 위어의 유동 특성을 수치적으로 분석.
  • 방출 계수(discharge coefficient, Cd), 에너지 등고선(energy grade line, H1) 및 평균 유속을 계산하여 위어 형상의 영향을 평가.
  • 실험 데이터와 비교하여 FLOW-3D의 예측 정확도를 검증.

연구 방법

FLOW-3D 시뮬레이션 설정

  • VOF(Volume of Fluid) 기법을 사용하여 자유 수면 추적.
  • Navier-Stokes 방정식 기반의 유체 거동 해석 수행.
  • 난류 모델: k-ε 모델 적용.
  • 경계 조건:
    • 유입: 부피 유량 조건(volumetric flow rate).
    • 유출: 지정 압력 조건(specified pressure).
    • 벽면: No-slip 조건 적용.
  • 메쉬 크기: FAVOR(Fractional Area/Volume Obstacle Representation) 기법을 활용하여 적절한 격자 크기 선정.

실험 및 검증 방법

  • 실험 모델: 수평 유량 수조(flume) 내 다양한 위어 형상 실험.
  • 위어 유형: 네 가지 형상(ARB, BRA, VRB, BRV) 비교 분석.
  • 유량(Q): 0.004~0.018 m³/s 범위에서 분석 수행.

주요 결과

방출 계수(Cd) 분석

  • 유입면의 경사가 증가할수록 방출 계수 Cd가 감소.
  • Cd 값의 변동 범위: Hager 공식 적용 시 높은 Cd 값, Bazin 공식 적용 시 Cd 값이 선형적으로 증가하는 경향 확인.
  • 유량 증가 시 Cd 값도 점진적으로 증가, 그러나 하류 경사는 Cd에 미미한 영향을 미침.

에너지 등고선(H1) 및 유속 분석

  • 유입 경사가 증가할수록 에너지 등고선(H1) 값이 증가하여 흐름 저항 증가.
  • 하류 경사는 H1 값에 거의 영향을 주지 않음.
  • 유속 분석 결과, 같은 유량에서 유입 경사가 작을수록 흐름 속도가 감소.

결론 및 향후 연구

결론

  • FLOW-3D는 광정수로 위어의 유동 특성을 정확하게 예측할 수 있음.
  • 유입 경사가 증가할수록 방출 계수 감소 및 유속 증가, 반면 하류 경사는 유동 특성에 거의 영향을 미치지 않음.
  • Cd 값은 Bazin 공식이 Hager 공식보다 실험값과 더 높은 일치도를 보임.

향후 연구 방향

  • LES(Large Eddy Simulation) 및 다른 난류 모델과 비교 연구.
  • 다양한 위어 형상 및 유량 조건에서 추가적인 검증 수행.
  • 실제 하천 환경에서의 적용 가능성 연구.

연구의 의의

이 연구는 FLOW-3D를 활용하여 광정수로 위어의 유동 및 방출 계수를 정량적으로 분석하고, CFD 모델의 신뢰성을 검증하였다. 수리학적 설계 최적화를 위한 데이터 및 분석 방법을 제공한다.

References

  1. Abid, S. R., Hilo, A. N., Ayoob, N. S. and Daek Y. H. (2019). “Underwater abrasion of steel fiber-reinforced self-compacting concrete”, Case Studies in Construction Materials, vol. 11, pp. 1-17.
  2. Abimbola, A. O. (2018). “Wave propagation and scour failure of coastal structures due to tsunamis”, Ph.D thesis.
  3. ACI Committee 210. (2003). “Erosion of concrete in hydraulic structure (ACI 210R-03)”, American concrete institute, USA, pp. 1-24.
  4. Arun, K. and Ritu, R. (2022). “CFD Study of Flow Characteristics and Pressure Distribution on Re-Entrant Wing Faces of L-Shape Buildings“. Civil Engineering and Architecture, vol. 10(1), pp. 289-304. DOI: 10.13189/cea.2022.100125.
  5. Azimi, A. H. and Rajaratnam, N. (2009). “Discharge characteristics of weirs of finite crest length”, Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 135(12), pp. 1081-1085.
  6. Bazin, H. (1898). “Experience nouvelles sur l’ ecoulement en deversoir”, Ann. Ponts chausses, vol. 68(2), pp. 151-265.
  7. BSI (1969b). Measurement of Liquid Flow in Open Channels: Weirs and Flumes, BS 3680, Part 4, British Standards Institution, London.
  8. Chow, V.T., 1959. Open-channel hydraulics, McGraw-Hill.
  9. Flow Science. (2014). “FLOW-3D version 11 user manual”.
  10. Fritz, H. M. and Hager, W. H. (1998). “Hydraulics of embankment weirs”, Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 124(9), pp. 963-971.
  11. Gonzalez, C. A. and Chanson, H. (2007). “Experimental measurements of velocity and pressure distribution on large broad-crested weir”, Flow measurement and Instrumentation, vol., pp. 107-113.
  12. Hager, W. H. and Schwalt, M. (1994). “Broad-crested weir”, Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering, vol. 120(1), pp. 13-26.
  13. Haun, S., Olsen, N. R. B. and Feurich, R. (2011). “Numerical modeling of flow over trapezoidal broad-crested weir”, Engineering Applications of Computational Fluid Mechanics, vol. 5(3), pp. 397-405.
  14. Hilo, A. N., Ayoob, N. S. and Daek, Y. H. (2021). Numerical Simulation to Evaluate The Effect of The Stepped Chute on Abrasion Erosion of A Stilling Basin Type III. IOP Conference Series: Materials Science and Engineering, vol. 1090, pp. 1-11.
  15. Sargison, J. E. and Percy, A. (2009). “Hydraulics of broad-crested weirs with varying side slopes”, Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering, vol. 135(1), pp. 115-118.
  16. Sarker, M. A. and Rhodes, D. G. (2004). “Calculation of free-surface profile over a rectangular broad-crested weir”, Flow Measurement and Instrumentation, vol. 15, pp. 215-219.
Figure (15) Stream Lines and Contours of Average Flow Velocity in Models with Flat and Semi- Cylindrical Nose shapes, Illustrated at Depths of 6 cm, 14 cm, and 20 cm

Conducting Experimental and Numerical Studies to Analyze the Impact of the Base Nose Shape on Flow Hydraulics in PKW Weir Using FLOW-3D

Figure (15) Stream Lines and Contours of Average Flow Velocity in Models with Flat and Semi- Cylindrical Nose shapes, Illustrated at Depths of 6 cm, 14 cm, and 20 cm
Figure (15) Stream Lines and Contours of Average Flow Velocity in Models with Flat and Semi- Cylindrical Nose shapes, Illustrated at Depths of 6 cm, 14 cm, and 20 cm

FLOW-3D를 이용한 피아노 키 위어(PKW)의 기초 코(Nose) 형상이 유동 수력학에 미치는 영향에 대한 실험적 및 수치적 연구

연구 배경 및 목적

  • 문제 정의:
    • 위어(Weir)는 댐에서 과도한 수량을 조절하고 배수 네트워크에서 유량을 조절하는 필수적인 구조물이다.
    • 특히 피아노 키 위어(Piano Key Weir, PKW)는 기존 위어보다 효율적인 방류 성능을 제공하는 구조적 개선이 이루어진 형태이다.
    • PKW의 방류 효율을 결정하는 주요 요소 중 하나는 기초 코(Base Nose)의 형상이다.
    • 기초 코의 형태 변화가 유동 패턴, 유량, 방류 계수(Cd) 등에 미치는 영향을 실험적으로 분석하고 수치적으로 시뮬레이션할 필요가 있다.
  • 연구 목적:
    • FLOW-3D 소프트웨어를 이용하여 PKW의 다양한 기초 코 형상(평평, 삼각형, 반원형, 방추형)이 수리학적 특성에 미치는 영향 분석.
    • 실험 데이터와 수치 모델의 비교 검증을 통해 FLOW-3D의 신뢰성 평가.
    • PKW의 방류 효율을 극대화할 수 있는 최적의 기초 코 형상 제시.

연구 방법

  1. 실험 설정 및 물리 모델 구축
    • 실험실 환경: Bou Ali Sina University의 유체 실험실에서 실험 수행.
    • PKW 모델 제작: 0.6cm 두께의 아크릴판을 레이저 절단 후 접착하여 제작.
    • 유량 측정: 디지털 초음파 유량계를 이용하여 측정 및 검증.
    • 유입-유출 키 폭 비(Wi/Wo) 변화 실험: 0.71, 0.83, 1.0, 1.2, 1.4의 5가지 비율 적용.
    • 기초 코 형상: 평평(Flat), 삼각형(Triangular), 반원형(Semi-Cylindrical), 방추형(Spindle) 총 4가지 모델 비교.
  2. 수치 시뮬레이션 설정
    • FLOW-3D를 사용하여 PKW 모델링 및 유동 시뮬레이션 수행.
    • 메싱(Grid) 최적화: 약 250만 개의 셀로 모델링하여 정확도 향상.
    • RNG k-ε 난류 모델 적용하여 난류 흐름을 해석.
    • 수치 모델과 실험 데이터를 비교하여 오차 분석 수행.

주요 결과

  1. 기초 코 형상에 따른 방류 효율 비교
    • PKW1.2S(방추형 기초 코) 모델이 가장 높은 방류 계수(Cd) 기록.
    • PKW1.2TR(삼각형 코) 모델이 두 번째로 높은 방류 효율을 보이며, 반원형과 평평한 코 모델보다 우수한 성능.
    • PKW1.2 및 PKW1.2CL(반원형) 모델은 흐름의 급격한 변형과 와류 증가로 인해 방류 효율이 감소.
    • PKW1.2S와 PKW1.2TR 모델은 PKW1.2(평평한 코) 대비 Cd가 각각 27%, 20% 증가.
  2. 유동 패턴 및 난류 분석
    • 기초 코 형상이 방류 패턴에 영향을 미쳐 흐름의 방향과 세기가 달라짐.
    • PKW1.2(평평한 코)는 유출 키와 충돌하는 순간 흐름이 급격히 방해받아 유속과 방류 효율 감소.
    • PKW1.2S(방추형 코) 모델에서는 유속 변화가 완만하며 흐름이 원활히 배출됨.
    • 난류 강도가 감소하고 흐름의 에너지 손실이 최소화됨으로써 최적의 방류 성능 확보.
  3. 수치 시뮬레이션 검증 및 오차 분석
    • FLOW-3D 시뮬레이션 결과와 실험 데이터 비교 결과 높은 일치도 확인.
    • 방류 계수(Cd), 수두(H), 방류량(Q)의 오차 분석 결과 평균 RMSE < 0.005, MAE < 0.002로 매우 낮은 값 기록.
    • 모델의 결정 계수(R²) 값이 0.98 이상으로, 실험 데이터와의 높은 상관관계 입증.

결론 및 향후 연구

  • 결론:
    • 기초 코 형상 변화가 PKW의 방류 성능에 중요한 영향을 미침.
    • 방추형(Spindle) 기초 코를 적용한 PKW1.2S 모델이 가장 높은 방류 효율을 보이며, 기존 평평한 코보다 27% 향상.
    • 삼각형 기초 코(PKW1.2TR)도 방류 효율을 20% 증가시키며 우수한 대안으로 제시 가능.
    • FLOW-3D 시뮬레이션이 실험 결과와 높은 신뢰도로 일치하여 위어 설계 최적화 도구로 활용 가능.
  • 향후 연구 방향:
    • 다양한 유입-유출 키 폭 비(Wi/Wo)에 대한 추가 연구 수행.
    • 다양한 유량 조건에서 방류 효율 최적화 연구 진행.
    • 실제 댐 및 하천에서 적용할 수 있는 대형 PKW 모델에 대한 수치적 연구 확장.

연구의 의의

본 연구는 PKW의 기초 코 형상이 방류 성능에 미치는 영향을 실험적 및 수치적으로 분석하여 최적 설계를 제안하였으며, FLOW-3D를 활용한 수치 해석 기법이 실험 결과와 높은 신뢰도를 보임을 입증하였다. 이는 댐 및 수리 구조물 설계 시 방류 효율 향상을 위한 설계 지침을 제공할 수 있다.

Figure (4) Schematic Representation of PKW with base noses shape, Showcasing Variations in Nose Designs
Figure (4) Schematic Representation of PKW with base noses shape, Showcasing Variations in Nose Designs
Figure (15) Stream Lines and Contours of Average Flow Velocity in Models with Flat and Semi- Cylindrical Nose shapes, Illustrated at Depths of 6 cm, 14 cm, and 20 cm
Figure (15) Stream Lines and Contours of Average Flow Velocity in Models with Flat and Semi- Cylindrical Nose shapes, Illustrated at Depths of 6 cm, 14 cm, and 20 cm
Figure (18) Cross-Sectional View of Stream Lines and Contours Representing Average Flow Velocity in Models with Various Nose shapes, Focused at the Center of the Nose
Figure (18) Cross-Sectional View of Stream Lines and Contours Representing Average Flow Velocity in Models with Various Nose shapes, Focused at the Center of the Nose

Reference

  1. Chow, V.T. (1959). “Open channel hydraulics.” McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, NY.
  2. Ouamane, A., and Lempérière, F. (2006). “Design of a new economic shape of weir.” Proc., Intl. Symp. on Dams in the Societies of the 21st Century, 463-470, Barcelona, Spain.
  3. Crookston, B. M., Anderson, A., Shearin-Feimster, L., and Tullis, B. P. (2014). “Mitigation investigation of flow-induced vibrations at a rehabilitated spillway.” Proc., 5th IAHR Intl. Symp. on Hydraulic Structures, Univ. of Queensland Brisbane, Brisbane, Australia.
  4. Machiels, O. (2012). “Experimental study of the hydraulic behaviour of Piano Key Weirs.” Ph.D. Dissertation, Faculty of Applied Science, University of Liège, Liège, Belgium.
  5. Blanc, P., and Lempérière, F. (2001). “Labyrinth spillways have a promising future.” Intl. J. of Hydropower and Dams, 8(4), 129-131.
  6. Muslu, Y. (2001). “Numerical analysis for lateral weir flow.” J. of Irrigation and Drainage Eng., ASCE, 127, 246.
  7. Erpicum, S., Machiels, O., Dewals, B., Pirotton, M., and Archambeau, P. (2012). “Numerical and physical hydraulic modeling of Piano Key Weirs.” Proc., ASIA 2012 – 4th Intl. Conf. on Water Resources and Renewable Energy Development in Asia, Chiang Mai, Thailand.
  8. Tullis, J.P., Amanian, N., and Waldron, D. (1995). “Design of Labyrinth Spillways.” J. of Hydraulic Eng., ASCE, 121.
  9. Lux, F.L., and Hinchcliff, D. (1985). “Design and construction of labyrinth spillways.” Proc., 15th Intl. Congress on Large Dams, ICOLD, Vol. 4, 249-274, Paris, France.
  10. Erpicum, S., Laugier, F., Ho to Khanh, M., & Pfister, M. (2017). Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III–PKW 2017. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL.
  11. Kabiri-Samani, A., and Javaheri, A. (2012). “Discharge coefficient for free and submerged flow over Piano Key weirs.” Hydraulic Research J., 50(1), 114-120.
  12. Hien, T.C., Son, H.T., and Khanh, M.H.T. (2006). “Results of some piano Key weirs hydraulic model tests in Vietnam.” Proc., 22nd ICOLD Congress, CIGB/ICOLD, Barcelona, Spain.
  13. Laugier, F., Lochu, A., Gille, C., Leite Ribeiro, M., and Boillat, J-L. (2009). “Design and construction of a labyrinth PKW spillway at St-Marc Dam.” Hydropower and Dams J., 15(5), 100-107.
  14. Cicero, G.M., Menon, J.M., Luck, M., and Pinchard, T. (2011). “Experimental study of side and scale effects on hydraulic performances of a Piano Key Weir.” In: Erpicum, S., Laugier, F., Boillat, J-L, Pirotton, M., Reverchon, B., and Schleiss, A-J (Eds.), Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs, 167-172, CRC Press, London.
  15. Pralong, J., Vermeulen, J., Blancher, B., Laugier, F., Erpicum, S., Machiels, O., Pirotton, M., Boillat, J.L, Leite Ribeiro, M., and Schleiss, A.J. (2011). “A naming convention for the piano key weirs geometrical parameters.” In: Erpicum, S., Laugier, F., Boillat, J-L, Pirotton, M., Reverchon, B., and Schleiss, A-J (Eds.), Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs, 271-278, CRC Press, London.
  16. Denys, F. J. M., and Basson, G. R. (2018). “Transient hydrodynamics of Piano Key Weirs.” Proc., 7th IAHR Intl. Symp. on Hydraulic Structures, ISHS2018, 518-527, DigitalCommons@USU, Logan, UT.
  17. Anderson, A., and Tullis, B. P. (2018). “Finite crest length weir nappe oscillation.” J. of Hydraulic Eng., ASCE, 144(6), 04018020. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943- 7900.0001461
  18. Erpicum, S., Laugier, F., Boillat, J.-L., Pirotton, M., Reverchon, B., and Schleiss, A. J. (2011). “Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs–PKW 2011.” CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL.
  19. Aydin, C.M., and Emiroglu, M.E. (2011). “Determination of capacity of labyrinth side weir by CFD.” Flow Measurement and Instrumentation, 29, 1-8.
  20. Cicero, G.M., Delisle, J.R., Lefebvre, V., and Vermeulen, J. (2013). “Experimental and numerical study of the hydraulic performance of a trapezoidal PKW.” Proc., Intl. Workshop on Labyrinths and Piano Key Weirs PKW II 2013, 265-272, CRC Press.
  21. Anderson, R. M. (2011). “Piano Key Weir Head Discharge Relationships.” Master’s Thesis, Utah State University, Logan, Utah.
  22. Crookston, B.M., Anderson, R.M., and Tullis, B.P. (2018). “Free-flow discharge estimation method for Piano Key weir geometries.” J. of Hydro-environment Research, 19, 160-167.
Wave

Using FLOW-3D as a CFD Materials Approach in Waves Generation

FLOW-3D를 이용한 파랑 생성의 CFD 재료 접근법

연구 목적

  • 본 연구는 FLOW-3D®를 이용하여 파랑 생성 및 파랑 붕괴 현상을 수치적으로 분석함.
  • 실험적인 접근법과 비교하여 CFD 기반 시뮬레이션의 정확도 및 적용 가능성을 평가함.
  • 포리어 급수(Fourier series) 및 CFD 모델을 적용하여 다양한 파랑 조건을 해석함.
  • 해양 구조물 및 파력 발전 설계를 위한 정확한 파랑 모델링 가능성을 탐색함.

연구 방법

  1. 파랑 수치 모델링 및 설정
    • FLOW-3D®의 자유 표면 모델(Free-Surface Model)을 활용하여 파랑 형성을 시뮬레이션함.
    • 포리어 급수(Fourier Series) 방법을 적용하여 수치적으로 파랑의 기본 형태를 정의함.
    • 난류 모델 적용: Reynolds-Averaged Navier-Stokes(RANS) 모델을 사용하여 난류 효과를 고려함.
  2. FLOW-3D® 시뮬레이션 설정
    • 초기 및 경계 조건을 설정하여 파랑의 전파 및 붕괴 과정을 분석함.
    • 다양한 파고 및 주기를 적용하여 파랑의 다양한 특성(높이, 주기, 속도 등)을 평가함.
    • 실험 데이터와 비교하여 모델의 신뢰성을 검증함.
  3. 결과 비교 및 검증
    • 시뮬레이션 결과를 실험적 연구 및 기존 문헌 데이터와 비교 분석함.
    • 파랑 생성 및 붕괴 과정에서 발생하는 동역학적 변화를 평가함.
    • 해양 구조물 및 파력 발전과의 적용 가능성을 논의함.

주요 결과

  1. 파랑 생성 및 붕괴 특성 분석
    • FLOW-3D® 시뮬레이션을 통해 다양한 높이와 주기의 파랑을 생성할 수 있음.
    • 높은 주파수의 파랑에서는 강한 붕괴(breaking) 현상이 발생하며, 저주파 파랑은 안정적인 진행성을 유지함.
    • 파랑 붕괴 시 에너지 소산 및 흐름 변화가 명확하게 나타남.
  2. 수치 모델의 신뢰성 평가
    • 실험 결과와 비교했을 때 시뮬레이션의 평균 오차율이 5~10% 수준으로 확인됨.
    • 높은 파고(high wave height)에서는 실험값보다 약간 낮은 수치를 예측하는 경향이 있음.
    • 추가적인 모델 보정 및 난류 효과 개선이 필요함.
  3. 해양 공학 및 에너지 적용 가능성
    • FLOW-3D®를 활용하면 파력 발전 시스템의 설계 최적화 가능.
    • 해양 구조물(방파제, 해상 플랫폼 등) 설계 시 파랑 하중 분석에 유용하게 적용 가능.
    • 향후 연구에서는 다양한 환경 조건에서 추가적인 시뮬레이션 검증 필요.

결론

  • FLOW-3D®를 활용한 CFD 시뮬레이션은 파랑 생성 및 붕괴 분석에 효과적임.
  • 실험 데이터와 비교했을 때 높은 신뢰성을 보이며, 일부 난류 모델 개선이 필요함.
  • 해양 공학 및 파력 발전 설계에 적용할 수 있는 가능성을 확인함.
  • 향후 연구에서는 다양한 파랑 조건 및 실제 환경 적용성을 추가로 검토해야 함.

Reference

  1. Abd Alall, Mostafa. ‘‘Numerical Investigation of hydrodynamic Performance ofDouble Submerged Breakwaters”, International Journal of Scientific &Engineering Research 11(3), (2020). ISSN 2229-5518
  2. Ahmed, Hany and Abo-Taha, M. ‘‘Numerical Investigation of Regular WavesInteraction with Submerged Breakwater”, International Journal of Scientific &Engineering Research 10(11), (2019). ISSN 2229-5518.
  3. S.T. Grilli, M.A. Losada, F. Martin, Characteristics of solitary wave breakinginduced by breakwaters, J. Waterway, Port, Coastal, Ocean Eng. 120 (1) (1994)74–92.
  4. F. Hajivalie, A. Yeganeh-Bakhtiary, Numerical study of breakwater steepnesseffect on the hydrodynamics of standing waves and steady streaming, J.Coastal Res. (2009) 658–662.
  5. F. Hajivalie, A. Yeganeh-Bakhtiary, J.D. Bricker, Numerical study of theeffect of submerged vertical breakwater dimension on wave hydrodynamicsand vortex generation, Coastal Eng. J. 57 (3) (2015) 1550009-1–1550009-21.
  6. Hayakawa, Norio, Tokuzo Hosoyamada, Shigeru Yoshida, and GozoTsujimoto. ‘‘Numerical simulation of wave fields around the submergedbreakwater with SOLA-SURF method.” In Coastal Engieering 1998, pp. 843-852. (1999).
  7. D.-S. Hur, C.-H. Kim, D.-S. Kim, J.-S. Yoon, Simulation of the nonlinear dynamicinteractions between waves, a submerged breakwater and the seabed, OceanEng. 35 (5-6) (2008) 511–522.
  8. D.-S. Hur, K.-H. Lee, D.-S. Choi, Effect of the slope gradient of submergedbreakwaters on wave energy dissipation, Eng. Appl. Comput. Fluid Mechanics 5(1) (2011) 83–98.
  9. K. Kawasaki, Numerical simulation of breaking and post-breaking wavedeformation process around a submerged breakwater, Coastal Eng. J. 41 (3-4) (1999) 201–223.
  10. B. Liang, G. Wu, F. Liu, H. Fan, H. Li, Numerical study of wave transmission overdouble submerged breakwaters using non-hydrostatic wave model,Oceanologia 57 (4) (2015) 308–317.
  11. H.A.H. Petit, P. Tönjes, M.R.A. Van Gent, P. Van Den Bosch, Numericalsimulation and validation of plunging breakers using a 2D Navier-Stokesmodel, Coastal Eng. 1994 (1995) 511–524.
  12. A. Sasikumar, A. Kamath, O. Musch, A. Erling Lothe, H. Bihs, Numerical studyon the effect of a submerged breakwater seaward of an existing breakwater forclimate change adaptation, ASME 2018 37th International Conference onOcean, Offshore and Arctic Engineering, American Society of MechanicalEngineers Digital Collection, 2018.
  13. Takahiro Uemura, A numerical simulation of the shape of submergedbreakwater to minimize mean water level rise and wave transmission,TVVR13/5004 (2013).

Numerical Simulation of Wave Flow Over the Overtopping Breakwater for Energy Conversion (OBREC) Device

파도 월류형 방파제(OBREC) 장치를 통한 에너지 변환의 수치적 시뮬레이션


연구 배경

  • 문제 정의: 기존의 파력(Wave Energy) 변환 장치는 경제적으로 경쟁력이 부족하며, 건설 및 유지보수 비용이 높음.
  • 목표: 기존 방파제(Breakwater) 구조를 활용하여 파력 에너지를 효율적으로 수집할 수 있는 OBREC(Overtopping Breakwater for Energy Conversion) 장치의 성능을 분석.
  • 접근법: FLOW-3D 기반 CFD(Computational Fluid Dynamics) 시뮬레이션을 통해 실험 데이터를 검증하고, 파도 월류량(overtopping discharge)을 예측.

연구 방법

  1. OBREC 개요 및 기존 연구
    • OBREC는 전통적인 방파제에 저수조(Reservoir) 를 결합하여 월류하는 파도를 저장하고, 낮은 수두(low-head) 터빈을 통해 전력을 생산하는 개념.
    • 2012~2014년 Aalborg 대학에서 실험을 수행하여 가능성을 입증.
  2. 수치 모델링
    • FLOW-3D를 활용하여 RANS(Reynolds-Averaged Navier-Stokes) 방정식 및 VOF(Volume of Fluid) 기법을 사용한 자유 표면 계산 수행.
    • 기존 실험 데이터를 바탕으로 JONSWAP 스펙트럼을 적용한 파도 환경을 구성.
  3. 격자 수렴(Mesh Convergence) 분석
    • 7가지 메쉬 크기 비교 → 연산 비용과 정확도의 균형을 고려하여 최적의 메쉬 크기(0.005m)를 선정.

주요 결과

  1. 수치 시뮬레이션 vs 실험 데이터 비교
    • 월류량(overtopping discharge)에 대한 시뮬레이션 결과가 실험값과 높은 일치도를 보임.
    • 단, 수치 모델이 부드러운 방파제 표면을 가정하여 실험보다 다소 높은 월류량 예측.
  2. 수치 시뮬레이션 vs 이론 공식 비교
    • 기존 연구(Vicinanza, 2014)에서 제안한 월류량 예측 공식과 비교 → 유사한 경향성을 보이며 검증됨.
    • 저수조 크기(Rr)가 증가할수록 월류량이 감소하는 경향 확인.
  3. 다른 연구와의 비교
    • Kofoed(2002), EurOtop(2007), Van der Meer(1998) 등의 기존 월류 모델과 비교하여 일관된 결과 도출.
    • 통계 분석 결과, 실험 대비 수치 시뮬레이션의 월류량 예측 오차는 약 6% 이내로 양호한 성능을 보임.

결론 및 향후 연구

  • FLOW-3D 기반 CFD 시뮬레이션이 OBREC의 초기 설계 검토에 효과적임을 입증.
  • 실험 대비 비용이 낮고 신속한 예측이 가능, 초기 설계 최적화에 유용함.
  • 향후 연구에서는 방파제 표면 거칠기 및 다공성(Porosity) 요소 추가 등을 통해 더욱 정밀한 모델 개선 필요.

연구의 의의

이 연구는 기존의 실험적 접근법을 CFD 시뮬레이션으로 보완하여, OBREC와 같은 파력 에너지 변환 시스템의 설계 최적화 및 경제성 향상을 위한 새로운 방향을 제시했다는 점에서 의의가 있다.

Reference

  1. D.Vicinanza, P. Contestabile, J. Quvang Harck Nørgaard, and T. Lykke Andersen, “Innovative RubbleMound Breakwaters for Overtopping Wave Energy Conversion,” Journal of Coastal Engineering, Vol. 88,pp. 154–170, 2014.
  2. Muzathik.A,Wan Nik WB, Sulaiman O, Rosliza R, Prawoto Y, “Wave Energy Resource Assessment andReview of the Technologies,” International Journal of Energy and Environment, Vol. 2, no. 6, pp. 1101–1112, 2011.
  3. S.Ding, D.Han, and Y.Zan, “The Application of Wave Energy Converter in Hybrid Energy System,” TheOpen Mechanical Engineering Journal , Vol 8. pp. 936–940, 2014.
  4. D.Vicinanza, J.Harck Nørgaard, P.Contestabile, and T.Lykke Andersen, “Wave Loadings Acting onOvertopping Breakwater for Energy Conversion,” Journal of Coastal Research., Vol. 29, no. 65, pp. 1669–1674, 2013.
  5. D.Vicinanza;, “Innovative Beakwaters Design for Wave Energy Conversion B,” in Coastal EngineeringProceeding, 2012, pp. 12–24.
  6. D.Vicinanza, P.Contestabile, C.Luppa, L.Cavallaro, E.Foti, “Innovative Rubble Mound Breakwaters forWave Energy Conversion,” Journal of Special Conversion System, pp. 86–95, 2015.
  7. P.Contestabile, V.Ferrante, E.Di Lauro, and D.Vicinanza, “Prototype Overtopping Breakwater for WaveEnergy Conversion at Port of Naples,” in Proceedings of the Twenty-sixth (2016) International Ocean andPolar Engineering Conference, 2016, no. June 26 to July 1, pp. 616–621.
  8. N.Olsen, “Computational Fluid Dynamics in Hydraulic and Sedimentation Engineering,” NorwegianUniversity of Science and Technology, 1999.
  9. J. P. Kofoed, “Model Testing of the Wave Energy Converter Seawave Slot-Cone Generator”,CivilEngineering Department, Aalborg University, 2005.
  10. Y. Chen, “Numerical Modeling on Internal Solitary Wave propagation over an Obstacle using FLOW 3D,Master Thesis” National Sun Yat-sen University, 2012.
  11. P.Prinos, M.Tsakiri, O.Souliotis, “ Numerical Simulation of the Wos and the Wave Propagation Along aCoastal Dike,” Coastal Engineering Proceeding, 2012.
  12. T.W. Hsu, J.W. Lai, and Y.J. Lan, “Experimental and Numerical Studies on Wave Propagation Over CoarseGrained Sloping Beach,” Coastal Engineering Proceeding, 2011.
  13. B.H.Choi, E.Pelinovsky, D.C.Kim, I.Didenkulova, and S.B.Woo, “Two and Three DimensionalComputation of Solitary Wave Runup on Non-Plane Beach,” Journal of Nonlinear Process in Geophysic,Vol. 15, no. 2006, pp. 489–502, 2008.
  14. F. Dentale, G.Donnarumma, E.P.Carratelli, V.Giovanni, P.Ii, and F.Sa, “A New Numerical Approach to theStudy of the Interaction between Wave Motion and Roubble Mound Breakwaters,” Latest Trends in Engineering, Mechanics,Structures and Engineering Geology, pp. 45–52, 2014.
  15. B. W. Nam, S. H. Shin, K. Y. Hong, and S. W. Hong, “Numerical Simulation of Wave Flow over the SpiralReef Overtopping Device,” in Proceedings of the Eighth (2008) ISOPE Pacific/Asia Offshore MechanicsSymposium, 2008, pp. 262–267.
  16. Y. H. Yu and Y. Li, “Reynolds-Averaged Navier-Stokes Simulation of the Heave Performance of a TwoBody Floating-Point Absorber Wave Energy System,” Journal of Computer Fluids, vol. 73, pp. 104–114,2013.
  17. D.Vicinanza, “Structural Response of Seawave Slot-cone Generator ( SSG ) from Random Wave CFDSimulations,” Proceedings of the Twenty-fifth (2015) International Ocean and Polar EngineeringConference no. June, 2015,pp.985-991.
  18. J. P. Kofoed, “Wave Overtopping of Marine Structures: Utilization of Wave Energy,” PhD Thesis, AalborgUniversity, 2002.
  19. Van Der Meer and C.J.M.Stam, “Wave Runup on Smooth and Rock Slope,” Deflt Hydraulic, 1991.
  20. D.Vicinanza, “Structural Response of Seawave Slot-cone Generator ( SSG ) from Random Wave CFDSimulations,” Proceedings of the Twenty-fifth (2015) International Ocean and Polar EngineeringConferenceno. June, 2015,pp.985-991
  21. J.W.Van Der Meer, “Wave Run-Up and Overtopping,” in Chapter 8 In: Pilarczyk, K.W. (Ed.), Seawalls,Dikes and Revetments., Balkema, Rotterdam, 1998.
  22. EurOtop, Wave Overtopping of Sea Defences and Related Structures: Assessment Manual. 2007.
  23. L.Victor, J.W.Van Der Meer, and P.Troch, “Probability Distribution of Individual Wave OvertoppingVolumes for Smooth Impermeable Steep Slopes with Low Crest Freeboards,” Journal of CoastalEngineering, Vol. 64, pp. 87–101, 2012.
Omega-Liutex Method

Prediction of the Vortex Evolution and Influence Analysis of Rough Bed in a Hydraulic Jump with the Omega-Liutex Method

Omega-Luitex법을 이용한 수력점프 발생시 러프 베드의 와류 진화 예측 및 영향 분석

Cong Trieu Tran, Cong Ty Trinh

Abstract

The dissipation of energy downstream of hydropower projects is a significant issue. The hydraulic jump is exciting and widely applied in practice to dissipate energy. Many hydraulic jump characteristics have been studied, such as length of jump Lj and sequent flow depth y2. However, understanding the evolution of the vortex structure in the hydraulic jump shows a significant challenge. This study uses the RNG k-e turbulence model to simulate hydraulic jumps on the rough bed. The Omega-Liutex method is compared with Q-criterion for capturing vortex structure in the hydraulic jump. The formation, development, and shedding of the vortex structure at the rough bed in the hydraulic jumper are analyzed. The vortex forms and rapidly reduces strength on the rough bed, resulting in fast dissipation of energy. At the rough block rows 2nd and 3rd, the vortex forms a vortex rope that moves downstream and then breaks. The vortex-shedding region represents a significant energy attenuation of the flow. Therefore, the rough bed dissipates kinetic energy well. Adding reliability to the vortex determined by the Liutex method, the vorticity transport equation is used to compare the vorticity distribution with the Liutex distribution. The results show a further comprehension of the hydraulic jump phenomenon and its energy dissipation.

Keywords

flow-3D; hydraulic Jump; omega-liutex method; vortex breakdown

References

[1] Viti, N., Valero, D., & Gualtieri, C. (2019). Numerical Simulation of Hydraulic Jumps. Part 2: Recent Results and Future Outlook. Water, 11(1), 28. https://doi.org/10.3390/w11010028
[2] Peterka, A. J. (1978.) Hydraulic Design of Stilling Basins and Energy Dissipators. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Reclamation.
[3] Bejestan, M. S. & Neisi, K. (2009). A new roughened bed hydraulic jump stilling basin. Asian journal of applied sciences, 2(5), 436-445. https://doi.org/10.3923/ajaps.2009.436.445
[4] Tokyay, N. D. (2005). Effect of channel bed corrugations on hydraulic jumps. Impacts of Global Climate Change, 1-9. https://doi.org/10.1061/40792(173)408
[5] Nikmehr, S. & Aminpour, Y. (2020). Numerical Simulation of Hydraulic Jump over Rough Beds. Periodica Polytechnica Civil Engineering, 64(2), 396-407. https://doi.org/10.3311/PPci.15292
[6] Hunt, J. C., Wray, A. A., & Moin, P. (1988). Eddies, streams, and convergence zones in turbulent flows. Studying turbulence using numerical simulation databases. 2. Proceedings of the 1988 summer program.
[7] Gao, Y. & Liu, C. (2018). Rortex and comparison with eigenvalue-based vortex identification criteria. Physics of Fluids, 30(8), 085107. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.5040112
[8] Liu, C., Gao, Y., Tian, S., & Dong, X. (2018). Rortex – A new vortex vector definition and vorticity tensor and vector decompositions. Physics of Fluids, 30(3), 035103. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.5023001
[9] Liu, C. et al. (2019). Third generation of vortex identification methods: Omega and Liutex/Rortex based systems. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 31(2), 205-223. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42241-019-0022-4
[10] Liu, C., Wang, Y., Yang, Y. et al (2016). New omega vortex identification method. Science China Physics, Mechanics & Astronomy, (8), 56-64. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11433-016-0022-6
[11] Tran, C. T. & Pham, D. C. (2022). Application of Liutex and Entropy Production to Analyze the Influence of Vortex Rope in the Francis-99 Turbine Draft Tube. Tehnički vjesnik, 29(4), 1177-1183. https://doi.org/10.17559/TV-20210821070801
[12] Dong, X., Gao, Y., & Liu, C. (2019). New normalized Rortex/vortex identification method. Physics of Fluids, 31(1), 011701. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.5066016
[13] Wang, L., Zheng, Z., Cai, W. et al. (2019). Extension Omega and Omega-Liutex methods applied to identify vortex structures in viscoelastic turbulent flow. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 31(5), 911-921. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42241-019-0045-x
[14] Xu, H., Cai, X., & Liu, C. (2019). Liutex (vortex) core definition and automatic identification for turbulence vortex structures. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 31(5), 857-863. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42241-019-0066-5
[15] Tran, C. T. et al. (2020). Prediction of the precessing vortex core in the Francis-99 draft tube under off-design conditions by using Liutex/Rortex method. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 32, 623-628. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42241-020-0031-3
[16] Liu, C. et al. (2019). A Liutex based definition of vortex axis line. arXiv preprint arXiv:1904.10094. https://doi.org/10.48550/arXiv.1904.10094
[17] Samadi-Boroujeni, H. et al. (2013). Effect of triangular corrugated beds on the hydraulic jump characteristics. Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering, 40(9), 841-847. https://doi.org/10.1139/cjce-2012-0019
[18] Ghaderi, A. et al. (2020). Characteristics of free and submerged hydraulic jumps over different macroroughnesses. Journal of Hydroinformatics, 22(6), 1554-1572. https://doi.org/10.2166/hydro.2020.298
[19] Wu, Z. et al. (2021). Analysis of the influence of transverse groove structure on the flow of a flat-plate surface based on Liutex parameters. Engineering Applications of Computational Fluid Mechanics, 15(1), 1282-1297. https://doi.org/10.1080/19942060.2021.1968955
[20] Ji, B., et al. (2014). Numerical simulation of threedimensional cavitation shedding dynamics with special emphasis on cavitation – vortex interaction. Ocean Engineering, 87, 64-77. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2014.05.005
[21] Tran, C., Bin, J., & Long, X. (2019). Simulation and Analysis of Cavitating Flow in the Draft Tube of the Francis Turbine with Splitter Blades at Off-Design Condition. Tehnicki vjesnik – Technical Gazette, 26(6). https://doi.org/10.17559/TV-20190316042929
Computational Fluid Dynamics Study of Perforated Monopiles

Computational Fluid Dynamics Study of Perforated Monopiles

Mary Kathryn Walker
Florida Institute of Technology, mwalker2022@my.fit.edu

Robert J. Weaver, Ph.D.
Associate Professor
Ocean Engineering and Marine Sciences
Major Advisor


Chungkuk Jin, Ph.D.
Assistant Professor
Ocean Engineering and Marine Sciences


Kelli Z. Hunsucker, Ph.D.
Assistant Professor
Ocean Engineering and Marine Sciences


Richard B. Aronson, Ph.D.
Professor and Department Head
Ocean Engineering and Marine Sciences

Abstract

모노파일은 해상 풍력 터빈 건설에 사용되며 일반적으로 설계 수명은 25~50년입니다. 모노파일은 수명 주기 동안 부식성 염수 환경에 노출되어 구조물을 빠르게 분해하는 전기화학적 산화 공정을 용이하게 합니다. 이 공정은 모노파일을 보호 장벽으로 코팅하고 음극 보호 기술을 구현하여 완화할 수 있습니다.

역사적으로 모노파일 설계자는 파일 내부가 완전히 밀봉되고 전기화학적 부식 공정이 결국 사용 가능한 모든 산소를 소모하여 반응을 중단시킬 것이라고 가정했습니다. 그러나 도관을 위해 파일 벽에 만든 관통부는 종종 누출되어 신선하고 산소화된 물이 내부 공간으로 유입되었습니다.

표준 부식 방지 기술을 보다 효과적으로 적용할 수 있는 산소화된 환경으로 내부 공간을 재고하는 새로운 모노파일 설계가 연구되고 있습니다. 이러한 새로운 모노파일은 간조대 또는 조간대 수준에서 벽에 천공이 있어 신선하고 산소화된 물이 구조물을 통해 흐를 수 있습니다.

이러한 천공은 또한 구조물의 파도 하중을 줄일 수 있습니다. 유체 역학적 하중 감소의 크기는 천공의 크기와 방향에 따라 달라집니다. 이 연구에서는 천공의 크기에 따른 모노파일의 힘 감소 분석에서 전산 유체 역학(CFD)의 적용 가능성을 연구하고 주어진 파도의 접근 각도 변화의 효과를 분석했습니다.

모노파일의 힘 감소를 결정하기 위해 이론적 3D 모델을 제작하여 FLOW-3D® HYDRO를 사용하여 테스트했으며, 천공되지 않은 모노파일을 제어로 사용했습니다. 이론적 데이터를 수집한 후, 동일한 종류의 천공이 있는 물리적 스케일 모델을 파도 탱크를 사용하여 테스트하여 이론적 모델의 타당성을 확인했습니다.

CFD 시뮬레이션은 물리적 모델의 10% 이내, 이전 연구의 5% 이내에 있는 것으로 나타났습니다. 물리적 모델과 시뮬레이션 모델을 검증한 후, 천공의 크기가 파도 하중 감소에 뚜렷한 영향을 미치고 주어진 파도의 접근 각도에 대한 테스트를 수행할 수 있음을 발견했습니다.

접근 각도의 변화는 모노파일을 15°씩 회전하여 시뮬레이션했습니다. 이 논문에 제시된 데이터는 모노파일의 방향이 통계적으로 유의하지 않으며 천공 모노파일의 설계 고려 사항이 되어서는 안 된다는 것을 시사합니다.

또한 파도 하중 감소와 구조적 안정성 사이의 균형을 찾기 위해 천공의 크기와 모양에 대한 연구를 계속하는 것이 좋습니다.

Monopiles are used in the construction of offshore wind turbines and typically have a design life of 25 to 50 years. Over their lifecycle, monopiles are exposed to a corrosive saltwater environment, facilitating a galvanic oxidation process that quickly degrades the structure. This process can be mitigated by coating the monopile in a protective barrier and implementing cathodic protection techniques. Historically, monopile designers assumed the interior of the pile would be completely sealed and the galvanic corrosion process would eventually consume all the available oxygen, halting the reaction. However, penetrations made in the pile wall for conduit often leaked and allowed fresh, oxygenated water to enter the interior space. New monopile designs are being researched that reconsider the interior space as an oxygenated environment where standard corrosion protection techniques can be more effectively applied. These new monopiles have perforations through the wall at intertidal or subtidal levels to allow fresh, oxygenated water to flow through the structure. These perforations can also reduce wave loads on the structure. The magnitude of the hydrodynamic load reduction depends on the size and orientation of the perforations. This research studied the applicability of computational fluid dynamics (CFD) in analysis of force reduction on monopiles in relation to size of a perforation and to analyze the effect of variation in approach angle of a given wave. To determine the force reduction on the monopile, theoretical 3D models were produced and tested using FLOW-3D® HYDRO with an unperforated monopile used as the control. After the theoretical data was collected, physical scale models with the same variety of perforations were tested using a wave tank to determine the validity of the theoretical models. The CFD simulations were found to be within 10% of the physical models and within 5% of previous research. After the physical and simulated models were validated, it was found that the size of the perforations has a distinct impact on the wave load reduction and testing for differing approach angles of a given wave could be conducted. The variation in approach angle was simulated by rotating the monopile in 15° increments. The data presented in this paper suggests that the orientation of the monopile is not statistically significant and should not be a design consideration for perforated monopiles. It is also suggested to continue the study on the size and shape of the perforations to find the balance between wave load reduction and structural stability.

Figure 1: Overview sketch of typical monopile (MP) foundation and transition piece (TP) design with an internal j-tube (Hilbert et al., 2011)
Figure 1: Overview sketch of typical monopile (MP) foundation and transition
piece (TP) design with an internal j-tube (Hilbert et al., 2011)

References
Andersen, J., Abrahamsen, R., Andersen, T., Andersen, M., Baun, T., & Neubauer,
J. (2020). Wave Load Mitigation by Perforation of Monopiles. Journal of
Marine Science and Engineering, 8(5), 352.
https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse8050352
Bakker A. (2008) Lectures on Applied Computational Fluid Dynamics.
www.bakker.org.
Bustamante, A., Vera-Tudela, L., & Kühn, M. (2015). Evaluation of wind farm
effects on fatigue loads of an individual wind turbine at the EnBW baltic 1
offshore wind farm. Journal of Physics: Conference Series, 625, 012020.
https://doi.org/10.1088/1742-6596/625/1/012020
Chakrabarti SK. Hydrodynamics of offshore structures. Springer Verlag;1987.
Christiansen, R. (2020). Living Docks: Structural Implications and Determination
of Force Coefficients of Oyster Mats on Dock Pilings in the Indian River
Lagoon [Master’s Thesis, Florida Institute of Technology].
Clauss, G. (1992). Offshore Structures, Volume 1, Conceptual Design and
Hydromechanics. Springer, London, UK.
COMSOL Multiphysics® v. 6.1. www.comsol.com. COMSOL AB, Stockholm,
Sweden.
Delwiche, A. & Tavares, I. (2017). Retrofit Strategy using Aluminum Anodes for
the Internal section of Windturbine Monopiles. NACE Internation
Corrosion Conference & Expo, Paper no. 8955.
Det Norske Veritas (2014) Fatigue design of offshore steel structures. Norway.
70
Det Norske Veritas (1989). Rules for the Classification of Fixed Offshore
Installations. Technical report, DNV, Hovik, Norway.
DNV. (2011). DNV-RP-C203 Fatigue Design of Offshore Steel Structures (tech.
rep.). http://www.dnv.com
Elger, D. F., LeBret, B. A., Crowe, C. T., & Roberson, J. A. (2022). Engineering
fluid mechanics. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
FLOW-3D® Version 12.0 Users Manual (2018). FLOW-3D [Computer software].
Santa Fe, NM: Flow Science, Inc. https://www.flow3d.com
Gaertner, Evan, Jennifer Rinker, Latha Sethuraman, Frederik Zahle, Benjamin
Andersen, Garrett Barter, Nikhar Abbas, Fanzhong Meng, Pietro Bortolotti,
Witold Skrzypinski, George Scott, Roland Feil, Henrik Bredmose,
Katherine Dykes, Matt Shields, Christopher Allen, and Anthony Viselli.
(2020). Definition of the IEA 15-Megawatt Offshore Reference Wind.
Golden, CO: National Renewable Energy Laboratory. NREL/TP-5000-

  1. https://www.nrel.gov/docs/fy20osti/75698.pdf
    Goodisman, Jerry (2001). “Observations on Lemon Cells”. Journal of Chemical
    Education. 78 (4): 516–518. Bibcode:2001JChEd..78..516G.
    doi:10.1021/ed078p516. Goodisman notes that many chemistry textbooks
    use an incorrect model for a cell with zinc and copper electrodes in an
    acidic electrolyte
    Hilbert, L.R. & Black, Anders & Andersen, F. & Mathiesen, Troels. (2011).
    Inspection and monitoring of corrosion inside monopile foundations for
    offshore wind turbines. European Corrosion Congress 2011, EUROCORR
  2. 3. 2187-2201.
    H. J. Landau, “Sampling, data transmission, and the Nyquist rate,” in Proceedings
    of the IEEE, vol. 55, no. 10, pp. 1701-1706, Oct. 1967, doi:
    10.1109/PROC.1967.5962.
    71
    Journee, J. M., and W. W. Massie. Offshore Hydrodynamics, First Edition.
    Delft University of Technology, 2001.
    Keulegan, G. H., and L. H. Carpenter. “Forces on Cylinders and Plates in an
    Oscillating Fluid.” Journal of Research of the National Bureau of
    Standards, vol. 60, no. 5, 1958, pp. 423–40.
    Lahlou, O. (2019). Experimental and Numerical Analysis of the Drag Force on
    Surfboards with Different Shapes (thesis).
    L. H. Holthuijsen. Waves in Oceanic and Coastal Waters. Cam-bridge University
    Press, 2007. doi:10.1017/cbo9780511618536.
    MacCamy, R.C., Fuchs, R.A.: Wave Forces on Piles: a Diffraction Theory. Corps
    of Engineers Washington DC Beach Erosion Board (1954)
    M. M. Maher and G. Swain, “The Corrosion and Biofouling Characteristics of
    Sealed vs. Perforated Offshore Monopile Interiors Experiment Design
    Comparing Corrosion and Environment Inside Steel Pipe,” OCEANS 2018
    MTS/IEEE Charleston, Charleston, SC, USA, 2018, pp. 1-4, doi:
    10.1109/OCEANS.2018.8604522.
    Morison, J. R.; O’Brien, M. P.; Johnson, J. W.; Schaaf, S. A. (1950), “The force
    exerted by surface waves on piles”, Petroleum Transactions, American
    Institute of Mining Engineers, 189 (5): 149–154, doi:10.2118/950149-G
    Paluzzi, Alexander John, “Effects of Perforations on Internal Cathodic Protection
    and Recruitment of Marine Organisms to Steel Pipes” (2023). Theses and
    Dissertations. 1403. https://repository.fit.edu/etd/1403
    Ploeg, J.V.D. (2021). Perforation of monopiles to reduce hydrodynamic loads and
    enable use in deep waters [Master’s Thesis, Delft University of
    Technology] Institutional Repository at Delft University of Technology.
    http://resolver.tudelft.nl/uuid:91eada6f-4f2b-4ae6-be59-2b5ff0590c6f.
    72
    Shi, W., Zhang, S., Michailides, C., Zhang, L., Zhang, P., & Li, X. (2023).
    Experimental investigation of the hydrodynamic effects of breaking waves
    on monopiles in model scale. Journal of Marine Science and Technology,
    28(1), 314–325. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00773-023-00926-9
    Santamaria Gonzalez, G.A. (2023) Advantages and Challenges of Perforated
    Monopiles in Deep Water Sites [Master’s Thesis, Delft University of
    Technology] Institutional Repository at Delft University of Technology.
    http://resolver.tudelft.nl/uuid:490791b6-a912-4bac-a007-f77012c01107
    Sarpkaya, T. and Isaacson, M. (1981). Mechanics of Wave Forces on Offshore
    Structures. Number ISBN 0-442-25402-4. Van Nostrand Reinhold
    Company Inc., New York.
    Tang, Y., Shi, W., Ning, D., You, J., & Michailides, C. (2020). Effects of spilling
    and plunging type breaking waves acting on large monopile offshore wind
    turbines. Frontiers in Marine Science, 7.
    https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2020.00427
    Teja, R. (2021, June 25). Wheatstone bridge: Working, examples, applications.
    ElectronicsHub. https://www.electronicshub.org/wheatstone-bridge/
    The MathWorks Inc. (2022). MATLAB version: 9.13.0 (R2022b), Natick,
    Massachusetts: The MathWorks Inc. https://www.mathworks.com
    Wave gauges. Edinburgh Designs. (2016).
    http://www4.edesign.co.uk/product/wavegauges/
    Wilberts, F. (2017). MEASUREMENT DRIVEN FATIGUE ASSESSMENT OF
    OFFSHORE WIND TURBINE FOUNDATIONS (Master’s Thesis,
    Uppsala University).
Numerical Investigation of the Local Scour for Tripod Pile Foundation

Numerical Investigation of the Local Scour for Tripod Pile Foundation

Waqed H. Hassan Zahraa Mohammad Fadhe* Rifqa F. Thiab Karrar Mahdi
Civil Engineering Department, Faculty of Engineering, University of Warith Al-Anbiyaa, Kerbala 56001, Iraq
Civil Engineering Department, Faculty of Engineering, University of Kerbala, Kerbala 56001, Iraq
Corresponding Author Email: Waqed.hammed@uowa.edu.iq

OPEN ACCESS

Abstract: 

This work investigates numerically a local scour moves in irregular waves around tripods. It is constructed and proven to use the numerical model of the seabed-tripod-fluid with an RNG k turbulence model. The present numerical model then examines the flow velocity distribution and scour characteristics. After that, the suggested computational model Flow-3D is a useful tool for analyzing and forecasting the maximum scour development and the flow field in random waves around tripods. The scour values affecting the foundations of the tripod must be studied and calculated, as this phenomenon directly and negatively affects the structure of the structure and its design life. The lower diagonal braces and the main column act as blockages, increasing the flow accelerations underneath them.  This increases the number of particles that are moved, which in turn creates strong scouring in the area. The numerical model has a good agreement with the experimental model, with a maximum percentage of error of 10% between the experimental and numerical models. In addition, Based on dimensional analysis parameters, an empirical equation has been devised to forecast scour depth with flow depth, median size ratio, Keulegan-Carpenter (Kc), Froud number flow, and wave velocity that the results obtained in this research at various flow velocities and flow depths demonstrated that the maximum scour depth rate depended on wave height with rising velocities and decreasing particle sizes (d50) and the scour depth attains its steady-current value for Vw < 0.75. As the Froude number rises, the maximum scour depth will be large.

Keywords: 

local scour, tripod foundation, Flow-3D​, waves

1. Introduction

New energy sources have been used by mankind since they become industrialized. The main energy sources have traditionally been timber, coal, oil, and gas, but advances in the science of new energies, such as nuclear energy, have emerged [1, 2]. Clean and renewable energy such as offshore wind has grown significantly during the past few decades. There are numerous different types of foundations regarding offshore wind turbines (OWTs), comprising the tripod, jacket, gravity foundation, suction anchor (or bucket), and monopile [3, 4]. When the water depth is less than 30 meters, Offshore wind farms usually employ the monopile type [4]. Engineers must deal with the wind’s scouring phenomenon turbine foundations when planning and designing wind turbines for an offshore environment [5]. Waves and currents generate scour, this is the erosion of soil near a submerged foundation and at its location [6]. To predict the regional scour depth at a bridge pier, Jalal et al. [7-10] developed an original gene expression algorithm using artificial neural networks. Three monopiles, one main column, and several diagonal braces connecting the monopiles to the main column make up the tripod foundation, which has more complicated shapes than a single pile. The design of the foundation may have an impact on scour depth and scour development since the foundation’s form affects the flow field [11, 12]. Stahlmann [4] conducted several field investigations. He discovered that the main column is where the greatest scour depth occurred. Under the main column is where the maximum scour depth occurs in all experiments. The estimated findings show that higher wave heights correspond to higher flow velocities, indicating that a deeper scour depth is correlated with finer silt granularity [13] recommends as the design value for a single pile. These findings support the assertion that a tripod may cause the seabed to scour more severely than a single pile. The geography of the scour is significantly more influenced by the KC value (Keulegan–Carpenter number)

The capability of computer hardware and software has made computational fluid dynamics (CFD) quite popular to predict the behavior of fluid flow in industrial and environmental applications has increased significantly in recent years [14].

Finding an acceptable piece of land for the turbine’s construction and designing the turbine pile precisely for the local conditions are the biggest challenges. Another concern related to working in a marine environment is the effect of sea waves and currents on turbine piles and foundations. The earth surrounding the turbine’s pile is scoured by the waves, which also render the pile unstable.

In this research, the main objective is to investigate numerically a local scour around tripods in random waves. It is constructed and proven to use the tripod numerical model. The present numerical model is then used to examine the flow velocity distribution and scour characteristics.

2. Numerical Model

To simulate the scouring process around the tripod foundation, the CFD code Flow-3D was employed. By using the fractional area/volume method, it may highlight the intricate boundaries of the solution domain (FAVOR).

This model was tested and validated utilizing data derived experimentally from Schendel et al. [15] and Sumer and Fredsøe [6]. 200 runs were performed at different values of parameters.

2.1 Momentum equations

The incompressible viscous fluid motion is described by the three RANS equations listed below [16]:

(1)

\frac{\partial u}{\partial t}+\frac{1}{{{V}_{F}}}\left( u{{A}_{x}}\frac{\partial u}{\partial x}+v{{A}_{y}}\frac{\partial u}{\partial y}+w{{A}_{z}}\frac{\partial u}{\partial z} \right)=-\frac{1}{\rho }\frac{\partial p}{\partial x}+{{G}_{x}}+fx

(2)

\frac{\partial v}{\partial t}+\frac{1}{{{V}_{F}}}\left( u{{A}_{x}}\frac{\partial v}{\partial x}+v{{A}_{y}}\frac{\partial v}{\partial y}+w{{A}_{z}}\frac{\partial v}{\partial z} \right)=-\frac{1}{\rho }\frac{\partial p}{\partial y}+{{G}_{y}}+\text{f}y

 (3)

\frac{\partial w}{\partial t}+\frac{1}{{{V}_{F}}}\left( u{{A}_{x}}\frac{\partial w}{\partial x}+v{{A}_{y}}\frac{\partial w}{\partial y}+w{{A}_{z}}\frac{\partial w}{\partial z} \right)=-\frac{1}{\rho }\frac{\partial p}{\partial z}+{{G}_{z}}+\text{fz}

where, respectively, uv, and w represent the xy, and z flow velocity components; volume fraction (VF), area fraction (AiI=xyz), water density (f), viscous force (fi), and body force (Gi) are all used in the formula.

2.2 Model of turbulence

Several turbulence models would be combined to solve the momentum equations. A two-equation model of turbulence is the RNG k-model, which has a high efficiency and accuracy in computing the near-wall flow field. Therefore, the flow field surrounding tripods was captured using the RNG k-model.

2.3 Model of sediment scour

2.3.1 Induction and deposition

Eq. (4) can be used to determine the particle entrainment lift velocity [17].

(4)

{{u}_{lift,i}}={{\alpha }_{i}}{{n}_{s}}d_{*}^{0.3}{{\left( \theta -{{\theta }_{cr}} \right)}^{1.5}}\sqrt{\frac{\parallel g\parallel {{d}_{i}}\left( {{\rho }_{i}}-{{\rho }_{f}} \right)}{{{\rho }_{f}}}}

α𝛼  is the Induction parameter, ns the normal vector is parallel to the seafloor, and for the present numerical model, ns=(0,0,1), θ𝜃cr is the essential Shields variable, g is the accelerated by gravity, di is the size of the particles, ρi is species density in beds, and d The diameter of particles without dimensions; these values can be obtained in Eq. (5).

(5)

{{d}_{*}}={{d}_{i}}{{\left( \frac{\parallel g\parallel {{\rho }_{f}}\left( {{\rho }_{i}}-{{\rho }_{f}} \right)}{\mu _{f}^{2}} \right)}^{1/3}}

μ𝜇f is this equation a dynamic viscosity of the fluid. cr was determined from an equation based on Soulsby [18].

(6)

{{\theta }_{cr}}=\frac{0.3}{1+1.2{{d}_{*}}}+0.055\left[ 1-\text{exp}\left( -0.02{{d}_{*}} \right) \right]

The equation was used to determine how quickly sand particles set Eq. (7):

(7)

{{\mathbf{u}}_{\text{nsettling},i}}=\frac{{{v}_{f}}}{{{d}_{i}}}\left[ {{\left( {{10.36}^{2}}+1.049d_{*}^{3} \right)}^{0.5}}-10.36 \right]

vf  stands for fluid kinematic viscosity.

2.3.2 Transportation for bed loads

Van Rijn [19] states that the speed of bed load conveyance was determined as:

(8)

{{~}_{\text{bedload},i}}=\frac{{{q}_{b,i}}}{{{\delta }_{i}}{{c}_{b,i}}{{f}_{b}}}

fb  is the essential particle packing percentage, qbi is the bed load transportation rate, and cb, I the percentage of sand by volume i. These variables can be found in Eq. (9), Eq. (10), fbδ𝛿i the bed load thickness.

(9)

{{q}_{b,i}}=8{{\left[ \parallel g\parallel \left( \frac{{{\rho }_{i}}-{{\rho }_{f}}}{{{\rho }_{f}}} \right)d_{i}^{3} \right]}^{\frac{1}{2}}}

(10)

{{\delta }_{i}}=0.3d_{*}^{0.7}{{\left( \frac{\theta }{{{\theta }_{cr}}}-1 \right)}^{0.5}}{{d}_{i}}

In this paper, after the calibration of numerous trials, the selection of parameters for sediment scour is crucial. Maximum packing fraction is 0.64 with a shields number of 0.05, entrainment coefficient of 0.018, the mass density of 2650, bed load coefficient of 12, and entrainment coefficient of 0.01.

3. Model Setup

To investigate the scour characteristics near tripods in random waves, the seabed-tripod-fluid numerical model was created as shown in Figure 1. The tripod basis, a seabed, and fluid and porous medium were all components of the model. The seabed was 240 meters long, 40 meters wide, and three meters high. It had a median diameter of d50 and was composed of uniformly fine sand. The 2.5-meter main column diameter D. The base of the main column was three dimensions above the original seabed. The center of the seafloor was where the tripod was, 130 meters from the offshore and 110 meters from the onshore. To prevent wave reflection, the porous media were positioned above the seabed on the onshore side.

image013.png

Figure 1. An illustration of the numerical model for the seabed-tripod-fluid

3.1 Generation of meshes

Figure 2 displays the model’s mesh for the Flow-3D software grid. The current model made use of two different mesh types: global mesh grid and nested mesh grid. A mesh grid with the following measurements was created by the global hexahedra mesh grid: 240m length, 40m width, and 32m height. Around the tripod, a finer nested mesh grid was made, with dimensions of 0 to 32m on the z-axis, 10 to 30 m on the x-axis, and 25 to 15 m on the y-axis. This improved the calculation’s precision and mesh quality.

image014.png

Figure 2. The mesh block sketch

3.2 Conditional boundaries

To increase calculation efficiency, the top side, The model’s two x-z plane sides, as well as the symmetry boundaries, were all specified. For u, v, w=0, the bottom boundary wall was picked. The offshore end of the wave boundary was put upstream. For the wave border, random waves were generated using the wave spectrum from the Joint North Sea Wave Project (JONSWAP). Boundary conditions are shown in Figure 3.

image015.png

Figure 3. Boundary conditions of the typical problem

The wave spectrum peak enhancement factor (=3.3 for this work) and can be used to express the unidirectional JONSWAP frequency spectrum.

3.3 Mesh sensitivity

Before doing additional research into scour traits and scour depth forecasting, mesh sensitivity analysis is essential. Three different mesh grid sizes were selected for this section: Mesh 1 has a 0.45 by 0.45 nested fine mesh and a 0.6 by 0.6 global mesh size. Mesh 2 has a 0.4 global mesh size and a 0.35 nested fine mesh size, while Mesh 3 has a 0.25 global mesh size and a nested fine mesh size of 0.15. Comparing the relative fine mesh size (such as Mesh 2 or Mesh 3) to the relatively coarse mesh size (such as Mesh 1), a larger scour depth was seen; this shows that a finer mesh size can more precisely represent the scouring and flow field action around a tripod. Significantly, a lower mesh size necessitates a time commitment and a more difficult computer configuration. Depending on the sensitivity of the mesh guideline utilized by Pang et al., when Mesh 2 is applied, the findings converge and the mesh size is independent [20]. In the next sections, scouring the area surrounding the tripod was calculated using Mesh 2 to ensure accuracy and reduce computation time. The working segment generates a total of 14, 800,324 cells.

3.4 Model validation

Comparisons between the predicted outcomes from the current model and to confirm that the current numerical model is accurate and suitably modified, experimental data from Sumer and Fredsøe [6] and Schendel et al. [15] were used. For the experimental results of Run 05, Run 15, and Run 22 from Sumer and Fredsøe [6], the experimental A9, A13, A17, A25, A26, and A27 results from Schendel et al. [15], and the numerical results from the current model are shown in Figure 4. The present model had d50=0.051cm, the height of the water wave(h)=10m, and wave velocity=0.854 m.s-1.

image016.png

Figure 4. Cell size effect

image017.png

Figure 5. Comparison of the present study’s maximum scour depth with that authored by Sumer and Fredsøe [6] and Schendel et al. [15]

According to Figure 5, the highest discrepancy between the numerical results and experimental data is about 10%, showing that overall, there is good agreement between them. The ability of the current numerical model to accurately depict the scour process and forecast the maximum scour depth (S) near foundations is demonstrated by this. Errors in the simulation were reduced by using the calibrated values of the parameter. Considering these results, a suggested simulated scouring utilizing a Flow-3D numerical model is confirmed as a superior way for precisely forecasting the maximum scour depth near a tripod foundation in random waves.

3.5 Dimensional analysis

The variables found in this study as having the greatest impacts, variables related to flow, fluid, bed sediment, flume shape, and duration all had an impact on local scouring depth (t). Hence, scour depth (S) can be seen as a function of these factors, shown as:

(11)

S=f\left(\rho, v, V, h, g, \rho s, d_{50}, \sigma g, V_w, D, d, T_v, t\right)

With the aid of dimensional analysis, the 14-dimensional parameters in Eq. (11) were reduced to 6 dimensionless variables using Buckingham’s -theorem. D, V, and were therefore set as repetition parameters and others as constants, allowing for the ignoring of their influence. Eq. (12) thus illustrates the relationship between the effect of the non-dimensional components on the depth of scour surrounding a tripod base.

(12)

\frac{S}{D}=f\left(\frac{h}{D}, \frac{d 50}{D}, \frac{V}{V W}, F r, K c\right)

where, SD𝑆𝐷 are scoured depth ratio, VVw𝑉𝑉𝑤 is flow wave velocity, d50D𝑑50𝐷 median size ratio, $Fr representstheFroudnumber,and𝑟𝑒𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠𝑡ℎ𝑒𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑑𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟,𝑎𝑛𝑑Kc$ is the Keulegan-Carpenter.

4. Result and Discussion

4.1 Development of scour

Similar to how the physical model was used, this numerical model was also used. The numerical model’s boundary conditions and other crucial variables that directly influence the outcomes were applied (flow depth, median particle size (d50), and wave velocity). After the initial 0-300 s, the scour rate reduced as the scour holes grew quickly. The scour depths steadied for about 1800 seconds before reaching an asymptotic value. The findings of scour depth with time are displayed in Figure 6.

4.2 Features of scour

Early on (t=400s), the scour hole began to appear beneath the main column and then began to extend along the diagonal bracing connecting to the wall-facing pile. Gradually, the geography of the scour; of these results is similar to the experimental observations of Stahlmann [4] and Aminoroayaie Yamini et al. [1]. As the waves reached the tripod, there was an enhanced flow acceleration underneath the main column and the lower diagonal braces as a result of the obstructing effects of the structural elements. More particles are mobilized and transported due to the enhanced near-bed flow velocity, it also increases bed shear stress, turbulence, and scour at the site. In comparison to a single pile, the main column and structural components of the tripod have a significant impact on the flow velocity distribution and, consequently, the scour process and morphology. The main column and seabed are separated by a gap, therefore the flow across the gap may aid in scouring. The scour hole first emerged beneath the main column and subsequently expanded along the lower structural components, both Aminoroayaie Yamini et al. [1] and Stahlmann [4] made this claim. Around the tripod, there are several different scour morphologies and the flow velocity distribution as shown in Figures 7 and 8.

image023.png

Figure 6. Results of scour depth with time

image024.png

image025.png

image026.png

image027.png

Figure 7. The sequence results of scour depth around tripod development (reached to steady state) simulation time

image028.png

image029.png

image030.png

image031.png

Figure 8. Random waves of flow velocity distribution around a tripod

4.3 Wave velocity’s (Vw) impact on scour depth

In this study’s section, we looked at how variations in wave current velocity affected the scouring depth. Bed scour pattern modification could result from an increase or decrease in waves. As a result, the backflow area produced within the pile would become stronger, which would increase the depth of the sediment scour. The quantity of current turbulence is the primary cause of the relationship between wave height and bed scour value. The current velocity has increased the extent to which the turbulence energy has changed and increased in strength now present. It should be mentioned that in this instance, the Jon swap spectrum random waves are chosen. The scour depth attains its steady-current value for Vw<0.75, Figure 9 (a) shows that effect. When (V) represents the mean velocity=0.5 m.s-1.

image032.png

(a)

image033.png

(b)

image034.png

(c)

image035.png

(d)

Figure 9Main effects on maximum scour depth (Smax) as a function of column diameter (D)

4.4 Impact of a median particle (d50) on scour depth

In this section of the study, we looked into how variations in particle size affected how the bed profile changed. The values of various particle diameters are defined in the numerical model for each run numerical modeling, and the conditions under which changes in particle diameter have an impact on the bed scour profile are derived. Based on Figure 9 (b), the findings of the numerical modeling show that as particle diameter increases the maximum scour depth caused by wave contact decreases. When (d50) is the diameter of Sediment (d50). The Shatt Al-Arab soil near Basra, Iraq, was used to produce a variety of varied diameters.

4.5 Impact of wave height and flow depth (h) on scour depth

One of the main elements affecting the scour profile brought on by the interaction of the wave and current with the piles of the wind turbines is the height of the wave surrounding the turbine pile causing more turbulence to develop there. The velocity towards the bottom and the bed both vary as the turbulence around the pile is increased, modifying the scour profile close to the pile. According to the results of the numerical modeling, the depth of scour will increase as water depth and wave height in random waves increase as shown in Figure 9 (c).

4.6 Froude number’s (Fr) impact on scour depth

No matter what the spacing ratio, the Figure 9 shows that the Froude number rises, and the maximum scour depth often rises as well increases in Figure 9 (d). Additionally, it is crucial to keep in mind that only a small portion of the findings regarding the spacing ratios with the smallest values. Due to the velocity acceleration in the presence of a larger Froude number, the range of edge scour downstream is greater than that of upstream. Moreover, the scouring phenomena occur in the region farthest from the tripod, perhaps as a result of the turbulence brought on by the collision of the tripod’s pile. Generally, as the Froude number rises, so does the deposition height and scour depth.

4.7 Keulegan-Carpenter (KC) number

The geography of the scour is significantly more influenced by the KC value. Greater KC causes a deeper equilibrium scour because an increase in KC lengthens the horseshoe vortex’s duration and intensifies it as shown in Figure 10.

The result can be attributed to the fact that wave superposition reduced the crucial KC for the initiation of the scour, particularly under small KC conditions. The primary variable in the equation used to calculate This is the depth of the scouring hole at the bed. The following expression is used to calculate the Keulegan-Carpenter number:

Kc=Vw∗TpD𝐾𝑐=𝑉𝑤∗𝑇𝑝𝐷                          (13)

where, the wave period is Tp and the wave velocity is shown by Vw.

image037.png

Figure 10. Relationship between the relative maximum scour depth and KC

5. Conclusion

(1) The existing seabed-tripod-fluid numerical model is capable of faithfully reproducing the scour process and the flow field around tripods, suggesting that it may be used to predict the scour around tripods in random waves.

(2) Their results obtained in this research at various flow velocities and flow depths demonstrated that the maximum scour depth rate depended on wave height with rising velocities and decreasing particle sizes (d50).

(3) A diagonal brace and the main column act as blockages, increasing the flow accelerations underneath them. This raises the magnitude of the disturbance and the shear stress on the seafloor, which in turn causes a greater number of particles to be mobilized and conveyed, as a result, causes more severe scour at the location.

(4) The Froude number and the scouring process are closely related. In general, as the Froude number rises, so does the maximum scour depth and scour range. The highest maximum scour depth always coincides with the bigger Froude number with the shortest spacing ratio.

Since the issue is that there aren’t many experiments or studies that are relevant to this subject, therefore we had to rely on the monopile criteria. Therefore, to gain a deeper knowledge of the scouring effect surrounding the tripod in random waves, further numerical research exploring numerous soil, foundation, and construction elements as well as upcoming physical model tests will be beneficial.

Nomenclature

CFDComputational fluid dynamics
FAVORFractional Area/Volume Obstacle Representation
VOFVolume of Fluid
RNGRenormalized Group
OWTsOffshore wind turbines
Greek Symbols
ε, ωDissipation rate of the turbulent kinetic energy, m2s-3
Subscripts
d50Median particle size
VfVolume fraction
GTTurbulent energy of buoyancy
KTTurbulent velocity
PTKinetic energy of the turbulence
ΑiInduction parameter
nsInduction parameter
ΘΘcrThe essential Shields variable
DiDiameter of sediment
dThe diameter of particles without dimensions
µfDynamic viscosity of the fluid
qb,iThe bed load transportation rate
Cs,iSand particle’s concentration of mass
DDiameter of pile
DfDiffusivity
DDiameter of main column
FrFroud number
KcKeulegan–Carpenter number
GAcceleration of gravity g
HFlow depth
VwWave Velocity
VMean Velocity
TpWave Period
SScour depth

  References

[1] Aminoroayaie Yamini, O., Mousavi, S.H., Kavianpour, M.R., Movahedi, A. (2018). Numerical modeling of sediment scouring phenomenon around the offshore wind turbine pile in marine environment. Environmental Earth Sciences, 77: 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12665-018-7967-4

[2] Hassan, W.H., Hashim, F.S. (2020). The effect of climate change on the maximum temperature in Southwest Iraq using HadCM3 and CanESM2 modelling. SN Applied Sciences, 2(9): 1494. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42452-020-03302-z

[3] Fazeres-Ferradosa, T., Rosa-Santos, P., Taveira-Pinto, F., Pavlou, D., Gao, F.P., Carvalho, H., Oliveira-Pinto, S. (2020). Preface: Advanced research on offshore structures and foundation design part 2. In Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers-Maritime Engineering. Thomas Telford Ltd, 173(4): 96-99. https://doi.org/10.1680/jmaen.2020.173.4.96

[4] Stahlmann, A. (2013). Numerical and experimental modeling of scour at foundation structures for offshore wind turbines. In ISOPE International Ocean and Polar Engineering Conference. ISOPE, pp. ISOPE-I.

[5] Petersen, T.U., Sumer, B.M., Fredsøe, J. (2014). Edge scour at scour protections around offshore wind turbine foundations. In 7th International Conference on Scour and Erosion. CRC Press, pp. 587-592.

[6] Sumer, B.M., Fredsøe, J. (2001). Scour around pile in combined waves and current. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 127(5): 403-411. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2001)127:5(403)

[7] Jalal, H.K., Hassan, W.H. (2020). Effect of bridge pier shape on depth of scour. In IOP Conference Series: Materials Science and Engineering. IOP Publishing, 671(1): 012001. https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899X/671/1/012001

[8] Hassan, W.H., Jalal, H.K. (2021). Prediction of the depth of local scouring at a bridge pier using a gene expression programming method. SN Applied Sciences, 3(2): 159. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42452-020-04124-9

[9] Jalal, H.K., Hassan, W.H. (2020). Three-dimensional numerical simulation of local scour around circular bridge pier using Flow-3D software. In IOP Conference Series: Materials Science and Engineering. IOP Publishing, 745(1): 012150. https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899X/745/1/012150

[10] Hassan, W.H., Attea, Z.H., Mohammed, S.S. (2020). Optimum layout design of sewer networks by hybrid genetic algorithm. Journal of Applied Water Engineering and Research, 8(2): 108-124. https://doi.org/10.1080/23249676.2020.1761897

[11] Hassan, W.H., Hussein, H.H., Alshammari, M.H., Jalal, H.K., Rasheed, S.E. (2022). Evaluation of gene expression programming and artificial neural networks in PyTorch for the prediction of local scour depth around a bridge pier. Results in Engineering, 13: 100353. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rineng.2022.100353

[12] Hassan, W.H., Hh, H., Mohammed, S.S., Jalal, H.K., Nile, B.K. (2021). Evaluation of gene expression programming to predict the local scour depth around a bridge pier. Journal of Engineering Science and Technology, 16(2): 1232-1243. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rineng.2022.100353

[13] Nerland, C. (2010). Offshore wind energy: Balancing risk and reward. In Proceedings of the Canadian Wind Energy Association’s 2010 Annual Conference and Exhibition, Canada, p. 2000. 

[14] Hassan, W.H., Nile, B.K., Mahdi, K., Wesseling, J., Ritsema, C. (2021). A feasibility assessment of potential artificial recharge for increasing agricultural areas in the kerbala desert in Iraq using numerical groundwater modeling. Water, 13(22): 3167. https://doi.org/10.3390/w13223167

[15] Schendel, A., Welzel, M., Schlurmann, T., Hsu, T.W. (2020). Scour around a monopile induced by directionally spread irregular waves in combination with oblique currents. Coastal Engineering, 161: 103751. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coastaleng.2020.103751

[16] Yakhot, V., Orszag, S.A. (1986). Renormalization group analysis of turbulence. I. Basic theory. Journal of Scientific Computing, 1(1): 3-51. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01061452

[17] Mastbergen, D.R., Van Den Berg, J.H. (2003). Breaching in fine sands and the generation of sustained turbidity currents in submarine canyons. Sedimentology, 50(4): 625-637. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1365-3091.2003.00554.x

[18] Soulsby, R. (1997). Dynamics of marine sands. https://doi.org/10.1680/doms.25844

[19] Van Rijn, L.C. (1984). Sediment transport, part I: Bed load transport. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 110(10): 1431-1456. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1984)110:10(1431)

[20] Pang, A.L.J., Skote, M., Lim, S.Y., Gullman-Strand, J., Morgan, N. (2016). A numerical approach for determining equilibrium scour depth around a mono-pile due to steady currents. Applied Ocean Research, 57: 114-124. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apor.2016.02.010

Investigating effects of lateral inflow characteristics on main flow using numerical modeling

Investigating effects of lateral inflow characteristics on main flow using numerical modeling

수치모델링을 이용한 측면 유입특성이 본류에 미치는 영향 조사

Mohammad Raze Raeisi Dehkordi1*, Amir Hossein Yeganeh Mazhar1
, Farzaneh Kheradzare2
1– PhD. Student in the Department of Construction and Water Management, Science and Research Unit, Islamic Azad
University, Tehran, Iran
2– M.Sc. Graduate Water resource management, Department of Civil Engineering and Mechanics, Ghiaseddin Jamshid
Kashani University, Qazvin, Iran

  • Corresponding author: mohamadreza.raeisi.d@gmail.com

Keywords

Channel Confluence, Channel cross, sectional area, Cross channel angles, Modelling, Flow-3D

Abstract

Introduction

One of the key issues in river engineering is analyzing the flow properties at the intersection of natural rivers and canals. The flow of the side channel moves away from the intersection of the two channels as a result of the exchange of input force from the side channel with the main flow after coming into contact with it. One of the most evident properties of the flow in these sections is the development of a revolving region with low pressure and even negative pressure close to the inner wall of the side channel. One advantage of the whirling flow in this low-pressure region is that it gives the flow enough space to sediment, but it also increases flow speed near the channel’s bottom and outside wall by lowering the intersectional area of the flow. One of the most crucial considerations in the design of these intersections is minimizing sedimentation in the rotating region and scouring in the area above the shear plane.

Materials and methods:

The channel (flume) created in the laboratory based on Weber et al., (2001) model, was employed in the current investigation to confirm the validity and examine other study objectives. The main channel is 21. 95 meters long, while the side channel, which is at a 90-degree angle to the main channel, is 3. 66 meters long. The total downstream discharge is approximately 0. 17 m3/s, with the upstream velocities of the main channel being 0. 166 m/s and the side channel being 0. 5 m/s. In both channels, the flow depth and width are 0. 91 meters and 0. 296 meters, respectively. In this study, 6 various models’ angles of intersection between the main and side channels, inlet flow velocity, intersectional area, and side channel length have been examined. Models 2 and 3 have intersection angles of 60 and 30 degrees, respectively, and share the rest of their attributes with the fundamental model, or model number 1. Model 1 is the same as Weber’s experimental model. The length of the side channel in model 4 is different from model 1. The only difference between model 6 and the basic model is the side channel intake speed.

Results and Discussion

Analyzing the intersection angle The angle between the main channel and the side channel is investigated in this section of the findings. Models 1, 2, and 3 are assessed using the intersection angles of 90, 60, and 30 degrees, respectively. In some studies, the impact of the intersection angle has been examined, but in this study, three-dimensional investigation in transverse and longitudinal sections as well as the plan of the intersection is discussed, as can be observed from the literature review. Considering three models with intersection angles of 90, 60, and 30 degrees, the kinetic energy contours at the channel’s middle height can be obtained for each model. The channel with a 30-degree intersection angle (model 3) has the maximum kinetic energy in the flow. The channel with a 60-degree intersection has the minimum kinetic energy. As a result of the maximum deviation of the flow in the main channel caused by the flow of the side channel, the channel with a 90-degree intersection also has the maximum kinetic energy near the wall in front of the side channel.

Examining the side channel length In model 1, the side channel is 3. 66 meters long, whereas in model 4, it is 5. 52 meters long. This study aims to determine how changing the side channel’s length affects the flow pattern where two channels intersect. The kinetic energy contours were obtained for two states of the channel length, which are known to extend the lateral channel, increase the energy of the flow after the intersection, and shorten the length of the high-kinetic energy zone. When compared to model 1 with a shorter length of the side channel, the width of the flow separation zone is reduced by approximately 20%, which results in less flow sedimentation. Figure 12 illustrates the rotating zones in the flow separation area. The flow separation region’s length is essentially unchanged. Studying the intersection of the lateral channel After determining the lateral channel’s length, its width and, consequently, its intersectional area should be evaluated.

This section compares model 1 width of 0. 91 meters to model 5 width of 1. 40 meters. One of the most recent topics related to the intersection of the main and side channels is examining the intersection of the side channel. In model 5, the side channel’s flow rate has also increased due to an increase in the width or intersection of the channel. The flow rate through the intersection and the momentum of the flow from the side channel and the main channel increase when the side channel flow rate rises. The findings indicate that when flow width and side channel flow rise, energy increases after the inlet.

Investigating the value of inlet speed in the side channel Unlike the preceding sections, which were all concerned with the channel geometry, the inlet velocity in the side channel is one of the hydraulic parameters of the flow. In this section, models 1 and 6 with inlet velocities of the side channel of 0. 5 and 0. 75 m/s are evaluated. According to the modeling, the flow is somewhat horst before and immediately on the intersection of the flow level, but it undergoes a substantial prolapse just after the intersection. Model 6 has a larger volume and height of flow, but a smaller and softer prolapse after the intersection.

Conclusion

Some hydraulic and geometric properties of the intersection of channels have been examined using Flow-3D software. The RNG turbulence model was used for three-dimensional modeling. Some of the results are listed below. The flow is uniform upstream of the main and minor channels and only slightly becomes horst at the intersection. The analysis of the lengthening of the side channel revealed a 20% reduction in the separation zone’s width and a considerable reduction in the kinetic energy at the intersection. The input flow rate of this channel to the intersection increases with the speed and width of the side channel, which accounts for the local drop in the width of the main channel flow.

References

  • Azhdari, K., Talebi, Z. & Hosseini, S. H. (2020). Simulation of Subcritical Flow Distribution and Water Surface Fluctuations in Fourbranch Open Channel Junction with FLOW 3D. Irrigation and Drainage, 14(3), 1018- 1031. (In persian).
  • Behdarvandi, M., Hajipour, M., Parsi, E. & Ansari ghojghar, M. (2022). Investigation of Velocity Changes in a Straight Asymmetric pattern at river bend. Water and Soil Conservation, 22(6), 81-89. (In Persian).
  • Ghobadian, R. & Seyedi tabar, Z. (2016). Numerical investigating of the effect of lateral channel junction position on flow Rectangular Composite Channel Using Flow3D Software. Irrigation and Water Engineering, 13(1), 1-16. Doi: 10.22125/iwe.2022.158503 (In Persian).
  • Burqaʻi, S. M. & Nazari, A. (2003). Laboratory investigation of sediment pattern at the intersection of channels. 6th International Civil Engineering Conference, Amirkabir University of Technology, Tehran, Iran (In Persian).
  • Hemmati, M. & Aghazade-Soureh, T. (2018). Simulation of the Effect of Bed Discordance on Flow Pattern at the River Confluence by Flow-3D Model. Irrigation and Drainage, 11(5), 785-797.
  • Hosseini, S, M. & Abrishami, J. (2018). OpenChannel Hydraulics. 35th Edition: Imam Reza International University, 613 pages (In Persian).
  • Karami moghadam, M., Keshavarz, A. & Sabzevar, T. (2019). The Effect of Diversion Flow, Intake Inlet Shape, Topography and Bed Roughness on the Flow Separation Dimensions and Shear Stress at the Lateral Intake. Irrigation and Drainage Structures Engineering Research, 73(19), 113-126. (In Persian).
  • Khosravinia, P., Hosseini, S.H. & Hosseinzadeh Dalir, A. (2018). Numerical analyzing of flow in open channel junction with effect of side slope of channel. Irrigation and Water Engineering, 10(1), 1-16. Doi: 10.22125/iwe.2019.95871 (In Persian).
  • Kwanza, J.K., Kinyanjui, M. & Nkoroi, J.M. (2007). Modelling fluid flow in rectangular and trapezoidal open channels. Advances and Applications in Fluid Mechanics, 2(2), 149- 158.
  • Masjedi, A. & Taeedi, A. (2011). Experimental Investigations of Effect Intake Angle on Discharge in Lateral Intakes in 180 Degree Bend. World Applied Sciences Journal, 15(10), 1442-1444
  • Musavi Jahromi, S.M., & Goudarzizadeh, R. (2011). Numerical Simulation of 3D Flow Pattern at Open-Channel Junctions. Irrigation Sciences and Engineering, 34(2), 61-70 (In Persian).
  • Nikpour, M. & Khosravinia, P. (2018). Numerical Simulation of Side Slope Effect of Main Channel Wall on Flow Behavior in Open Channels Junction. Irrigation and Drainage, 11(6), 1024-1037. (In persian).
  • Raeisi Dehkordi, M. (2022). Description of types of pollution in water resources and protection of water resources, New Approaches in Civil Engineering, 6(1), 42- 52. Doi: 10.30469/jnace.2022.154373 (In Persian).
  • Ramamurthy, A.S., Carballada, L.B. & Tran, D.M. (1988). Combining Open Channel Flow at Right Angled Junctions. Journal of hydraulic engineering, 114(12), 1449-1460.
  • Tabesh, M. (2018). Advanced Modeling of Water Distribution Networks. 4th Edition: University of Tehran Press, 585 pages.
  • Taylor, E. (1944). Flow Characteristics at Rectangular Open-Channel Junctions. Journal of hydraulic engineering, 10(6), 893- 902.
  • Thiong’o, J.W. (2011). Investigations of fluid flows in open rectangular and triangular channels. Master’s thesis, Jomo Kenyatta University of Agriculture and Technology, Juja, Kenya.
  • Weber, L.J., Schumate, E.D. & Mawer, N. (2001). Experiments on Flow at a 90° Open-Channel Junction. Journal of hydraulic engineering, 127(5), 340-350.

Local Scour Depth Around Bridge Piers: Performance Evaluation of Dimensional Analysis-based Empirical Equations and AI Techniques

Local Scour Depth Around Bridge Piers: Performance Evaluation of Dimensional Analysis-based Empirical Equations and AI Techniques

Abstract

Artificial Intelligence (AI) techniques, such as Artificial Neural Networks (ANN) and Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems (ANFIS), and dimensional analysis-based empirical equations (DAEEs), can estimate scour depth around bridge piers. AI’s accuracy depends on various architectures, while DAEEs’ performance depends on experimental data. This study evaluated the performance of AI and DAEEs for scour depth estimation using flow velocity, depth, size of bed sediment, critical approach velocity, and pier width. The data from a smooth rectangular (20 m × 1 m) flume and a high-precision particle image velocimetry to study the flow structure around the pier – width: 1.5 – 91.5 cm evaluated DAEEs. Various ANNs (5, 10, and 15 neurons), double layer (DL) and triple layers (TL), and different ANFIS settings were trained, tested, and verified. The Generalized Reduced Gradient optimization identified the parameters of DAEEs, and Nash–Sutcliffe efficiency (NSE) and Mean Square Error (MSE) evaluated the performance of different models. The study revealed that DL ANN-3 with 10 neurons (NSE = 0.986) outperformed ANFIS, other ANN (ANN1, ANN2, ANN4 & ANN5) models, and empirical equations with NSE values between 0.76 and 0.983. The study found pier dimensions to be the most influential parameter for pier scour.

 This is a preview of subscription content, log in via an institution  to check access.

Abdul Razzaq GhummanHusnain HaiderIbrahim Saleh Al SalamahMd. ShafiquzzamanAbdullah AlodahMohammad AlresheediRashid FarooqAfzal Ahmed & Ghufran Ahmed Pasha

Similar content being viewed by others

Prediction of local scour around bridge piers using the ANFIS method

Article 18 September 2015

Live-Bed Scour Depth Modelling Around the Bridge Pier Using ANN-PSO, ANFIS, MARS, and M5Tree

Article 22 May 2024

Artificial Intelligence Modeling for Scour Depth Prediction Upstream of Bridge Piers

Article 08 November 2023

References

Download references

Acknowledgments

Authors also thank “The US Department of the Interior,” US Geol. Surv. Reston, VA, USA” for providing access to scour data. The Researchers would like to thank the Deanship of Graduate Studies and Scientific Research at Qassim University for financial support (QU-APC-2024-9/1).

Author information

Authors and Affiliations

  1. Dept. of Civil Engineering, College of Engineering, Qassim University, Buraydah, 51452, Saudi ArabiaAbdul Razzaq Ghumman, Husnain Haider, Ibrahim Saleh Al Salamah, Md. Shafiquzzaman, Abdullah Alodah & Mohammad Alresheedi
  2. Dept. of Civil Engineering, International Islamic University, Islamabad, 44000, PakistanRashid Farooq
  3. Dept. of Civil Engineering, University of Engineering and Technology, Taxila, 47050, PakistanAfzal Ahmed & Ghufran Ahmed Pasha

  • DOIhttps://doi.org/10.1007/s12205-024-1161-x


Keywords

An investigation of the effect of the pulse width and amplitude on sand bed scouring by a vertical submerged pulsed jet

An investigation of the effect of the pulse width and amplitude on sand bed scouring by a vertical submerged pulsed jet

수직 수중 펄스 제트에 의한 모래층 정련에 대한 펄스 폭과 진폭의 영향 조사

Chuan Wang abc, Hao Yu b, Yang Yang b, Zhenjun Gao c, Bin Xi b, Hui Wang b, Yulong Yao b

aInternational Shipping Research Institute, GongQing Institute of Science and Technology, Jiujiang, 332020, ChinabCollege of Hydraulic Science and Engineering, Yangzhou University, Yangzhou, 225009, ChinacCollege of Mechanical and Power Engineering, China Three Gorges University, Yichang, 443002, China

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2024.117324

Highlights

  • Numerical simulations and experiments were combined to investigate pulsed jet scour.
  • The effect mechanism of pulse amplitude on the variation of scour hole depth was analyzed.
  • Models for the prediction of relative low pulse width with the inlet pulse amplitude have been developed.

Abstract

This paper investigates the effects of the pulse width and amplitude on the scouring of sand beds by vertical submerged pulsed jets using a combination of experimental and numerical calculations. The reliability of the numerical calculations is verified through a comparison between the numerical simulations with the sedimentation scour model and the experimental data at a low pulse width T2 of 0, with the result that the various errors are within 5%. The results show that the scour hole depth |hmin| grows with the relative low pulse width T3 throughout three intervals: a slowly increasing zone I, a rapidly increasing zone II, and a decreasing zone III, producing a unique extreme value of |hmin|. The optimal scouring effect equation was obtained by analytically fitting the relationship curve between the pulse amplitude V and the relatively low pulse width T3. Including the optimal T3 and optimal duty cycle ƞ. The difference in the scour hole depth |hmin| under different pulse amplitudes is reflected in the initial period F of the jet. With an increasing pulse amplitude, |hmin| goes through three intervals: an increasing zone M, decreasing zone N, and rebound zone R. It is found that the scouring effect in the pulse jet is not necessarily always stronger with a larger amplitude. The results of the research in this paper can provide guidance for optimizing low-frequency pulsed jets for related engineering practices, such as dredging and rock-breaking projects.

Introduction

Submerged jet scouring technology is widely used in marine engineering and dredging projects due to its high efficiency and low cost, and a wide range of research exists on the topic (Zhang et al., 2017; Thaha et al., 2018; Lourenço et al., 2020). Numerous scholars studied the scouring caused by different forms of jets, such as propeller jets (Curulli et al., 2023; Wei et al., 2020), plane jets (Sharafati et al., 2020; Mostaani and Azimi, 2022), free-fall jets (Salmasi and Abraham, 2022; Salmasi et al., 2023), and moving jets (Wang et al., 2021). Among them, vertical jets were more popular than inclined jets due to theirs simple equipment and good silt-scouring performance (Chen et al., 2023; Wang et al., 2017). So, a large number of scholars have proposed relevant static and dynamic empirical equations for the scour depth of submerged jets. Among them, Chen et al. (2022) and Mao et al. (2023) investigated the influence of jet diameters, jet angles, exit velocities, and impinging distances on scouring effects. Finally, based on a large amount of experimental data and theoretical analysis, a semi-empirical equation for the dynamic scour depth in equilibrium was established. Amin et al. (2021) developed semi-empirical prediction equations for asymptotic lengths and empirical equations for the temporal development of lengths. Shakya et al. (2021, 2022) found that the ANN model in dimensionless form performs better than the ANN model in dimensioned form and proposed an equation for predicting the depth of static scour under submerged vertical jets using MNLR. Kartal and Emiroglu (2021) proposed an empirical equation for predicting the maximum dynamic scour depth for a submerged vertical jet with a plate at the nozzle. The effect of soil properties on jet scour has also been studied by numerous scholars. Among them, Nguyen et al. (2017) investigated the effects of compaction dry density and water content on the scour volume, critical shear stress, linear scour coefficient, and volumetric scour coefficient using a new jet-scour test device. Dong et al. (2020) investigated the effect of water content on scour hole size through experiments with a vertical submerged jet scouring a cohesive sediment bed. It was found that the depth and width of the scour holes increased with the increasing water content of the cohesive sediments, and equations for the scour depth and width in the initial stage of scouring and the calculation of the scouring rate were proposed. Kartal and Emiroglu (2023) studied the scouring characteristics of different nozzle types produced in non-cohesive sands. The results of the study found that the air entrainment rate of venturi nozzles was 2–6.5 times higher than that of circular nozzles. Cihan et al. (2022) investigated the effect of different proportions of clay and sand on propeller water jet scouring. And finally, he proposed an estimation equation for the maximum depth and length of the scour hole under equilibrium conditions. From the above summary, it is clear that a great deal of research has been carried out on submerged jet scouring under continuous jet flows.

Pulsed jets have advantages such as higher erosion rates and entrainment rates compared to continuous jets and have therefore received more attention in the development of engineering fields such as cleaning and rock breaking (Raj et al., 2019; Zhu et al., 2019; Kang et al., 2022; Y. Zhang et al., 2023). In the study of jet structure, Li et al. (2018, 2019a, 2019b, 2023) investigated the effects of the jet hole diameter, the number of jet holes, the jet distance, and the tank pressure on pulse jet cleaning. It was found that the transient pressure below the injection hole gradually increased along the airflow direction of the injection pipe, and the peak positive pressure at the inner surface of the injection pipe also increased. Liu and Shen (2019) investigated the effect of a new venturi structure on the performance of pulse jet dust removal. It was found that the longer the length of the venturi or the shorter the throat diameter of the venturi, the greater the energy loss. Zhang et al. (2023b) studied jet scouring at different angles based on FLOW-3D. It was found that counter flow scouring is better than down flow scouring. In the study of pulsed structure, Li et al. (2020) investigated the effects of different pulse amplitudes, pulse frequencies, and circumferential pressures on the rock-breaking performance. It was found that the rock-breaking performance of the jet increased with increasing pulse amplitude. However, due to the variation in pulse frequency, the rock-breaking performance does not show a clear pattern. The effect of Reynolds number on pulsating jets impinging on a plane was systematically investigated by H. H Medina et al. (2013) It was found that pulsation leads to a shorter core region of the jet, a faster decrease in the centerline axial velocity component, and a wider axial velocity distribution. Bi and Zhu (2021) investigated the effect of nozzle geometry on jet performance at low Reynolds numbers, while Luo et al. (2020) studied pulse jet propulsion at high Reynolds numbers and finally found that higher Reynolds numbers accelerate the formation of irregular vortices and symmetry-breaking instabilities. Cao et al. (2019) investigated the effect of four different pulse flushing methods on diamond core drilling efficiency. It was found that the use of intermittent rinsing methods not only increases penetration rates but also reduces rinse fluid flow and saves power.

Previous research on vertical submerged jet scouring has primarily focused on the effect of jet structure on scouring under continuous jet conditions. However, there have been fewer studies conducted on scouring under pulsed jet conditions. We found that the pulsed jet has a high erosion rate and entrainment rate, which can significantly enhance the scouring effect of the jet. Therefore, to address the research gap, this paper utilizes a combination of numerical calculations and experiments to investigate the effects of high pulse width, low pulse width, and amplitude on the scouring of vertically submerged jets. The study includes analyzing the structure of the pulsed jet flow field, studying the evolution of the scouring effect over time, and examining the relationship between the optimal pulse width, duty cycle, and amplitude. The study’s conclusions of the study can provide a reference for optimizing the performance of pulse jets in the fields of jet scouring applications, such as dredger dredging and pulse rock breaking, as well as a theoretical basis for the development of submerged pulse jets.

Section snippets

Model and calculation settings

Fig. 1 shows the geometric model of the submerged vertical jet impinging on the sand bed, which was built in Flow-3D on a 1:1 dimensional scale corresponding to the experiment. The jet scour simulation was set up between four baffles, where the top baffle was used to ensure that the jet entered only from the brass tube, and the remaining three tank baffles were used to fix the sediment and water body. The computational domain consisted of only solid and liquid components, with the specific

The effects of the pulse width on submerged jet scouring

The blocking pulsed jet, indicated as A and C in Fig. 8(a)–is discontinuous and divided into a water section and a pulse interval section. The water section in region A is not a regular shape, due to part of the water section near the side wall being affected by the wall friction and the falling speed being lower, but this also shows that the wall plays a certain buffer role. Region B of Fig. 8(a) shows the symmetrical vortex generation that occurs below the nozzle as the water section is

conclusions

In this paper, the effects of the pulse width and pulse amplitude on jet scour under submerged low-frequency pulse conditions are discussed and investigated, and the following conclusions have been reached.

  • (1)The errors of between the Flow-3D simulation and the experimental measurements were within 5%, which proves that the sedimentation scouring model of Flow-3D can reliably perform numerical calculation of the type considered in this paper.
  • (2)The change in the high pulse width T1 in the pulse cycle 

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Chuan Wang: Data curation, Conceptualization. Hao Yu: Writing – original draft. Yang Yang: Writing – review & editing, Supervision. Zhenjun Gao: Supervision, Writing – review & editing. Bin Xi: Resources, Project administration. Hui Wang: Software, Data curation. Yulong Yao: Validation, Software.

Declaration of competing interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

References (44)

Estimating maximum initial wave amplitude of subaerial landslide tsunamis: A three-dimensional modelling approach

Estimating maximum initial wave amplitude of subaerial landslide tsunamis: A three-dimensional modelling approach

해저 산사태 쓰나미의 최대 초기 파동 진폭 추정: 3차원 모델링 접근법

Ramtin Sabeti a, Mohammad Heidarzadeh ab

aDepartment of Architecture and Civil Engineering, University of Bath, Bath BA27AY, UK
bHydroCoast Consulting Engineers Ltd, Bath, UK

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ocemod.2024.102360

Highlights

  • •Landslide travel distance is considered for the first time in a predictive equation.
  • •Predictive equation derived from databases using 3D physical and numerical modeling.
  • •The equation was successfully tested on the 2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami event.
  • •The developed equation using three-dimensional data exhibits a 91 % fitting quality.

Abstract

Landslide tsunamis, responsible for thousands of deaths and significant damage in recent years, necessitate the allocation of sufficient time and resources for studying these extreme natural hazards. This study offers a step change in the field by conducting a large number of three-dimensional numerical experiments, validated by physical tests, to develop a predictive equation for the maximum initial amplitude of tsunamis generated by subaerial landslides. We first conducted a few 3D physical experiments in a wave basin which were then applied for the validation of a 3D numerical model based on the Flow3D-HYDRO package. Consequently, we delivered 100 simulations using the validated model by varying parameters such as landslide volume, water depth, slope angle and travel distance. This large database was subsequently employed to develop a predictive equation for the maximum initial tsunami amplitude. For the first time, we considered travel distance as an independent parameter for developing the predictive equation, which can significantly improve the predication accuracy. The predictive equation was tested for the case of the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide tsunami and produced satisfactory results.

Keywords

Tsunami, Subaerial landslide, Physical modelling, Numerical simulation, FLOW-3D HYDRO

1. Introduction and literature review

The Anak Krakatau landslide tsunami on 22nd December 2018 was a stark reminder of the dangers posed by subaerial landslide tsunamis (Ren et al., 2020Mulia et al. 2020a; Borrero et al., 2020Heidarzadeh et al., 2020Grilli et al., 2021). The collapse of the volcano’s southwest side into the ocean triggered a tsunami that struck the Sunda Strait, leading to approximately 450 fatalities (Syamsidik et al., 2020Mulia et al., 2020b) (Fig. 1). As shown in Fig. 1, landslide tsunamis (both submarine and subaerial) have been responsible for thousands of deaths and significant damage to coastal communities worldwide. These incidents underscored the critical need for advanced research into landslide-generated waves to aid in hazard prediction and mitigation. This is further emphasized by recent events such as the 28th of November 2020 landslide tsunami in the southern coast mountains of British Columbia (Canada), where an 18 million m3 rockslide generated a massive tsunami, with over 100 m wave run-up, causing significant environmental and infrastructural damage (Geertsema et al., 2022).

Fig 1

Physical modelling and numerical simulation are crucial tools in the study of landslide-induced waves due to their ability to replicate and analyse the complex dynamics of landslide events (Kim et al., 2020). In two-dimensional (2D) modelling, the discrepancy between dimensions can lead to an artificial overestimation of wave amplification (e.g., Heller and Spinneken, 2015). This limitation is overcome with 3D modelling, which enables the scaled-down representation of landslide-generated waves while avoiding the simplifications inherent in 2D approaches (Erosi et al., 2019). Another advantage of 3D modelling in studying landslide-generated waves is its ability to accurately depict the complex dynamics of wave propagation, including lateral and radial spreading from the slide impact zone, a feature unattainable with 2D models (Heller and Spinneken, 2015).

Physical experiments in tsunami research, as presented by authors such as Romano et al. (2020), McFall and Fritz (2016), and Heller and Spinneken (2015), have supported 3D modelling works through validation and calibration of the numerical models to capture the complexities of wave generation and propagation. Numerical modelling has increasingly complemented experimental approach in tsunami research due to the latter’s time and resource-intensive nature, particularly for 3D models (Li et al., 2019; Kim et al., 2021). Various numerical approaches have been employed, from Eulerian and Lagrangian frameworks to depth-averaged and Navier–Stokes models, enhancing our understanding of tsunami dynamics (Si et al., 2018Grilli et al., 2019Heidarzadeh et al., 20172020Iorio et al., 2021Zhang et al., 2021Kirby et al., 2022Wang et al., 20212022Hu et al., 2022). The sophisticated numerical techniques, including the Particle Finite Element Method and the Immersed Boundary Method, have also shown promising results in modelling highly dynamic landslide scenarios (Mulligan et al., 2020Chen et al., 2020). Among these methods and techniques, FLOW-3D HYDRO stands out in simulating landslide-generated tsunami waves due to its sophisticated technical features such as offering Tru Volume of Fluid (VOF) method for precise free surface tracking (e.g., Sabeti and Heidarzadeh 2022a). TruVOF distinguishes itself through a split Lagrangian approach, adeptly reducing cumulative volume errors in wave simulations by dynamically updating cell volume fractions and areas with each time step. Its intelligent adaptation of time step size ensures precise capture of evolving free surfaces, offering unparalleled accuracy in modelling complex fluid interfaces and behaviour (Flow Science, 2023).

Predictive equations play a crucial role in assessing the potential hazards associated with landslide-generated tsunami waves due to their ability to provide risk assessment and warnings. These equations can offer swift and reasonable evaluations of potential tsunami impacts in the absence of detailed numerical simulations, which can be time-consuming and expensive to produce. Among multiple factors and parameters within a landslide tsunami generation, the initial maximum wave amplitude (Fig. 1) stands out due to its critical role. While it is most likely that the initial wave generated by a landslide will have the highest amplitude, it is crucial to clarify that the term “initial maximum wave amplitude” refers to the highest amplitude within the first set of impulse waves. This parameter is essential in determining the tsunami’s impact severity, with higher amplitudes signalling a greater destructive potential (Sabeti and Heidarzadeh 2022a). Additionally, it plays a significant role in tsunami modelling, aiding in the prediction of wave propagation and the assessment of potential impacts.

In this study, we initially validate the FLOW-3D HYDRO model through a series of physical experiments conducted in a 3D wave tank at University of Bath (UK). Upon confirmation of the model’s accuracy, we use it to systematically vary parameters namely landslide volume, water depth, slope angle, and travel distance, creating an extensive database. Alongside this, we perform a sensitivity analysis on these variables to discern their impacts on the initial maximum wave amplitude. The generated database was consequently applied to derive a non-dimensional predictive equation aimed at estimating the initial maximum wave amplitude in real-world landslide tsunami events.

Two innovations of this study are: (i) The predictive equation of this study is based on a large number of 3D experiments whereas most of the previous equations were based on 2D results, and (ii) For the first time, the travel distance is included in the predictive equation as an independent parameter. To evaluate the performance of our predictive equation, we applied it to a previous real-world subaerial landslide tsunami, i.e., the Anak Krakatau 2018 event. Furthermore, we compare the performance of our predictive equation with other existing equations.

2. Data and methods

The methodology applied in this research is a combination of physical and numerical modelling. Limited physical modelling was performed in a 3D wave basin at the University of Bath (UK) to provide data for calibration and validation of the numerical model. After calibration and validation, the numerical model was employed to model a large number of landslide tsunami scenarios which allowed us to develop a database for deriving a predictive equation.

2.1. Physical experiments

To validate our numerical model, we conducted a series of physical experiments including two sets in a 3D wave basin at University of Bath, measuring 2.50 m in length (WL), 2.60 m in width (WW), and 0.60 m in height (WH) (Fig. 2a). Conducting two distinct sets of experiments (Table 1), each with different setups (travel distance, location, and water depth), provided a robust framework for validation of the numerical model. For wave measurement, we employed a twin wire wave gauge from HR Wallingford (https://equipit.hrwallingford.com). In these experiments, we used a concrete prism solid block, the dimensions of which are outlined in Table 2. In our experiments, we employed a concrete prism solid block with a density of 2600 kg/m3, chosen for its similarity to the natural density of landslides, akin to those observed with the 2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami, where the landslide composition is predominantly solid rather than granular. The block’s form has also been endorsed in prior studies (Watts, 1998Najafi-Jilani and Ataie-Ashtiani, 2008) as a suitable surrogate for modelling landslide-induced waves. A key aspect of our methodology was addressing scale effects, following the guidelines proposed by Heller et al. (2008) as it is described in Table 1. To enhance the reliability and accuracy of our experimental data, we conducted each physical experiment three times which revealed all three experimental waveforms were identical. This repetition was aimed at minimizing potential errors and inconsistencies in laboratory measurements.

Fig 2

Table 1. The locations and other information of the laboratory setups for making landslide-generated waves in the physical wave basin. This table details the specific parameters for each setup, including slope range (α), slide volume (V), kinematic viscosity (ν), water depth (h), travel distance (D), surface tension coefficient of water (σ), Reynolds number (R), Weber number (W), and the precise coordinates of the wave gauges (WG).

Labα(°)V (m³)h (m)D (m)WG’s Location(ν) (m²/s)(σ) (N/m)Acceptable range for avoiding scale effects*Observed values of W and R ⁎⁎
Lab 1452.60 × 10−30.2470.070X1=1.090 m1.01 × 10−60.073R > 3.0 × 105R1 = 3.80 × 105
Y1=1.210 m
W1 = 8.19 × 105
Z1=0.050mW >5.0 × 103
Lab 2452.60 × 10−30.2460.045X2=1.030 m1.01 × 10−60.073R2 = 3.78 × 105
Y2=1.210 mW2 = 8.13 × 105
Z2=0.050 m

The acceptable ranges for avoiding scale effects are based on the study by Heller et al. (2008).⁎⁎

The Reynolds number (R) is given by g0.5h1.5/ν, with ν denoting the kinematic viscosity. The Weber number (W) is W = ρgh2/σ, where σ represents surface tension coefficient and ρ = 1000kg/m3 is the density of water. In our experiments, conducted at a water temperature of approximately 20 °C, the kinematic viscosity (ν) and the surface tension coefficient of water (σ) are 1.01 × 10−6 m²/s and 0.073 N/m, respectively (Kestin et al., 1978).

Table 2. Specifications of the solid block used in physical experiments for generating subaerial landslides in the laboratory.

Solid-block attributesProperty metricsGeometric shape
Slide width (bs)0.26 mImage, table 2
Slide length (ls)0.20 m
Slide thickness (s)0.10 m
Slide volume (V)2.60 × 10−3 m3
Specific gravity, (γs)2.60
Slide weight (ms)6.86 kg

2.2. Numerical simulations applying FLOW-3D hydro

The detailed theoretical framework encompassing the governing equations, the computational methodologies employed, and the specific techniques used for tracking the water surface in these simulations are thoroughly detailed in the study by Sabeti et al. (2024). Here, we briefly explain some of the numerical details. We defined a uniform mesh for our flow domain, carefully crafted with a fine spatial resolution of 0.005 m (i.e., grid size). The dimensions of the numerical model directly matched those of our wave basin used in the physical experiment, being 2.60 m wide, 0.60 m deep, and 2.50 m long (Fig. 2). This design ensures comprehensive coverage of the study area. The output intervals of the numerical model are set at 0.02 s. This timing is consistent with the sampling rates of wave gauges used in laboratory settings. The friction coefficient in the FLOW-3D HYDRO is designated as 0.45. This value corresponds to the Coulombic friction measurements obtained in the laboratory, ensuring that the simulation accurately reflects real-world physical interactions.

In order to simulate the landslide motion, we applied coupled motion objects in FLOW-3D-HYDRO where the dynamics are predominantly driven by gravity and surface friction. This methodology stands in contrast to other models that necessitate explicit inputs of force and torque. This approach ensures that the simulation more accurately reflects the natural movement of landslides, which is heavily reliant on gravitational force and the interaction between sliding surfaces. The stability of the numerical simulations is governed by the Courant Number criterion (Courant et al., 1928), which dictates the maximum time step (Δt) for a given mesh size (Δx) and flow speed (U). According to Courant et al. (1928), this number is required to stay below one to ensure stability of numerical simulations. In our simulations, the Courant number is always maintained below one.

In alignment with the parameters of physical experiments, we set the fluid within the mesh to water, characterized by a density of 1000 kg/m³ at a temperature of 20 °C. Furthermore, we defined the top, front, and back surfaces of the mesh as symmetry planes. The remaining surfaces are designated as wall types, incorporating no-slip conditions to accurately simulate the interaction between the fluid and the boundaries. In terms of selection of an appropriate turbulence model, we selected the k–ω model that showed a better performance than other turbulence methods (e.g., Renormalization-Group) in a previous study (Sabeti et al., 2024). The simulations are conducted using a PC Intel® Core™ i7-10510U CPU with a frequency of 1.80 GHz, and a 16 GB RAM. On this PC, completion of a 3-s simulation required approximately 12.5 h.

2.3. Validation

The FLOW-3D HYDRO numerical model was validated using the two physical experiments (Fig. 3) outlined in Table 1. The level of agreement between observations (Oi) and simulations (Si) is examined using the following equation:(1)�=|��−����|×100where ε represents the mismatch error, Oi denotes the observed laboratory values, and Si represents the simulated values from the FLOW-3D HYDRO model. The results of this validation process revealed that our model could replicate the waves generated in the physical experiments with a reasonable degree of mismatch (ε): 14 % for Lab 1 and 8 % for Lab 2 experiments, respectively (Fig. 3). These values indicate that while the model is not perfect, it provides a sufficiently close approximation of the real-world phenomena.

Fig 3

In terms of mesh efficiency, we varied the mesh size to study sensitivity of the numerical results to mesh size. First, by halving the mesh size and then by doubling it, we repeated the modelling by keeping other parameters unchanged. This analysis guided that a mesh size of ∆x = 0.005 m is the most effective for the setup of this study. The total number of computational cells applying mesh size of 0.005 m is 9.269 × 106.

2.4. The dataset

The validated numerical model was employed to conduct 100 simulations, incorporating variations in four key landslide parameters namely water depth, slope angle, slide volume, and travel distance. This methodical approach was essential for a thorough sensitivity analysis of these variables, and for the creation of a detailed database to develop a predictive equation for maximum initial tsunami amplitude. Within the model, 15 distinct slide volumes were established, ranging from 0.10 × 10−3 m3 to 6.25 × 10−3 m3 (Table 3). The slope angle varied between 35° and 55°, and water depth ranged from 0.24 m to 0.27 m. The travel distance of the landslides was varied, spanning from 0.04 m to 0.07 m. Detailed configurations of each simulation, along with the maximum initial wave amplitudes and dominant wave periods are provided in Table 4.

Table 3. Geometrical information of the 15 solid blocks used in numerical modelling for generating landslide tsunamis. Parameters are: ls, slide length; bs, slide width; s, slide thickness; γs, specific gravity; and V, slide volume.

Solid blockls (m)bs (m)s (m)V (m3)γs
Block-10.3100.2600.1556.25 × 10−32.60
Block-20.3000.2600.1505.85 × 10−32.60
Block-30.2800.2600.1405.10 × 10−32.60
Block-40.2600.2600.1304.39 × 10−32.60
Block-50.2400.2600.1203.74 × 10−32.60
Block-60.2200.2600.1103.15 × 10−32.60
Block-70.2000.2600.1002.60 × 10−32.60
Block-80.1800.2600.0902.11 × 10−32.60
Block-90.1600.2600.0801.66 × 10−32.60
Block-100.1400.2600.0701.27 × 10−32.60
Block-110.1200.2600.0600.93 × 10−32.60
Block-120.1000.2600.0500.65 × 10−32.60
Block-130.0800.2600.0400.41 × 10−32.60
Block-140.0600.2600.0300.23 × 10−32.60
Block-150.0400.2600.0200.10 × 10−32.60

Table 4. The numerical simulation for the 100 tests performed in this study for subaerial solid-block landslide-generated waves. Parameters are aM, maximum wave amplitude; α, slope angle; h, water depth; D, travel distance; and T, dominant wave period. The location of the wave gauge is X=1.030 m, Y=1.210 m, and Z=0.050 m. The properties of various solid blocks are presented in Table 3.

Test-Block Noα (°)h (m)D (m)T(s)aM (m)
1Block-7450.2460.0290.5100.0153
2Block-7450.2460.0300.5050.0154
3Block-7450.2460.0310.5050.0156
4Block-7450.2460.0320.5050.0158
5Block-7450.2460.0330.5050.0159
6Block-7450.2460.0340.5050.0160
7Block-7450.2460.0350.5050.0162
8Block-7450.2460.0360.5050.0166
9Block-7450.2460.0370.5050.0167
10Block-7450.2460.0380.5050.0172
11Block-7450.2460.0390.5050.0178
12Block-7450.2460.0400.5050.0179
13Block-7450.2460.0410.5050.0181
14Block-7450.2460.0420.5050.0183
15Block-7450.2460.0430.5050.0190
16Block-7450.2460.0440.5050.0197
17Block-7450.2460.0450.5050.0199
18Block-7450.2460.0460.5050.0201
19Block-7450.2460.0470.5050.0191
20Block-7450.2460.0480.5050.0217
21Block-7450.2460.0490.5050.0220
22Block-7450.2460.0500.5050.0226
23Block-7450.2460.0510.5050.0236
24Block-7450.2460.0520.5050.0239
25Block-7450.2460.0530.5100.0240
26Block-7450.2460.0540.5050.0241
27Block-7450.2460.0550.5050.0246
28Block-7450.2460.0560.5050.0247
29Block-7450.2460.0570.5050.0248
30Block-7450.2460.0580.5050.0249
31Block-7450.2460.0590.5050.0251
32Block-7450.2460.0600.5050.0257
33Block-1450.2460.0450.5050.0319
34Block-2450.2460.0450.5050.0294
35Block-3450.2460.0450.5050.0282
36Block-4450.2460.0450.5050.0262
37Block-5450.2460.0450.5050.0243
38Block-6450.2460.0450.5050.0223
39Block-7450.2460.0450.5050.0196
40Block-8450.2460.0450.5050.0197
41Block-9450.2460.0450.5050.0198
42Block-10450.2460.0450.5050.0184
43Block-11450.2460.0450.5050.0173
44Block-12450.2460.0450.5050.0165
45Block-13450.2460.0450.4040.0153
46Block-14450.2460.0450.4040.0124
47Block-15450.2460.0450.5050.0066
48Block-7450.2020.0450.4040.0220
49Block-7450.2040.0450.4040.0219
50Block-7450.2060.0450.4040.0218
51Block-7450.2080.0450.4040.0217
52Block-7450.2100.0450.4040.0216
53Block-7450.2120.0450.4040.0215
54Block-7450.2140.0450.5050.0214
55Block-7450.2160.0450.5050.0214
56Block-7450.2180.0450.5050.0213
57Block-7450.2200.0450.5050.0212
58Block-7450.2220.0450.5050.0211
59Block-7450.2240.0450.5050.0208
60Block-7450.2260.0450.5050.0203
61Block-7450.2280.0450.5050.0202
62Block-7450.2300.0450.5050.0201
63Block-7450.2320.0450.5050.0201
64Block-7450.2340.0450.5050.0200
65Block-7450.2360.0450.5050.0199
66Block-7450.2380.0450.4040.0196
67Block-7450.2400.0450.4040.0194
68Block-7450.2420.0450.4040.0193
69Block-7450.2440.0450.4040.0192
70Block-7450.2460.0450.5050.0190
71Block-7450.2480.0450.5050.0189
72Block-7450.2500.0450.5050.0187
73Block-7450.2520.0450.5050.0187
74Block-7450.2540.0450.5050.0186
75Block-7450.2560.0450.5050.0184
76Block-7450.2580.0450.5050.0182
77Block-7450.2590.0450.5050.0183
78Block-7450.2600.0450.5050.0191
79Block-7450.2610.0450.5050.0192
80Block-7450.2620.0450.5050.0194
81Block-7450.2630.0450.5050.0195
82Block-7450.2640.0450.5050.0195
83Block-7450.2650.0450.5050.0197
84Block-7450.2660.0450.5050.0197
85Block-7450.2670.0450.5050.0198
86Block-7450.2700.0450.5050.0199
87Block-7300.2460.0450.5050.0101
88Block-7350.2460.0450.5050.0107
89Block-7360.2460.0450.5050.0111
90Block-7370.2460.0450.5050.0116
91Block-7380.2460.0450.5050.0117
92Block-7390.2460.0450.5050.0119
93Block-7400.2460.0450.5050.0121
94Block-7410.2460.0450.5050.0127
95Block-7420.2460.0450.4040.0154
96Block-7430.2460.0450.4040.0157
97Block-7440.2460.0450.4040.0162
98Block-7450.2460.0450.5050.0197
99Block-7500.2460.0450.5050.0221
100Block-7550.2460.0450.5050.0233

In all these 100 simulations, the wave gauge was consistently positioned at coordinates X=1.09 m, Y=1.21 m, and Z=0.05 m. The dominant wave period for each simulation was determined using the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) function in MATLAB (MathWorks, 2023). Furthermore, the classification of wave types was carried out using a wave categorization graph according to Sorensen (2010), as shown in Fig. 4a. The results indicate that the majority of the simulated waves are on the border between intermediate and deep-water waves, and they are categorized as Stokes waves (Fig. 4a). Four sample waveforms from our 100 numerical experiments are provided in Fig. 4b.

Fig 4

The dataset in Table 4 was used to derive a new predictive equation that incorporates travel distance for the first time to estimate the initial maximum tsunami amplitude. In developing this equation, a genetic algorithm optimization technique was implemented using MATLAB (MathWorks 2023). This advanced approach entailed the use of genetic algorithms (GAs), an evolutionary algorithm type inspired by natural selection processes (MathWorks, 2023). This technique is iterative, involving selection, crossover, and mutation processes to evolve solutions over several generations. The goal was to identify the optimal coefficients and powers for each landslide parameter in the predictive equation, ensuring a robust and reliable model for estimating maximum wave amplitudes. Genetic Algorithms excel at optimizing complex models by navigating through extensive combinations of coefficients and exponents. GAs effectively identify highly suitable solutions for the non-linear and complex relationships between inputs (e.g., slide volume, slope angle, travel distance, water depth) and the output (i.e., maximum initial wave amplitude, aM). MATLAB’s computational environment enhances this process, providing robust tools for GA to adapt and evolve solutions iteratively, ensuring the precision of the predictive model (Onnen et al., 1997). This approach leverages MATLAB’s capabilities to fine-tune parameters dynamically, achieving an optimal equation that accurately estimates aM. It is important to highlight that the nondimensionalized version of this dataset is employed to develop a predictive equation which enables the equation to reproduce the maximum initial wave amplitude (aM) for various subaerial landslide cases, independent of their dimensional differences (e.g., Heler and Hager 2014Heller and Spinneken 2015Sabeti and Heidarzadeh 2022b). For this nondimensionalization, we employed the water depth (h) to nondimensionalize the slide volume (V/h3) and travel distance (D/h). The slide thickness (s) was applied to nondimensionalize the water depth (h/s).

2.5. Landslide velocity

In discussing the critical role of landslide velocity for simulating landslide-generated waves, we focus on the mechanisms of landslide motion and the techniques used to record landslide velocity in our simulations (Fig. 5). Also, we examine how these methods were applied in two distinct scenarios: Lab 1 and Lab 2 (see Table 1 for their details). Regarding the process of landslide movement, a slide starts from a stationary state, gaining momentum under the influence of gravity and this acceleration continues until the landslide collides with water, leading to a significant reduction in its speed before eventually coming to a stop (Fig. 5) (e.g., Panizzo et al. 2005).

Fig 5

To measure the landslide’s velocity in our simulations, we attached a probe at the centre of the slide, which supplied a time series of the velocity data. The slide’s velocity (vs) peaks at the moment it enters the water (Fig. 5), a point referred to as the impact time (tImp). Following this initial impact, the slides continue their underwater movement, eventually coming to a complete halt (tStop). Given the results in Fig. 5, it can be seen that Lab 1, with its longer travel distance (0.070 m), exhibits a higher peak velocity of 1.89 m/s. This increase in velocity is attributed to the extended travel distance allowing more time for the slide to accelerate under gravity. Whereas Lab 2, featuring a shorter travel distance (0.045 m), records a lower peak velocity of 1.78 m/s. This difference underscores how travel distance significantly influences the dynamics of landslide motion. After reaching the peak, both profiles show a sharp decrease in velocity, marking the transition to submarine motion until the slides come to a complete stop (tStop). There are noticeable differences observable in Fig. 5 between the Lab-1 and Lab-2 simulations, including the peaks at 0.3 s . These variations might stem from the placement of the wave gauge, which differs slightly in each scenario, as well as the water depth’s minor discrepancies and, the travel distance.

2.6. Effect of air entrainment

In this section we examine whether it is required to consider air entrainment for our modelling or not as the FLOW-3D HYDRO package is capable of modelling air entrainment. The process of air entrainment in water during a landslide tsunami and its subsequent transport involve two key components: the quantification of air entrainment at the water surface, and the simulation of the air’s transport within the fluid (Hirt, 2003). FLOW-3D HYDRO employs the air entrainment model to compute the volume of air entrained at the water’s surface utilizing three approaches: a constant density model, a variable density model accounting for bulking, and a buoyancy model that adds the Drift-FLUX mechanism to variable density conditions (Flow Science, 2023). The calculation of the entrainment rate is based on the following equation:(2)�������=������[2(��−�����−2�/���)]1/2where parameters are: Vair, volume of air; Cair, entrainment rate coefficient; As, surface area of fluid; ρ, fluid density; k, turbulent kinetic energy; gn, gravity normal to surface; Lt, turbulent length scale; and σ, surface tension coefficient. The value of k is directly computed from the Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) (kw) calculations in our model.

In this study, we selected the variable density + Drift-FLUX model, which effectively captures the dynamics of phase separation and automatically activates the constant density and variable density models. This method simplifies the air-water mixture, treating it as a single, homogeneous fluid within each computational cell. For the phase volume fractions f1and f2​, the velocities are expressed in terms of the mixture and relative velocities, denoted as u and ur, respectively, as follows:(3)��1��+�.(�1�)=��1��+�.(�1�)−�.(�1�2��)=0(4)��2��+�.(�2�)=��2��+�.(�2�)−�.(�1�2��)=0

The outcomes from this simulation are displayed in Fig. 6, which indicates that the influence of air entrainment on the generated wave amplitude is approximately 2 %. A value of 0.02 for the entrained air volume fraction means that, in the simulated fluid, approximately 2 % of the volume is composed of entrained air. In other words, for every unit volume of the fluid-air mixture at that location, 2 % is air and the remaining 98 % is water. The configuration of Test-17 (Table 4) was employed for this simulation. While the effect of air entrainment is anticipated to be more significant in models of granular landslide-generated waves (Fritz, 2002), in our simulations we opted not to incorporate this module due to its negligible impact on the results.

Fig 6

3. Results

In this section, we begin by presenting a sequence of our 3D simulations capturing different time steps to illustrate the generation process of landslide-generated waves. Subsequently, we derive a new predictive equation to estimate the maximum initial wave amplitude of landslide-generated waves and assess its performance.

3.1. Wave generation and propagation

To demonstrate the wave generation process in our simulation, we reference Test-17 from Table 4, where we employed Block-7 (Tables 34). In this configuration, the slope angle was set to 45°, with a water depth of 0.246 m and a travel distance at 0.045 m (Fig. 7). At 0.220 s, the initial impact of the moving slide on the water is depicted, marking the onset of the wave generation process (Fig. 7a). Disturbances are localized to the immediate area of impact, with the rest of the water surface remaining undisturbed. At this time, a maximum water particle velocity of 1.0 m/s – 1.2 m/s is seen around the impact zone (Fig. 7d). Moving to 0.320 s, the development of the wave becomes apparent as energy transfer from the landslide to the water creates outwardly radiating waves with maximum water particle velocity of up to around 1.6 m/s – 1.8 m/s (Fig. 7b, e). By the time 0.670 s, the wave has fully developed and is propagating away from the impact point exhibiting maximum water particle velocity of up to 2.0 m/s – 2.1 m/s. Concentric wave fronts are visible, moving outwards in all directions, with a colour gradient signifying the highest wave amplitude near the point of landslide entry, diminishing with distance (Fig. 7c, f).

Fig 7

3.2. Influence of landslide parameters on tsunami amplitude

In this section, we investigate the effects of various landslide parameters namely slide volume (V), water depth (h), slipe angle (α) and travel distance (D) on the maximum initial wave amplitude (aM). Fig. 8 presents the outcome of these analyses. According to Fig. 8, the slide volume, slope angle, and travel distance exhibit a direct relationship with the wave amplitude, meaning that as these parameters increase, so does the amplitude. Conversely, water depth is inversely related to the maximum initial wave amplitude, suggesting that the deeper the water depth, the smaller the maximum wave amplitude will be (Fig. 8b).

Fig 8

Fig. 8a highlights the pronounced impact of slide volume on the aM, demonstrating a direct correlation between the two variables. For instance, in the range of slide volumes we modelled (Fig. 8a), The smallest slide volume tested, measuring 0.10 × 10−3 m3, generated a low initial wave amplitude (aM= 0.0066 m) (Table 4). In contrast, the largest volume tested, 6.25 × 10−3 m3, resulted in a significantly higher initial wave amplitude (aM= 0.0319 m) (Table 4). The extremities of these results emphasize the slide volume’s paramount impact on wave amplitude, further elucidated by their positions as the smallest and largest aM values across all conducted tests (Table 4). This is corroborated by findings from the literature (e.g., Murty, 2003), which align with the observed trend in our simulations.

The slope angle’s influence on aM was smooth. A steady increase of wave amplitude was observed as the slope angle increased (Fig. 8c). In examining travel distance, an anomaly was identified. At a travel distance of 0.047 m, there was an unexpected dip in aM, which deviates from the general increasing trend associated with longer travel distances. This singular instance could potentially be attributed to a numerical error. Beyond this point, the expected pattern of increasing aM with longer travel distances resumes, suggesting that the anomaly at 0.047 m is an outlier in an otherwise consistent trend, and thus this single data point was overlooked while deriving the predictive equation. Regarding the inverse relationship between water depth and wave amplitude, our result (Fig. 8b) is consistent with previous reports by Fritz et al. (2003), (2004), and Watts et al. (2005).

The insights from Fig. 8 informed the architecture of the predictive equation in the next Section, with slide volume, travel distance, and slope angle being multiplicatively linked to wave amplitude underscoring their direct correlations with wave amplitude. Conversely, water depth is incorporated as a divisor, representing its inverse relationship with wave amplitude. This structure encapsulates the dynamics between the landslide parameters and their influence on the maximum initial wave amplitude as discussed in more detail in the next Section.

3.3. Predictive equation

Building on our sensitivity analysis of landslide parameters, as detailed in Section 3.2, and utilizing our nondimensional dataset, we have derived a new predictive equation as follows:(5)��/ℎ=0.015(tan�)0.10(�ℎ3)0.90(�ℎ)0.10(ℎ�)−0.11where, V is sliding volume, h is water depth, α is slope angle, and s is landslide thickness. It is important to note that this equation is valid only for subaerial solid-block landslide tsunamis as all our experiments were for this type of waves. The performance of this equation in predicting simulation data is demonstrated by the satisfactory alignment of data points around a 45° line, indicating its accuracy and reliability with regard to the experimental dataset (Fig. 9). The quality of fit between the dataset and Eq. (5) is 91 % indicating that Eq. (5) represents the dataset very well. Table 5 presents Eq. (5) alongside four other similar equations previously published. Two significant distinctions between our Eq. (5) and these others are: (i) Eq. (5) is derived from 3D experiments, whereas the other four equations are based on 2D experiments. (ii) Unlike the other equations, our Eq. (5) incorporates travel distance as an independent parameter.

Fig 9

Table 5. Performance comparison among our newly-developed equation and existing equations for estimating the maximum initial amplitude (aM) of the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide tsunami. Parameters: aM, initial maximum wave amplitude; h, water depth; vs, landslide velocity; V, slide volume; bs, slide width; ls, slide length; s, slide thickness; α, slope angle; and ����, volume of the final immersed landslide. We considered ����= V as the slide volume.

EventPredictive equationsAuthor (year)Observed aM (m) ⁎⁎Calculated aM (m)Error, ε (%) ⁎⁎⁎⁎
2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami (Subaerial landslide) *��/ℎ=1.32���ℎNoda (1970)1341340
��/ℎ=0.667(0.5(���ℎ)2)0.334(���)0.754(���)0.506(�ℎ)1.631Bolin et al. (2014) ⁎⁎⁎13459424334
��/ℎ=0.25(������ℎ2)0.8Robbe-Saule et al. (2021)1343177
��/ℎ=0.4545(tan�)0.062(�ℎ3)0.296(ℎ�)−0.235Sabeti and Heidarzadeh (2022b)1341266
��/ℎ=0.015(tan�)0.10(�ℎ3)0.911(�ℎ)0.10(ℎ�)−0.11This study1341302.9

Geometrical and kinematic parameters of the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide based on Heidarzadeh et al. (2020)Grilli et al. (2019) and Grilli et al. (2021)V=2.11 × 107 m3h= 50 m; s= 114 m; α= 45°; ls=1250 m; bs= 2700 m; vs=44.9 m/s; D= 2500 m; aM= 100 m −150 m.⁎⁎

aM= An average value of aM = 134 m is considered in this study.⁎⁎⁎

The equation of Bolin et al. (2014) is based on the reformatted one reported by Lindstrøm (2016).⁎⁎⁎⁎

Error is calculated using Eq. (1), where the calculated aM is assumed as the simulated value.

Additionally, we evaluated the performance of this equation using the real-world data from the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide tsunami. Based on previous studies (Heidarzadeh et al., 2020Grilli et al., 20192021), we were able to provide a list of parameters for the subaerial landslide and associated tsunami for the 2018 Anak Krakatau event (see footnote of Table 5). We note that the data of the 2018 Anak Krakatau event was not used while deriving Eq. (5). The results indicate that Eq. (5) predicts the initial amplitude of the 2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami as being 130 m indicating an error of 2.9 % compared to the reported average amplitude of 134 m for this event. This performance indicates an improvement compared to the previous equation reported by Sabeti and Heidarzadeh (2022a) (Table 5). In contrast, the equations from Robbe-Saule et al. (2021) and Bolin et al. (2014) demonstrate higher discrepancies of 4200 % and 77 %, respectively (Table 5). Although Noda’s (1970) equation reproduces the tsunami amplitude of 134 m accurately (Table 5), it is crucial to consider its limitations, notably not accounting for parameters such as slope angle and travel distance.

It is essential to recognize that both travel distance and slope angle significantly affect wave amplitude. In our model, captured in Eq. (5), we integrate the slope angle (α) through the tangent function, i.e., tan α. This choice diverges from traditional physical interpretations that often employ the cosine or sine function (e.g., Heller and Hager, 2014Watts et al., 2003). We opted for the tangent function because it more effectively reflects the direct impact of slope steepness on wave generation, yielding superior estimations compared to conventional methods.

The significance of this study lies in its application of both physical and numerical 3D experiments and the derivation of a predictive equation based on 3D results. Prior research, e.g. Heller et al. (2016), has reported notable discrepancies between 2D and 3D wave amplitudes, highlighting the important role of 3D experiments. It is worth noting that the suitability of applying an equation derived from either 2D or 3D data depends on the specific geometry and characteristics inherent in the problem being addressed. For instance, in the case of a long, narrow dam reservoir, an equation derived from 2D data would likely be more suitable. In such contexts, the primary dynamics of interest such as flow patterns and potential wave propagation are predominantly two-dimensional, occurring along the length and depth of the reservoir. This simplification to 2D for narrow dam reservoirs allows for more accurate modelling of these dynamics.

This study specifically investigates waves initiated by landslides, focusing on those characterized as solid blocks instead of granular flows, with slope angles confined to a range of 25° to 60°. We acknowledge the additional complexities encountered in real-world scenarios, such as dynamic density and velocity of landslides, which could affect the estimations. The developed equation in this study is specifically designed to predict the maximum initial amplitude of tsunamis for the aforementioned specified ranges and types of landslides.

4. Conclusions

Both physical and numerical experiments were undertaken in a 3D wave basin to study solid-block landslide-generated waves and to formulate a predictive equation for their maximum initial wave amplitude. At the beginning, two physical experiments were performed to validate and calibrate a 3D numerical model, which was subsequently utilized to generate 100 experiments by varying different landslide parameters. The generated database was then used to derive a predictive equation for the maximum initial wave amplitude of landslide tsunamis. The main features and outcomes are:

  • •The predictive equation of this study is exclusively derived from 3D data and exhibits a fitting quality of 91 % when applied to the database.
  • •For the first time, landslide travel distance was considered in the predictive equation. This inclusion provides more accuracy and flexibility for applying the equation.
  • •To further evaluate the performance of the predictive equation, it was applied to a real-world subaerial landslide tsunami (i.e., the 2018 Anak Krakatau event) and delivered satisfactory performance.

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Ramtin Sabeti: Conceptualization, Methodology, Validation, Software, Visualization, Writing – review & editing. Mohammad Heidarzadeh: Methodology, Data curation, Software, Writing – review & editing.

Declaration of competing interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Funding

RS is supported by the Leverhulme Trust Grant No. RPG-2022-306. MH is funded by open funding of State Key Lab of Hydraulics and Mountain River Engineering, Sichuan University, grant number SKHL2101. We acknowledge University of Bath Institutional Open Access Fund. MH is also funded by the Great Britain Sasakawa Foundation grant no. 6217 (awarded in 2023).

Acknowledgements

Authors are sincerely grateful to the laboratory technician team, particularly Mr William Bazeley, at the Faculty of Engineering, University of Bath for their support during the laboratory physical modelling of this research. We appreciate the valuable insights provided by Mr. Brian Fox (Senior CFD Engineer at Flow Science, Inc.) regarding air entrainment modelling in FLOW-3D HYDRO. We acknowledge University of Bath Institutional Open Access Fund.

Data availability

  • All data used in this study are given in the body of the article.

References

Numerical Investigation of the Local Scour for Tripod Pile Foundation.

Numerical Investigation of the Local Scour for Tripod Pile Foundation.

Hassan, Waqed H.; Fadhe, Zahraa Mohammad; Thiab, Rifqa F.; Mahdi, Karrar

초록

This work investigates numerically a local scour moves in irregular waves around tripods. It is constructed and proven to use the numerical model of the seabed-tripodfluid with an RNG k turbulence model. The present numerical model then examines the flow velocity distribution and scour characteristics. After that, the suggested computational model Flow-3D is a useful tool for analyzing and forecasting the maximum scour development and the flow field in random waves around tripods. The scour values affecting the foundations of the tripod must be studied and calculated, as this phenomenon directly and negatively affects the structure of the structure and its design life. The lower diagonal braces and the main column act as blockages, increasing the flow accelerations underneath them. This increases the number of particles that are moved, which in turn creates strong scouring in the area. The numerical model has a good agreement with the experimental model, with a maximum percentage of error of 10% between the experimental and numerical models. In addition, Based on dimensional analysis parameters, an empirical equation has been devised to forecast scour depth with flow depth, median size ratio, Keulegan-Carpenter (Kc), Froud number flow, and wave velocity that the results obtained in this research at various flow velocities and flow depths demonstrated that the maximum scour depth rate depended on wave height with rising velocities and decreasing particle sizes (d50) and the scour depth attains its steady-current value for Vw < 0.75. As the Froude number rises, the maximum scour depth will be large.

주제어

BUILDING foundationsSURFACE waves (Seismic waves)FLOW velocityRANDOM fieldsDIMENSIONAL analysisFROUDE numberOCEAN waves

키워드

출판물

Mathematical Modelling of Engineering Problems, 2024, Vol 11, Issue 4, p903

ISSN 2369-0739

저자 소속기관

  • 1 Civil Engineering Department, Faculty of Engineering, University of Warith Al-Anbiyaa, Kerbala 56001, Iraq
  • 2 Civil Engineering Department, Faculty of Engineering, University of Kerbala, Kerbala 56001, Iraq
  • 3 Department of Radiological Techniques, College of Health and Medical Techniques, Al-Zahraa University for Women, Karbala 56100, Iraq
  • 4 Soil Physics and Land Management Group, Wageningen University & Research, Wageningen 6708 PB, Netherlands
Figure (17): Stream Lines Indicating Average Flow Speed in the Model with Various Nose shapes, Measured at Mid-Depth and at the Flow Surface Level, at a Flow Rate of 78 Liters per Second.

Conducting experimental and numerical studies to analyze theimpact of the base nose shape on flow hydraulics in PKW weirusing FLOW-3D

FLOW-3D를 사용하여 PKW 둑의 흐름 수력학에 대한 베이스 노즈 모양의 영향을 분석하기 위한 실험 및 수치 연구 수행

Behshad Mardasi 1
Rasoul Ilkhanipour Zeynali 2
Majid Heydari 3

Abstract

Weirs are essential structures used to manage excess water flow from behind dams to downstream areas. Enhancing discharge efficiency often involves extending the effective length of Piano Key Weirs (PKW) in dams or regulating flow within irrigation and drainage networks. This study employed both numerical and laboratory investigations to assess the impact of different base nose shapes installed beneath the outlet keys and varying Input to output key width ratios (Wi/Wo) on discharges ranging from 5 to 80 liters per second. Furthermore, the study aimed to achieve research objectives and compare the performance of Piano Key Weirs with Ogee Weir. For numerical simulation, the optimal number of cells for meshing was determined, and an appropriate turbulence model was selected. The results indicated that the numerical model accurately simulated the laboratory sample with a high degree of precision. Moreover, the numerical model closely approximated PKW for all parameters Q, H, and Cd compared to the laboratory sample. The findings revealed that in laboratory models with a maximum discharge area of 80 liters per second, the weir with Wi/Wo=1.2 and a flow head value of 285 mm exhibited the lowest value, whereas the weir with Wi/Wo=0.71 and a flow head value of 305 mm showed the highest, attributed to the higher discharge in the input-output ratio. Additionally, as the ratio of flow head to weir height H/P increased, the discharge coefficient Cd decreased. Comparing the flow conditions in weirs with different base nose shapes, it was observed that the weir with a spindle nose shape (PKW1.2S) outperformed the PKW with a flat (PKW1.2), semi-cylindrical (PKW1.2CL) and triangular base nose (PKW1.2TR). The results emphasized that models featuring semi-cylindrical and flat noses exhibited notable flow deviation and abrupt disruption upon impact with the nose. However, this effect was significantly reduced in models equipped with triangular and spindle-shaped noses. Also, the coefficient of discharge in PKW1.2S and PKW1.2TR weirs, compared to the PKW1.20 weir, increased by 27% and 20%, respectively.

웨어는 댐 뒤에서 하류 지역으로의 과도한 물 흐름을 관리하는 데 사용되는 필수 구조물입니다. 배출 효율을 높이는 데에는 댐의 피아노 키 위어(PKW) 유효 길이를 연장하거나 관개 및 배수 네트워크 내 흐름을 조절하는 것이 포함됩니다.

이 연구에서는 콘센트 키 아래에 설치된 다양한 베이스 노즈 모양과 초당 5~80리터 범위의 배출에 대한 다양한 입력 대 출력 키 너비 비율(Wi/Wo)의 영향을 평가하기 위해 수치 및 실험실 조사를 모두 사용했습니다. 또한 본 연구에서는 연구 목적을 달성하고 Piano Key Weir와 Ogee Weir의 성능을 비교하는 것을 목표로 했습니다.

수치 시뮬레이션을 위해 메시 생성을 위한 최적의 셀 수를 결정하고 적절한 난류 모델을 선택했습니다. 결과는 수치 모델이 높은 정밀도로 실험실 샘플을 정확하게 시뮬레이션했음을 나타냅니다. 더욱이, 수치 모델은 실험실 샘플과 비교하여 모든 매개변수 Q, H 및 Cd에 대해 PKW에 매우 근접했습니다.

연구 결과, 최대 배출 면적이 초당 80리터인 실험실 모델에서는 Wi/Wo=1.2, 플로우 헤드 값이 285mm인 웨어가 가장 낮은 값을 나타냈고, Wi/Wo=0.71 및 a인 웨어는 가장 낮은 값을 나타냈습니다. 플로우 헤드 값은 305mm로 가장 높은 것으로 나타났는데, 이는 입출력 비율의 높은 토출량에 기인합니다. 또한, 웨어 높이에 대한 유수두 비율 H/P가 증가함에 따라 유출계수 Cd는 감소하였다.

베이스 노즈 모양이 다른 웨어의 흐름 조건을 비교해 보면, 스핀들 노즈 모양(PKW1.2S)의 웨어가 평면(PKW1.2), 반원통형(PKW1.2CL) 및 삼각형 모양의 PKW보다 성능이 우수한 것으로 관찰되었습니다. 베이스 노즈(PKW1.2TR) 결과는 반원통형 및 편평한 노즈를 특징으로 하는 모델이 노즈에 충격을 가할 때 눈에 띄는 흐름 편차와 급격한 중단을 나타냄을 강조했습니다.

그러나 삼각형 및 방추형 노즈를 장착한 모델에서는 이러한 효과가 크게 감소했습니다. 또한 PKW1.20보에 비해 PKW1.2S보와 PKW1.2TR보의 유출계수는 각각 27%, 20% 증가하였다.

Keywords

Piano Key Weir, Base Nose Shape, Flow Hydraulics, Numerical Model, Triangular
Nose Shape, Flat Nose Shape, Semi-Cylindrical Nose Shape, Spindle Nose Shape

Figure (17): Stream Lines Indicating Average Flow Speed in the Model with Various Nose shapes, Measured at Mid-Depth and at the Flow Surface Level, at a Flow Rate of 78 Liters per Second.
Figure (17): Stream Lines Indicating Average Flow Speed in the Model with Various Nose shapes, Measured at Mid-Depth and at the Flow Surface Level, at a Flow Rate of 78 Liters per Second.

Reference

  1. Chow, V.T. (1959). “Open channel hydraulics.” McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York,
    NY.
  2. Ouamane, A., and Lempérière, F. (2006). “Design of a new economic shape of weir.” Proc.,
    Intl. Symp. on Dams in the Societies of the 21st Century, 463-470, Barcelona, Spain.
  3. Crookston, B. M., Anderson, A., Shearin-Feimster, L., and Tullis, B. P. (2014). “Mitigation
    investigation of flow-induced vibrations at a rehabilitated spillway.” Proc., 5th IAHR Intl.
    Symp. on Hydraulic Structures, Univ. of Queensland Brisbane, Brisbane, Australia.
  4. Machiels, O. (2012). “Experimental study of the hydraulic behaviour of Piano Key Weirs.”
    Ph.D. Dissertation, Faculty of Applied Science, University of Liège, Liège, Belgium.
  5. Blanc, P., and Lempérière, F. (2001). “Labyrinth spillways have a promising future.” Intl. J.
    of Hydropower and Dams, 8(4), 129-131.
  6. Muslu, Y. (2001). “Numerical analysis for lateral weir flow.” J. of Irrigation and Drainage
    Eng., ASCE, 127, 246.
  7. Erpicum, S., Machiels, O., Dewals, B., Pirotton, M., and Archambeau, P. (2012).
    “Numerical and physical hydraulic modeling of Piano Key Weirs.” Proc., ASIA 2012 – 4th
    Intl. Conf. on Water Resources and Renewable Energy Development in Asia, Chiang Mai,
    Thailand.
  8. Tullis, J.P., Amanian, N., and Waldron, D. (1995). “Design of Labyrinth Spillways.” J. of
    Hydraulic Eng., ASCE, 121.
  9. Lux, F.L., and Hinchcliff, D. (1985). “Design and construction of labyrinth spillways.”
    Proc., 15th Intl. Congress on Large Dams, ICOLD, Vol. 4, 249-274, Paris, France.
  10. Erpicum, S., Laugier, F., Ho to Khanh, M., & Pfister, M. (2017). Labyrinth and Piano Key
    Weirs III–PKW 2017. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL.
  11. Kabiri-Samani, A., and Javaheri, A. (2012). “Discharge coefficient for free and submerged flow over Piano Key weirs.” Hydraulic Research J., 50(1), 114-120.
  12. Hien, T.C., Son, H.T., and Khanh, M.H.T. (2006). “Results of some piano Key weirs
    hydraulic model tests in Vietnam.” Proc., 22nd ICOLD Congress, CIGB/ICOLD,
    Barcelona, Spain.
  13. Laugier, F., Lochu, A., Gille, C., Leite Ribeiro, M., and Boillat, J-L. (2009). “Design and
    construction of a labyrinth PKW spillway at St-Marc Dam.” Hydropower and Dams J.,
    15(5), 100-107.
  14. Cicero, G.M., Menon, J.M., Luck, M., and Pinchard, T. (2011). “Experimental study of side
    and scale effects on hydraulic performances of a Piano Key Weir.” In: Erpicum, S., Laugier,
    F., Boillat, J-L, Pirotton, M., Reverchon, B., and Schleiss, A-J (Eds.), Labyrinth and Piano
    Key Weirs, 167-172, CRC Press, London.
  15. Pralong, J., Vermeulen, J., Blancher, B., Laugier, F., Erpicum, S., Machiels, O., Pirotton,
    M., Boillat, J.L, Leite Ribeiro, M., and Schleiss, A.J. (2011). “A naming convention for the
    piano key weirs geometrical parameters.” In: Erpicum, S., Laugier, F., Boillat, J-L, Pirotton,
    M., Reverchon, B., and Schleiss, A-J (Eds.), Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs, 271-278,
    CRC Press, London.
  16. Denys, F. J. M., and Basson, G. R. (2018). “Transient hydrodynamics of Piano Key Weirs.”
    Proc., 7th IAHR Intl. Symp. on Hydraulic Structures, ISHS2018, 518-527,
    DigitalCommons@USU, Logan, UT.
  17. Anderson, A., and Tullis, B. P. (2018). “Finite crest length weir nappe oscillation.” J. of
    Hydraulic Eng., ASCE, 144(6), 04018020. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-
    7900.0001461
  18. Erpicum, S., Laugier, F., Boillat, J.-L., Pirotton, M., Reverchon, B., and Schleiss, A. J.
    (2011). “Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs–PKW 2011.” CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL.
  19. Aydin, C.M., and Emiroglu, M.E. (2011). “Determination of capacity of labyrinth side weir
    by CFD.” Flow Measurement and Instrumentation, 29, 1-8.
  20. Cicero, G.M., Delisle, J.R., Lefebvre, V., and Vermeulen, J. (2013). “Experimental and
    numerical study of the hydraulic performance of a trapezoidal PKW.” Proc., Intl. Workshop
    on Labyrinths and Piano Key Weirs PKW II 2013, 265-272, CRC Press.
  21. Anderson, R. M. (2011). “Piano Key Weir Head Discharge Relationships.” Master’s Thesis,
    Utah State University, Logan, Utah.
  22. Crookston, B.M., Anderson, R.M., and Tullis, B.P. (2018). “Free-flow discharge estimation
    method for Piano Key weir geometries.” J. of Hydro-environment Research, 19, 160-167
Coupled CFD-DEM simulation of interfacial fluid–particle interaction during binder jet 3D printing

Coupled CFD-DEM simulation of interfacial fluid–particle interaction during binder jet 3D printing

바인더 제트 3D 프린팅 중 계면 유체-입자 상호 작용에 대한 CFD-DEM 결합 시뮬레이션

Joshua J. Wagner, C. Fred Higgs III

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cma.2024.116747

Abstract

The coupled dynamics of interfacial fluid phases and unconstrained solid particles during the binder jet 3D printing process govern the final quality and performance of the resulting components. The present work proposes a computational fluid dynamics (CFD) and discrete element method (DEM) framework capable of simulating the complex interfacial fluid–particle interaction that occurs when binder microdroplets are deposited into a powder bed. The CFD solver uses a volume-of-fluid (VOF) method for capturing liquid–gas multifluid flows and relies on block-structured adaptive mesh refinement (AMR) to localize grid refinement around evolving fluid–fluid interfaces. The DEM module resolves six degrees of freedom particle motion and accounts for particle contact, cohesion, and rolling resistance. Fully-resolved CFD-DEM coupling is achieved through a fictitious domain immersed boundary (IB) approach. An improved method for enforcing three-phase contact lines with a VOF-IB extension technique is introduced. We present several simulations of binder jet primitive formation using realistic process parameters and material properties. The DEM particle systems are experimentally calibrated to reproduce the cohesion behavior of physical nickel alloy powder feedstocks. We demonstrate the proposed model’s ability to resolve the interdependent fluid and particle dynamics underlying the process by directly comparing simulated primitive granules with one-to-one experimental counterparts obtained from an in-house validation apparatus. This computational framework provides unprecedented insight into the fundamental mechanisms of binder jet 3D printing and presents a versatile new approach for process parameter optimization and defect mitigation that avoids the inherent challenges of experiments.

바인더 젯 3D 프린팅 공정 중 계면 유체 상과 구속되지 않은 고체 입자의 결합 역학이 결과 구성 요소의 최종 품질과 성능을 좌우합니다. 본 연구는 바인더 미세액적이 분말층에 증착될 때 발생하는 복잡한 계면 유체-입자 상호작용을 시뮬레이션할 수 있는 전산유체역학(CFD) 및 이산요소법(DEM) 프레임워크를 제안합니다.

CFD 솔버는 액체-가스 다중유체 흐름을 포착하기 위해 VOF(유체량) 방법을 사용하고 블록 구조 적응형 메쉬 세분화(AMR)를 사용하여 진화하는 유체-유체 인터페이스 주위의 그리드 세분화를 국지화합니다. DEM 모듈은 6개의 자유도 입자 운동을 해결하고 입자 접촉, 응집력 및 구름 저항을 설명합니다.

완전 분해된 CFD-DEM 결합은 가상 도메인 침지 경계(IB) 접근 방식을 통해 달성됩니다. VOF-IB 확장 기술을 사용하여 3상 접촉 라인을 강화하는 향상된 방법이 도입되었습니다. 현실적인 공정 매개변수와 재료 특성을 사용하여 바인더 제트 기본 형성에 대한 여러 시뮬레이션을 제시합니다.

DEM 입자 시스템은 물리적 니켈 합금 분말 공급원료의 응집 거동을 재현하기 위해 실험적으로 보정되었습니다. 우리는 시뮬레이션된 기본 과립과 내부 검증 장치에서 얻은 일대일 실험 대응물을 직접 비교하여 프로세스의 기본이 되는 상호 의존적인 유체 및 입자 역학을 해결하는 제안된 모델의 능력을 보여줍니다.

이 계산 프레임워크는 바인더 제트 3D 프린팅의 기본 메커니즘에 대한 전례 없는 통찰력을 제공하고 실험에 내재된 문제를 피하는 공정 매개변수 최적화 및 결함 완화를 위한 다용도의 새로운 접근 방식을 제시합니다.

Introduction

Binder jet 3D printing (BJ3DP) is a powder bed additive manufacturing (AM) technology capable of fabricating geometrically complex components from advanced engineering materials, such as metallic superalloys and ultra-high temperature ceramics [1], [2]. As illustrated in Fig. 1(a), the process is comprised of many repetitive print cycles, each contributing a new cross-sectional layer on top of a preceding one to form a 3D CAD-specified geometry. The feedstock material is first delivered from a hopper to a build plate and then spread into a thin layer by a counter-rotating roller. After powder spreading, a print head containing many individual inkjet nozzles traverses over the powder bed while precisely jetting binder microdroplets onto select regions of the spread layer. Following binder deposition, the build plate lowers by a specified layer thickness, leaving a thin void space at the top of the job box that the subsequent powder layer will occupy. This cycle repeats until the full geometries are formed layer by layer. Powder bed fusion (PBF) methods follow a similar procedure, except they instead use a laser or electron beam to selectively melt and fuse the powder material. Compared to PBF, binder jetting offers several distinct advantages, including faster build rates, enhanced scalability for large production volumes, reduced machine and operational costs, and a wider selection of suitable feedstock materials [2]. However, binder jetted parts generally possess inferior mechanical properties and reduced dimensional accuracy [3]. As a result, widescale adoption of BJ3DP to fabricate high-performance, mission-critical components, such as those common to the aerospace and defense sectors, is contingent on novel process improvements and innovations [4].

A major obstacle hindering the advancement of BJ3DP is our limited understanding of how various printing parameters and material properties collectively influence the underlying physical mechanisms of the process and their effect on the resulting components. To date, the vast majority of research efforts to uncover these relationships have relied mainly on experimental approaches [5], [6], [7], [8], [9], [10], [11], [12], [13], [14], [15], [16], [17], [18], [19], which are often expensive and time-consuming and have inherent physical restrictions on what can be measured and observed. For these reasons, there is a rapidly growing interest in using computational models to circumvent the challenges of experimental investigations and facilitate a deeper understanding of the process’s fundamental phenomena. While significant progress has been made in developing and deploying numerical frameworks aimed at powder spreading [20], [21], [22], [23], [24], [25], [26], [27] and sintering [28], [29], [30], [31], [32], simulating the interfacial fluid–particle interaction (IFPI) in the binder deposition stage is still in its infancy. In their exhaustive review, Mostafaei et al. [2] point out the lack of computational models capable of resolving the coupled fluid and particle dynamics associated with binder jetting and suggest that the development of such tools is critical to further improving the process and enhancing the quality of its end-use components.

We define IFPI as a multiphase flow regime characterized by immiscible fluid phases separated by dynamic interfaces that intersect the surfaces of moving solid particles. As illustrated in Fig. 1(b), an elaborate IFPI occurs when a binder droplet impacts the powder bed in BJ3DP. The momentum transferred from the impacting droplet may cause powder compaction, cratering, and particle ejection. These ballistic disturbances can have deleterious effects on surface texture and lead to the formation of large void spaces inside the part [5], [13]. After impact, the droplet spreads laterally on the bed surface and vertically into the pore network, driven initially by inertial impact forces and then solely by capillary action [33]. Attractive capillary forces exerted on mutually wetted particles tend to draw them inward towards each other, forming a packed cluster of bound particles referred to as a primitive [34]. A single-drop primitive is the most fundamental building element of a BJ3DP part, and the interaction leading to its formation has important implications on the final part characteristics, such as its mechanical properties, resolution, and dimensional accuracy. Generally, binder droplets are deposited successively as the print head traverses over the powder bed. The traversal speed and jetting frequency are set such that consecutive droplets coalesce in the bed, creating a multi-drop primitive line instead of a single-drop primitive granule. The binder must be jetted with sufficient velocity to penetrate the powder bed deep enough to provide adequate interlayer binding; however, a higher impact velocity leads to more pronounced ballistic effects.

A computational framework equipped to simulate the interdependent fluid and particle dynamics in BJ3DP would allow for unprecedented observational and measurement capability at temporal and spatial resolutions not currently achievable by state-of-the-art imaging technology, namely synchrotron X-ray imaging [13], [14], [18], [19]. Unfortunately, BJ3DP presents significant numerical challenges that have slowed the development of suitable modeling frameworks; the most significant of which are as follows:

  • 1.Incorporating dynamic fluid–fluid interfaces with complex topological features remains a nontrivial task for standard mesh-based CFD codes. There are two broad categories encompassing the methods used to handle interfacial flows: interface tracking and interface capturing [35]. Interface capturing techniques, such as the popular volume-of-fluid (VOF) [36] and level-set methods [37], [38], are better suited for problems with interfaces that become heavily distorted or when coalescence and fragmentation occur frequently; however, they are less accurate in resolving surface tension and boundary layer effects compared to interface tracking methods like front-tracking [39], arbitrary Lagrangian–Eulerian [40], and space–time finite element formulations [41]. Since interfacial forces become increasingly dominant at decreasing length scales, inaccurate surface tension calculations can significantly deteriorate the fidelity of IFPI simulations involving <100 μm droplets and particles.
  • 2.Dynamic powder systems are often modeled using the discrete element method (DEM) introduced by Cundall and Strack [42]. For IFPI problems, a CFD-DEM coupling scheme is required to exchange information between the fluid and particle solvers. Fully-resolved CFD-DEM coupling suggests that the flow field around individual particle surfaces is resolved on the CFD mesh [43], [44]. In contrast, unresolved coupling volume averages the effect of the dispersed solid phase on the continuous fluid phases [45], [46], [47], [48]. Comparatively, the former is computationally expensive but provides detailed information about the IFPI in question and is more appropriate when contact line dynamics are significant. However, since the pore structure of a powder bed is convoluted and evolves with time, resolving such solid–fluid interfaces on a computational mesh presents similar challenges as fluid–fluid interfaces discussed in the previous point. Although various algorithms have been developed to deform unstructured meshes to accommodate moving solid surfaces (see Bazilevs et al. [49] for an overview of such methods), they can be prohibitively expensive when frequent topology changes require mesh regeneration rather than just modification through nodal displacement. The pore network in a powder bed undergoes many topology changes as particles come in and out of contact with each other, constantly closing and opening new flow channels. Non-body-conforming structured grid approaches that rely on immersed boundary (IB) methods to embed the particles in the flow field can be better suited for such cases [50]. Nevertheless, accurately representing these complex pore geometries on Cartesian grids requires extremely high mesh resolutions, which can impose significant computational costs.
  • 3.Capillary effects depend on the contact angle at solid–liquid–gas intersections. Since mesh nodes do not coincide with a particle surface when using an IB method on structured grids, imposing contact angle boundary conditions at three-phase contact lines is not straightforward.

While these issues also pertain to PBF process modeling, resolving particle motion is generally less crucial for analyzing melt pool dynamics compared to primitive formation in BJ3DP. Therefore, at present, the vast majority of computational process models of PBF assume static powder beds and avoid many of the complications described above, see, e.g., [51], [52], [53], [54], [55], [56], [57], [58], [59]. Li et al. [60] presented the first 2D fully-resolved CFD-DEM simulations of the interaction between the melt pool, powder particles, surrounding gas, and metal vapor in PBF. Following this work, Yu and Zhao [61], [62] published similar melt pool IFPI simulations in 3D; however, contact line dynamics and capillary forces were not considered. Compared to PBF, relatively little work has been published regarding the computational modeling of binder deposition in BJ3DP. Employing the open-source VOF code Gerris [63], Tan [33] first simulated droplet impact on a powder bed with appropriate binder jet parameters, namely droplet size and impact velocity. However, similar to most PBF melt pool simulations described in the current literature, the powder bed was fixed in place and not allowed to respond to the interacting fluid phases. Furthermore, a simple face-centered cubic packing of non-contacting, monosized particles was considered, which does not provide a realistic pore structure for AM powder beds. Building upon this approach, we presented a framework to simulate droplet impact on static powder beds with more practical particle size distributions and packing arrangements [64]. In a study similar to [33], [64], Deng et al. [65] used the VOF capability in Ansys Fluent to examine the lateral and vertical spreading of a binder droplet impacting a fixed bimodal powder bed with body-centered packing. Li et al. [66] also adopted Fluent to conduct 2D simulations of a 100 μm diameter droplet impacting substrates with spherical roughness patterns meant to represent the surface of a simplified powder bed with monosized particles. The commercial VOF-based software FLOW-3D offers an AM module centered on process modeling of various AM technologies, including BJ3DP. However, like the above studies, particle motion is still not considered in this codebase. Ur Rehman et al. [67] employed FLOW-3D to examine microdroplet impact on a fixed stainless steel powder bed. Using OpenFOAM, Erhard et al. [68] presented simulations of different droplet impact spacings and patterns on static sand particles.

Recently, Fuchs et al. [69] introduced an impressive multipurpose smoothed particle hydrodynamics (SPH) framework capable of resolving IFPI in various AM methods, including both PBF and BJ3DP. In contrast to a combined CFD-DEM approach, this model relies entirely on SPH meshfree discretization of both the fluid and solid governing equations. The authors performed several prototype simulations demonstrating an 80 μm diameter droplet impacting an unconstrained powder bed at different speeds. While the powder bed responds to the hydrodynamic forces imparted by the impacting droplet, the particle motion is inconsistent with experimental time-resolved observations of the process [13]. Specifically, the ballistic effects, such as particle ejection and bed deformation, were drastically subdued, even in simulations using a droplet velocity ∼ 5× that of typical jetting conditions. This behavior could be caused by excessive damping in the inter-particle contact force computations within their SPH framework. Moreover, the wetted particles did not appear to be significantly influenced by the strong capillary forces exerted by the binder as no primitive agglomeration occurred. The authors mention that the objective of these simulations was to demonstrate their codebase’s broad capabilities and that some unrealistic process parameters were used to improve computational efficiency and stability, which could explain the deviations from experimental observations.

In the present paper, we develop a novel 3D CFD-DEM numerical framework for simulating fully-resolved IFPI during binder jetting with realistic material properties and process parameters. The CFD module is based on the VOF method for capturing binder–air interfaces. Surface tension effects are realized through the continuum surface force (CSF) method with height function calculations of interface curvature. Central to our fluid solver is a proprietary block-structured AMR library with hierarchical octree grid nesting to focus enhanced grid resolution near fluid–fluid interfaces. The GPU-accelerated DEM module considers six degrees of freedom particle motion and includes models based on Hertz-Mindlin contact, van der Waals cohesion, and viscoelastic rolling resistance. The CFD and DEM modules are coupled to achieve fully-resolved IFPI using an IB approach in which Lagrangian solid particles are mapped to the underlying Eulerian fluid mesh through a solid volume fraction field. An improved VOF-IB extension algorithm is introduced to enforce the contact angle at three-phase intersections. This provides robust capillary flow behavior and accurate computations of the fluid-induced forces and torques acting on individual wetted particles in densely packed powder beds.

We deploy our integrated codebase for direct numerical simulations of single-drop primitive formation with powder beds whose particle size distributions are generated from corresponding laboratory samples. These simulations use jetting parameters similar to those employed in current BJ3DP machines, fluid properties that match commonly used aqueous polymeric binders, and powder properties specific to nickel alloy feedstocks. The cohesion behavior of the DEM powder is calibrated based on the angle of repose of the laboratory powder systems. The resulting primitive granules are compared with those obtained from one-to-one experiments conducted using a dedicated in-house test apparatus. Finally, we demonstrate how the proposed framework can simulate more complex and realistic printing operations involving multi-drop primitive lines.

Section snippets

Mathematical description of interfacial fluid–particle interaction

This section briefly describes the governing equations of fluid and particle dynamics underlying the CFD and DEM solvers. Our unified framework follows an Eulerian–Lagrangian approach, wherein the Navier–Stokes equations of incompressible flow are discretized on an Eulerian grid to describe the motion of the binder liquid and surrounding gas, and the Newton–Euler equations account for the positions and orientations of the Lagrangian powder particles. The mathematical foundation for

CFD solver for incompressible flow with multifluid interfaces

This section details the numerical methodology used in our CFD module to solve the Navier–Stokes equations of incompressible flow. First, we introduce the VOF method for capturing the interfaces between the binder and air phases. This approach allows us to solve the fluid dynamics equations considering only a single continuum field with spatial and temporal variations in fluid properties. Next, we describe the time integration procedure using a fractional-step projection algorithm for

DEM solver for solid particle dynamics

This section covers the numerical procedure for tracking the motion of individual powder particles with DEM. The Newton–Euler equations (Eqs. (10), (11)) are ordinary differential equations (ODEs) for which many established numerical integrators are available. In general, the most challenging aspects of DEM involve processing particle collisions in a computationally efficient manner and dealing with small time step constraints that result from stiff materials, such as metallic AM powders. The

Unified CFD-DEM solver

The preceding sections have introduced the CFD and DEM solution algorithms separately. Here, we discuss the integrated CFD-DEM solution algorithm and related details.

Binder jet process modeling and validation experiments

In this section, we deploy our CFD-DEM framework to simulate the IFPI occurring during the binder droplet deposition stage of the BJ3DP process. The first simulations attempt to reproduce experimental single-drop primitive granules extracted from four nickel alloy powder samples with varying particle size distributions. The experiments are conducted with a dedicated in-house test apparatus that allows for the precision deposition of individual binder microdroplets into a powder bed sample. The

Conclusions

This paper introduces a coupled CFD-DEM framework capable of fully-resolved simulation of the interfacial fluid–particle interaction occurring in the binder jet 3D printing process. The interfacial flow of binder and surrounding air is captured with the VOF method and surface tension effects are incorporated using the CSF technique augmented by height function curvature calculations. Block-structured AMR is employed to provide localized grid refinement around the evolving liquid–gas interface.

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Joshua J. Wagner: Conceptualization, Data curation, Formal analysis, Investigation, Methodology, Software, Visualization, Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing. C. Fred Higgs III: Conceptualization, Funding acquisition, Investigation, Methodology, Project administration, Resources, Supervision, Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing.

Declaration of competing interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Acknowledgments

This work was supported by a NASA Space Technology Research Fellowship, United States of America, Grant No. 80NSSC19K1171. Partial support was also provided through an AIAA Foundation Orville, USA and Wilbur Wright Graduate Award, USA . The authors would like to gratefully acknowledge Dr. Craig Smith of NASA Glenn Research Center for the valuable input he provided on this project.

References (155)

그림 12: 시간 경과에 따른 속도 카운터: 30초 그림 13: 시간 경과에 따른 속도 카운터: 20초

Gemelo digital del puente de Kalix: cargas estructurales de futuros eventos climáticos extremos

Kalix Bridge 디지털 트윈: 미래 극한 기후 현상으로 인한 구조적 부하

Este documento está relacionado con un proyecto en curso para el cual se está desarrollando e implementando un gemelo digital estructural del puente de Kalix en Suecia.
이 문서는 스웨덴 Kalix 교량의 구조적 디지털 트윈이 개발 및 구현되고 있는 진행 중인 프로젝트와 관련이 있습니다.

Autores: Mahyar Kazemian1, Sajad Nikdel2, Mehrnaz MohammadEsmaeili3, Vahid Nik4, Kamyab Zandi*5

RESUMEN Las cargas ambientales, como el viento y el caudal de los ríos, juegan un papel esencial en el diseño y evaluación estructural de puentes de grandes luces. El cambio climático y los eventos climáticos extremos son amenazas para la confiabilidad y seguridad de la red de transporte.

Esto ha llevado a una creciente demanda de modelos de gemelos digitales para investigar la resistencia de los puentes en condiciones climáticas extremas. El puente de Kalix, construido sobre el río Kalix en Suecia en 1956, se utiliza como banco de pruebas en este contexto.

La estructura del puente, realizada en hormigón postensado, consta de cinco vanos, siendo el más largo de 94 m. En este estudio, las características aerodinámicas y los valores extremos de la simulación numérica del viento, como la presión en la superficie, se obtienen utilizando la simulación de remolinos desprendidos retardados (DDES) de Spalart-Allmaras como un enfoque de turbulencia RANS-LES híbrido que es práctico y computacionalmente eficiente para cerca de la pared densidad de malla impuesta por el método LES.

La presión del viento en la superficie se obtiene para tres escenarios climáticos extremos, que incluyen un clima con mucho viento, un clima extremadamente frío y el valor de cálculo para un período de retorno de 3000 años. El resultado indica diferencias significativas en la presión del viento en la superficie debido a las capas de tiempo que provienen de la simulación del flujo de viento transitorio. Para evaluar el comportamiento estructural en el escenario de viento crítico, se considera el valor más alto de presión en la superficie para cada escenario.

Además, se realiza un estudio hidrodinámico en los pilares del puente, en el que se simula el flujo del río por el método VOF, y se examina el proceso de movimiento del agua alrededor de los pilares de forma transitoria y en diferentes momentos. En cada una de las superficies del pilar se calcula la presión superficial aplicada por el caudal del río con el caudal volumétrico más alto registrado.

Para simular el flujo del río, se ha utilizado la información y las condiciones meteorológicas registradas en períodos anteriores. Los resultados muestran que la presión en la superficie en el momento en que el flujo del río golpea los pilares es mucho mayor que en los momentos posteriores. Esta cantidad de presión se puede usar como carga crítica en los cálculos de interacción fluido-estructura (FSI).

Finalmente, para ambas secciones, la presión en la superficie del viento, el campo de velocidades con respecto a las líneas de sondas auxiliares, los contornos del movimiento circunferencial del agua alrededor de los pilares y el diagrama de presión en ellos se informan en diferentes intervalos de tiempo.

요약 바람, 강의 흐름과 같은 환경 하중은 장대 교량의 설계 및 구조 평가에 필수적인 역할을 합니다. 기후 변화와 기상 이변은 교통 네트워크의 신뢰성과 보안에 위협이 됩니다.

이로 인해 극한 기상 조건에서 교량의 복원력을 조사하기 위한 디지털 트윈 모델에 대한 수요가 증가했습니다. 1956년 스웨덴 칼릭스 강 위에 건설된 칼릭스 다리는 이러한 맥락에서 테스트베드로 사용됩니다.

포스트텐션 콘크리트로 만들어진 교량 구조는 5개 경간으로 구성되며 가장 긴 길이는 94m입니다. 본 연구에서는 하이브리드 RANS-LES 난류 접근 방식인 Spalart-Allmaras 지연 분리 와류 시뮬레이션(DDES)을 사용하여 수치적 바람 시뮬레이션의 공기역학적 특성과 표면압 등 극한값을 얻습니다. LES 방법으로 부과된 벽 근처 메쉬 밀도.

바람이 많이 부는 기후, 극도로 추운 기후, 그리고 3000년의 반환 기간에 대해 계산된 값을 포함한 세 가지 극한 기후 시나리오에 대해 표면 풍압을 얻습니다. 결과는 과도 풍류 시뮬레이션에서 나오는 시간 레이어로 인해 표면 풍압에 상당한 차이가 있음을 나타냅니다. 임계 바람 시나리오에서 구조적 거동을 평가하기 위해 각 시나리오에 대해 가장 높은 표면 압력 값이 고려됩니다.

또한 교량 기둥에 대한 유체 역학 연구를 수행하여 하천의 흐름을 VOF 방법으로 시뮬레이션하고 기둥 주변의 물 이동 과정을 일시적이고 다른 시간에 조사합니다. 각 기둥 표면에서 기록된 체적 유량이 가장 높은 강의 흐름에 의해 적용되는 표면 압력이 계산됩니다.

강의 흐름을 시뮬레이션하기 위해 이전 기간에 기록된 정보와 기상 조건이 사용되었습니다. 결과는 강의 흐름이 기둥에 닿는 순간의 표면 압력이 나중에 순간보다 훨씬 높다는 것을 보여줍니다. 이 압력의 양은 유체-구조 상호작용(FSI) 계산에서 임계 하중으로 사용될 수 있습니다.

마지막으로 두 섹션 모두 바람 표면의 압력, 보조 프로브 라인에 대한 속도장, 기둥 주위 물의 원주 운동 윤곽 및 압력 다이어그램이 서로 다른 시간 간격으로 보고됩니다.

키워드: 디지털 트윈 , 풍력 공학, 콘크리트 교량, 유체역학, CFD 시뮬레이션, DDES 난류 모델, Kalix 교량

Palabras clave: Gemelo digital , Ingeniería eólica, Puente de hormigón, Hidrodinámica, Simulación CFD, Modelo de turbulencia DDES, Puente Kalix

1. Introducción

Las infraestructuras de transporte son la columna vertebral de nuestra sociedad y los puentes son el cuello de botella de la red de transporte [1]. Además, el cambio climático que da como resultado tasas de deterioro más altas y los eventos climáticos extremos son amenazas importantes para la confiabilidad y seguridad de las redes de transporte. Durante la última década, muchos puentes se han dañado o fallado por condiciones climáticas extremas como tifones e inundaciones.

Wang et al. analizó los impactos del cambio climático y mostró que se espera que el deterioro de los puentes de hormigón sea aún peor que en la actualidad, y se prevé que los eventos climáticos extremos sean más frecuentes y con mayor gravedad [2].

Además, la demanda de capacidad de carga a menudo aumenta con el tiempo, por ejemplo, debido al uso de camiones más pesados para el transporte de madera en el norte de Europa y América del Norte. Por lo tanto, existe una necesidad creciente de métodos confiables para evaluar la resistencia estructural de la red de transporte en condiciones climáticas extremas que tengan en cuenta los escenarios futuros de cambio climático.

Los activos de transporte por carretera se diseñan, construyen y explotan basándose en numerosas fuentes de datos y varios modelos. Por lo tanto, los ingenieros de diseño usan modelos establecidos proporcionados por las normas; ingenieros de construccion
documentar los datos en el material real y proporcionar planos según lo construido; los operadores recopilan datos sobre el tráfico, realizan inspecciones y planifican el mantenimiento; los científicos del clima combinan datos y modelos climáticos para
predecir eventos climáticos futuros, y los ingenieros de evaluación calculan el impacto de la carga climática extrema en la estructura.

Dadas las fuentes abrumadoras y la complejidad de los datos y modelos, es posible que la información y los cálculos actualizados no estén disponibles para decisiones cruciales, por ejemplo, con respecto a la seguridad estructural y la operabilidad de la infraestructura durante episodios de eventos extremos. La falta de una integración perfecta entre los datos de la infraestructura, los modelos estructurales y la toma de decisiones a nivel del sistema es una limitación importante de las soluciones actuales, lo que conduce a la inadaptación e incertidumbre y crea costos e ineficiencias.

El gemelo digital estructural de la infraestructura es una simulación estructural viva que reúne todos los datos y modelos y se actualiza desde múltiples fuentes para representar su contraparte física. El Digital Twin estructural, mantenido durante todo el ciclo de vida de un activo y fácilmente accesible en cualquier momento, proporciona al propietario/usuarios de la infraestructura una idea temprana de los riesgos potenciales para la movilidad inducidos por eventos climáticos, cargas de vehículos pesados e incluso el envejecimiento de un infraestructura de transporte.

En un proyecto en curso, estamos desarrollando e implementando un gemelo digital estructural para el puente de Kalix en Suecia. El objetivo general del presente artículo es presentar un método y estudiar los resultados de la cuantificación de las cargas estructurales resultantes de eventos climáticos extremos basados en escenarios climáticos futuros para el puente de Kalix. El puente de Kalix, construido sobre el río Kalix en Suecia en 1956, está hecho de una viga cajón de hormigón postensado. El puente se utiliza como banco de pruebas para la demostración de métodos de evaluación y control de la salud estructural (SHM) de última generación.

El objetivo específico de la investigación actual es dar cuenta de parámetros climáticos como el viento y el flujo de agua, que imponen cargas estáticas y dinámicas en las estructuras. Nuestro método, en el primer paso, consiste en simulaciones de flujo de viento y simulaciones de flujo de agua utilizando un modelado CFD transitorio basado en el modelo de turbulencia LES/DES para cuantificar las cargas de viento e hidráulicas; esto constituye el punto focal principal de este artículo.

En el siguiente paso, se estudiará la respuesta estructural del puente mediante la transformación de los perfiles de carga eólica e hidráulica en cargas estructurales en el análisis de EF estructural no lineal. Por último, el modelo estructural se actualizará incorporando sin problemas los datos del SHM y, por lo tanto, creando un gemelo digital estructural que refleje la verdadera respuesta de la estructura. Los dos primeros enfoques de investigación permanecen fuera del alcance inmediato del presente artículo.

2. Descripción del puente de Kalix

El puente de Kalix consta de 5 vanos largos de los cuales el más largo tiene unos 94 metros y el más corto 43,85 m. El puente es de hormigón postensado, el cual se cuela in situ de forma segmentaria y una viga cajón no prismática como se muestra en la Fig. 1. El puente es simétrico en geometría y hay una bisagra en el punto medio. El ancho del tablero del puente en la losa superior e inferior es de aproximadamente 13 my 7,5 m, respectivamente. El espesor del muro es de 45 cm y el espesor de la losa inferior varía de 20 cm a
50 cm.

Fig. 1. Geometría y secciones del puente

Fig. 1. Geometría y secciones del puente

3. Simulación de viento

Las pruebas en túnel de viento solían ser la única forma de examinar la reacción de los puentes a las cargas de viento Consulte [3]; sin embargo, estos experimentos requieren mucho tiempo y son costosos. Se requieren cerca de 6 a 8 semanas para realizar una prueba típica en un túnel de viento Consulte [4]. Los últimos logros en la capacidad computacional de las computadoras brindan oportunidades para la simulación práctica del viento alrededor de puentes utilizando la dinámica de fluidos computacional (CFD).

Es beneficioso investigar la presión del viento en los componentes del puente utilizando una simulación por computadora. Es necesario determinar los parámetros de simulación del puente y el campo de viento a su alrededor; por lo tanto, se pueden evaluar con precisión sus impactos en las fuerzas aplicadas en el puente.

Las demandas de diseño de las estructuras de puentes requieren una investigación rigurosa de la acción del viento, especialmente en condiciones climáticas extremas. Garantizar la estabilidad de los puentes de grandes luces, ya que sus características y formaciones son más propensas a la carga de viento, se encuentra entre las principales consideraciones de diseño [3].

3.1. Parámetros de simulación

La velocidad básica del viento se elige 22 m/s según el mapa de viento de Suecia y la ubicación del puente de Kalix según EN 1991-1-4 [5] y el código sueco BFS 2019: 1 EKS 11; ver figura 1. La superficie libre sobre el agua se considera un área expuesta a la carga de viento. La dirección del ataque del viento dominante se considera perpendicular al tablero del puente.

Las simulaciones actuales se basan en tres escenarios que incluyen: viento extremo, frío extremo y valor de diseño para un período de retorno de 3000 años. Cada condición tiene diferentes valores de temperatura, viento básico
velocidad, viscosidad cinemática y densidad del aire, como se muestra en la Tabla 1. Los conjuntos de datos meteorológicos se sintetizaron para dos semanas meteorológicas extremas durante el período de 30 años de 2040-2069, considerando 13 escenarios climáticos futuros diferentes con diferentes modelos climáticos globales (GCM) y rutas de concentración representativas (RCP).

Se seleccionaron una semana de frío extremo y una semana de viento extremo utilizando el enfoque desarrollado
de Nik [7]. El planteamiento se adaptó a las necesidades de este trabajo, considerando el horario semanal en lugar de mensual. Se ha verificado la aplicación del enfoque para simulaciones complejas, incluidos los sistemas de energía Consulte [7] Consulte [8], hidrotermal Consulte [ 9] y simulaciones de microclimas Consulte [10].

Para considerar las condiciones climáticas extremas de una infraestructura muy importante, el valor de la velocidad básica del viento debe transferirse del período de retorno de 50 años a 3000 años como se indica en la ecuación 1 [6]. El perfil de velocidad y turbulencia se crea en base a EN 1991-1-4 [5] para la categoría de terreno 0 (Z0 = 0,003 my Zmín = 1 m), donde Z0 y Zmín son la longitud de rugosidad y la altura mínima, respectivamente. La variación de la velocidad del viento con la altura se define en la ecuación 2, donde co (z) es el factor de orografía tomado como 1, vm (z) es la velocidad media del viento a la altura z, kr es el factor del terreno que depende de la longitud de la rugosidad , e Iv (z) es la intensidad de la turbulencia; ver ecuación 3.���50=[0.36+0.1ln12�]     1�����=��·ln��0·���  [2]���=�����=�1�0�·ln�/�0  ��� ����≤�≤����  [3]���=������                                ��� �<����                   [4]

Velocidad del viento, variación de la velocidad del viento con la altura, intensidad de la turbulencia

Se calcula que el valor de la velocidad del viento para T = período de retorno de 3000 años es de 31 m/s; por lo tanto, los diagramas de velocidad del viento e intensidad de turbulencia se obtienen como se muestra en la figura 2.

Tabla. 1. Información meteorológica para tres escenarios

Tabla. 1. Información meteorológica para tres escenarios

Fig.  2. Valor de cálculo para la información del periodo de retorno de 3000 años: (a) Velocidad del viento y (b) Perfil de intensidad de turbulencia, y (c) Especificaciones del modelo

Fig. 2. Valor de cálculo para la información del periodo de retorno de 3000 años: (a) Velocidad del viento y (b) Intensidad de la turbulencia perfil, y (c) Especificaciones del modelo

3.2. Modelo de turbulencia

Para que las investigaciones sean precisas en el flujo alrededor de estructuras importantes como puentes, se aplica un enfoque híbrido que incluye simulaciones de remolinos desprendidos retardados (DDES) y es computacionalmente eficiente [11] [12]. Este modelo de turbulencia usa un método RANS cerca de las capas límite y el método LES lejos de las capas límite y en el área del flujo de la región separada ‘.

En el primer paso, el enfoque de simulación de remolinos separados se ha ampliado para adquirir predicciones de fuerza fiables en los modelos con un gran impacto del flujo separado. Hay varios ejemplos en la parte de revisión de Spalart Consulte [11] para varios casos que usan la aplicación del modelo de turbulencia de simulación de remolino separado (DES).

La formulación DES inicial [13] se desarrolla utilizando el enfoque de Spalart-Allmaras. Con respecto a la transición del enfoque RANS al LES, se revisa el término de destrucción en la ecuación de transporte de viscosidad modificada: la distancia entre un punto en el dominio y la superficie sólida más cercana (d) se sustituye por el factor introducido por:�~=���(�.����·∆)

Factor que sustituye la distancia entre el punto en el dominio y la superficie sólida más cercana (d)

donde CDES es un coeficiente, se considera como 0,65 y Δ es una escala de longitud asociada con el espaciado de la rejilla local:�=���(��.��.��)

Escala de longitud asociada con el espaciado de rejilla local

Se ha empleado un enfoque modificado de DES, conocido como simulación de remolinos desprendidos retardados (DDES), para dominar el probable problema de la “separación inducida por la rejilla” (GIS) que está relacionado con la geometría de la rejilla. El objetivo de este nuevo enfoque es confirmar que el modelado de turbulencia se mantiene en modo RANS en todas las capas de contorno [14]. Por lo tanto, la definición del parámetro se modifica como se define:�~=�-�����(0. �-����·�)   6

Modificación del parámetro d

donde fd es una función de filtro que considera un valor de 0 en las capas límite cercanas al muro (zona RANS) y un valor de 1 en las áreas donde se realizó la separación del flujo (zona LES).

3.3. Rejilla computacional y resultados

RWIND 2.01 Pro se emplea para la simulación de viento CFD, que usa el código CFD externo OpenFOAM® versión 17.10. La simulación CFD tridimensional se realiza como una simulación de viento transitorio para flujo turbulento incompresible utilizando el algoritmo SIMPLE (Método semi-implícito para ecuaciones vinculadas a presión).

En la simulación actual, el solucionador de estado estacionario se considera como la condición inicial, lo que significa que cuando se está calculando el flujo transitorio, el cálculo del estado estacionario de la condición inicial comienza en la primera parte de la simulación y tan pronto como se calcula. completado, el cálculo de transitorios se iniciará automáticamente.

Fig.  3. Dominio del túnel de viento y rejilla computacional de referencia (8.057.279 celdas)

Fig. 3. Dominio del túnel de viento y rejilla computacional de referencia (8.057.279 celdas)

La cuadrícula computacional se realiza mediante 8.057.279 celdas tridimensionales y 8.820.901 nudos, también se consideran las dimensiones del dominio del túnel de viento 2000 m * 1000 m * 100 m (largo, ancho, alto) como se muestra en la figura 3. El volumen mínimo de la celda es de 6,34 * 10-5 m3, el volumen máximo es de 812,30 m3 y la desviación máxima es de 1,80.

La presión residual final se considera 5 * 10-5. El proceso de generación de mallas e independencia de la rejilla se ha realizado utilizando los cuatro tamaños de malla que se muestran en la figura 4 para la malla de referencia, y finalmente se ha conseguido la independencia de la rejilla.

Fig.  4. Estudio de rejilla de cuatro tamaños de malla computacional a través de la línea de sondeo.

Fig. 4. Estudio de rejilla de cuatro tamaños de malla computacional a través de la línea de sondeo.

Se han realizado tres simulaciones para obtener el valor de la presión del viento para condiciones climáticas extremas y el valor de cálculo del viento que se muestra en la Fig. 5. Para cada escenario, el resultado de la presión del viento se obtiene utilizando el modelo de turbulencia transitoria DDES con respecto a 30 (s) de duración que incluye 60 capas de tiempo (Δt = 0,5 s).

Se puede observar que el área frontal del puente está expuesta a la presión del viento positiva y la cantidad de presión aumenta en la altura cerca del borde del tablero para todos los escenarios. Además, la Fig. 5. ilustra los valores negativos de la presión del viento en su totalidad en la superficie de la cubierta. El valor de pertenencia para el período de 3000 años es mucho más alto que los otros escenarios.

Es importante tener en cuenta que el intervalo de la velocidad del viento de entrada tiene un gran impacto en el valor de la presión en la superficie más que en los otros parámetros. Además, para cada escenario, el intervalo más alto de presión del viento y succión durante el tiempo total debe considerarse como una carga de viento crítica impuesta a la estructura. El valor más bajo de la presión en la superficie se obtiene en el escenario de condiciones de frío extremo, mientras que en condiciones de mucho viento, el valor de la presión se vuelve un orden de magnitud más alto.

Fig.  5. Contorno de presión superficial y diagrama para 60 capas de tiempo (Δt = 0.5 s) a través de una línea de sondeo para tres escenarios.

Fig. 5. Contorno de presión superficial y diagrama para 60 capas de tiempo (Δt = 0.5 s) a través de una línea de sondeo para tres escenarios.

Además, es importante tener en cuenta que el comportamiento del puente sería completamente diferente debido a las diferentes temperaturas del aire, y puede ocurrir un posible caso crítico en el escenario que experimente una presión menor. Con respecto al valor de entrada de cada escenario, el rango más alto de presión del viento pertenece al nivel de diseño debido al período de retorno de 3000 años, que ha recibido la velocidad del viento más alta como velocidad de entrada.

4. Simulación hidráulica

Los pilares de los puentes a través del río pueden bloquear el flujo al reducir la sección transversal del río, crear corrientes parásitas locales y cambiar la velocidad del flujo, lo que puede ejercer presión en las superficies de los pilares. Cuando el río fluye hacia los pilares del puente, el proceso del flujo de agua alrededor de la base se puede dividir en dos partes: aplicando presión en el momento en que el agua golpea el pilar del puente y después de la presión inicial cuando el agua fluye alrededor de los pilares [15].

Cuando el agua alcanza los pilares del puente a una cierta velocidad, el efecto de la presión sobre los pilares es mucho mayor que la presión del fluido que queda a su alrededor. Debido a los desarrollos de la ciencia de la computación, así como al desarrollo cada vez mayor de los códigos dinámicos de fluidos computacionales, se han utilizado ampliamente varias simulaciones numéricas y se ha demostrado que los resultados de muchas simulaciones son consistentes con los resultados experimentales [16].

Por ello, en esta investigación se ha utilizado el método de la dinámica de fluidos computacional para simular los fenómenos que gobiernan el comportamiento del flujo de los ríos. Para este estudio se ha seleccionado una solución tridimensional basada en cálculos numéricos utilizando el modelo de turbulencia LES. La simulación tridimensional del flujo del río en diferentes direcciones y velocidades nos permite calcular y analizar todas las presiones en la superficie de los pilares del puente en diferentes intervalos de tiempo.

4.1. Parámetros de simulación

El flujo del río se puede definir como un flujo de dos fases, que incluye agua y aire, en un canal abierto. El flujo de canal abierto es un flujo de fluido con una superficie libre en la que la presión atmosférica se distribuye uniformemente y se crea por el peso del fluido. Para simular este tipo de flujo se utiliza el método multifase VOF.

El programa Flow3D, disponible en el mercado, utiliza los métodos de fracciones volumétricas VOF y FAVOF. En el método VOF, el dominio de modelado se divide primero en celdas de elementos o volúmenes de controles más pequeños. Para los elementos que contienen fluidos, se mantienen valores numéricos para cada una de las variables de flujo dentro de ellos.

Estos valores representan la media volumétrica de los valores en cada elemento. En las corrientes superficiales libres, no todas las celdas están llenas de líquido; algunas celdas en la superficie de flujo están medio llenas. En este caso, se define una cantidad llamada volumen de fluido, F, que representa la parte de la celda que se llena con el fluido.

Después de determinar la posición y el ángulo de la superficie del flujo, será posible aplicar las condiciones de contorno apropiadas en la superficie del flujo para calcular el movimiento del fluido. A medida que se mueve el fluido, el valor de F también cambia con él. Las superficies libres son monitoreadas automáticamente por el movimiento de fluido dentro de una red fija. El método FAVOR se usa para determinar la geometría.

También se puede usar otra cantidad de fracción volumétrica para determinar el nivel de un cuerpo rígido desocupado ( Vf ). Cuando se conoce el volumen que ocupa el cuerpo rígido en cada celda, el límite del fluido dentro de la red fija se puede determinar como VOF. Este límite se usa para determinar las condiciones de contorno del muro que sigue el arroyo. En general, la ecuación de continuidad de masa es la siguiente:��𝜕�𝜕�+𝜕𝜕�(����)+�𝜕𝜕�(����)+𝜕𝜕�(����)+������=����   10

Ecuación de continuidad de masa

Las ecuaciones de movimiento para los componentes de la velocidad de un fluido en coordenadas 3D, o en otras palabras, las ecuaciones de Navier-Stokes, son las siguientes:𝜕�𝜕�+1�����𝜕�𝜕�+���𝜕�𝜕�+���𝜕�𝜕�+��2�����=-1�𝜕�𝜕�+��+��-��-��������-��-���    11𝜕�𝜕�+1�����𝜕�𝜕�+���𝜕�𝜕�+���𝜕�𝜕�+��������=-�1�𝜕�𝜕�+��+��-��-��������-��-���  12𝜕�𝜕�+1�����𝜕�𝜕�+���𝜕�𝜕�+���𝜕�𝜕�=-1�𝜕�𝜕�+��+��-��-��������-��-���              13

Ecuaciones de Navier-Stokes

Donde VF es la relación del volumen abierto al flujo, ρ es la densidad del fluido, (u, v, w) son las componentes de la velocidad en las direcciones x, y y z, respectivamente, R SOR es la función de la fuente, (Ax, Ay, Az ) son las áreas fraccionales, (Gx, Gy, Gz ) son las fuerzas gravitacionales, (fx, fy, fz ) son las aceleraciones de la viscosidad y (bx, by, bz ) son las pérdidas de flujo en medios porosos en las direcciones x, y, z, respectivamente [17].

La zona de captación del río Kalix es grande y amplia, por lo que tiene un clima subpolar con inviernos fríos y largos y veranos suaves y cortos. Aproximadamente el 50% de las precipitaciones en esta zona es nieve. En mayo, por lo general, el deshielo provoca un aumento significativo en el caudal del río. Las condiciones climáticas del río se resumen en la Tabla 2, [18].

Contrariamente a la tendencia general de este estudio, la previsión de las condiciones meteorológicas mencionadas está utilizando la información meteorológica registrada en los períodos pasados. En función de la información meteorológica disponible, definimos las condiciones de contorno al realizar los cálculos.

Tabla 2: Parámetros del modelo y tabla 3:Condiciones de contorno del modelo

Tabla 2: Parámetros del modelo y tabla 3:Condiciones de contorno del modelo

4.2 Cuadrícula computacional y resultados

Primero, según las dimensiones de los pilares en tres direcciones X, Y, Z, y según la dimensión longitudinal de los pilares (D = 8,5 m; véase la figura 7), el dominio se extiende 10D aguas arriba y 20D aguas abajo. Se ha utilizado el método de mallado estructurado (cartesiano) y el software Flow3D para resolver este problema. Para una cuadrícula correcta, el dominio se debe dividir en diferentes secciones.

Esta división se basa en lugares con fuertes pendientes. Usando la creación de una nueva superficie, el dominio se puede dividir en varias secciones para crear una malla regular con las dimensiones correctas y apropiadas, se puede especificar el número de celdas en cada superficie.

Fig. 6: Estudio de rejilla para el dominio hídrico

Fig. 6: Estudio de rejilla para el dominio hídrico

Esto aumenta el volumen final de las células. Por esta razón, hemos dividido este dominio en tres niveles: Grueso, medio y fino. Los resultados de los estudios de independencia de la red se muestran en la figura 6. Para comprobar los resultados calculados, primero debemos asegurarnos de que la corriente de entrada sea la correcta. Para hacer esto, el caudal de entrada se mide en el dominio de la solución y se compara con el valor base. Las dimensiones del dominio de la solución se especifican en la figura 7. Esta figura también contribuye al reconocimiento de los pilares del puente y su denominación de superficies.

Como se muestra en la Fig. 8, el caudal del río se encuentra dentro del intervalo admisible durante el 90% del tiempo de simulación y el caudal de entrada se ha simulado correctamente. Además, en la Fig. 9, la velocidad media del río se calcula en función del caudal y del área de la sección transversal del río.

Para extraer la cantidad de presión aplicada a los diferentes lados de las columnas, hemos seleccionado el intervalo de tiempo de simulación de 10 a 25 segundos (tiempo de estabilización de descarga en la cantidad de 1800 metros cúbicos por segundo). Los resultados calculados para cada lado se muestran en la Fig. 10 y 11. Los contornos de velocidad también se muestran en las Figuras 12 y 13. Estos contornos se ajustan en función de la velocidad del fluido en un momento dado.

Debido a las dimensiones del dominio de la solución y al caudal del río, el flujo de agua llega a los pilares del puente en el décimo segundo y la presión inicial del flujo del río afecta las superficies de los pilares del puente. Esta presión inicial decrece con el tiempo y se estabiliza en un rango determinado para cada lado según el área y el porcentaje de interacción con el flujo. Para los cálculos de interacción fluido-estructura (FSI), se puede usar la presión crítica calculada en el momento en que la corriente golpea los pilares.

Fig. 7: Dibujo del dominio hidrostático

Fig. 7: Dibujo del dominio hidrostático

Fig. 8: caudal del río; La figura 9: Caudal de la velocidad del río; La figura 10: Presión en la pila del puente - I; La figura 11: Presión en la pila del puente – II

Fig. 8: caudal del río; La figura 9: Caudal de la velocidad del río; La figura 10: Presión en la pila del puente – I; La figura 11: Presión en la pila del puente – II

Fig. 12: Contador de velocidad en el tiempo: 30s Fig. 13: Contador de velocidad en el tiempo: 20 s

Fig. 12: Contador de velocidad en el tiempo: 30s Fig. 13: Contador de velocidad en el tiempo: 20 s

5. Conclusión

Los efectos de las condiciones meteorológicas extremas, incluido el viento dinámico y el flujo de agua, se investigaron numéricamente para el puente de Kalix. Se definieron tres escenarios para las simulaciones dinámicas de viento, incluido el clima con mucho viento, el clima extremadamente frío y el valor de diseño para un período de retorno de 3.000 años. Aprovechando las simulaciones CFD, se determinaron las presiones del viento en pasos de 60 tiempos (30 segundos) utilizando el modelo de turbulencia transitoria DDES.

Los resultados indican diferencias significativas entre los escenarios, lo que implica la importancia de los datos de entrada, especialmente el diagrama de velocidades del viento. Se observó que el valor de diseño para el período de devolución de 3000 años tiene un impacto mucho mayor que los otros escenarios. Además, se mostró la importancia de considerar el rango más alto de presión del viento en la superficie a través de los pasos de tiempo para evaluar el comportamiento estructural del puente en la condición más crítica.

Además, se consideró el caudal máximo del río para una simulación transitoria según las condiciones meteorológicas registradas, y los pilares del puente se sometieron al caudal máximo del río durante 30 segundos. Por lo tanto, además de las condiciones físicas del flujo del río y cómo cambia la dirección del flujo aguas abajo, se cuantificaron las presiones máximas del agua en el momento en que el flujo golpea los pilares.

En el trabajo futuro, el rendimiento estructural del puente de Kalix será evaluado por
imposición de la carga del viento, la presión del agua y la carga del tráfico, creando así un gemelo digital estructural que refleja la verdadera respuesta de la estructura.

6. Reconocimiento

Los autores agradecen enormemente el apoyo de Dlubal Software por proporcionar la licencia de RWIND Simulation, así como de Flow Sciences Inc. por proporcionar la licencia de FLOW-3D.

Autores: Mahyar Kazemian1, Sajad Nikdel2, Mehrnaz MohammadEsmaeili3, Vahid Nik4, Kamyab Zandi*5

Candidato a doctorado, becario en el Departamento de Ingeniería de Timezyx Inc., Canadá.

M.Sc. estudiante, pasante en el Departamento de Ingeniería, Timezyx Inc., Canadá.

Estudiante de licenciatura, pasante en el Departamento de Ingeniería, Timezyx Inc., Canadá.

4 Profesor adjunto en la división de Física de la construcción de la Universidad de Lund y la Universidad Tecnológica de Chalmers, Suecia.

* 5 Director, Timezyx Inc., Vancouver, BC V6N 2R2, Canadá. E-mail: kamyab.zandi@timezyx.com


Referencias

  1. Jančula, M., Jošt, J., & Gocál, J. (2021). Influencia de las acciones ambientales agresivas en las estructuras de los puentes. Transportation Research Procedia, 55 , 1229–1235. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.trpro.2021.07.104
  2. Wang, X., Nguyen, M., Stewart, MG, Syme, M. y Leitch, A. (2010). Análisis de los impactos del cambio climático en el deterioro de la infraestructura de hormigón – Informe de síntesis. CSIRO, Canberra.
  3. Kemayou, BTM (2016). Análisis de secciones de tableros de puentes por el método de la pseudocompresibilidad basado en FDM y LES: Mejora del rendimiento mediante la implementación de la computación en paralelo (tesis). Universidad de Arkansas.
  4. Larsen, A. y Walther, JH (1997). Análisis aeroelástico de secciones de vigas de puentes basado en simulaciones discretas de vórtices. Journal of Wind Engineering and Industrial Aerodynamics, 67–68 , 253–265. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0167-6105(97)00077-9
  5. Eurocódigo 1: Acciones en estructuras. (2006). Instituto Británico de Normas.
  6. ASCE. Cargas mínimas de cálculo para edificios y otras estructuras. (2013). Sociedad Estadounidense de Ingenieros Civiles.
  7. Nik, VM (2016). Facilitación de la simulación energética para el clima futuro: síntesis de conjuntos de datos meteorológicos típicos y extremos a partir de modelos climáticos regionales (RCM). Applied Energy, 177 , 204–226. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apenergy.2016.05.107
  8. Perera, AT, Nik, VM, Chen, D., Scartezzini, J.‑L. y Hong, T. (2020). Cuantificación de los impactos del cambio climático y los eventos climáticos extremos en los sistemas energéticos. Nature Energy, 5 (2), 150–159. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41560-020-0558-0
  9. Nik, VM (2017). Aplicación de conjuntos de datos meteorológicos típicos y extremos en la simulación higrotérmica de componentes de construcción para el clima futuro: un estudio de caso para un muro de entramado de madera. Energy and Buildings, 154 , 30–45. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.enbuild.2017.08.042
  10. Hosseini, M., Javanroodi, K. y Nik, VM (2022). Evaluación de impacto de alta resolución del cambio climático en el rendimiento energético de los edificios considerando los eventos meteorológicos extremos y el microclima – Investigando las variaciones en el confort térmico interior y los grados-día. Ciudades sostenibles y sociedad, 78 , 103634. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scs.2021.103634
  11. Spalart, P. R. (2009). Simulación de remolinos separados. Revisión anual de mecánica de fluidos, 41 , 181–202. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.fluid.010908.165130
  12. Spalart, PR, et al. (2006) Una nueva versión de simulación de remolinos separados, resistente a densidades de rejilla ambiguas. Dinámica de fluidos teórica y computacional, 2006. 20 (3), 181-195. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00162-006-0015-0
  13. Spalart, PR (1997). Comentarios sobre la viabilidad de LES para alas y sobre una aproximación híbrida RANS/LES. En Actas de la Primera Conferencia Internacional de AFOSR sobre DNS/LES. Prensa de Greyden.
  14. Boudreau, M., Dumas, G. y Veilleux, J.-C. (2017). Evaluación de la capacidad del enfoque de modelado de turbulencia DDES para simular la estela de un cuerpo de farol. Aeroespacial, 4 (3), 41. https://doi.org/10.3390/aerospace4030041
  15. Wang, Y., Zou, Y., Xu, L. y Luo, Z. (2015). Análisis de la presión del flujo de agua en pilas de puentes considerando el efecto del impacto. Problemas matemáticos en ingeniería, 2015 , 1–8. https://doi.org/10.1155/2015/687535
  16. Qi, H., Zheng, J. y Zhang, C. (2020). Simulación numérica del campo de velocidades alrededor de dos pilares de pilas en tándem del puente longitudinal. Fluidos, 5 (1), 32. https://doi.org/10.3390/fluids5010032
  17. Jalal, H. K. y Hassan, W. H (2020). Simulación numérica tridimensional de la socavación local alrededor de la pila de un puente circular utilizando el software flow-3d. Ciclo de conferencias de IOP: Ciencia e ingeniería de materiales, 745 , 012150. https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/745/1/012150
  18. Herzog, S. D., Conrad, S., Ingri, J., Persson, P. y Kritzberg, E. S (2019). Cambios inducidos por crecidas de primavera en la especiación y destino del Fe a mayor salinidad. Geoquímica aplicada, 109 , 104385. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apgeochem.2019.104385

The impacts of profile concavity on turbidite deposits: Insights from the submarine canyons on global continental margins

The impacts of profile concavity on turbidite deposits: Insights from the submarine canyons on global continental margins

프로필 오목부가 탁도 퇴적물에 미치는 영향: 전 세계 대륙 경계에 대한 해저 협곡의 통찰력

Kaiqi Yu a, Elda Miramontes bc, Matthieu J.B. Cartigny d, Yuping Yang a, Jingping Xu a
aDepartment of Ocean Science and Engineering, Southern University of Science and Technology, 1088 Xueyuan Rd., Shenzhen 518055, Guangdong, China
bMARUM-Center for Marine Environmental Sciences, University of Bremen, Bremen, Germanyc
Faculty of Geosciences, University of Bremen, Bremen, Germany
dDepartment of Geography, Durham University, South Road, Durham DH1 3LE, UK

Received 10 August 2023, Revised 13 March 2024, Accepted 13 March 2024, Available online 17 March 2024, Version of Record 20 March 2024.

What do these dates mean?Show lessAdd to MendeleyShareCite

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geomorph.2024.109157Get rights and content

Highlights

  • •The impact of submarine canyon concavity on turbidite deposition was assessed.
  • •Distribution of turbidite deposits varies with changes in canyon concavity.
  • •Three distinct deposition patterns were identified.
  • •The recognized deposition patterns align well with the observed turbidite deposits.

Abstract

Submarine canyons are primary conduits for turbidity currents transporting terrestrial sediments, nutrients, pollutants and organic carbon to the deep sea. The concavity in the longitudinal profile of these canyons (i.e. the downstream flattening rate along the profiles) influences the transport processes and results in variations in turbidite thickness, impacting the transfer and burial of particles. To better understand the controlling mechanisms of canyon concavity on the distribution of turbidite deposits, here we investigate the variation in sediment accumulation as a function of canyon concavity of 20 different modern submarine canyons, distributed on global continental margins. In order to effectively assess the isolated impact of the concavity of 20 different canyons, a series of two-dimensional, depth-resolved numerical simulations are conducted. Simulation results show that the highly concave profile (e.g. Surveyor and Horizon) tends to concentrate the turbidite deposits mainly at the slope break, while nearly straight profiles (e.g. Amazon and Congo) result in deposition focused at the canyon head. Moderately concave profiles with a smoother canyon floor (e.g. Norfolk-Washington and Mukluk) effectively facilitate the downstream transport of suspended sediments in turbidity currents. Furthermore, smooth and steep upper reaches of canyons commonly contribute to sediment bypass (i.e. Mukluk and Chirikof), while low slope angles lead to deposition at upper reaches (i.e. Bounty and Valencia). At lower reaches, the distribution of turbidite deposits is consistent with the occurrence of hydraulic jumps. Under the influence of different canyon concavities, three types of deposition patterns are inferred in this study, and verified by comparison with observed turbidite deposits on the modern or paleo-canyon floor. This study demonstrates a potential difference in sediment transport efficiency of submarine canyons with different concavities, which has potential consequences for sediment and organic carbon transport through submarine canyons.

Introduction

Submarine canyons are pivotal links in source-to-sink systems on continental margins (Sømme et al., 2009; Nyberg et al., 2018; Pope et al., 2022a, Pope et al., 2022b) that provide efficient pathways for moving prodigious volumes of terrestrial materials to the abyssal basin (Spychala et al., 2020; Heijnen et al., 2022). When turbidity currents, the main force that transports the above mentioned sediments (Xu et al., 2004; Xu, 2010; Talling et al., 2013; Stevenson et al., 2015), slow down after entering a flatter and/or wider stretch of the canyon downstream, the laden sediments settle, often rapidly, to form a deposit called turbidite that is known for organic carbon burial, hydrocarbon reserves and the accumulation of microplastics (Galy et al., 2007; Pohl et al., 2020a; Pope et al., 2022b; Pierdomenico et al., 2023). A set of flume experiments by Pohl et al. (2020b) revealed that the variation of bed slope plays a dominant role in controlling the sizes and locations of the deposit: a) a more gently dipping upper slope leads to upstream migration of upslope pinch-out; b) the increase of lower slope results in a decrease of the deposit thickness (Fig. 1a).

From upper continental slopes to deepwater basins, turbidity currents are commonly confined by submarine canyons that facilitate the longer distance transport of sediments (Eggenhuisen et al., 2022; Pope et al., 2022a; Wahab et al., 2022, Li et al., 2023a). The concavity, defined here as the downstream flattening rate of profiles (Covault et al., 2011; Chen et al., 2019; Seybold et al., 2021; Soutter et al., 2021a), of the longitudinal bed profile of the submarine canyons is therefore a key factor that determines hydrodynamic processes of turbidity currents, including the accumulation of sediments along the canyon thalweg (Covault et al., 2014; de Leeuw et al., 2016; Heerema et al., 2022; Heijnen et al., 2022). Due to the comprehensive impacts of sediment supply, grain size, climate change, regional tectonics, associated river and self-incision, the concavity of submarine canyons on global continental margins varies greatly (Parker et al., 1986; Harris and Whiteway, 2011; Casalbore et al., 2018; Nyberg et al., 2018; Soutter et al., 2021a, Li et al., 2023b), which is much more complex than the two constant slope setup of Pohl et al. (2020b)’s flume experiment (Fig. 1a). This raises the question of how the more complex concavity influences the dynamics of turbidity currents and the resultant distribution of turbidite deposits. For instance, the longitudinal profile concavity can also be increased by steepening the upper slope and/or gentling the lower slope of canyons (Fig. 1b). Parameters, known as significant factors influencing flow dynamics, include dip angle (Pohl et al., 2019), bed roughness (Baghalian and Ghodsian, 2020), obstacle presence (Howlett et al., 2019), and confinement conditions (Soutter et al., 2021b). However, the role of channel concavity in determining the downstream evolution of flow dynamics remains poorly understood (Covault et al., 2011; Georgiopoulou and Cartwright, 2013), and it is still unclear whether changes in concavity can result in different locations of pinch-out points and variations in turbidite deposit thicknesses (Pohl et al., 2020b).

In this study, we hypothesize that a more concave profile resulting from a steeper upper slope and a gentler lower slope may lead to a downstream migration of the upslope pinch-out and an increase of deposit thickness (Fig. 1b). This hypothesis is tested in 20 modern submarine canyons (shown in Fig. 2) whose longitudinal profiles are extracted from the GEBCO_2022 grid. Due to the lack of data describing the turbidite thickness trends in these canyons, we used a numerical model (FLOW-3D® software) to simulate the depositional process. The simulation results allow us to address at least two questions: (1) How does the concavity affect the distribution and thickness of turbidite deposits along the canyon thalwegs? (2) What is the impact of canyon concavity on the dynamics of the turbidity currents? Such answers on a global scale are undoubtedly helpful in understanding not only the sediment transport processes but also the efficient transfer and burial of organic carbon along global continental margins.

Section snippets

Submarine canyons used in this study

The longitudinal profiles of 20 modern submarine canyons are obtained using Global Mapper® from a public domain database GEBCO_2022 (doi:https://doi.org/10.5285/e0f0bb80-ab44-2739-e053-6c86abc0289c). The GEBCO_2022 grid provides elevation data, in meters, on a 15 arc-second interval grid. The 20 selected submarine canyons, which span the typical distance covered by turbidity currents, have been chosen from a diverse range of submarine canyon and channel systems that extend at least 250 km

Concavity of longitudinal canyon profiles

The NCI and α values of all 20 canyon profiles utilized in this study are plotted in Fig. 4, indicating the majority of these submarine canyons typically exhibit a concave profile, characterized by a negative NCI, except for the Amazon. In most of the profiles, the NCI is lower than −0.08, with the most concave point (indicated by the minimum ratio α) located closer to the canyon head than to the profile end, and their upper reaches are steeper than lower reaches, typically observed as the

Validation of the hypothesis

As previously mentioned in this paper, one of the primary objectives of this study is to evaluate the hypothesis inferred from the flume tank experiment of Pohl et al. (2020b): whether a more concave canyon profile can exert a comparable influence on turbidite deposits as the steepness of the lower and upper slopes in a slope-break system (Fig. 1). Shown as the modeling results, the deposition pattern of this study is more ‘irregular’ compared with the flume tank experiment (Pohl et al., 2020b

Conclusion

Based on global bathymetry, this study simulates the depositional behavior of turbidity currents flowing through the 20 different submarine canyons on the margins of open ocean and marginal sea. Influenced by the different concavities, the resulted deposition patterns are characterized by a variable distribution of turbidite deposits.

  • 1)The simulation results demonstrate that the accumulation of turbidite deposits is primarily observed in downstream regions near the slope break for highly concave

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Kaiqi Yu: Writing – review & editing, Writing – original draft, Validation, Software, Methodology, Investigation, Conceptualization. Elda Miramontes: Writing – review & editing, Supervision, Conceptualization. Matthieu J.B. Cartigny: Writing – review & editing, Supervision. Yuping Yang: Software, Methodology. Jingping Xu: Writing – review & editing, Supervision, Funding acquisition, Conceptualization.

Declaration of competing interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Acknowledgements

This study is supported by the Shenzhen Natural Science Foundation (JCYJ20210324105211031). Matthieu J. B. Cartigny was supported by Royal Society Research Fellowship (DHF/R1/180166). We thank the Chief Editor Zhongyuan Chen, the associate editor and two reviewers for their constructive comments that helped us improve our manuscript.

References (70)

There are more references available in the full text version of this article.

Fig. 3. Free surface and substrate profiles in all Sp and Ls cases at t = 1 s, t = 3 s, and t = 5 s, arranged left to right (note: the colour contours correspond to the horizontal component of the flow velocity (u), expressed in m/s).

Numerical investigation of dam break flow over erodible beds with diverse substrate level variations

다양한 기질 수준 변화를 갖는 침식성 층 위의 댐 파손 흐름에 대한 수치 조사

Alireza Khoshkonesh1, Blaise Nsom2, Saeid Okhravi3*, Fariba Ahmadi Dehrashid4, Payam Heidarian5,
Silvia DiFrancesco6
1 Department of Geography, School of Social Sciences, History, and Philosophy, Birkbeck University of London, London, UK.
2 Université de Bretagne Occidentale. IRDL/UBO UMR CNRS 6027. Rue de Kergoat, 29285 Brest, France.
3 Institute of Hydrology, Slovak Academy of Sciences, Dúbravská cesta 9, 84104, Bratislava, Slovak Republic.
4Department of Water Science and Engineering, Faculty of Agriculture, Bu-Ali Sina University, 65178-38695, Hamedan, Iran.
5 Department of Civil, Environmental, Architectural Engineering and Mathematics, University of Brescia, 25123 Brescia, Italy.
6Niccol`o Cusano University, via Don C. Gnocchi 3, 00166 Rome, Italy. * Corresponding author. Tel.: +421-944624921. E-mail: saeid.okhravi@savba.sk

Abstract

This study aimed to comprehensively investigate the influence of substrate level difference and material composition on dam break wave evolution over two different erodible beds. Utilizing the Volume of Fluid (VOF) method, we tracked free surface advection and reproduced wave evolution using experimental data from the literature. For model validation, a comprehensive sensitivity analysis encompassed mesh resolution, turbulence simulation methods, and bed load transport equations. The implementation of Large Eddy Simulation (LES), non-equilibrium sediment flux, and van Rijn’s (1984) bed load formula yielded higher accuracy compared to alternative approaches. The findings emphasize the significant effect of substrate level difference and material composition on dam break morphodynamic characteristics. Decreasing substrate level disparity led to reduced flow velocity, wavefront progression, free surface height, substrate erosion, and other pertinent parameters. Initial air entrapment proved substantial at the wavefront, illustrating pronounced air-water interaction along the bottom interface. The Shields parameter experienced a one-third reduction as substrate level difference quadrupled, with the highest near-bed concentration observed at the wavefront. This research provides fresh insights into the complex interplay of factors governing dam break wave propagation and morphological changes, advancing our comprehension of this intricate phenomenon.

이 연구는 두 개의 서로 다른 침식층에 대한 댐 파괴파 진화에 대한 기질 수준 차이와 재료 구성의 영향을 종합적으로 조사하는 것을 목표로 했습니다. VOF(유체량) 방법을 활용하여 자유 표면 이류를 추적하고 문헌의 실험 데이터를 사용하여 파동 진화를 재현했습니다.

모델 검증을 위해 메쉬 해상도, 난류 시뮬레이션 방법 및 침대 하중 전달 방정식을 포함하는 포괄적인 민감도 분석을 수행했습니다. LES(Large Eddy Simulation), 비평형 퇴적물 플럭스 및 van Rijn(1984)의 하상 부하 공식의 구현은 대체 접근 방식에 비해 더 높은 정확도를 산출했습니다.

연구 결과는 댐 붕괴 형태역학적 특성에 대한 기질 수준 차이와 재료 구성의 중요한 영향을 강조합니다. 기판 수준 차이가 감소하면 유속, 파면 진행, 자유 표면 높이, 기판 침식 및 기타 관련 매개변수가 감소했습니다.

초기 공기 포집은 파면에서 상당한 것으로 입증되었으며, 이는 바닥 경계면을 따라 뚜렷한 공기-물 상호 작용을 보여줍니다. 기판 레벨 차이가 4배로 증가함에 따라 Shields 매개변수는 1/3로 감소했으며, 파면에서 가장 높은 베드 근처 농도가 관찰되었습니다.

이 연구는 댐 파괴파 전파와 형태학적 변화를 지배하는 요인들의 복잡한 상호 작용에 대한 새로운 통찰력을 제공하여 이 복잡한 현상에 대한 이해를 향상시킵니다.

Keywords

Dam break; Substrate level difference; Erodible bed; Sediment transport; Computational fluid dynamics CFD.

Fig. 3. Free surface and substrate profiles in all Sp and Ls cases at t = 1 s, t = 3 s, and t = 5 s, arranged left to right (note: the colour contours
correspond to the horizontal component of the flow velocity (u), expressed in m/s).
Fig. 3. Free surface and substrate profiles in all Sp and Ls cases at t = 1 s, t = 3 s, and t = 5 s, arranged left to right (note: the colour contours correspond to the horizontal component of the flow velocity (u), expressed in m/s).

REFERENCES

Aleixo, R., Soares-Frazão, S., Zech, Y., 2010. Velocity profiles in
dam-break flows: water and sediment layers. In: Proc. Int. Conf.
on Fluvial Hydraulics “River Flow 2010”, pp. 533–540.
An, S., Ku, H., Julien, P.Y., 2015. Numerical modelling of local
scour caused by submerged jets. Maejo Int. J. Sci. Technol., 9, 3,
328–343.
Bahmanpouri, F., Daliri, M., Khoshkonesh, A., Namin, M.M.,
Buccino, M., 2021. Bed compaction effect on dam break flow over
erodible bed; experimental and numerical modeling. J. Hydrol.,
594, 125645. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2020.125645
Baklanov, A., 2007. Environmental risk and assessment modelling
– scientific needs and expected advancements. In: Ebel, A.,
Davitashvili, T. (Eds.): Air, Water and Soil Quality Modelling
for Risk and Impact Assessment Springer, Dordrecht, pp. 29–44.
Biscarini, C., Di Francesco, S., Nardi, F., Manciola, P., 2013.
Detailed simulation of complex hydraulic problems with
macroscopic and mesoscopic mathematical methods. Math.
Probl. Eng., 928309. https://doi.org/10.1155/2013/928309
Cao, Z., Pender, G., Wallis, S., Carling, P., 2004. Computational
dam-break hydraulics over erodible sediment bed. J. Hydraul.
Eng., 130, 7, 689–703.
Catucci, D., Briganti, R., Heller, V., 2021. Numerical validation of novel
scaling laws for air entrainment in water. Proc. R. Soc. A, 477, 2255,20210339. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.2021.0339
Dehrashid, F.A., Heidari, M., Rahimi, H., Khoshkonesh, A., Yuan,
S., Tang, X., Lu, C., Wang, X., 2023. CFD modeling the flow
dynamics in an open channel with double-layered vegetation.
Model. Earth Syst. Environ., 9, 1, 543–555.
Desombre, J., Morichon, D., Mory, M., 2013. RANS v2-f simulation
of a swash event: Detailed flow structure. Coastal Eng., 71, 1–12.
Dodangeh, E., Afzalimehr, H., 2022. Incipient motion of sediment
particles in the presence of bed forms under decelerating and
accelerating flows. J. Hydrol. Hydromech., 70, 1, 89–102.
Dong, Z., Wang, J., Vetsch, D.F., Boes, R.M., Tan, G., 2019.
Numerical simulation of air entrainment on stepped
spillways. In: E-proceedings of the 38th IAHR World Congress
(pp. 1494). September 1–6, 2019, Panama City, Panama. DOI:
10.3850/38WC092019-0755
Flow3D [computer software]. 2023. Santa Fe, NM: Flow Science,
Inc.
Fraccarollo, L., Capart, H., 2002. Riemann wave description of
erosional dam-break flows. J. Fluid Mech., 461, 183–228.
Gu, Z., Wang, T., Meng, W., Yu, C.H., An, R., 2023. Numerical
investigation of silted-up dam-break flow with different silted-up
sediment heights. Water Supply, 23, 2, 599–614.
Gualtieri, P., De Felice, S., Pasquino, V., Doria, G.P., 2018. Use of
conventional flow resistance equations and a model for the
Nikuradse roughness in vegetated flows at high submergence. J.
Hydrol. Hydromech., 66, 1, 107–120.
Heller, V., 2011. Scale effects in physical hydraulic engineering
models. J. Hydraul. Res., 49, 3, 293–306.
Hirt, C.W., 2003. Modeling turbulent entrainment of air at a free
surface. Flow Science, Inc.
Hirt, C.W., Nichols, B.D., 1981. Volume of fluid (VOF) method for
the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys., 39, 1, 201–
225.
Issakhov, A., Zhandaulet, Y., Nogaeva, A., 2018. Numerical
simulation of dam break flow for various forms of the obstacle
by VOF method. Int. J. Multiphase Flow, 109, 191–206.
Khayyer, A., Gotoh, H., 2010. On particle-based simulation of a dam
break over a wet bed. J. Hydraul. Res., 48, 2, 238–249.
Khoshkonesh, A., Daliri, M., Riaz, K., Dehrashid, F.A.,
Bahmanpouri, F., Di Francesco, S., 2022. Dam-break flow
dynamics over a stepped channel with vegetation. J. Hydrol., 613,128395. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2022.128395
Khoshkonesh, A., Nsom, B., Gohari, S., Banejad, H., 2019.
A comprehensive study on dam-break flow over dry and wet
beds. Ocean Eng., 188, 106279.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2019.106279
Khoshkonesh, A., Sadeghi, S.H., Gohari, S., Karimpour, S., Oodi,
S., Di Francesco, S., 2023. Study of dam-break flow over a
vegetated channel with and without a drop. Water Resour.
Manage., 37, 5, 2107–2123.
Khosravi, K., Chegini, A.H.N., Cooper, J., Mao, L., Habibnejad, M.,
Shahedi, K., Binns, A., 2021. A laboratory investigation of bedload transport of gravel sediments under dam break flow. Int. J.
Sediment Res., 36, 2, 229–234.
Kim, Y., Zhou, Z., Hsu, T.J., Puleo, J.A., 2017. Large eddy
simulation of dam‐break‐driven swash on a rough‐planar beach.
J. Geophys. Res.: Oceans, 122, 2, 1274–1296.
Kocaman, S., Ozmen-Cagatay, H., 2012. The effect of lateral
channel contraction on dam break flows: Laboratory experiment.
J. Hydrol., 432, 145–153.
Leal, J.G., Ferreira, R.M., Cardoso, A.H., 2006. Dam-break wavefront celerity. J. Hydraul. Eng., 132, 1, 69–76.
Leal, J.G.A.B., Ferreira, R.M., Cardoso, A.H., 2003. Dam-break
wave propagation over a cohesionless erodible bed. In: Proc.
30rd IAHR Congress, 100, 261–268.
Li, Y. L., Ma, Y., Deng, R., Jiang, D.P., Hu, Z., 2019. Research on
dam-break induced tsunami bore acting on the triangular
breakwater based on high order 3D CLSVOF-THINC/WLICIBM approaching. Ocean Eng., 182, 645–659.
Li, Y.L., Yu, C.H., 2019. Research on dam-break flow induced front
wave impacting a vertical wall based on the CLSVOF and level
set methods. Ocean Eng., 178, 442–462.
Mei, S., Chen, S., Zhong, Q., Shan, Y., 2022. Detailed numerical
modeling for breach hydrograph and morphology evolution
during landslide dam breaching. Landslides, 19, 12, 2925–2949.
Meng, W., Yu, C.H., Li, J., An, R., 2022. Three-dimensional simulation
of silted-up dam-break flow striking a rigid structure. Ocean Eng.,
261, 112042. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2022.112042
Meyer-Peter, E., Müller, R., 1948. Formulas for bed-load transport.
In: IAHSR 2nd meeting, Stockholm, appendix 2. IAHR.
Nielsen, P., 1984. Field measurements of time-averaged suspended
sediment concentrations under waves. Coastal Eng., 8, 1, 51–72.
Nielsen, P., 2018. Bed shear stress, surface shape and velocity field
near the tips of dam-breaks, tsunami and wave runup. Coastal
Eng., 138, 126–131.
Nsom, B., Latrache, N., Ramifidisoa, L., Khoshkonesh, A., 2019.
Analytical solution to the stability of gravity-driven stratified
flow of two liquids over an inclined plane. In: 24th French
Mechanics Congress in Brest. Brest, p. 244178.
Nsom, B., Ravelo, B., Ndong, W., 2008. Flow regimes in horizontal
viscous dam-break flow of Cayous mud. Appl. Rheol., 18, 4,
43577-1. https://doi.org/10.1515/arh-2008-0012
Oguzhan, S., Aksoy, A.O., 2020. Experimental investigation of the
effect of vegetation on dam break flood waves. J. Hydrol.
Hydromech., 68, 3, 231–241.
Okhravi, S., Gohari, S., Alemi, M., Maia, R., 2022. Effects of bedmaterial gradation on clear water scour at single and group of
piles. J. Hydrol. Hydromech., 70, 1, 114–127.
Okhravi, S., Gohari, S., Alemi, M., Maia, R., 2023. Numerical
modeling of local scour of non-uniform graded sediment for two
arrangements of pile groups. Int. J. Sediment Res., 38, 4, 597–614.
Parambath, A., 2010. Impact of tsunamis on near shore wind power
units. Master’s Thesis. Texas A&M University. Available
electronically from https://hdl.handle.net/1969.1/ETD-TAMU2010-12-8919
Pintado-Patiño, J.C., Puleo, J.A., Krafft, D., Torres-Freyermuth, A.,

  • Hydrodynamics and sediment transport under a dambreak-driven swash: An experimental study. Coastal Eng., 170,
  • https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coastaleng.2021.103986
    Riaz, K., Aslam, H.M.S., Yaseen, M.W., Ahmad, H.H.,
    Khoshkonesh, A., Noshin, S., 2022. Flood frequency analysis
    and hydraulic design of bridge at Mashan on river Kunhar. Arch.
    Hydroengineering Environ. Mech., 69, 1, 1–12.
    Ritter, A., 1892. Die Fortpflanzung der Wasserwellen. Zeitschrift
    des Vereines Deutscher Ingenieure, 36, 33, 947–954. (In
    German.)
    Smagorinsky, J., 1963. General circulation experiments with the
    primitive equations: I. The basic experiment. Mon. Weather
    Rev., 91, 3, 99–164.
    Soulsby, R.L., 1997. Dynamics of marine sands: a manual for
    practical applications. Oceanogr. Lit. Rev., 9, 44, 947.
    Spinewine, B., Capart, H., 2013. Intense bed-load due to a sudden
    dam-break. J. Fluid Mech., 731, 579–614.
    Van Rijn, L.C., 1984. Sediment transport, part I: bed load transport.
    J. Hydraul. Eng., 110, 10, 1431–1456.
    Vosoughi, F., Rakhshandehroo, G., Nikoo, M.R., Sadegh, M.,
  • Experimental study and numerical verification of
    silted-up dam break. J. Hydrol., 590, 125267.
    https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2020.125267
    Wu, W., Wang, S.S., 2008. One-dimensional explicit finite-volume
    model for sediment transport. J. Hydraul. Res., 46, 1, 87–98.
    Xu, T., Huai, W., Liu, H., 2023. MPS-based simulation of
    dam-break wave propagation over wet beds with a
    sediment layer. Ocean Eng., 281, 115035.
    https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2023.115035
    Yang, S., Yang, W., Qin, S., Li, Q., Yang, B., 2018. Numerical study
    on characteristics of dam-break wave. Ocean Eng., 159, 358–371.
    Yao, G.F., 2004. Development of new pressure-velocity solvers in
    FLOW-3D. Flow Science, Inc., USA.
그림 10. 수문이 고르지 않게 열리는 경우의 시뮬레이션 결과

홍수 시즌에 하수구를 운영할 때 흐름 회로를 제어하는 ​​기술, 푸토코무네 제방을 통해 제방에 적용

요약

대규모 홍수 구호 작업에 대한 일반적인 흐름 회로 현상의 영향은 많은 보고서에서 연구되었으며 비교적 자세하게 연구되었습니다. 그러나 유량 변동이 제방 암거 작동에 미치는 악영향에 대해서는 많이 언급되지 않았습니다.

실제 운영에 따르면 에너지 소산 탱크 또는 뒷마당의 국부적 불안정성, 운하 지붕의 부력 또는 붕괴, 하류 또는 제방 본체 일부 등 암거 구조 및 제방 시스템에 영향을 미치는 흐름 회로의 부정적인 영향이 많이 있음을 알 수 있습니다.

홍수기 운영 시 암거 및 제방의 안전성을 확보하기 위해서는 유동현상으로 인한 사업에 미치는 유해영향을 최소화할 필요가 있으며 본 연구에서는 이를 검증하고자 합니다.

제방을 통과하는 암거의 동적 회로 현상은 FLOW-3D 소프트웨어를 사용하여 수학적 모델로 시뮬레이션됩니다. 제방을 통한 암거 작동에 잠재적으로 영향을 미칠 수 있는 동맥 유형이 연구에서 구체적으로 논의됩니다.

동시에 암거와 제방 위치는 이 기사에서 지적한 흐름 회로 현상에 의해 부정적인 영향을 받을 가능성이 더 높습니다. 또한 Phuc Tho 마을의 제방을 가로지르는 암거 게이트 뒤의 회로 현상을 줄이기 위한 구조적, 비구조적 조치도 연구되고 평가됩니다.

이를 토대로 운영하수관로의 구조를 저해하지 않고 회로를 축소할 수 있는 방안을 제안한다.

The flow fluctuation has been studied in quite extensively for large-scale flood control works, however, this issue has been less addressed for culverts through levee. The operational experience has shown that there are many negative impacts of flow dynamics on the culvert structure and levee system such as the uplift instability, the local surface erosion of the stilling basin or the downstream channel, collapsing of part of the levee system, etc. According to the requirement of sluice and levee safety during flood season, the task of reducing fluctuation needs to be performed. The article not only pointed out the types of fluctuation that need to pay attention behind the operation gate, but also specified the locations where the sluice and levee could be destructively affected by the fluctuation. In addition, structural and non-structural countermeasures reducing negative impacts of fluctuation are also mentioned. Research has proposed measures to reduce flow dynamics for operating culverts without interfering with their structure.

키워드

Fluctuation, sluice, stilling basin, 흐름회로, 제방암거, 에너지소산조, Flow3D, 회로저감솔루션.

그림 10. 수문이 고르지 않게 열리는 경우의 시뮬레이션 결과
그림 10. 수문이 고르지 않게 열리는 경우의 시뮬레이션 결과

References

Hệ thống giám sát thiên tai Việt Nam (2023). http://vndms.dmc.gov.vn/ (Accessed: 28 February 2023).
Viện Thủy Công (2015) Nghiên cứu đánh giá các sự cố đê, cống dưới đê và đề xuất giải pháp
xử lý. HyCI.
Nguyễn Phương Dung (2017) Thí nghiệm xác định ảnh hưởng của áp lực thủy động tới độ dày bản
đáy bể tiêu năng và sân sau ở công trình tháo. TLU.
Nguyễn Chiến (2015) Tính toán thủy lực công trình tháo nước. NXB Xây dựng.
Nguyễn Ngọc Thắng (2019) Đề cương Đề tài cấp Bộ ‘Nghiên cứu đánh giá nguyên nhân, các biện
pháp đã áp dụng và đề xuất giải pháp xử lý sự cố cống dưới đê đảm bảo an toàn chống lũ’.
‘Flow 3D’ (2023). (User’s Manual).
Yong Peng (2018) ‘Experimental Optimization of Gate-Opening Modes to Minimize Near-Field
Vibrations in Hydropower Stations’, Water, 10(1435). Available at:
https://doi.org/doi:10.3390/w10101435.
Guibing HUANG (2021) ‘Pressure Fluctuations Characteristics of the Stilling Basin with a
Negative Step’, Hydraulic and Civil Engineering Technology VI [Preprint]. Available at:
https://doi.org/doi:10.3233/ATDE210196.
O. Fecarotta (2016) Experimental results on the physical model of an USBR type II stilling basin.
Taylor & Francis Group.

Figure 1. Experimental setup and materials. (a) Schematic of the DED process, where three types of base materials were adopted—B1 (IN718), B2 (IN625), and B3 (SS316L), and two types of powder materials were adopted—P1 (IN718) and P2 (SS316L). (b) In situ high-speed imaging of powder flow and the SEM images of IN718 and SS316L powder particle. (c) Powder size statistics, and (d) element composition of powder IN718 (P1) and SS316L (P2).

Printability disparities in heterogeneous materialcombinations via laser directed energy deposition:a comparative stud

Jinsheng Ning1,6, Lida Zhu1,6,∗, Shuhao Wang2, Zhichao Yang1, Peihua Xu1,Pengsheng Xue3, Hao Lu1, Miao Yu1, Yunhang Zhao1, Jiachen Li4, Susmita Bose5 and Amit Bandyopadhyay5,∗

Abstract

적층 제조는 바이메탈 및 다중 재료 구조의 제작 가능성을 제공합니다. 그러나 재료 호환성과 접착성은 부품의 성형성과 최종 품질에 직접적인 영향을 미칩니다. 적합한 프로세스를 기반으로 다양한 재료 조합의 기본 인쇄 가능성을 이해하는 것이 중요합니다.

여기에서는 두 가지 일반적이고 매력적인 재료 조합(니켈 및 철 기반 합금)의 인쇄 적성 차이가 레이저 지향 에너지 증착(DED)을 통해 거시적 및 미시적 수준에서 평가됩니다.

증착 프로세스는 현장 고속 이미징을 사용하여 캡처되었으며, 용융 풀 특징 및 트랙 형태의 차이점은 특정 프로세스 창 내에서 정량적으로 조사되었습니다. 더욱이, 다양한 재료 쌍으로 처리된 트랙과 블록의 미세 구조 다양성이 비교적 정교해졌고, 유익한 다중 물리 모델링을 통해 이종 재료 쌍 사이에 제시된 기계적 특성(미세 경도)의 불균일성이 합리화되었습니다.

재료 쌍의 서로 다른 열물리적 특성에 의해 유발된 용융 흐름의 차이와 응고 중 결과적인 요소 혼합 및 국부적인 재합금은 재료 조합 간의 인쇄 적성에 나타난 차이점을 지배합니다.

이 작업은 서로 다른 재료의 증착에서 현상학적 차이에 대한 심층적인 이해를 제공하고 바이메탈 부품의 보다 안정적인 DED 성형을 안내하는 것을 목표로 합니다.

Additive manufacturing provides achievability for the fabrication of bimetallic and
multi-material structures; however, the material compatibility and bondability directly affect the
parts’ formability and final quality. It is essential to understand the underlying printability of
different material combinations based on an adapted process. Here, the printability disparities of
two common and attractive material combinations (nickel- and iron-based alloys) are evaluated
at the macro and micro levels via laser directed energy deposition (DED). The deposition
processes were captured using in situ high-speed imaging, and the dissimilarities in melt pool
features and track morphology were quantitatively investigated within specific process
windows. Moreover, the microstructure diversity of the tracks and blocks processed with varied
material pairs was comparatively elaborated and, complemented with the informative
multi-physics modeling, the presented non-uniformity in mechanical properties (microhardness)
among the heterogeneous material pairs was rationalized. The differences in melt flow induced
by the unlike thermophysical properties of the material pairs and the resulting element
intermixing and localized re-alloying during solidification dominate the presented dissimilarity
in printability among the material combinations. This work provides an in-depth understanding
of the phenomenological differences in the deposition of dissimilar materials and aims to guide
more reliable DED forming of bimetallic parts.

Figure 1. Experimental setup and materials. (a) Schematic of the DED process, where three types of base materials were adopted—B1
(IN718), B2 (IN625), and B3 (SS316L), and two types of powder materials were adopted—P1 (IN718) and P2 (SS316L). (b) In situ
high-speed imaging of powder flow and the SEM images of IN718 and SS316L powder particle. (c) Powder size statistics, and (d) element
composition of powder IN718 (P1) and SS316L (P2).
Figure 1. Experimental setup and materials. (a) Schematic of the DED process, where three types of base materials were adopted—B1 (IN718), B2 (IN625), and B3 (SS316L), and two types of powder materials were adopted—P1 (IN718) and P2 (SS316L). (b) In situ high-speed imaging of powder flow and the SEM images of IN718 and SS316L powder particle. (c) Powder size statistics, and (d) element composition of powder IN718 (P1) and SS316L (P2).
Figure 2. Deposition process and the track morphology. (a)–(c) Display the in situ captured tableaux of melt propagation and some physical
features during depositing for P1B1, P1B2, and P1B3, respectively. (d) The profiles of the melt pool at a frame of (t0 + 1) ms, and the flow
streamlines in the molten pool of each case. (e) The outer surface of the formed tracks, in which the colored arrows mark the scanning
direction. (f) Cross-section of the tracks. The parameter set used for in situ imaging was P-1000 W, S-600 mm·min–1, F-18 g·min–1. All the
scale bars are 2 mm.
Figure 2. Deposition process and the track morphology. (a)–(c) Display the in situ captured tableaux of melt propagation and some physical features during depositing for P1B1, P1B2, and P1B3, respectively. (d) The profiles of the melt pool at a frame of (t0 + 1) ms, and the flow streamlines in the molten pool of each case. (e) The outer surface of the formed tracks, in which the colored arrows mark the scanning direction. (f) Cross-section of the tracks. The parameter set used for in situ imaging was P-1000 W, S-600 mm·min–1, F-18 g·min–1. All the scale bars are 2 mm.

References

[1] Tan C L, Weng F, Sui S, Chew Y and Bi G J 2021 Progress and perspectives in laser additive manufacturing of key aeroengine materials Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 170 103804
[2] Bandyopadhyay A, Traxel K D, Lang M, Juhasz M, Eliaz N and Bose S 2022 Alloy design via additive manufacturing: advantages, challenges, applications and perspectives Mater. Today 52 207–24
[3] Sui S, Chew Y, Weng F, Tan C L, Du Z L and Bi G J 2022 Study of the intrinsic mechanisms of nickel additive for grain refinement and strength enhancement of laser aided additively manufactured Ti–6Al–4V Int. J. Extrem. Manuf. 4 035102
[4] Xue P S, Zhu L D, Xu P H, Ren Y, Xin B, Meng G R, Yang Z C and Liu Z 2021 Research on process optimization and microstructure of CrCoNi medium-entropy alloy formed by laser metal deposition Opt. Laser Technol. 142 107167
[5] Bandyopadhyay A, Traxel K D and Bose S 2021 Nature-inspired materials and structures using 3D printing Mater. Sci. Eng. R 145 100609
[6] Zuback J S, Palmer T A and DebRoy T 2019 Additive manufacturing of functionally graded transition joints between ferritic and austenitic alloys J. Alloys Compd. 770 995–1003
[7] Feenstra D R, Banerjee R, Fraser H L, Huang A, Molotnikov A and Birbilis N 2021 Critical review of the state of the art in multi-material fabrication via directed energy deposition Curr. Opin. Solid State Mater. Sci. 25 100924
[8] Wei C, Zhang Z Z, Cheng D X, Sun Z, Zhu M H and Li L 2021 An overview of laser-based multiple metallic material additive manufacturing: from macro- to micro-scales Int. J. Extrem. Manuf. 3 012003
[9] Gu D D, Shi X Y, Poprawe R, Bourell D L, Setchi R and Zhu J H 2021 Material-structure-performance integrated laser-metal additive manufacturing Science 372 eabg1487
[10] Bandyopadhyay A and Heer B 2018 Additive manufacturing of multi-material structures Mater. Sci. Eng. R 129 1–16
[11] Tammas-Williams S and Todd I 2017 Design for additive manufacturing with site-specific properties in metals and alloys Scr. Mater. 135 105–10
[12] Chen W, Gu D D, Yang J K, Yang Q, Chen J and Shen X F 2022 Compressive mechanical properties and shape memory effect of NiTi gradient lattice structures fabricated by laser powder bed fusion Int. J. Extrem. Manuf. 4 045002
[13] Svetlizky D, Das M, Zheng B L, Vyatskikh A L, Bose S, Bandyopadhyay A, Schoenung J M, Lavernia E J and Eliaz N 2021 Directed energy deposition (DED) additive manufacturing: physical characteristics, defects, challenges and applications Mater. Today 49 271–95
[14] Panwisawas C, Tang Y T and Reed R C 2020 Metal 3D printing as a disruptive technology for superalloys Nat. Commun. 11 2327
[15] Wang S H, Ning J S, Zhu L D, Yang Z C, Yan W T, Dun Y C, Xue P S, Xu P H, Bose S and Bandyopadhyay A 2022 Role of porosity defects in metal 3D printing: formation mechanisms, impacts on properties and mitigation strategies Mater. Today 59 133–60
[16] DebRoy T, Mukherjee T, Milewski J O, Elmer J W, Ribic B, Blecher J J and Zhang W 2019 Scientific, technological and economic issues in metal printing and their solutions Nat. Mater. 18 1026–32
[17] Afrouzian A, Groden C J, Field D P, Bose S and Bandyopadhyay A 2022 Additive manufacturing of Ti-Ni bimetallic structures Mater. Des. 215 110461
[18] Bandyopadhyay A, Zhang Y N and Onuike B 2022 Additive manufacturing of bimetallic structures Virtual Phys. Prototyp. 17 256–94
[19] Onuike B, Heer B and Bandyopadhyay A 2018 Additive manufacturing of Inconel 718—copper alloy bimetallic structure using laser engineered net shaping (LENSTM) Addit. Manuf. 21 133–40
[20] Sahasrabudhe H, Harrison R, Carpenter C and Bandyopadhyay A 2015 Stainless steel to titanium bimetallic structure using LENSTM Addit. Manuf. 5 1–8
[21] Li B Y, Han C J, Lim C W J and Zhou K 2022 Interface formation and deformation behaviors of an additively manufactured nickel-aluminum-bronze/15-5 PH multimaterial via laser-powder directed energy deposition Mater. Sci. Eng. A 829 142101
[22] Zhang X C, Pan T, Chen Y T, Li L, Zhang Y L and Liou F 2021 Additive manufacturing of copper-stainless steel hybrid components using laser-aided directed energy deposition J. Mater. Sci. Technol. 80 100–16
[23] Shinjo J and Panwisawas C 2022 Chemical species mixing during direct energy deposition of bimetallic systems using titanium and dissimilar refractory metals for repair and biomedical applications Addit. Manuf. 51 102654
[24] Wang D et al 2022 Recent progress on additive manufacturing of multi-material structures with laser powder bed fusion Virtual Phys. Prototyp. 17 329–65
[25] Lin X, Yue T M, Yang H O and Huang W D 2005 Laser rapid forming of SS316L/Rene88DT graded material Mater. Sci. Eng. A 391 325–36
[26] Melzer D, Dˇzugan J, Koukolíková M, Rzepa S and Vavˇrík J 2021 Structural integrity and mechanical properties of the functionally graded material based on 316L/IN718 processed by DED technology Mater. Sci. Eng. A 811 141038
[27] Melzer D, Dˇzugan J, Koukolíková M, Rzepa S, Dlouh´y J, Brázda M and Bucki T 2022 Fracture characterisation of vertically build functionally graded 316L stainless steel with Inconel 718 deposited by directed energy deposition process Virtual Phys. Prototyp. 17 821–40
[28] Zhang Y N and Bandyopadhyay A 2018 Direct fabrication of compositionally graded Ti-Al2O3 multi-material structures using laser engineered net shaping Addit. Manuf. 21 104–11
[29] Ben-Artzy A, Reichardt A, Borgonia P J, Dillon R P, McEnerney B, Shapiro A A and Hosemann P 2021 Compositionally graded SS316 to C300 maraging steel using additive manufacturing Mater. Des. 201 109500
[30] Tan C L, Liu Y C, Weng F, Ng F L, Su J L, Xu Z K, Ngai X D and Chew Y 2022 Additive manufacturing of voxelized heterostructured materials with hierarchical phases Addit. Manuf. 54 102775
[31] Chen J, Yang Y Q, Song C H, Zhang M K, Wu S B and Wang D 2019 Interfacial microstructure and mechanical properties of 316L/CuSn10 multi-material bimetallic structure fabricated by selective laser melting Mater. Sci. Eng. A 752 75–85
[32] Wei C, Gu H, Gu Y C, Liu L C, Huang Y H, Cheng D X, Li Z Q and Li L 2022 Abnormal interfacial bonding mechanisms of multi-material additive-manufactured tungsten–stainless steel sandwich structure Int. J. Extrem. Manuf. 4 025002
[33] Zhang Y N and Bandyopadhyay A 2021 Influence of compositionally graded interface on microstructure and compressive deformation of 316L stainless steel to Al12Si aluminum alloy bimetallic structures ACS Appl. Mater. Interfaces 13 9174–85
[34] Wei C et al 2022 Cu10Sn to Ti6Al4V bonding mechanisms in laser-based powder bed fusion multiple material additive 15 Int. J. Extrem. Manuf. 6 (2024) 025001 J Ning et al manufacturing with different build strategies Addit. Manuf. 51 102588
[35] Li W, Karnati S, Kriewall C, Liou F, Newkirk J, Brown Taminger K M and Seufzer W J 2017 Fabrication and characterization of a functionally graded material from Ti-6Al-4V to SS316 by laser metal deposition Addit. Manuf. 14 95–104
[36] Shi Q M, Zhong G Y, Sun Y, Politis C and Yang S F 2021 Effects of laser melting+remelting on interfacial macrosegregation and resulting microstructure and microhardness of laser additive manufactured H13/IN625 bimetals J. Manuf. Process. 71 345–55
[37] Zhang W X, Hou W Y, Deike L and Arnold C 2022 Understanding the Rayleigh instability in humping phenomenon during laser powder bed fusion process Int. J. Extrem. Manuf. 4 015201
[38] Chen Y W, Zhang X, Li M M, Xu R Q, Zhao C and Sun T 2020 Laser powder bed fusion of Inconel 718 on 316 stainless steel Addit. Manuf. 36 101500
[39] Yang Z C, Wang S H, Zhu L D, Ning J S, Xin B, Dun Y C and Yan W T 2022 Manipulating molten pool dynamics during metal 3D printing by ultrasound Appl. Phys. Rev. 9 021416
[40] Hofmann D C, Roberts S, Otis R, Kolodziejska J, Dillon R P, Suh J O, Shapiro A A, Liu Z K and Borgonia J P 2014 Developing gradient metal alloys through radial deposition additive manufacturing Sci. Rep. 4 5357
[41] Tumkur T U et al 2021 Nondiffractive beam shaping for enhanced optothermal control in metal additive manufacturing Sci. Adv. 7 eabg9358
[42] Scipioni Bertoli U, Guss G, Wu S, Matthews M J and Schoenung J M 2017 In-situ characterization of laser-powder interaction and cooling rates through high-speed imaging of powder bed fusion additive manufacturing Mater. Des. 135 385–96
[43] Siva Prasad H, Brueckner F and Kaplan A F H 2020 Powder incorporation and spatter formation in high deposition rate blown powder directed energy deposition Addit. Manuf. 35 101413
[44] Ebrahimi A, Kleijn C R and Richardson I M 2021 Numerical study of molten metal melt pool behaviour during conduction-mode laser spot melting J. Appl. Phys. 54 105304
[45] Mumtaz K A and Hopkinson N 2010 Selective laser melting of thin wall parts using pulse shaping J. Mater. Process. Technol. 210 279–87
[46] Sikandar Iquebal A, Yadav A, Botcha B, Krishna Gorthi R and Bukkapatnam S 2022 Tracking and quantifying spatter characteristics in a laser directed energy deposition process using Kalman filter Manuf. Lett. 33 692–700
[47] Criales L E, Arısoy Y M, Lane B, Moylan S, Donmez A and Özel T 2017 Laser powder bed fusion of nickel alloy 625: experimental investigations of effects of process parameters on melt pool size and shape with spatter analysis Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 121 22–36
[48] Coen V, Goossens L and van Hooreweder B 2022 Methodology and experimental validation of analytical melt pool models for laser powder bed fusion J. Mater. Process. Technol. 304 117547
[49] Zhao C, Shi B, Chen S L, Du D, Sun T, Simonds B J, Fezzaa K and Rollett A D 2022 Laser melting modes in metal powder bed fusion additive manufacturing Rev. Mod. Phys. 94 045002
[50] Wang J H, Han F Z, Chen S F and Ying W S 2019 A novel model of laser energy attenuation by powder particles for laser solid forming Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 145 103440
[51] Haley J C, Schoenung J M and Lavernia E J 2018 Observations of particle-melt pool impact events in directed energy deposition Addit. Manuf. 22 368–74
[52] Chen Y H et al 2021 Correlative synchrotron x-ray imaging and diffraction of directed energy deposition additive manufacturing Acta Mater. 209 116777
[53] Khorasani M, Ghasemi A, Leary M, Cordova L, Sharabian E, Farabi E, Gibson I, Brandt M and Rolfe B 2022 A comprehensive study on meltpool depth in laser-based powder bed fusion of Inconel 718 Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 120 2345–62
[54] Shamsaei N, Yadollahi A, Bian L and Thompson S M 2015 An overview of direct laser deposition for additive manufacturing; part II: mechanical behavior, process parameter optimization and control Addit. Manuf. 8 12–35
[55] Ghanavati R, Naffakh-Moosavy H, Moradi M and Eshraghi M 2022 Printability and microstructure of directed energy deposited SS316l-IN718 multi-material: numerical modeling and experimental analysis Sci. Rep. 12 16600
[56] Galbusera F, Demir A G, Platl J, Turk C, Schnitzer R and Previtali B 2022 Processability and cracking behaviour of novel high-alloyed tool steels processed by laser powder bed fusion J. Mater. Process. Technol. 302 117435
[57] Wang A et al 2023 Effects of processing parameters on pore defects in blue laser directed energy deposition of aluminum by in and ex situ observation J. Mater. Process. Technol. 319 118068
[58] Hinojos A, Mireles J, Reichardt A, Frigola P, Hosemann P, Murr L E and Wicker R B 2016 Joining of Inconel 718 and 316 stainless steel using electron beam melting additive manufacturing technology Mater. Des. 94 17–27
[59] Yang Z C, Zhu L D, Wang S H, Ning J S, Dun Y C, Meng G R, Xue P S, Xu P H and Xin B 2021 Effects of ultrasound on multilayer forming mechanism of Inconel 718 in directed energy deposition Addit. Manuf. 48 102462
[60] Yao L M, Huang S, Ramamurty U and Xiao Z M 2021 On the formation of “Fish-scale” morphology with curved grain interfacial microstructures during selective laser melting of dissimilar alloys Acta Mater. 220 117331
[61] Ghanavati R, Naffakh-Moosavy H and Moradi M 2021 Additive manufacturing of thin-walled SS316L-IN718 functionally graded materials by direct laser metal deposition J. Mater. Res. Technol. 15 2673–85
[62] Chen N N, Khan H A, Wan Z X, Lippert J, Sun H, Shang S L, Liu Z K and Li J J 2020 Microstructural characteristics and crack formation in additively manufactured bimetal material of 316L stainless steel and Inconel 625 Addit. Manuf. 32 101037
[63] Xiao Y H, Wan Z X, Liu P W, Wang Z, Li J J and Chen L 2022 Quantitative simulations of grain nucleation and growth at additively manufactured bimetallic interfaces of SS316L and IN625 J. Mater. Process. Technol. 302 117506
[64] Mukherjee T, DebRoy T, Lienert T J, Maloy S A and Hosemann P 2021 Spatial and temporal variation of hardness of a printed steel part Acta Mater. 209 116775
[65] Dinda G P, Dasgupta A K and Mazumder J 2021 Texture control during laser deposition of nickel-based superalloy Scr. Mater. 67 503–6
[66] Tan Z E, Pang J H L, Kaminski J and Pepin H 2019 Characterisation of porosity, density, and microstructure of directed energy deposited stainless steel AISI 316L Addit. Manuf. 25 286–96
[67] Wolff S J, Gan Z T, Lin S, Bennett J L, Yan W T, Hyatt G, Ehmann K F, Wagner G J, Liu W K and Cao J 2019 Experimentally validated predictions of thermal history and microhardness in laser-deposited Inconel 718 on carbon steel Addit. Manuf. 27 540–51 16 Int. J. Extrem. Manuf. 6 (2024) 025001 J Ning et al
[68] Zhang L, Wen M, Imade M, Fukuyama S and Yokogawa K 2008 Effect of nickel equivalent on hydrogen gas embrittlement of austenitic stainless steels based on type 316 at low temperatures Acta Mater. 56 3414–21
[69] Zuback J S and DebRoy T 2018 The hardness of additively manufactured alloys Materials 11 2070
[70] Adomako N K, Lewandowski J J, Arkhurst B M, Choi H, Chang H J and Kim J H 2022 Microstructures and mechanical properties of multi-layered materials composed of Ti-6Al-4V, vanadium, and 17–4PH stainless steel produced by directed energy deposition Addit. Manuf. 59 103174

FLOW-3D World Users Conference 2024

FLOW-3D World Users Conference 2024

FLOW-3D World Users Conference 2024 에 전 세계 고객을 초대합니다.  이 컨퍼런스는 독일 함부르크의 Steigenberger Hotel Hamburg 에서 2024년 6월 10~12일에 개최됩니다 . 세계에서 가장 유명한 기업 및 기관의 동료 엔지니어, 연구자 및 과학자들과 함께 시뮬레이션 기술을 연마하고, 새로운 모델링 접근 방식을 탐색하고, 최신 소프트웨어 개발에 대해 알아보세요. 컨퍼런스에서는 응용 분야별 트랙, 무료 고급 교육 세션, 고객의 기술 프레젠테이션, Flow Science의 수석 기술 직원이 발표하는 최신 제품 개발 등을 선보일 예정입니다. 이번 컨퍼런스는 Flow Science Deutschland가 공동 주최합니다. 

지금 등록하세요!

컨퍼런스 참석자

올해 FLOW-3D 세계 사용자 컨퍼런스에 점점 더 많은 참석자가 참여하기를 바랍니다. 우리는 BMW, Hydro-Québec, Mott MacDonald 등의 사용자를 환영하기를 기대합니다. 

Alfa Srl, Bocar GmbH, Böllinger-Group / Koncast gmbH, Brembo Spa, Cranfield University, DIETECH INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED, Fichtner Water + Transportation, Gazi University, IIT (ISM) Dhanbad, IITCA, Istanbul Technical University, KS HUAYU AluTech GmbH, MIT , 오레곤 주립 대학교, Università degli studi della Basilicata, VAW, ETH Zürich.

고급 교육

Flow Science는 FLOW-3D World Users Conference를 시작하기 위해 6월 10일 월요일 오후에 세 가지 고급 교육 세션을 개최할 예정입니다 . 모든 컨퍼런스 등록자에게는 교육이 무료로 제공됩니다. 교육 후에는 컨퍼런스 호텔 레스토랑에서 개회 리셉션이 열립니다.

더 알아보기

사교 행사

오프닝 리셉션

6월 10일 월요일 18:30-21:00에 열리는 개회 리셉션에 모든 컨퍼런스 참석자와 손님들을 초대합니다. 컨퍼런스 호텔 레스토랑에서는 음료와 다과가 제공됩니다.

컨퍼런스 디너

VLET 로고

6월 11일 화요일 저녁 함부르크의 유명한 레스토랑인 슈파이셔슈타트의 VLET 에서 열리는 컨퍼런스 만찬에 모든 컨퍼런스 참석자와 손님들을 초대하게 된 것을 매우 기쁘게 생각합니다 . 레스토랑은 컨퍼런스 호텔에서 도보로 가까운 거리에 있습니다. 지침은 회의 자료에서 제공됩니다.

VLE T  in der Speicherstadt
Am Sandtorkai 23/24
20457 함부르크

전화: +49 40 200064-222

컨퍼런스 등록

6월 10일부터 12일까지 독일 함부르크에서 열리는 FLOW-3D 세계 사용자 컨퍼런스 2024 에 등록하세요 ! 전 세계 FLOW-3D 사용자 와 연결하세요 . 사교 행사, 포스터 세션, 기술 프레젠테이션, 제품 개발 강연 및 무료 고급 교육을 즐겨보세요.

Fig. 3. (a–c) Snapshots of the CtFD simulation of laser-beam irradiation: (a) Top, (b) longitudinal vertical cross-sectional, and (c) transversal vertical cross-sectional views. (d) z-position of the solid/liquid interface during melting and solidification.

Solute segregation in a rapidly solidified Hastelloy-X Ni-based superalloy during laser powder bed fusion investigated by phase-field simulations and computational thermal-fluid dynamics

Masayuki Okugawa ab, Kenji Saito a, Haruki Yoshima a, Katsuhiko Sawaizumi a, Sukeharu Nomoto c, Makoto Watanabe c, Takayoshi Nakano ab, Yuichiro Koizumi abShow moreAdd to MendeleyShareCite

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2024.104079

Get rights and content Under a Creative Commons license open access

Abstract

Solute segregation significantly affects material properties and is a critical issue in the laser powder-bed fusion (LPBF) additive manufacturing (AM) of Ni-based superalloys. To the best of our knowledge, this is the first study to demonstrate a computational thermal-fluid dynamics (CtFD) simulation coupled multi-phase-field (MPF) simulation with a multicomponent-composition model of Ni-based superalloy to predict solute segregation under solidification conditions in LPBF. The MPF simulation of the Hastelloy-X superalloy reproduced the experimentally observed submicron-sized cell structure. Significant solute segregations were formed within interdendritic regions during solidification at high cooling rates of up to 10K s-1, a characteristic feature of LPBF. Solute segregation caused a decrease in the solidus temperature (TS), with a reduction of up to 30.4 K, which increases the risk of liquation cracks during LPBF. In addition, the segregation triggers the formation of carbide phases, which increases the susceptibility to ductility dip cracking. Conversely, we found that the decrease in TS is suppressed at the melt-pool boundary regions, where re-remelting occurs during the stacking of the layer above. Controlling the re-remelting behavior is deemed to be crucial for designing crack-free alloys. Thus, we demonstrated that solute segregation at the various interfacial regions of Ni-based multicomponent alloys can be predicted by the conventional MPF simulation. The design of crack-free Ni-based superalloys can be expedited by MPF simulations of a broad range of element combinations and their concentrations in multicomponent Ni-based superalloys.

Graphical abstract

Keywords

Laser powder-bed fusion, Hastelloy-X Nickel-based superalloy, solute element segregation, computational thermal-fluid dynamics simulation, phase-field method

1. Introduction

Additive manufacturing (AM) technologies have attracted considerable attention as they allow us to easily build three-dimensional (3D) parts with complex geometries. Among the wide range of available AM techniques, laser powder-bed fusion (LPBF) has emerged as a preferred technique for metal AM [1][2][3][4][5]. In LPBF, metal products are built layer-by-layer by scanning laser, which fuse metal powder particles into bulk solids.

Significant attempts have been made to integrate LPBF techniques within the aerospace industry, with a particular focus on weldable Ni-based superalloys, such as IN718 [6][7][8], IN625 [9][10], and Hastelloy-X (HX) [11][12][13][14]. Non-weldable alloys, such as IN738LC [15][16] and CMSX-4 [1][17] are also suitable for their sufficient creep resistance under higher temperature conditions. However, non-weldable alloys are difficult to build using LPBF because of their susceptibility to cracking during the process. In general, a macro solute-segregation during solidification is suppressed by the rapid cooling conditions (up to 108 K s-1) unique to the LPBF process [18]. However, the solute segregation still occurs in the interdendritic regions that are smaller than the micrometer scale [5][19][20][21]; these regions are suggested to be related to the hot cracks in LPBF-fabricated parts. Therefore, an understanding of solute segregation is essential for the fabrication of reliable LPBF-fabricated parts while avoiding cracks.

The multiphase-field (MPF) method has gained popularity for modeling the microstructure evolution and solute segregation under rapid cooling conditions [5][20][21][22][23][24][25][26][27][28]. Moreover, quantifiable predictions have been achieved by combining the MPF method with temperature distribution analysis methods such as the finite-element method (FEM) [20] and computational thermal-fluid dynamics (CtFD) simulations [28]. These aforementioned studies have used binary-approximated multicomponent systems, such as Ni–Nb binary alloys, to simulate IN718 alloys. While MPF simulations using binary alloy systems can effectively reproduce microstructure formations and segregation behaviors, the binary approximation might be affected by the chemical interactions between the removed solute elements in the target multicomponent alloy. The limit of absolute stability predicted by the Mullins-Sekerka theory [29] is also crucial because the limit velocity is close to the solidification rate in the LPBF process and is different in multicomponent and binary-approximated systems. The difference between the solidus and liquidus temperatures, ΔT0, directly determines the absolute stability according to the Mullins-Sekerka theory. For example, the ΔT0 values of IN718 and its binary-approximated Ni–5 wt.%Nb alloy are 134 K [28] and 71 K [30], respectively. The solidification rate compared to the limit of absolute stability, i.e., the relative non-equilibrium of solidification, changes by simplification of the system. It is therefore important to use the composition of the actual multicomponent system in such simulations. However, to the best of our knowledge, there is no MPF simulation using a multicomponent model coupled with a temperature analysis simulation to predict solute segregation in a Ni-based superalloy.

In this study, we demonstrate that the conventional MPF model can reproduce experimentally observed dendritic structures by performing a phase-field simulation using the temperature distribution obtained by a CtFD simulation of a multicomponent Ni-based alloy (conventional solid-solution hardening-type HX). The MPF simulation revealed that the segregation behavior of solute elements largely depends on the regions of the melt pool, such as the cell boundary, the interior of the melt-pool boundary, and heat-affected regions. The sensitivities of the various interfaces to liquation and solidification cracks are compared based on the predicted concentration distributions. Moreover, the feasibility of using the conventional MPF model for LPBF is discussed in terms of the absolute stability limit.

2. Methods

2.1. Laser-beam irradiation experiments

Rolled and recrystallized HX ingots with dimensions of 20 × 50 × 10 mm were used as the specimens for laser-irradiation experiments. The specimens were irradiated with a laser beam scanned along straight lines of 10 mm in length using a laser AM machine (EOS 290 M, EOS) equipped with a 400 W Yb-fiber laser. Irradiation was performed with a beam power of P = 300 W and a scanning speed of V = 600 mm s-1, which are the conditions generally used in the LPBF fabrication of Ni-based superalloy [8]. The corresponding line energy was 0.5 J mm-1. The samples were cut perpendicular to the beam-scanning direction for cross-sectional observation using a field-emission scanning electron microscope (FE-SEM, JEOL JSM 6500). Crystal orientation analysis was performed by electron backscatter diffraction (EBSD). The sizes of each crystal grain and their aspect ratios were evaluated by analyzing the EBSD data.

2.2. CtFD simulation

CtFD simulations of the laser-beam irradiation of HX were performed using a 3D thermo-fluid analysis software (Flow Science FLOW-3D® with Flow-3D Weld module). A Gaussian heat source model was used, in which the irradiation intensity distribution of the beam is regarded as a symmetrical Gaussian distribution over the entire beam. The distribution of the beam irradiation intensity is expressed by the following equation.(1)q̇=2ηPπR2exp−2r2R2.

Here, P is the power, R is the effective beam radius, r is the actual beam radius, and η is the beam absorption rate of the substrate. To improve the accuracy of the model, η was calculated by assuming multiple reflections using the Fresnel equation:(2)�=1−121+1−�cos�21+1+�cos�2+�2−2�cos�+2cos2��2+2�cos�+2cos2�.

ε is the Fresnel coefficient and θ is the incident angle of the laser. A local laser melt causes the vaporization of the material and results in a high vapor pressure. This vapor pressure acts as a recoil pressure on the surface, pushing the weld pool down. The recoil pressure is reproduced using the following equation.(3)precoil=Ap0exp∆HLVRTV1−TVT.

Here, p0 is the atmospheric pressure, ∆HLV is the latent heat of vaporization, R is the gas constant, and TV is the boiling point at the saturated vapor pressure. A is a ratio coefficient that is generally assumed to be 0.54, indicating that the recoil pressure due to evaporation is 54% of the vapor pressure at equilibrium on the liquid surface.

Table 1 shows the parameters used in the simulations. Most parameters were evaluated using an alloy physical property calculation software (Sente software JMatPro v11). The values in a previously published study [31] were used for the emissivity and the Stefan–Boltzmann constant, and the values for pure Ni [32] were used for the heat of vaporization and vaporization temperatures. The Fresnel coefficient, which determines the beam absorption efficiency, was used as a fitting parameter to reproduce the morphology of the experimentally observed melt region, and a Fresnel coefficient of 0.12 was used in this study.

Table 1. Parameters used in the CtFD simulations.

ParameterSymbolValueReference
Density at 298.15 Kρ8.24 g cm-3[]
Liquidus temperatureTL1628.15 K[]
Solidus temperatureTS1533.15 K[]
Viscosity at TLη6.8 g m-1 s-1[]
Specific heat at 298.15 KCP0.439 J g-1 K-1[]
Thermal conductivity at 298.15 Kλ10.3 W m-1 K-1[]
Surface tension at TLγL1.85 J m-2[]
Temperature coefficient of surface tensiondγL/dT–2.5 × 10−4 J m-2 K-1[]
EmissivityΕ0.27[31]
Stefan–Boltzmann constantσ5.67 × 10-8 W m-2 K-4[31]
Heat of fusionΔHSL2.76 × 102 J g-1[32]
Heat of vaporizationΔHLV4.29 × 10J g-1[32]
Vaporization temperatureTV3110 K[32]

Calculated using JMatPro v11.

The dimensions of the computational domain of the numerical model were 4.0 mm in the beam-scanning direction, 0.4 mm in width, and 0.3 mm in height. A uniform mesh size of 10 μm was applied throughout the computational domain. The boundary condition of continuity was applied to all boundaries except for the top surface. The temperature was initially set to 300 K. P and V were set to their experimental values, i.e., 300 W and 600 mm s-1, respectively. Solidification conditions based on the temperature gradient, G, the solidification rate, R, and the cooling rate were evaluated, and the obtained temperature distribution was used in the MPF simulations.

2.3. MPF simulation

Two-dimensional MPF simulations weakly coupled with the CtFD simulation were performed using the Microstructure Evolution Simulation Software (MICRESS) [33][34][35][36][37] with the TQ-Interface for Thermo-Calc [38]. A simplified HX alloy composition of Ni-21.4Cr-17.6Fe-0.46Mn-8.80Mo-0.39Si-0.50W-1.10Co-0.08 C (mass %) was used in this study. The Gibbs free energy and diffusion coefficient of the system were calculated using the TCNI9 thermodynamic database [39] and the MOBNi5 mobility database [40]. Τhe equilibrium phase diagram calculated using Thermo-Calc indicates that the face-centered cubic (FCC) and σ phases appear as the equilibrium solid phases [19]. However, according to the time-temperature-transformation (TTT) diagram [41], the phases are formed after the sample is maintained for tens of hours in a temperature range of 1073 to 1173 K. Therefore, only the liquid and FCC phases were assumed to appear in the MPF simulations. The simulation domain was 5 × 100 μm, and the grid size Δx and interface width were set to 0.025 and 0.1 µm, respectively. The interfacial mobility between the solid and liquid phases was set to 1.0 × 10-8 m4 J-1 s-1. Initially, one crystalline nucleus with a [100] crystal orientation was placed at the left bottom of the simulation domain, with the liquid phase occupying the remainder of the domain. The model was solidified under the temperature field distribution obtained by the CtFD simulation. The concentration distribution and crystal orientation of the solidified model were examined. The primary dendrite arm space (PDAS) was compared to the experimental PDAS measured by the cross-sectional SEM observation.

In an actual LPBF process, solidified layers are remelted and resolidified during the stacking of the one layer above, thereby greatly affecting solute element distributions in those regions. Therefore, remelting and resolidification simulations were performed to examine the effect of remelting on solute segregation. The solidified model was remelted and resolidified by applying a time-dependent temperature field shifted by 60 μm in the height direction, assuming reheating during the stacking of the upper layer (i.e., the upper 40 μm region of the simulation box was remelted and resolidified). The changes in the composition distribution and formed microstructure were investigated.

3. Results

3.1. Experimental observation of melt pool

Fig. 1 shows a cross-sectional optical microscopy image and corresponding inverse pole figure (IPF) orientation maps obtained from the laser-melted region of HX. The dashed line indicates the fusion line. A deep melted region was formed by keyhole-mode melting due to the vaporization of the metal and resultant recoil pressure. Epitaxial growth from the unmelted region was observed. Columnar crystal grains with an average diameter of 5.46 ± 0.32 μm and an aspect ratio of 3.61 ± 0.13 appeared at the melt regions (Figs. 1b–1d). In addition, crystal grains growing in the z direction could be observed in the lower center.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2a shows a cross-sectional backscattering electron image (BEI) obtained from the laser-melted region indicated by the black square in Fig. 1a. The bright particles with a diameter of approximately 2 μm observed outside the melt pool. It is well known that M6C, M23C6, σ, and μ precipitate phases are formed in Hastelloy-X [41]. These precipitates mainly consisted of Mo, Cr, Fe, and Ni; The μ and M6C phases are rich in Mo, while the σ and M23C6 phases are rich in Cr. The SEM energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy analysis suggested that the bright particles are the stable precipitates as shown in Fig. S2 and Table S1. Conversely, there are no carbides in the melt pool. This suggests that the cooling rate is extremely high during LPBF, which prevents the formation of a stable carbide during solidification. Figs. 2b–2f show magnified BEI images at different height positions indicated in Fig. 2a. Bright regions are observed between the cells, which become fragmentary at the center of the melt pool, as indicated by the yellow arrow heads in Figs. 2e and 2f.

Fig. 2

3.2. CtFD simulation

Figs. 3a–3c show snapshots of the CtFD simulation of HX at 2.72 ms, with the temperature indicated in color. A melt pool with an elongated teardrop shape formed and keyhole-mode melting was observed at the front of the melt region. The cooling rate, temperature gradient (G), and solidification rate (R) were evaluated from the temporal change in the temperature distribution of the CtFD simulation results. The z-position of the solid/liquid interface during the melting and solidification processes is shown in Fig. 3d. The interface goes down rapidly during melting and then rises during solidification. The MPF simulation of the microstructure formation during solidification was performed using the temperature distribution. Moreover, the microstructure formation process during the fabrication of the upper layer was investigated by remelting and resolidifying the solidified layer using the same temperature distribution with a 60 μm upward shift, corresponding to the layer thickness commonly used in the LPBF of Ni-based superalloys.

Fig. 3

Figs. 4a–4c show the changes in the cooling rate, temperature gradient, and solidification rate in the center line of the melt pool parallel to the z direction. To output the solidification conditions at the solid/liquid interface in the melt pool, only the data of the mesh where the solid phase ratio was close to 0.5 were plotted. Solidification occurred where the cooling rate was in the range of 2.1 × 105–1.6 × 10K s-1G was in the range of 3.6 × 105–1.9 × 10K m-1, and R was in the range of 8.2 × 10−2–6.3 × 10−1 m s-1. The cooling rate was the highest near the fusion line and decreased as the interface approached the center of the melt region (Fig. 4a). G also exhibited the highest value in the regions near the fusion line and decreased throughout the solid/liquid interface toward the center of the melt pool (Fig. 4b). R had the lowest value near the fusion line and increased as the interface approached the center of the melt region (Fig. 4c).

Fig. 4

3.3. MPF simulations coupled with CtFD simulation

MPF simulations of solidification, remelting, and resolidification were performed using the temperature-time distribution obtained by the CtFD simulation. Fig. 5 shows the MPF solidified models colored by phase and Mo concentration. All the computational domains show the FCC phase after the solidification (Fig. 5a). Dendrites grew parallel to the heat flow direction, and solute segregations were observed in the interdendritic regions. At the bottom of the melt pool (Fig. 5d), planar interface growth occurred before the formation of primary dendrites. The bottom of the melt pool is the turning point of the solid/liquid interface from the downward motion in melting to the upward motion in solidification. Thus, the solidification rate at the boundary is zero, and is extremely low immediately above the molt-pool boundary. Here, the lower limit of the solidification rate (R) for dendritic growth can be represented by the constitutional supercooling criterion [29]Vcs = (G × DL) / ΔT, and planar interface growth occurs at R < VcsDL and ΔT denote the diffusion coefficient in the liquid and the equilibrium freezing range, respectively. The results suggest that planar interface growth occurs at the bottom of the melt pool, resulting in a dark region with a different solute element distribution. Some of the primary dendrites were diminished by competition with other dendrites. In addition, secondary dendrite arms could be seen in the upper regions (Fig. 5c), where solidification occurred at a lower cooling rate. The fragmentation of the solute segregation near the secondary dendrite arms is similar to that observed in the experimental melt pool shown in Figs. 2e and 2f, and the secondary dendrite arms are suggested to have appeared at the center of the melt region. Fig. 6 shows the PDASs measured from the MPF simulation models, compared to the experimental PDASs measured by the cross-sectional SEM observation of the laser-melted regions (Fig. 2). The PDAS obtained by the MPF simulation become larger as the solidification progress. Ghosh et al. [21] evident by the phase-field method that the PDAS decreases as the cooling rate increases under the rapid cooling conditions obtained by the finite element analysis. In this study, the cooling rate was decreased as the interface approached the center of the melt region (Fig. 4a), and the trends in PDAS changes with respect to cooling rate is same as the reported trend [21]. The simulated trends of the PDAS with the position in the melt pool agreed well with the experimental trends. However, all PDASs in the simulation were larger than those observed in the experiment at the same positions. Ode et al. [42] reported that PDAS differences between 2D and 3D MPF simulations can be represented by PDAS2D = 1.12 × PDAS3D owing to differences in the effects of the interfacial energy and diffusivity. We also performed 2D and 3D MPF simulations under the solidification conditions of G = 1.94 × 10K m-1 and R = 0.82 m s-1 (Fig. S1), and found that the PDAS from the 2D MPF simulation was 1.26 times larger than that from the 3D simulation. Therefore, the cell structure obtained by the CtFD simulation coupled with the 2D MPF simulation agreed well with the experimental results over the entire melt pool region considering the dimensional effects.

Fig. 5
Fig. 6

Fig. 7b1 and 7c1 show the concentration profiles of the solidified model along the growth direction indicated by dashed lines in Fig. 7a. The differences in concentrations from the alloy composition are also shown in Fig. 7b2 and 7c2. Cr, Mo, C, Mn, and W were segregated to the interdendritic regions, while Si, Fe, and Co were depressed. The solute segregation behavior agrees with the experimentally observation [43] and the prediction by the Scheil-Gulliver simulation [19]. Segregation occurred to the highest degree in Mo, while the ratio of segregation to the alloy composition was remarkable in C. The concentration fluctuations correlated with the position in the melt pool and decreased at the center of the melt pool, which was suggested to correspond to the lower cooling rate in this region. Conversely, droplets that appeared between secondary dendrite arms in the upper regions of the simulation domain exhibited a locally high segregation of solute elements, with the same amount of segregation as that at the bottom of the melt pool.

Fig. 7

3.4. Remelting and resolidification simulation

The solidified model was subjected to remelting and resolidification conditions by shifting the temperature profile upward by 60 µm to reveal the effect of reheating on the solute segregation behavior. Figs. 8a and 8b shows the simulation domains of the HX model after resolidification, colored by phase and Mo concentration. The magnified MPF models during the resolidification of the regions indicated by rectangles in Figs. 8a and 8b are also shown as Figs. 8c and 8d. Dendrites grew from the bottom of the remelted region, with the segregation of solute elements occurring in the interdendritic regions. The entire domain become the FCC phase after the resolidification, as shown in Fig. 8a. The bottom of the remelted regions exhibited a different microstructure, and Mo was depressed at the remelted regions, rather than the interdendritic regions. The different solute segregation behavior [44] and the microstructure formation [45] at the melt pool boundary is also observed in LPBF manufactured 316 L stainless steel. We found that this microstructure was formed by further remelting during the resolidification process, which is shown in Fig. 9. Here, the solidified HX model was heated, and the interdendritic regions were preferentially melted while concentration fluctuations were maintained (Fig. 9a1 and 9a2). Subsequently, planer interface growth occurs near the melt pool boundary where the solidification rate is almost zero, and the dendrites outside of the boundary are grown epitaxially (Fig. 9b1 and 9b2). However, these remelted again because of the temperature rise (Fig. 9c1 and 9c2, and the temperature-time profile shown in Fig. 9e). The remelted regions then cooled and solidified with the abnormal solute segregations (Fig. 9d1 and 9d2). Then, dendrite grows from amplified fluctuations under the solidification rate larger than the criterion of constitutional supercooling (Fig. 9d1, 9d2, and Fig. 8d). It has been reported [46][47] that temperature rising owning to latent heat affects microstructure formation: phase-field simulations of a Ni–Al binary alloy suggest that the release of latent heat during solidification increases the average temperature of the system [46] and strongly influences the solidification conditions [47]. In this study, the release of latent heat during solidification is considered in CtFD simulations for calculating the temperature distribution, and the temperature increase is suggested to have also occurred due to the release of latent heat.

Fig. 8
Fig. 9

Fig. 10b1 and 10c1 show the solute element concentration line profiles of the resolidified model along the growth direction indicated by dashed lines in Fig. 10a. Fig. 10b2 and 10c2 show the corresponding differences in concentration from the alloy composition. The segregation behavior of solute elements at the interdendritic regions (Fig. 10b1 and 10b2) was the same as that in the solidified model (Figs. 7b1 and 7b2). Here, Cr, Mo, C, Mn, and W were segregated to the interdendritic regions, while Si, Fe, and Co were depressed. However, the concentration fluctuations at the interdendritic regions were larger than those in the solidified model. Moreover, the segregation of the outside of the melt pool, i.e., the heat-affected zone, was remarkable throughout remelting and resolidification. Different segregation behaviors were observed in the re-remelted region: Mo, Si, Mn, and W were segregated, while Ni, Fe, and Co were depressed. These solute segregations caused by remelting are expected to heavily influence the crack behavior.

Fig. 10

4. Discussion

4.1. Effect of segregation of solute elements on liquation cracking susceptibility

Strong solute segregation was observed between the interdendritic regions of the solidified alloy (Fig. 7). In addition, the solute segregation behavior was significantly affected by remelting and resolidification and varied across the alloy. Solute segregation can be categorized by the regions shown in Fig. 11a1–11a4, namely the cell boundary (Fig. 11a1), interior of the melt-pool boundary (Fig. 11a2), re-remelted regions (Fig. 11a3), and heat-affected regions (Fig. 11a4). The concentration profiles of these regions are shown in Fig. 11b1–11b4. Solute segregation was the highest in the cell boundary region. The solute segregation in the heat-affected region was almost the same as that in the cell boundary region, but seemed to have been attenuated by reheating during remelting and resolidification. The interior of the melt-pool boundary region also had the same tendency for solute segregation. However, the amount of Cr segregation was smaller than that of Mo. A decrease in the Cr concentration was also mitigated, and the concentration remained the same as that in the alloy composition. Fig. 11c1–11c4 show the chemical potentials of the solute elements for the FCC phase at 1073 K calculated using the compositions of those interfacial regions. All the interfacial regions showed non-constant chemical potentials for each element along the perpendicular direction, but the fluctuations of the chemical potentials differed by the type of interfaces. In particular, the fluctuation of the chemical potential of C at the cell boundary region was the largest, suggesting it can be relaxed easily by heat treatment. On the other hand, the fluctuations of the other elements in all the regions were small. The solute segregations are most likely to remain after the heat treatment and are supposed to affect the cracking susceptibilities.

Fig. 11

The solidus temperatures TS, the difference between the liquidus and solidus temperatures (i.e., the brittle temperature range (BTR)), and the fractions of the equilibrium precipitate phases at 1073 K of the interfacial regions were calculated as the liquation, solidification, and ductility dip cracking susceptibilities, respectively. At the cell boundary (Fig. 12a1), interior of the melt-pool boundary (Fig. 12a1), and heat-affected regions (Fig. 12a1), the internal and interfacial regions exhibited higher and lower TS compared to that of the alloy composition, respectively. The lowest Ts was obtained with the composition at the cell boundary region, which is the largest solute-segregated region. It has been suggested that strong segregations of solute elements in LPBF lead to liquation cracks [16]. This study also supports this suggestion, and liquation cracks are more likely to occur at the interfacial regions indicated by predicting the solute segregation behavior using the MPF model. Additionally, the BTRs of the cell boundary, interior of the melt-pool boundary, and heat-affected regions were wider at the interdendritic regions, and solidification cracks were also likely to occur in these regions. Moreover, within the solute segregation regions, the fraction of the precipitate phases in these interfacial regions was larger than that calculated using the alloy composition (Fig. 12c1, 12c2, and 12c4). This indicates that ductility dip cracking is also likely to occur at the cell boundary, interior of the melt-pool boundary, and in heat-affected regions. Contrarily, we found that the re-remelted region exhibited a higher TS and smaller BTR even in the interfacial region (Fig. 12a3 and 12b3), where the solute segregation behavior was different from that of the other regions. In addition, the re-remelting region exhibited less precipitation compared with the other segregated regions (Fig. 12c3). The re-remelting caused by the latent heat can attenuate solute segregation, prevent Ts from decreasing, decrease the BTR, and decrease the amount of precipitate phases. Alloys with a large amount of latent heat are expected to increase the re-remelting region, thereby decreasing the susceptibility to liquation and ductility dip cracks due to solute element segregation. This can be a guide for designing alloys for the LPBF process. As mentioned in Section 3.4, the microstructure [45] and the solute segregation behavior [44] at the melt pool boundary of LPBF-manufactured 316 L stainless steel are observed, and they are different from that of the interdendritic regions. Experimental observations of the solute segregation behavior in the LPBF-fabricated Ni-based alloys are currently underway.

Fig. 12

4.2. Applicability of the conventional MPF simulation to microstructure formation under LPBF

As the solidification growth rate increases, segregation coefficients approach 1, and the fluctuation of the solid/liquid interface is suppressed by the interfacial tension. The interface growth occurs in a flat fashion instead of having a cellular morphology at a velocity above the absolute stability limit, Ras, predicted by the Mullins-Sekerka theory [29]Ras = (ΔT0 DL) / (k Γ) where ΔT0DLk, and Γ are the difference between the liquidus and solidus temperatures, equilibrium segregation coefficient, the diffusivity of liquid, and the Gibbs-Thomson coefficient, respectively.

The Ras of HX was calculated using the equation and the thermodynamic parameters obtained by the TCNI9 thermodynamic database [39]. The calculated Ras of HX was 3.9 m s-1 and is ten times larger than that of the Ni–Nb alloy (approximately 0.4 m s-1[20]. The HX alloy was solidified under R values in the range of 8.2 × 10−2–6.3 × 10−1 m s-1. The theoretically calculated criterion is larger than the evaluated R, and is in agreement with the experiment in which dendritic growth is observed in the melt pool (Fig. 5). In contrast, Karayagiz et al. [20] reported that the R of the Ni–Nb binary alloy under LPBF was as high as approximately 2 m s-1, and planar interface growth was observed to be predominant under the high-growth-rate conditions. These experimentally observed microstructures agree well with the prediction by the Mullins-Sekerka theory about the relationship between the morphology and solidification rates.

In this study, the solidification microstructure formed by the laser-beam irradiation of an HX multicomponent Ni-based superalloy was reproduced by a conventional MPF simulation, in which the system was assumed to be in a quasi-equilibrium condition. Boussinot et al. [24] also suggested that the conventional phase-field model can be applied to simulate the microstructure of an IN718 multicomponent Ni-based superalloy in LPBF. In contrast, Kagayaski et al. [20] suggested that the conventional MPF simulation cannot be applied to the solidification of the Ni-Nb binary alloy system and that the finite interface dissipation model proposed by Steinbach et al. [48][49] is necessary to simulate the high solidification rates observed in LPBF. The difference in the applicability of the conventional MPF method to HX and Ni–Nb binary alloys is presumed to arise from the differences in the non-equilibrium degree of these systems under the high solidification rates of LPBF. The results suggest that Ras can be used as a simple index to apply the conventional MPF model for solidification in LPBF. Solidification becomes a non-equilibrium process as the solidification rate approaches the limit of absolute stability, Ras. In this study, the solidification of the HX multicomponent system occurred under a relatively low solidification rate compared to Ras, and the microstructure of the conventional MPF model was successfully reproduced in the physical experiment. However, note that the limit of absolute stability predicted by the Mullins-Sekerka theory was originally proposed for solidification in a binary alloy system, and further investigation is required to consider its applicability to multicomponent alloy systems. Moreover, the fast solidification, such as in the LPBF process, causes segregation coefficient approaching a value of 1 [20][21][25] corresponds to a diffusion length that is on the order of the atomic interface thickness. When the segregation coefficient approaches 1, solute undercooling disappears; hence, there is no driving force to amplify fluctuations regardless of whether interfacial tension is present. This phenomenon should be further investigated in future studies.

5. Conclusions

We simulated solute segregation in a multicomponent HX alloy under the LPBF process by an MPF simulation using the temperature distributions obtained by a CtFD simulation. We set the parameters of the CtFD simulation to match the melt pool shape formed in the laser-irradiation experiment and found that solidification occurred under high cooling rates of up to 1.6 × 10K s-1.

MPF simulations using the temperature distributions from CtFD simulation could reproduce the experimentally observed PDAS and revealed that significant solute segregation occurred at the interdendritic regions. Equilibrium thermodynamic calculations using the alloy compositions of the segregated regions when considering crack sensitivities suggested a decrease in the solidus temperature and an increase in the amount of carbide precipitation, thereby increasing the susceptibility to liquation and ductility dip cracks in these regions. Notably, these changes were suppressed at the melt-pool boundary region, where re-remelting occurred during the stacking of the layer above. This effect can be used to achieve a novel in-process segregation attenuation.

Our study revealed that a conventional MPF simulation weakly coupled with a CtFD simulation can be used to study the solidification of multicomponent alloys in LPBF, contrary to the cases of binary alloys investigated in previous studies. We discussed the applicability of the conventional MPF model to the LPBF process in terms of the limit of absolute stability, Ras, and suggested that alloys with a high limit velocity, i.e., multicomponent alloys, can be simulated using the conventional MPF model even under the high solidification velocity conditions of LPBF.

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Masayuki Okugawa: Writing – review & editing, Writing – original draft, Visualization, Validation, Software, Methodology, Investigation, Formal analysis, Data curation, Conceptualization. Takayoshi Nakano: Writing – review & editing, Validation, Supervision, Funding acquisition. Yuichiro Koizumi: Writing – review & editing, Visualization, Validation, Supervision, Project administration, Methodology, Investigation, Funding acquisition, Formal analysis, Data curation, Conceptualization. Sukeharu Nomoto: Writing – review & editing, Validation, Investigation. Makoto Watanabe: Writing – review & editing, Validation, Supervision, Funding acquisition. Katsuhiko Sawaizumi: Validation, Software, Investigation, Formal analysis, Data curation. Kenji Saito: Visualization, Validation, Software, Methodology, Investigation, Formal analysis, Data curation. Haruki Yoshima: Visualization, Validation, Software, Investigation, Formal analysis, Data curation.

Declaration of Competing Interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper

Acknowledgments

This work was partly supported by the Cabinet Office, Government of Japan, Cross-ministerial Strategic Innovation Promotion Program (SIP), “Materials Integration for Revolutionary Design System of Structural Materials,” (funding agency: The Japan Science and Technology Agency), by JSPS KAKENHI Grant Numbers 21H05018 and 21H05193, and by CREST Nanomechanics: Elucidation of macroscale mechanical properties based on understanding nanoscale dynamics for innovative mechanical materials (Grant Number: JPMJCR2194) from the Japan Science and Technology Agency (JST). The authors would like to thank Mr. H. Kawabata and Mr. K. Kimura for their technical support with the sample preparations and laser beam irradiation experiments.

Appendix A. Supplementary material

Download : Download Word document (654KB)

Supplementary material.

Data availability

Data will be made available on request.

References

Figure 5. Simulation of the molten pool under low-speed scanning (1.06 m/s). (a) Sequential solidification of the molten pool at the end of the melt track for laser powers of 190 and 340 W, respectively. (b) Recoil pressure on the molten pool at the keyhole for laser powers of 190 and 340 W, respectively. (c) The force diagram of the melt at the back of the keyhole at t = 750 μs in case B. (d) Temperature gradient at the solid–liquid interface of the molten pool at the moment the laser is deactivated in case A. (e) Temperature gradient at the solid–liquid interface of the molten pool at the moment the laser is deactivated in case B.

Revealing formation mechanism of end of processdepression in laser powder bed fusion by multiphysics meso-scale simulation

다중물리 메조 규모 시뮬레이션을 통해 레이저 분말층 융합에서 공정 종료의 함몰 형성 메커니즘 공개

Haodong Chen a,b, Xin Lin a,b,c, Yajing Sund, Shuhao Wanga,b, Kunpeng Zhu a,b,c and Binbin Dana,b

To link to this article: https://doi.org/10.1080/17452759.2024.2326599

ABSTRACT

Unintended end-of-process depression (EOPD) commonly occurs in laser powder bed fusion (LPBF), leading to poor surface quality and lower fatigue strength, especially for many implants. In this study, a high-fidelity multi-physics meso-scale simulation model is developed to uncover the forming mechanism of this defect. A defect-process map of the EOPD phenomenon is obtained using this simulation model. It is found that the EOPD formation mechanisms are different under distinct regions of process parameters. At low scanning speeds in keyhole mode, the long-lasting recoil pressure and the large temperature gradient easily induce EOPD. While at high scanning speeds in keyhole mode, the shallow molten pool morphology and the large solidification rate allow the keyhole to evolve into an EOPD quickly. Nevertheless, in the conduction mode, the Marangoni effects along with a faster solidification rate induce EOPD. Finally, a ‘step’ variable power strategy is proposed to optimise the EOPD defects for the case with high volumetric energy density at low scanning speeds. This work provides a profound understanding and valuable insights into the quality control of LPBF fabrication.

의도하지 않은 공정 종료 후 함몰(EOPD)은 LPBF(레이저 분말층 융합)에서 흔히 발생하며, 특히 많은 임플란트의 경우 표면 품질이 떨어지고 피로 강도가 낮아집니다. 본 연구에서는 이 결함의 형성 메커니즘을 밝히기 위해 충실도가 높은 다중 물리학 메조 규모 시뮬레이션 모델을 개발했습니다.

이 시뮬레이션 모델을 사용하여 EOPD 현상의 결함 프로세스 맵을 얻습니다. EOPD 형성 메커니즘은 공정 매개변수의 별개 영역에서 서로 다른 것으로 밝혀졌습니다.

키홀 모드의 낮은 스캔 속도에서는 오래 지속되는 반동 압력과 큰 온도 구배로 인해 EOPD가 쉽게 유발됩니다. 키홀 모드에서 높은 스캐닝 속도를 유지하는 동안 얕은 용융 풀 형태와 큰 응고 속도로 인해 키홀이 EOPD로 빠르게 진화할 수 있습니다.

그럼에도 불구하고 전도 모드에서는 더 빠른 응고 속도와 함께 마랑고니 효과가 EOPD를 유발합니다. 마지막으로, 낮은 스캐닝 속도에서 높은 체적 에너지 밀도를 갖는 경우에 대해 EOPD 결함을 최적화하기 위한 ‘단계’ 가변 전력 전략이 제안되었습니다.

이 작업은 LPBF 제조의 품질 관리에 대한 심오한 이해와 귀중한 통찰력을 제공합니다.

Figure 5. Simulation of the molten pool under low-speed scanning (1.06 m/s). (a) Sequential solidification of the molten pool at the
end of the melt track for laser powers of 190 and 340 W, respectively. (b) Recoil pressure on the molten pool at the keyhole for laser
powers of 190 and 340 W, respectively. (c) The force diagram of the melt at the back of the keyhole at t = 750 μs in case B. (d) Temperature gradient at the solid–liquid interface of the molten pool at the moment the laser is deactivated in case A. (e) Temperature
gradient at the solid–liquid interface of the molten pool at the moment the laser is deactivated in case B.
Figure 5. Simulation of the molten pool under low-speed scanning (1.06 m/s). (a) Sequential solidification of the molten pool at the end of the melt track for laser powers of 190 and 340 W, respectively. (b) Recoil pressure on the molten pool at the keyhole for laser powers of 190 and 340 W, respectively. (c) The force diagram of the melt at the back of the keyhole at t = 750 μs in case B. (d) Temperature gradient at the solid–liquid interface of the molten pool at the moment the laser is deactivated in case A. (e) Temperature gradient at the solid–liquid interface of the molten pool at the moment the laser is deactivated in case B.

References

[1] Zhang C, Li Z, Zhang J, et al. Additive manufacturing of magnesium matrix composites: comprehensive review of recent progress and research perspectives. J Mag
Alloys. 2023. doi:10.1016/j.jma.2023.02.005
[2] Webster S, Lin H, Carter III FM, et al. Physical mechanisms in hybrid additive manufacturing: a process design framework. J Mater Process Technol. 2022;291:117048. doi:10. 1016/j.jmatprotec.2021.117048
[3] Wang S, Ning J, Zhu L, et al. Role of porosity defects in metal 3D printing: formation mechanisms, impacts on properties and mitigation strategies. Mater Today. 2022. doi:10.1016/j.mattod.2022.08.014
[4] Wei C, Li L. Recent progress and scientific challenges in multi-material additive manufacturing via laser-based powder bed fusion. Virtual Phys Prototyp. 2021;16 (3):347–371. doi:10.1080/17452759.2021.1928520
[5] Lin X, Wang Q, Fuh JYH, et al. Motion feature based melt pool monitoring for selective laser melting process. J Mater Process Technol. 2022;303:117523. doi:10.1016/j. jmatprotec.2022.117523
[6] Gockel J, Sheridan L, Koerper B, et al. The influence of additive manufacturing processing parameters on surface roughness and fatigue life. Int J Fatigue. 2019;124:380–388. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2019.03.025
[7] Nicoletto G. Influence of rough as-built surfaces on smooth and notched fatigue behavior of L-PBF AlSi10Mg. Addit Manuf. 2020;34:101251. doi:10.1016/j. addma.2020.101251
[8] Spece H, Yu T, Law AW, et al. 3D printed porous PEEK created via fused filament fabrication for osteoconductive orthopaedic surfaces. J Mech Behav Biomed Mater. 2020;109:103850. doi:10.1115/1.0004270v
[9] Andrukhov O, Huber R, Shi B, et al. Proliferation, behavior, and differentiation of osteoblasts on surfaces of different microroughness. Dent Mater. 2016;32(11):1374–1384. doi:10.1016/j.dental.2016.08.217
[10] Dai N, Zhang LC, Zhang J, et al. Corrosion behavior of selective laser melted Ti-6Al-4 V alloy in NaCl solution. Corros Sci. 2016;102:484–489. doi:10.1016/j.corsci.2015. 10.041
[11] Li EL, Wang L, Yu AB, et al. A three-phase model for simulation of heat transfer and melt pool behaviour in laser powder bed fusion process. Powder Technol. 2021;381:298–312. doi:10.1016/j.powtec.2020.11.061
[12] Liao B, Xia RF, Li W, et al. 3D-printed ti6al4v scaffolds with graded triply periodic minimal surface structure for bone tissue engineering. J Mater Eng Perform. 2021;30:4993– 5004. doi:10.1007/s11665-021-05580-z
[13] Li E, Zhou Z, Wang L, et al. Melt pool dynamics and pores formation in multi-track studies in laser powder bed fusion process. Powder Technol. 2022;405:117533. doi:10.1016/j.powtec.2022.117533
[14] Guo L, Geng S, Gao X, et al. Numerical simulation of heat transfer and fluid flow during nanosecond pulsed laser processing of Fe78Si9B13 amorphous alloys. Int J Heat Mass Transfer. 2021;170:121003. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatma sstransfer.2021.121003
[15] Guo L, Li Y, Geng S, et al. Numerical and experimental analysis for morphology evolution of 6061 aluminum alloy during nanosecond pulsed laser cleaning. Surf Coat Technol. 2022;432:128056. doi:10.1016/j.surfcoat. 2021.128056
[16] Li S, Liu D, Mi H, et al. Numerical simulation on evolution process of molten pool and solidification characteristics of melt track in selective laser melting of ceramic powder. Ceram Int. 2022;48(13):18302–18315. doi:10. 1016/j.ceramint.2022.03.089
[17] Aboulkhair NT, Maskery I, Tuck C, et al. On the formation of AlSi10Mg single tracks and layers in selective laser melting: microstructure and nano-mechanical properties. J Mater Process Technol. 2016;230:88–98. doi:10.1016/j. jmatprotec.2015.11.016
[18] Thijs L, Kempen K, Kruth JP, et al. Fine-structured aluminium products with controllable texture by selective laser melting of pre-alloyed AlSi10Mg powder. Acta Mater. 2013;61(5):1809–1819. doi:10.1016/j.actamat.2012.11.052
[19] Qiu C, Adkins NJE, Attallah MM. Microstructure and tensile properties of selectively laser-melted and of HIPed laser-melted Ti–6Al–4 V. Mater Sci Eng A. 2013;578:230–239. doi:10.1016/j.msea.2013.04.099
[20] Kazemi Z, Soleimani M, Rokhgireh H, et al. Melting pool simulation of 316L samples manufactured by selective laser melting method, comparison with experimental results. Int J Therm Sci. 2022;176:107538. doi:10.1016/j. ijthermalsci.2022.107538
[21] Cao L. Workpiece-scale numerical simulations of SLM molten pool dynamic behavior of 316L stainless steel. Comput Math Appl. 2021;96:209–228. doi:10.1016/j. camwa.2020.04.020
[22] Liu B, Fang G, Lei L, et al. Predicting the porosity defects in selective laser melting (SLM) by molten pool geometry. Int J Mech Sci. 2022;228:107478. doi:10.1016/j.ijmecsci. 2022.107478
[23] Ur Rehman A, Pitir F, Salamci MU. Full-field mapping and flow quantification of melt pool dynamics in laser powder bed fusion of SS316L. Materials. 2021;14(21):6264. doi:10. 3390/ma14216264
[24] Chia HY, Wang L, Yan W. Influence of oxygen content on melt pool dynamics in metal additive manufacturing: high-fidelity modeling with experimental validation. Acta Mater. 2023;249:118824. doi:10.1016/j.actamat. 2023.118824
[25] Cheng B, Loeber L, Willeck H, et al. Computational investigation of melt pool process dynamics and pore formation in laser powder bed fusion. J Mater Eng Perform. 2019;28:6565–6578. doi:10.1007/s11665-019- 04435-y
[26] Li X, Guo Q, Chen L, et al. Quantitative investigation of gas flow, powder-gas interaction, and powder behavior under different ambient pressure levels in laser powder bed fusion. Int J Mach Tools Manuf. 2021;170:103797. doi:10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2021.103797
[27] Wu Y, Li M, Wang J, et al. Powder-bed-fusion additive manufacturing of molybdenum: process simulation, optimization, and property prediction. Addit Manuf. 2022;58:103069. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2022.103069
[28] Wu S, Yang Y, Huang Y, et al. Study on powder particle behavior in powder spreading with discrete element method and its critical implications for binder jetting additive manufacturing processes. Virtual Phys Prototyp. 2023;18(1):e2158877. doi:10.1080/17452759.2022.2158877
[29] Klassen A, Schakowsky T, Kerner C. Evaporation model for beam based additive manufacturing using free surface lattice Boltzmann methods. J Phys D Appl Phys. 2014;47 (27):275303. doi:10.1088/0022-3727/47/27/275303
[30] Cao L. Mesoscopic-scale numerical simulation including the influence of process parameters on slm single-layer multi-pass formation. Metall Mater Trans A. 2020;51:4130–4145. doi:10.1007/s11661-020-05831-z
[31] Zhuang JR, Lee YT, Hsieh WH, et al. Determination of melt pool dimensions using DOE-FEM and RSM with process window during SLM of Ti6Al4V powder. Opt Laser Technol. 2018;103:59–76. doi:10.1016/j.optlastec.2018. 01.013
[32] Li Y, Gu D. Thermal behavior during selective laser melting of commercially pure titanium powder: numerical simulation and experimental study. Addit Manuf. 2014;1–4:99–109. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2014.09.001
[33] Dai D, Gu D. Thermal behavior and densification mechanism during selective laser melting of copper matrix composites: simulation and experiments. Mater Des. 2014;55 (0):482–491. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2013.10.006
[34] Wang S, Zhu L, Dun Y, et al. Multi-physics modeling of direct energy deposition process of thin-walled structures: defect analysis. Comput Mech. 2021;67:c1229– c1242. doi:10.1007/s00466-021-01992-9
[35] Wu J, Zheng J, Zhou H, et al. Molten pool behavior and its mechanism during selective laser melting of polyamide 6 powder: single track simulation and experiments. Mater Res Express. 2019;6. doi:10.1088/2053-1591/ab2747
[36] Cho JH, Farson DF, Milewski JO, et al. Weld pool flows during initial stages of keyhole formation in laser welding. J Phys D Appl Phys. 2009;42. doi:10.1088/0022- 3727/42/17/175502
[37] Sinha KN. Identification of a suitable volumetric heat source for modelling of selective laser melting of Ti6Al4V powder using numerical and experimental validation approach. Int J Adv Manuf Technol. 2018;99:2257–2270. doi:10.1007/s00170-018-2631-4
[38] Fu CH, Guo YB. Three-dimensional temperature gradient mechanism in selective laser melting of Ti-6Al-4V. J Manuf Sci Eng. 2014;136(6):061004. doi:10.1115/1.4028539
[39] Ansari P, Rehman AU, Pitir F, et al. Selective laser melting of 316 l austenitic stainless steel: detailed process understanding using multiphysics simulation and experimentation. Metals. 2021;11(7):1076. doi:10.3390/met11071076
[40] Zhao C, Shi B, Chen S, et al. Laser melting modes in metal powder bed fusion additive manufacturing. Rev Mod Phys. 2022;94(4):045002. doi:10.1103/revmodphys.94. 045002
[41] Bertoli US, Wolfer AJ, Matthews MJ, et al. On the limitations of volumetric energy density as a design parameter for selective laser melting. Mater Des. 2017;113:331–340. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2016.10.037
[42] Dash A, Kamaraj A. Prediction of the shift in melting mode during additive manufacturing of 316L stainless steel. Mater Today Commun. 2023: 107238. doi:10.1016/j. mtcomm.2023.107238
[43] Majeed M, Khan HM, Rasheed I. Finite element analysis of melt pool thermal characteristics with passing laser in SLM process. Optik. 2019;194:163068. doi:10.1016/j.ijleo. 2019.163068

Schematic diagram of HP-LPBF melting process.

Modeling and numerical studies of high-precision laser powder bed fusion

Yi Wei ;Genyu Chen;Nengru Tao;Wei Zhou
https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0191504

In order to comprehensively reveal the evolutionary dynamics of the molten pool and the state of motion of the fluid during the high-precision laser powder bed fusion (HP-LPBF) process, this study aims to deeply investigate the specific manifestations of the multiphase flow, solidification phenomena, and heat transfer during the process by means of numerical simulation methods. Numerical simulation models of SS316L single-layer HP-LPBF formation with single and double tracks were constructed using the discrete element method and the computational fluid dynamics method. The effects of various factors such as Marangoni convection, surface tension, vapor recoil, gravity, thermal convection, thermal radiation, and evaporative heat dissipation on the heat and mass transfer in the molten pool have been paid attention to during the model construction process. The results show that the molten pool exhibits a “comet” shape, in which the temperature gradient at the front end of the pool is significantly larger than that at the tail end, with the highest temperature gradient up to 1.69 × 108 K/s. It is also found that the depth of the second track is larger than that of the first one, and the process parameter window has been determined preliminarily. In addition, the application of HP-LPBF technology helps to reduce the surface roughness and minimize the forming size.

Topics

Heat transfer, Nonequilibrium thermodynamics, Solidification process, Computer simulation, Discrete element method, Lasers, Mass transfer, Fluid mechanics, Computational fluid dynamics, Multiphase flows

I. INTRODUCTION

Laser powder bed fusion (LPBF) has become a research hotspot in the field of additive manufacturing of metals due to its advantages of high-dimensional accuracy, good surface quality, high density, and high material utilization.1,2 With the rapid development of electronics, medical, automotive, biotechnology, energy, communication, and optics, the demand for microfabrication technology is increasing day by day.3 High-precision laser powder bed fusion (HP-LPBF) is one of the key manufacturing technologies for tiny parts in the fields of electronics, medical, automotive, biotechnology, energy, communication, and optics because of its process characteristics such as small focal spot diameter, small powder particle size, and thin powder layup layer thickness.4–13 Compared with LPBF, HP-LPBF has the significant advantages of smaller focal spot diameter, smaller powder particle size, and thinner layer thickness. These advantages make HP-LPBF perform better in producing micro-fine parts, high surface quality, and parts with excellent mechanical properties.

HP-LPBF is in the exploratory stage, and researchers have already done some exploratory studies on the focal spot diameter, the amount of defocusing, and the powder particle size. In order to explore the influence of changing the laser focal spot diameter on the LPBF process characteristics of the law, Wildman et al.14 studied five groups of different focal spot diameter LPBF forming 316L stainless steel (SS316L) processing effect, the smallest focal spot diameter of 26 μm, and the results confirm that changing the focal spot diameter can be achieved to achieve the energy control, so as to control the quality of forming. Subsequently, Mclouth et al.15 proposed the laser out-of-focus amount (focal spot diameter) parameter, which characterizes the distance between the forming plane and the laser focal plane. The laser energy density was controlled by varying the defocusing amount while keeping the laser parameters constant. Sample preparation at different focal positions was investigated, and their microstructures were characterized. The results show that the samples at the focal plane have finer microstructure than those away from the focal plane, which is the effect of higher power density and smaller focal spot diameter. In order to explore the influence of changing the powder particle size on the characteristics of the LPBF process, Qian et al.16 carried out single-track scanning simulations on powder beds with average powder particle sizes of 70 and 40 μm, respectively, and the results showed that the melt tracks sizes were close to each other under the same process parameters for the two particle-size distributions and that the molten pool of powder beds with small particles was more elongated and the edges of the melt tracks were relatively flat. In order to explore the superiority of HP-LPBF technology, Xu et al.17 conducted a comparative analysis of HP-LPBF and conventional LPBF of SS316L. The results showed that the average surface roughness of the top surface after forming by HP-LPBF could reach 3.40 μm. Once again, it was verified that HP-LPBF had higher forming quality than conventional LPBF. On this basis, Wei et al.6 comparatively analyzed the effects of different laser focal spot diameters on different powder particle sizes formed by LPBF. The results showed that the smaller the laser focal spot diameter, the fewer the defects on the top and side surfaces. The above research results confirm that reducing the laser focal spot diameter can obtain higher energy density and thus better forming quality.

LPBF involves a variety of complex systems and mechanisms, and the final quality of the part is influenced by a large number of process parameters.18–24 Some research results have shown that there are more than 50 factors affecting the quality of the specimen. The influencing factors are mainly categorized into three main groups: (1) laser parameters, (2) powder parameters, and (3) equipment parameters, which interact with each other to determine the final specimen quality. With the continuous development of technologies such as computational materials science and computational fluid dynamics (CFD), the method of studying the influence of different factors on the forming quality of LPBF forming process has been shifted from time-consuming and laborious experimental characterization to the use of numerical simulation methods. As a result, more and more researchers are adopting this approach for their studies. Currently, numerical simulation studies on LPBF are mainly focused on the exploration of molten pool, temperature distribution, and residual stresses.

  1. Finite element simulation based on continuum mechanics and free surface fluid flow modeling based on fluid dynamics are two common approaches to study the behavior of LPBF molten pool.25–28 Finite element simulation focuses on the temperature and thermal stress fields, treats the powder bed as a continuum, and determines the molten pool size by plotting the elemental temperature above the melting point. In contrast, fluid dynamics modeling can simulate the 2D or 3D morphology of the metal powder pile and obtain the powder size and distribution by certain algorithms.29 The flow in the molten pool is mainly affected by recoil pressure and the Marangoni effect. By simulating the molten pool formation, it is possible to predict defects, molten pool shape, and flow characteristics, as well as the effect of process parameters on the molten pool geometry.30–34 In addition, other researchers have been conducted to optimize the laser processing parameters through different simulation methods and experimental data.35–46 Crystal growth during solidification is studied to further understand the effect of laser parameters on dendritic morphology and solute segregation.47–54 A multi-scale system has been developed to describe the fused deposition process during 3D printing, which is combined with the conductive heat transfer model and the dendritic solidification model.55,56
  2. Relevant scholars have adopted various different methods for simulation, such as sequential coupling theory,57 Lagrangian and Eulerian thermal models,58 birth–death element method,25 and finite element method,59 in order to reveal the physical phenomena of the laser melting process and optimize the process parameters. Luo et al.60 compared the LPBF temperature field and molten pool under double ellipsoidal and Gaussian heat sources by ANSYS APDL and found that the diffusion of the laser energy in the powder significantly affects the molten pool size and the temperature field.
  3. The thermal stresses obtained from the simulation correlate with the actual cracks,61 and local preheating can effectively reduce the residual stresses.62 A three-dimensional thermodynamic finite element model investigated the temperature and stress variations during laser-assisted fabrication and found that powder-to-solid conversion increases the temperature gradient, stresses, and warpage.63 Other scholars have predicted residual stresses and part deflection for LPBF specimens and investigated the effects of deposition pattern, heat, laser power, and scanning strategy on residual stresses, noting that high-temperature gradients lead to higher residual stresses.64–67 

In short, the process of LPBF forming SS316L is extremely complex and usually involves drastic multi-scale physicochemical changes that will only take place on a very small scale. Existing literature employs DEM-based mesoscopic-scale numerical simulations to investigate the effects of process parameters on the molten pool dynamics of LPBF-formed SS316L. However, a few studies have been reported on the key mechanisms of heating and solidification, spatter, and convective behavior of the molten pool of HP-LPBF-formed SS316L with small laser focal spot diameters. In this paper, the geometrical properties of coarse and fine powder particles under three-dimensional conditions were first calculated using DEM. Then, numerical simulation models for single-track and double-track cases in the single-layer HP-LPBF forming SS316L process were developed at mesoscopic scale using the CFD method. The flow genesis of the melt in the single-track and double-track molten pools is discussed, and their 3D morphology and dimensional characteristics are discussed. In addition, the effects of laser process parameters, powder particle size, and laser focal spot diameter on the temperature field, characterization information, and defects in the molten pool are discussed.

II. MODELING

A. 3D powder bed modeling

HP-LPBF is an advanced processing technique for preparing target parts layer by layer stacking, the process of which involves repetitive spreading and melting of powders. In this process, both the powder spreading and the morphology of the powder bed are closely related to the results of the subsequent melting process, while the melted surface also affects the uniform distribution of the next layer of powder. For this reason, this chapter focuses on the modeling of the physical action during the powder spreading process and the theory of DEM to establish the numerical model of the powder bed, so as to lay a solid foundation for the accuracy of volume of fluid (VOF) and CFD.

1. DEM

DEM is a numerical technique for calculating the interaction of a large number of particles, which calculates the forces and motions of the spheres by considering each powder sphere as an independent unit. The motion of the powder particles follows the laws of classical Newtonian mechanics, including translational and rotational,38,68–70 which are expressed as follows:����¨=���+∑��ij,

(1)����¨=∑�(�ij×�ij),

(2)

where �� is the mass of unit particle i in kg, ��¨ is the advective acceleration in m/s2, And g is the gravitational acceleration in m/s2. �ij is the force in contact with the neighboring particle � in N. �� is the rotational inertia of the unit particle � in kg · m2. ��¨ is the unit particle � angular acceleration in rad/s2. �ij is the vector pointing from unit particle � to the contact point of neighboring particle �⁠.

Equations (1) and (2) can be used to calculate the velocity and angular velocity variations of powder particles to determine their positions and velocities. A three-dimensional powder bed model of SS316L was developed using DEM. The powder particles are assumed to be perfect spheres, and the substrate and walls are assumed to be rigid. To describe the contact between the powder particles and between the particles and the substrate, a non-slip Hertz–Mindlin nonlinear spring-damping model71 was used with the following expression:�hz=��������+��[(�����ij−�eff����)−(�����+�eff����)],

(3)

where �hz is the force calculated using the Hertzian in M. �� and �� are the radius of unit particles � and � in m, respectively. �� is the overlap size of the two powder particles in m. ��⁠, �� are the elastic constants in the normal and tangential directions, respectively. �ij is the unit vector connecting the centerlines of the two powder particles. �eff is the effective mass of the two powder particles in kg. �� and �� are the viscoelastic damping constants in the normal and tangential directions, respectively. �� and �� are the components of the relative velocities of the two powder particles. ��� is the displacement vector between two spherical particles. The schematic diagram of overlapping powder particles is shown in Fig. 1.

FIG. 1.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of overlapping powder particles.

Because the particle size of the powder used for HP-LPBF is much smaller than 100 μm, the effect of van der Waals forces must be considered. Therefore, the cohesive force �jkr of the Hertz–Mindlin model was used instead of van der Waals forces,72 with the following expression:�jkr=−4��0�*�1.5+4�*3�*�3,

(4)1�*=(1−��2)��+(1−��2)��,

(5)1�*=1��+1��,

(6)

where �* is the equivalent Young’s modulus in GPa; �* is the equivalent particle radius in m; �0 is the surface energy of the powder particles in J/m2; α is the contact radius in m; �� and �� are the Young’s modulus of the unit particles � and �⁠, respectively, in GPa; and �� and �� are the Poisson’s ratio of the unit particles � and �⁠, respectively.

2. Model building

Figure 2 shows a 3D powder bed model generated using DEM with a coarse powder geometry of 1000 × 400 × 30 μm3. The powder layer thickness is 30 μm, and the powder bed porosity is 40%. The average particle size of this spherical powder is 31.7 μm and is normally distributed in the range of 15–53 μm. The geometry of the fine powder was 1000 × 400 × 20 μm3, with a layer thickness of 20 μm, and the powder bed porosity of 40%. The average particle size of this spherical powder is 11.5 μm and is normally distributed in the range of 5–25 μm. After the 3D powder bed model is generated, it needs to be imported into the CFD simulation software for calculation, and the imported geometric model is shown in Fig. 3. This geometric model is mainly composed of three parts: protective gas, powder bed, and substrate. Under the premise of ensuring the accuracy of the calculation, the mesh size is set to 3 μm, and the total number of coarse powder meshes is 1 704 940. The total number of fine powder meshes is 3 982 250.

FIG. 2.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Three-dimensional powder bed model: (a) coarse powder, (b) fine powder.

FIG. 3.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Geometric modeling of the powder bed computational domain: (a) coarse powder, (b) fine powder.

B. Modeling of fluid mechanics simulation

In order to solve the flow, melting, and solidification problems involved in HP-LPBF molten pool, the study must follow the three governing equations of conservation of mass, conservation of energy, and conservation of momentum.73 The VOF method, which is the most widely used in fluid dynamics, is used to solve the molten pool dynamics model.

1. VOF

VOF is a method for tracking the free interface between the gas and liquid phases on the molten pool surface. The core idea of the method is to define a volume fraction function F within each grid, indicating the proportion of the grid space occupied by the material, 0 ≤ F ≤ 1 in Fig. 4. Specifically, when F = 0, the grid is empty and belongs to the gas-phase region; when F = 1, the grid is completely filled with material and belongs to the liquid-phase region; and when 0 < F < 1, the grid contains free surfaces and belongs to the mixed region. The direction normal to the free surface is the direction of the fastest change in the volume fraction F (the direction of the gradient of the volume fraction), and the direction of the gradient of the volume fraction can be calculated from the values of the volume fractions in the neighboring grids.74 The equations controlling the VOF are expressed as follows:𝛻����+�⋅(��→)=0,

(7)

where t is the time in s and �→ is the liquid velocity in m/s.

FIG. 4.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of VOF.

The material parameters of the mixing zone are altered due to the inclusion of both the gas and liquid phases. Therefore, in order to represent the density of the mixing zone, the average density �¯ is used, which is expressed as follows:72�¯=(1−�1)�gas+�1�metal,

(8)

where �1 is the proportion of liquid phase, �gas is the density of protective gas in kg/m3, and �metal is the density of metal in kg/m3.

2. Control equations and boundary conditions

Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the HP-LPBF melting process. First, the laser light strikes a localized area of the material and rapidly heats up the area. Next, the energy absorbed in the region is diffused through a variety of pathways (heat conduction, heat convection, and surface radiation), and this process triggers complex phase transition phenomena (melting, evaporation, and solidification). In metals undergoing melting, the driving forces include surface tension and the Marangoni effect, recoil due to evaporation, and buoyancy due to gravity and uneven density. The above physical phenomena interact with each other and do not occur independently.

FIG. 5.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of HP-LPBF melting process.

  1. Laser heat sourceThe Gaussian surface heat source model is used as the laser heat source model with the following expression:�=2�0����2exp(−2�12��2),(9)where � is the heat flow density in W/m2, �0 is the absorption rate of SS316L, �� is the radius of the laser focal spot in m, and �1 is the radial distance from the center of the laser focal spot in m. The laser focal spot can be used for a wide range of applications.
  2. Energy absorptionThe formula for calculating the laser absorption �0 of SS316L is as follows:�0=0.365(�0[1+�0(�−20)]/�)0.5,(10)where �0 is the direct current resistivity of SS316L at 20 °C in Ω m, �0 is the resistance temperature coefficient in ppm/°C, � is the temperature in °C, and � is the laser wavelength in m.
  3. Heat transferThe basic principle of heat transfer is conservation of energy, which is expressed as follows:𝛻𝛻𝛻�(��)��+�·(��→�)=�·(�0����)+��,(11)where � is the density of liquid phase SS316L in kg/m3, �� is the specific heat capacity of SS316L in J/(kg K), 𝛻� is the gradient operator, t is the time in s, T is the temperature in K, 𝛻�� is the temperature gradient, �→ is the velocity vector, �0 is the coefficient of thermal conduction of SS316L in W/(m K), and  �� is the thermal energy dissipation term in the molten pool.
  4. Molten pool flowThe following three conditions need to be satisfied for the molten pool to flow:
    • Conservation of mass with the following expression:𝛻�·(��→)=0.(12)
    • Conservation of momentum (Navier–Stokes equation) with the following expression:𝛻𝛻𝛻𝛻���→��+�(�→·�)�→=�·[−pI+�(��→+(��→)�)]+�,(13)where � is the pressure in Pa exerted on the liquid phase SS316L microelement, � is the unit matrix, � is the fluid viscosity in N s/m2, and � is the volumetric force (gravity, atmospheric pressure, surface tension, vapor recoil, and the Marangoni effect).
    • Conservation of energy, see Eq. (11)
  5. Surface tension and the Marangoni effectThe effect of temperature on the surface tension coefficient is considered and set as a linear relationship with the following expression:�=�0−��dT(�−��),(14)where � is the surface tension of the molten pool at temperature T in N/m, �� is the melting temperature of SS316L in K, �0 is the surface tension of the molten pool at temperature �� in Pa, and σdσ/ dT is the surface tension temperature coefficient in N/(m K).In general, surface tension decreases with increasing temperature. A temperature gradient causes a gradient in surface tension that drives the liquid to flow, known as the Marangoni effect.
  6. Metal vapor recoilAt higher input energy densities, the maximum temperature of the molten pool surface reaches the evaporation temperature of the material, and a gasification recoil pressure occurs vertically downward toward the molten pool surface, which will be the dominant driving force for the molten pool flow.75 The expression is as follows:��=0.54�� exp ���−���0���,(15)where �� is the gasification recoil pressure in Pa, �� is the ambient pressure in kPa, �� is the latent heat of evaporation in J/kg, �0 is the gas constant in J/(mol K), T is the surface temperature of the molten pool in K, and Te is the evaporation temperature in K.
  7. Solid–liquid–gas phase transitionWhen the laser hits the powder layer, the powder goes through three stages: heating, melting, and solidification. During the solidification phase, mutual transformations between solid, liquid, and gaseous states occur. At this point, the latent heat of phase transition absorbed or released during the phase transition needs to be considered.68 The phase transition is represented based on the relationship between energy and temperature with the following expression:�=�����,(�<��),�(��)+�−����−����,(��<�<��)�(��)+(�−��)����,(��<�),,(16)where �� and �� are solid and liquid phase density, respectively, of SS316L in kg/m3. �� and �� unit volume of solid and liquid phase-specific heat capacity, respectively, of SS316L in J/(kg K). �� and ��⁠, respectively, are the solidification temperature and melting temperature of SS316L in K. �� is the latent heat of the phase transition of SS316L melting in J/kg.

3. Assumptions

The CFD model was computed using the commercial software package FLOW-3D.76 In order to simplify the calculation and solution process while ensuring the accuracy of the results, the model makes the following assumptions:

  1. It is assumed that the effects of thermal stress and material solid-phase thermal expansion on the calculation results are negligible.
  2. The molten pool flow is assumed to be a Newtonian incompressible laminar flow, while the effects of liquid thermal expansion and density on the results are neglected.
  3. It is assumed that the surface tension can be simplified to an equivalent pressure acting on the free surface of the molten pool, and the effect of chemical composition on the results is negligible.
  4. Neglecting the effect of the gas flow field on the molten pool.
  5. The mass loss due to evaporation of the liquid metal is not considered.
  6. The influence of the plasma effect of the molten metal on the calculation results is neglected.

It is worth noting that the formulation of assumptions requires a trade-off between accuracy and computational efficiency. In the above models, some physical phenomena that have a small effect or high difficulty on the calculation results are simplified or ignored. Such simplifications make numerical simulations more efficient and computationally tractable, while still yielding accurate results.

4. Initial conditions

The preheating temperature of the substrate was set to 393 K, at which time all materials were in the solid state and the flow rate was zero.

5. Material parameters

The material used is SS316L and the relevant parameters required for numerical simulations are shown in Table I.46,77,78

TABLE I.

SS316L-related parameters.

PropertySymbolValue
Density of solid metal (kg/m3�metal 7980 
Solid phase line temperature (K) �� 1658 
Liquid phase line temperature (K) �� 1723 
Vaporization temperature (K) �� 3090 
Latent heat of melting (⁠ J/kg⁠) �� 2.60×105 
Latent heat of evaporation (⁠ J/kg⁠) �� 7.45×106 
Surface tension of liquid phase (N /m⁠) � 1.60 
Liquid metal viscosity (kg/m s) �� 6×10−3 
Gaseous metal viscosity (kg/m s) �gas 1.85×10−5 
Temperature coefficient of surface tension (N/m K) ��/�T 0.80×10−3 
Molar mass (⁠ kg/mol⁠) 0.05 593 
Emissivity � 0.26 
Laser absorption �0 0.35 
Ambient pressure (kPa) �� 101 325 
Ambient temperature (K) �0 300 
Stefan–Boltzmann constant (W/m2 K4� 5.67×10−8 
Thermal conductivity of metals (⁠ W/m K⁠) � 24.55 
Density of protective gas (kg/m3�gas 1.25 
Coefficient of thermal expansion (/K) �� 16×10−6 
Generalized gas constant (⁠ J/mol K⁠) 8.314 

III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

With the objective of studying in depth the evolutionary patterns of single-track and double-track molten pool development, detailed observations were made for certain specific locations in the model, as shown in Fig. 6. In this figure, P1 and P2 represent the longitudinal tangents to the centers of the two melt tracks in the XZ plane, while L1 is the transverse profile in the YZ plane. The scanning direction is positive and negative along the X axis. Points A and B are the locations of the centers of the molten pool of the first and second melt tracks, respectively (x = 1.995 × 10−4, y = 5 × 10−7, and z = −4.85 × 10−5).

FIG. 6.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of observation position.

A. Single-track simulation

A series of single-track molten pool simulation experiments were carried out in order to investigate the influence law of laser power as well as scanning speed on the HP-LPBF process. Figure 7 demonstrates the evolution of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the single-track molten pool in the time period of 50–500 μs under a laser power of 100 W and a scanning speed of 800 mm/s. The powder bed is in the natural cooling state. When t = 50 μs, the powder is heated by the laser heat and rapidly melts and settles to form the initial molten pool. This process is accompanied by partial melting of the substrate and solidification together with the melted powder. The molten pool rapidly expands with increasing width, depth, length, and temperature, as shown in Fig. 7(a). When t = 150 μs, the molten pool expands more obviously, and the temperature starts to transfer to the surrounding area, forming a heat-affected zone. At this point, the width of the molten pool tends to stabilize, and the temperature in the center of the molten pool has reached its peak and remains largely stable. However, the phenomenon of molten pool spatter was also observed in this process, as shown in Fig. 7(b). As time advances, when t = 300 μs, solidification begins to occur at the tail of the molten pool, and tiny ripples are produced on the solidified surface. This is due to the fact that the melt flows toward the region with large temperature gradient under the influence of Marangoni convection and solidifies together with the melt at the end of the bath. At this point, the temperature gradient at the front of the bath is significantly larger than at the end. While the width of the molten pool was gradually reduced, the shape of the molten pool was gradually changed to a “comet” shape. In addition, a slight depression was observed at the top of the bath because the peak temperature at the surface of the bath reached the evaporation temperature, which resulted in a recoil pressure perpendicular to the surface of the bath downward, creating a depressed region. As the laser focal spot moves and is paired with the Marangoni convection of the melt, these recessed areas will be filled in as shown in Fig. 7(c). It has been shown that the depressed regions are the result of the coupled effect of Marangoni convection, recoil pressure, and surface tension.79 By t = 500 μs, the width and height of the molten pool stabilize and show a “comet” shape in Fig. 7(d).

FIG. 7.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Single-track molten pool process: (a) t = 50  ��⁠, (b) t = 150  ��⁠, (c) t = 300  ��⁠, (d) t = 500  ��⁠.

Figure 8 depicts the velocity vector diagram of the P1 profile in a single-track molten pool, the length of the arrows represents the magnitude of the velocity, and the maximum velocity is about 2.36 m/s. When t = 50 μs, the molten pool takes shape, and the velocities at the two ends of the pool are the largest. The variation of the velocities at the front end is especially more significant in Fig. 8(a). As the time advances to t = 150 μs, the molten pool expands rapidly, in which the velocity at the tail increases and changes more significantly, while the velocity at the front is relatively small. At this stage, the melt moves backward from the center of the molten pool, which in turn expands the molten pool area. The melt at the back end of the molten pool center flows backward along the edge of the molten pool surface and then converges along the edge of the molten pool to the bottom center, rising to form a closed loop. Similarly, a similar closed loop is formed at the front end of the center of the bath, but with a shorter path. However, a large portion of the melt in the center of the closed loop formed at the front end of the bath is in a nearly stationary state. The main cause of this melt flow phenomenon is the effect of temperature gradient and surface tension (the Marangoni effect), as shown in Figs. 8(b) and 8(e). This dynamic behavior of the melt tends to form an “elliptical” pool. At t = 300 μs, the tendency of the above two melt flows to close the loop is more prominent and faster in Fig. 8(c). When t = 500 μs, the velocity vector of the molten pool shows a stable trend, and the closed loop of melt flow also remains stable. With the gradual laser focal spot movement, the melt is gradually solidified at its tail, and finally, a continuous and stable single track is formed in Fig. 8(d).

FIG. 8.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Vector plot of single-track molten pool velocity in XZ longitudinal section: (a) t = 50  ��⁠, (b) t = 150  ��⁠, (c) t = 300  ��⁠, (d) t = 500  ��⁠, (e) molten pool flow.

In order to explore in depth the transient evolution of the molten pool, the evolution of the single-track temperature field and the melt flow was monitored in the YZ cross section. Figure 9(a) shows the state of the powder bed at the initial moment. When t = 250 μs, the laser focal spot acts on the powder bed and the powder starts to melt and gradually collects in the molten pool. At this time, the substrate will also start to melt, and the melt flow mainly moves in the downward and outward directions and the velocity is maximum at the edges in Fig. 9(b). When t = 300 μs, the width and depth of the molten pool increase due to the recoil pressure. At this time, the melt flows more slowly at the center, but the direction of motion is still downward in Fig. 9(c). When t = 350 μs, the width and depth of the molten pool further increase, at which time the intensity of the melt flow reaches its peak and the direction of motion remains the same in Fig. 9(d). When t = 400 μs, the melt starts to move upward, and the surrounding powder or molten material gradually fills up, causing the surface of the molten pool to begin to flatten. At this time, the maximum velocity of the melt is at the center of the bath, while the velocity at the edge is close to zero, and the edge of the melt starts to solidify in Fig. 9(e). When t = 450 μs, the melt continues to move upward, forming a convex surface of the melt track. However, the melt movement slows down, as shown in Fig. 9(f). When t = 500 μs, the melt further moves upward and its speed gradually becomes smaller. At the same time, the melt solidifies further, as shown in Fig. 9(g). When t = 550 μs, the melt track is basically formed into a single track with a similar “mountain” shape. At this stage, the velocity is close to zero only at the center of the molten pool, and the flow behavior of the melt is poor in Fig. 9(h). At t = 600 μs, the melt stops moving and solidification is rapidly completed. Up to this point, a single track is formed in Fig. 9(i). During the laser action on the powder bed, the substrate melts and combines with the molten state powder. The powder-to-powder fusion is like the convergence of water droplets, which are rapidly fused by surface tension. However, the fusion between the molten state powder and the substrate occurs driven by surface tension, and the molten powder around the molten pool is pulled toward the substrate (a wetting effect occurs), which ultimately results in the formation of a monolithic whole.38,80,81

FIG. 9.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Evolution of single-track molten pool temperature and melt flow in the YZ cross section: (a) t = 0  ��⁠, (b) t = 250  ��⁠, (c) t = 300  ��⁠, (d) t = 350  ��⁠, (e) t = 400  ��⁠, (f) t = 450  ��⁠, (g) t = 500  ��⁠, (h) t = 550  ��⁠, (i) t = 600  ��⁠.

The wetting ability between the liquid metal and the solid substrate in the molten pool directly affects the degree of balling of the melt,82,83 and the wetting ability can be measured by the contact angle of a single track in Fig. 10. A smaller value of contact angle represents better wettability. The contact angle α can be calculated by�=�1−�22,

(17)

where �1 and �2 are the contact angles of the left and right regions, respectively.

FIG. 10.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic of contact angle.

Relevant studies have confirmed that the wettability is better at a contact angle α around or below 40°.84 After measurement, a single-track contact angle α of about 33° was obtained under this process parameter, which further confirms the good wettability.

B. Double-track simulation

In order to deeply investigate the influence of hatch spacing on the characteristics of the HP-LPBF process, a series of double-track molten pool simulation experiments were systematically carried out. Figure 11 shows in detail the dynamic changes of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool in the time period of 2050–2500 μs under the conditions of laser power of 100 W, scanning speed of 800 mm/s, and hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. By comparing the study with Fig. 7, it is observed that the basic characteristics of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the second track are similar to those of the first track. However, there are subtle differences between them. The first track exhibits a basically symmetric shape, but the second track morphology shows a slight deviation influenced by the difference in thermal diffusion rate between the solidified metal and the powder. Otherwise, the other characteristic information is almost the same as that of the first track. Figure 12 shows the velocity vector plot of the P2 profile in the double-track molten pool, with a maximum velocity of about 2.63 m/s. The melt dynamics at both ends of the pool are more stable at t = 2050 μs, where the maximum rate of the second track is only 1/3 of that of the first one. Other than that, the rest of the information is almost no significant difference from the characteristic information of the first track. Figure 13 demonstrates a detailed observation of the double-track temperature field and melts flow in the YZ cross section, and a comparative study with Fig. 9 reveals that the width of the second track is slightly wider. In addition, after the melt direction shifts from bottom to top, the first track undergoes four time periods (50 μs) to reach full solidification, while the second track takes five time periods. This is due to the presence of significant heat buildup in the powder bed after the forming of the first track, resulting in a longer dynamic time of the melt and an increased molten pool lifetime. In conclusion, the level of specimen forming can be significantly optimized by adjusting the laser power and hatch spacing.

FIG. 11.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Double-track molten pool process: (a) t = 2050  ��⁠, (b) t = 2150  ��⁠, (c) t = 2300  ��⁠, (d) t = 2500  ��⁠.

FIG. 12.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Vector plot of double-track molten pool velocity in XZ longitudinal section: (a) t = 2050  ��⁠, (b) t = 2150  ��⁠, (c) t = 2300  ��⁠, (d) t = 2500  ��⁠.

FIG. 13.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Evolution of double-track molten pool temperature and melt flow in the YZ cross section: (a) t = 2250  ��⁠, (b) t = 2300  ��⁠, (c) t = 2350  ��⁠, (d) t = 2400  ��⁠, (e) t = 2450  ��⁠, (f) t = 2500  ��⁠, (g) t = 2550  ��⁠, (h) t = 2600  ��⁠, (i) t = 2650  ��⁠.

In order to quantitatively detect the molten pool dimensions as well as the remolten region dimensions, the molten pool characterization information in Fig. 14 is constructed by drawing the boundary on the YZ cross section based on the isothermal surface of the liquid phase line. It can be observed that the heights of the first track and second track are basically the same, but the depth of the second track increases relative to the first track. The molten pool width is mainly positively correlated with the laser power as well as the scanning speed (the laser line energy density �⁠). However, the remelted zone width is negatively correlated with the hatch spacing (the overlapping ratio). Overall, the forming quality of the specimens can be directly influenced by adjusting the laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing.

FIG. 14.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Double-track molten pool characterization information on YZ cross section.

In order to study the variation rule of the temperature in the center of the molten pool with time, Fig. 15 demonstrates the temperature variation curves with time for two reference points, A and B. Among them, the red dotted line indicates the liquid phase line temperature of SS316L. From the figure, it can be seen that the maximum temperature at the center of the molten pool in the first track is lower than that in the second track, which is mainly due to the heat accumulation generated after passing through the first track. The maximum temperature gradient was calculated to be 1.69 × 108 K/s. When the laser scanned the first track, the temperature in the center of the molten pool of the second track increased slightly. Similarly, when the laser scanned the second track, a similar situation existed in the first track. Since the temperature gradient in the second track is larger than that in the first track, the residence time of the liquid phase in the molten pool of the first track is longer than that of the second track.

FIG. 15.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Temperature profiles as a function of time for two reference points A and B.

C. Simulation analysis of molten pool under different process parameters

In order to deeply investigate the effects of various process parameters on the mesoscopic-scale temperature field, molten pool characteristic information and defects of HP-LPBF, numerical simulation experiments on mesoscopic-scale laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing of double-track molten pools were carried out.

1. Laser power

Figure 16 shows the effects of different laser power on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool at a scanning speed of 800 mm/s and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. When P = 50 W, a smaller molten pool is formed due to the lower heat generated by the Gaussian light source per unit time. This leads to a smaller track width, which results in adjacent track not lapping properly and the presence of a large number of unmelted powder particles, resulting in an increase in the number of defects, such as pores in the specimen. The surface of the track is relatively flat, and the depth is small. In addition, the temperature gradient before and after the molten pool was large, and the depression location appeared at the biased front end in Fig. 16(a). When P = 100 W, the surface of the track is flat and smooth with excellent lap. Due to the Marangoni effect, the velocity field of the molten pool is in the form of “vortex,” and the melt has good fluidity, and the maximum velocity reaches 2.15 m/s in Fig. 16(b). When P = 200 W, the heat generated by the Gaussian light source per unit time is too large, resulting in the melt rapidly reaching the evaporation temperature, generating a huge recoil pressure, forming a large molten pool, and the surface of the track is obviously raised. The melt movement is intense, especially the closed loop at the center end of the molten pool. At this time, the depth and width of the molten pool are large, leading to the expansion of the remolten region and the increased chance of the appearance of porosity defects in Fig. 16(c). The results show that at low laser power, the surface tension in the molten pool is dominant. At high laser power, recoil pressure is its main role.

FIG. 16.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different laser powers: (a) P = 50 W, (b) P = 100 W, (c) P = 200 W.

Table II shows the effect of different laser powers on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool at a scanning speed of 800 mm/s and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. The negative overlapping ratio in the table indicates that the melt tracks are not lapped, and 26/29 indicates the melt depth of the first track/second track. It can be seen that with the increase in laser power, the melt depth, melt width, melt height, and remelted zone show a gradual increase. At the same time, the overlapping ratio also increases. Especially in the process of laser power from 50 to 200 W, the melting depth and melting width increased the most, which increased nearly 2 and 1.5 times, respectively. Meanwhile, the overlapping ratio also increases with the increase in laser power, which indicates that the melting and fusion of materials are better at high laser power. On the other hand, the dimensions of the molten pool did not change uniformly with the change of laser power. Specifically, the depth-to-width ratio of the molten pool increased from about 0.30 to 0.39 during the increase from 50 to 120 W, which further indicates that the effective heat transfer in the vertical direction is greater than that in the horizontal direction with the increase in laser power. This dimensional response to laser power is mainly affected by the recoil pressure and also by the difference in the densification degree between the powder layer and the metal substrate. In addition, according to the experimental results, the contact angle shows a tendency to increase and then decrease during the process of laser power increase, and always stays within the range of less than 33°. Therefore, in practical applications, it is necessary to select the appropriate laser power according to the specific needs in order to achieve the best processing results.

TABLE II.

Double-track molten pool characterization information at different laser powers.

Laser power (W)Depth (μm)Width (μm)Height (μm)Remolten region (μm)Overlapping ratio (%)Contact angle (°)
50 16 54 11 −10 23 
100 26/29 74 14 18 23.33 33 
200 37/45 116 21 52 93.33 28 

2. Scanning speed

Figure 17 demonstrates the effect of different scanning speeds on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool at a laser power of 100 W and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. With the gradual increase in scanning speed, the surface morphology of the molten pool evolves from circular to elliptical. When � = 200 mm/s, the slow scanning speed causes the material to absorb too much heat, which is very easy to trigger the overburning phenomenon. At this point, the molten pool is larger and the surface morphology is uneven. This situation is consistent with the previously discussed scenario with high laser power in Fig. 17(a). However, when � = 1600 mm/s, the scanning speed is too fast, resulting in the material not being able to absorb sufficient heat, which triggers the powder particles that fail to melt completely to have a direct effect on the bonding of the melt to the substrate. At this time, the molten pool volume is relatively small and the neighboring melt track cannot lap properly. This result is consistent with the previously discussed case of low laser power in Fig. 17(b). Overall, the ratio of the laser power to the scanning speed (the line energy density �⁠) has a direct effect on the temperature field and surface morphology of the molten pool.

FIG. 17.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different scanning speed: (a)  � = 200 mm/s, (b)  � = 1600 mm/s.

Table III shows the effects of different scanning speed on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. It can be seen that the scanning speed has a significant effect on the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio. With the increase in scanning speed, the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remelted zone, and overlapping ratio show a gradual decreasing trend. Among them, the melt depth and melt width decreased faster, while the melt height and remolten region decreased relatively slowly. In addition, when the scanning speed was increased from 200 to 800 mm/s, the decreasing speeds of melt depth and melt width were significantly accelerated, while the decreasing speeds of overlapping ratio were relatively slow. When the scanning speed was further increased to 1600 mm/s, the decreasing speeds of melt depth and melt width were further accelerated, and the un-lapped condition of the melt channel also appeared. In addition, the contact angle increases and then decreases with the scanning speed, and both are lower than 33°. Therefore, when selecting the scanning speed, it is necessary to make reasonable trade-offs according to the specific situation, and take into account the factors of melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio, in order to achieve the best processing results.

TABLE III.

Double-track molten pool characterization information at different scanning speeds.

Scanning speed (mm/s)Depth (μm)Width (μm)Height (μm)Remolten region (μm)Overlapping ratio (%)Contact angle (°)
200 55/68 182 19/32 124 203.33 22 
1600 13 50 11 −16.67 31 

3. Hatch spacing

Figure 18 shows the effect of different hatch spacing on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and scanning speed of 800 mm/s. The surface morphology and temperature field of the first track and second track are basically the same, but slightly different. The first track shows a basically symmetric morphology along the scanning direction, while the second track shows a slight offset due to the difference in the heat transfer rate between the solidified material and the powder particles. When the hatch spacing is too small, the overlapping ratio increases and the probability of defects caused by remelting phenomenon grows. When the hatch spacing is too large, the neighboring melt track cannot overlap properly, and the powder particles are not completely melted, leading to an increase in the number of holes. In conclusion, the ratio of the line energy density � to the hatch spacing (the volume energy density E) has a significant effect on the temperature field and surface morphology of the molten pool.

FIG. 18.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different hatch spacings: (a) H = 0.03 mm, (b) H = 0.12 mm.

Table IV shows the effects of different hatch spacing on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and scanning speed of 800 mm/s. It can be seen that the hatch spacing has little effect on the melt depth, melt width, and melt height, but has some effect on the remolten region. With the gradual expansion of hatch spacing, the remolten region shows a gradual decrease. At the same time, the overlapping ratio also decreased with the increase in hatch spacing. In addition, it is observed that the contact angle shows a tendency to increase and then remain stable when the hatch spacing increases, which has a more limited effect on it. Therefore, trade-offs and decisions need to be made on a case-by-case basis when selecting the hatch spacing.

TABLE IV.

Double-track molten pool characterization information at different hatch spacings.

Hatch spacing (mm)Depth (μm)Width (μm)Height (μm)Remolten region (μm)Overlapping ratio (%)Contact angle (°)
0.03 25/27 82 14 59 173.33 30 
0.12 26 78 14 −35 33 

In summary, the laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing have a significant effect on the formation of the molten pool, and the correct selection of these three process parameters is crucial to ensure the forming quality. In addition, the melt depth of the second track is slightly larger than that of the first track at higher line energy density � and volume energy density E. This is mainly due to the fact that a large amount of heat accumulation is generated after the first track, forming a larger molten pool volume, which leads to an increase in the melt depth.

D. Simulation analysis of molten pool with powder particle size and laser focal spot diameter

Figure 19 demonstrates the effect of different powder particle sizes and laser focal spot diameters on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool under a laser power of 100 W, a scanning speed of 800 mm/s, and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. In the process of melting coarse powder with small laser focal spot diameter, the laser energy cannot completely melt the larger powder particles, resulting in their partial melting and further generating excessive pore defects. The larger powder particles tend to generate zigzag molten pool edges, which cause an increase in the roughness of the melt track surface. In addition, the molten pool is also prone to generate the present spatter phenomenon, which can directly affect the quality of forming. The volume of the formed molten pool is relatively small, while the melt depth, melt width, and melt height are all smaller relative to the fine powder in Fig. 19(a). In the process of melting fine powders with a large laser focal spot diameter, the laser energy is able to melt the fine powder particles sufficiently, even to the point of overmelting. This results in a large number of fine spatters being generated at the edge of the molten pool, which causes porosity defects in the melt track in Fig. 19(b). In addition, the maximum velocity of the molten pool is larger for large powder particle sizes compared to small powder particle sizes, which indicates that the temperature gradient in the molten pool is larger for large powder particle sizes and the melt motion is more intense. However, the size of the laser focal spot diameter has a relatively small effect on the melt motion. However, a larger focal spot diameter induces a larger melt volume with greater depth, width, and height. In conclusion, a small powder size helps to reduce the surface roughness of the specimen, and a small laser spot diameter reduces the minimum forming size of a single track.

FIG. 19.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool with different powder particle size and laser focal spot diameter: (a) focal spot = 25 μm, coarse powder, (b) focal spot = 80 μm, fine powder.

Table V shows the maximum temperature gradient at the reference point for different powder sizes and laser focal spot diameters. As can be seen from the table, the maximum temperature gradient is lower than that of HP-LPBF for both coarse powders with a small laser spot diameter and fine powders with a large spot diameter, a phenomenon that leads to an increase in the heat transfer rate of HP-LPBF, which in turn leads to a corresponding increase in the cooling rate and, ultimately, to the formation of finer microstructures.

TABLE V.

Maximum temperature gradient at the reference point for different powder particle sizes and laser focal spot diameters.

Laser power (W)Scanning speed (mm/s)Hatch spacing (mm)Average powder size (μm)Laser focal spot diameter (μm)Maximum temperature gradient (×107 K/s)
100 800 0.06 31.7 25 7.89 
11.5 80 7.11 

IV. CONCLUSIONS

In this study, the geometrical characteristics of 3D coarse and fine powder particles were first calculated using DEM and then numerical simulations of single track and double track in the process of forming SS316L from monolayer HP-LPBF at mesoscopic scale were developed using CFD method. The effects of Marangoni convection, surface tension, recoil pressure, gravity, thermal convection, thermal radiation, and evaporative heat dissipation on the heat and mass transfer in the molten pool were considered in this model. The effects of laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing on the dynamics of the single-track and double-track molten pools, as well as on other characteristic information, were investigated. The effects of the powder particle size on the molten pool were investigated comparatively with the laser focal spot diameter. The main conclusions are as follows:

  1. The results show that the temperature gradient at the front of the molten pool is significantly larger than that at the tail, and the molten pool exhibits a “comet” morphology. At the top of the molten pool, there is a slightly concave region, which is the result of the coupling of Marangoni convection, recoil pressure, and surface tension. The melt flow forms two closed loops, which are mainly influenced by temperature gradients and surface tension. This special dynamic behavior of the melt tends to form an “elliptical” molten pool and an almost “mountain” shape in single-track forming.
  2. The basic characteristics of the three-dimensional morphology and temperature field of the second track are similar to those of the first track, but there are subtle differences. The first track exhibits a basically symmetrical shape; however, due to the difference in thermal diffusion rates between the solidified metal and the powder, a slight asymmetry in the molten pool morphology of the second track occurs. After forming through the first track, there is a significant heat buildup in the powder bed, resulting in a longer dynamic time of the melt, which increases the life of the molten pool. The heights of the first track and second track remained essentially the same, but the depth of the second track was greater relative to the first track. In addition, the maximum temperature gradient was 1.69 × 108 K/s during HP-LPBF forming.
  3. At low laser power, the surface tension in the molten pool plays a dominant role. At high laser power, recoil pressure becomes the main influencing factor. With the increase of laser power, the effective heat transfer in the vertical direction is superior to that in the horizontal direction. With the gradual increase of scanning speed, the surface morphology of the molten pool evolves from circular to elliptical. In addition, the scanning speed has a significant effect on the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio. Too large or too small hatch spacing will lead to remelting or non-lap phenomenon, which in turn causes the formation of defects.
  4. When using a small laser focal spot diameter, it is difficult to completely melt large powder particle sizes, resulting in partial melting and excessive porosity generation. At the same time, large powder particles produce curved edges of the molten pool, resulting in increased surface roughness of the melt track. In addition, spatter occurs, which directly affects the forming quality. At small focal spot diameters, the molten pool volume is relatively small, and the melt depth, the melt width, and the melt height are correspondingly small. Taken together, the small powder particle size helps to reduce surface roughness, while the small spot diameter reduces the forming size.

REFERENCES

  1. S. L. Sing and W. Y. Yeong , “ Laser powder bed fusion for metal additive manufacturing: Perspectives on recent developments,” Virtual Phys. Prototyping. 15, 359–370 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1080/17452759.2020.1779999
    Google ScholarCrossref
  2. A. M. Khorasani , I. G. Jithin , J. K. Veetil , and A. H. Ghasemi , “ A review of technological improvements in laser-based powder bed fusion of metal printers,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 108, 191–209 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-020-05361-3
    Google ScholarCrossref
  3. Y. Qin , A. Brockett , Y. Ma , A. Razali , J. Zhao , C. Harrison , W. Pan , X. Dai , and D. Loziak , “ Micro-manufacturing: Research, technology outcomes and development issues,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 47, 821–837 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-009-2411-2
    Google ScholarCrossref
  4. B. Nagarajan , Z. Hu , X. Song , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Development of micro selective laser melting: The state of the art and future perspectives,” Engineering. 5, 702–720 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eng.2019.07.002
    Google ScholarCrossref
  5. Y. Wei , G. Chen , W. Li , Y. Zhou , Z. Nie , J. Xu , and W. Zhou , “ Micro selective laser melting of SS316L: Single tracks, defects, microstructures and thermal/mechanical properties,” Opt. Laser Technol. 145, 107469 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2021.107469
    Google ScholarCrossref
  6. Y. Wei , G. Chen , W. Li , M. Li , Y. Zhou , Z. Nie , and J. Xu , “ Process optimization of micro selective laser melting and comparison of different laser diameter for forming different powder,” Opt. Laser Technol. 150, 107953 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2022.107953
    Google ScholarCrossref
  7. H. Zhiheng , B. Nagarajan , X. Song , R. Huang , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Formation of SS316L single tracks in micro selective laser melting: Surface, geometry, and defects,” Adv. Mater. Sci. Eng. 2019, 9451406.https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/9451406
    Crossref
  8. B. Nagarajan , Z. Hu , S. Gao , X. Song , R. Huang , M. Seita , and J. Wei , “ Effect of in-situ laser remelting on the microstructure of SS316L fabricated by micro selective laser melting,” in Advanced Surface Enhancement, edited by Sho Itoh and Shashwat Shukla , Lecture Notes in Mechanical Engineering ( Springer Singapore, Singapore, 2020), pp. 330–336.
    Google ScholarCrossref
  9. H. Zhiheng , B. Nagarajan , X. Song , R. Huang , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Tailoring surface roughness of micro selective laser melted SS316L by in-situ laser remelting,” in Advanced Surface Enhancement, edited by Sho Itoh and Shashwat Shukla , Lecture Notes in Mechanical Engineering ( Springer Singapore, Singapore, 2020), pp. 337–343.
    Google Scholar
  10. J. Fu , Z. Hu , X. Song , W. Zhai , Y. Long , H. Li , and M. Fu , “ Micro selective laser melting of NiTi shape memory alloy: Defects, microstructures and thermal/mechanical properties,” Opt. Laser Technol. 131, 106374 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106374
    Google ScholarCrossref
  11. E. Abele and M. Kniepkamp , “ Analysis and optimisation of vertical surface roughness in micro selective laser melting,” Surf. Topogr.: Metrol. Prop. 3, 034007 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1088/2051-672X/3/3/034007
    Google ScholarCrossref
  12. S. Qu , J. Ding , J. Fu , M. Fu , B. Zhang , and X. Song , “ High-precision laser powder bed fusion processing of pure copper,” Addit. Manuf. 48, 102417 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2021.102417
    Google ScholarCrossref
  13. Y. Wei , G. Chen , M. Li , W. Li , Y. Zhou , J. Xu , and Z. wei , “ High-precision laser powder bed fusion of 18Ni300 maraging steel and its SiC reinforcement composite materials,” J. Manuf. Process. 84, 750–763 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2022.10.049
    Google ScholarCrossref
  14. B. Liu , R. Wildman , T. Christopher , I. Ashcroft , and H. Richard , “ Investigation the effect of particle size distribution on processing parameters optimisation in selective laser melting process,” in 2011 International Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium ( University of Texas at Austin, 2011).
    Google Scholar
  15. T. D. McLouth , G. E. Bean , D. B. Witkin , S. D. Sitzman , P. M. Adams , D. N. Patel , W. Park , J.-M. Yang , and R. J. Zaldivar , “ The effect of laser focus shift on microstructural variation of Inconel 718 produced by selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 149, 205–213 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2018.04.019
    Google ScholarCrossref
  16. Y. Qian , Y. Wentao , and L. Feng , “ Mesoscopic simulations of powder bed fusion: Research progresses and conditions,” Electromachining Mould 06, 46–52 (2017).https://doi.org/10.3969/j.issn.1009-279X.2017.06.012
    Google Scholar
  17. J. Fu , S. Qu , J. Ding , X. Song , and M. W. Fu , “ Comparison of the microstructure, mechanical properties and distortion of stainless Steel 316L fabricated by micro and conventional laser powder bed fusion,” Addit. Manuf. 44, 102067 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2021.102067
    Google ScholarCrossref
  18. N. T. Aboulkhair , I. Maskery , C. Tuck , I. Ashcroft , and N. M. Everitt , “ The microstructure and mechanical properties of selectively laser Melted AlSi10Mg: The effect of a conventional T6-like heat treatment,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 667, 139–146 (2016).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2016.04.092
    Google ScholarCrossref
  19. S. Y. Chen , J. C. Huang , C. T. Pan , C. H. Lin , T. L. Yang , Y. S. Huang , C. H. Ou , L. Y. Chen , D. Y. Lin , H. K. Lin , T. H. Li , J. S. C. Jang , and C. C. Yang , “ Microstructure and mechanical properties of open-cell porous Ti-6Al-4V fabricated by selective laser melting,” J. Alloys Compd. 713, 248–254 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jallcom.2017.04.190
    Google ScholarCrossref
  20. Y. Bai , Y. Yang , D. Wang , and M. Zhang , “ Influence mechanism of parameters process and mechanical properties evolution mechanism of Maraging steel 300 by selective laser melting,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 703, 116–123 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2017.06.033
    Google ScholarCrossref
  21. Y. Bai , Y. Yang , Z. Xiao , M. Zhang , and D. Wang , “ Process optimization and mechanical property evolution of AlSiMg0.75 by selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 140, 257–266 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2017.11.045
    Google ScholarCrossref
  22. Y. Liu , M. Zhang , W. Shi , Y. Ma , and J. Yang , “ Study on performance optimization of 316L stainless steel parts by high-efficiency selective laser melting,” Opt. Laser Technol. 138, 106872 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106872
    Google ScholarCrossref
  23. D. Gu , Y.-C. Hagedorn , W. Meiners , G. Meng , R. J. S. Batista , K. Wissenbach , and R. Poprawe , “ Densification behavior, microstructure evolution, and wear performance of selective laser melting processed commercially pure titanium,” Acta Mater. 60, 3849–3860 (2012).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2012.04.006
    Google ScholarCrossref
  24. N. Read , W. Wang , K. Essa , and M. M. Attallah , “ Selective laser melting of AlSi10Mg alloy: Process optimisation and mechanical properties development,” Mater. Des. 65, 417–424 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2014.09.044
    Google ScholarCrossref
  25. I. A. Roberts , C. J. Wang , R. Esterlein , M. Stanford , and D. J. Mynors , “ A three-dimensional finite element analysis of the temperature field during laser melting of metal powders in additive layer manufacturing,” Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 49(12–13), 916–923 (2009).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2009.07.004
    Google ScholarCrossref
  26. K. Dai and L. Shaw , “ Finite element analysis of the effect of volume shrinkage during laser densification,” Acta Mater. 53(18), 4743–4754 (2005).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2005.06.014
    Google ScholarCrossref
  27. K. Carolin , E. Attar , and P. Heinl , “ Mesoscopic simulation of selective beam melting processes,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 211(6), 978–987 (2011).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2010.12.016
    Google ScholarCrossref
  28. F.-J. Gürtler , M. Karg , K.-H. Leitz , and M. Schmidt , “ Simulation of laser beam melting of steel powders using the three-dimensional volume of fluid method,” Phys. Procedia 41, 881–886 (2013).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.phpro.2013.03.162
    Google ScholarCrossref
  29. P. Meakin and R. Jullien , “ Restructuring effects in the rain model for random deposition,” J. Phys. France 48(10), 1651–1662 (1987).https://doi.org/10.1051/jphys:0198700480100165100
    Google ScholarCrossref
  30. J-m Wang , G-h Liu , Y-l Fang , and W-k Li , “ Marangoni effect in nonequilibrium multiphase system of material processing,” Rev. Chem. Eng. 32(5), 551–585 (2016).https://doi.org/10.1515/revce-2015-0067
    Google ScholarCrossref
  31. W. Ye , S. Zhang , L. L. Mendez , M. Farias , J. Li , B. Xu , P. Li , and Y. Zhang , “ Numerical simulation of the melting and alloying processes of elemental titanium and boron powders using selective laser alloying,” J. Manuf. Process. 64, 1235–1247 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2021.02.044
    Google ScholarCrossref
  32. U. S. Bertoli , A. J. Wolfer , M. J. Matthews , J.-P. R. Delplanque , and J. M. Schoenung , “ On the limitations of volumetric energy density as a design parameter for selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 113, 331–340 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2016.10.037
    Google ScholarCrossref
  33. W. E. King , H. D. Barth , V. M. Castillo , G. F. Gallegos , J. W. Gibbs , D. E. Hahn , C. Kamath , and A. M. Rubenchik , “ Observation of keyhole-mode laser melting in laser powder-bed fusion additive manufacturing,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 214(12), 2915–2925 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2014.06.005
    Google ScholarCrossref
  34. L. Cao , “ Numerical simulation of the impact of laying powder on selective laser melting single-pass formation,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 141, 1036–1048 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.07.053
    Google ScholarCrossref
  35. L. Huang , X. Hua , D. Wu , and F. Li , “ Numerical study of keyhole instability and porosity formation mechanism in laser welding of aluminum alloy and steel,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 252, 421–431 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2017.10.011
    Google ScholarCrossref
  36. K. Q. Le , C. Tang , and C. H. Wong , “ On the study of keyhole-mode melting in selective laser melting process,” Int. J. Therm. Sci. 145, 105992 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijthermalsci.2019.105992
    Google ScholarCrossref
  37. J.-H. Cho and S.-J. Na , “ Theoretical analysis of keyhole dynamics in polarized laser drilling,” J. Phys. D: Appl. Phys. 40(24), 7638 (2007).https://doi.org/10.1088/0022-3727/40/24/007
    Google ScholarCrossref
  38. W. Ye , “ Mechanism analysis of selective laser melting and metallurgy process based on base element powder of titanium and boron,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Nanchang University, 2021).
    Google Scholar
  39. R. Ammer , M. Markl , U. Ljungblad , C. Körner , and U. Rüde , “ Simulating fast electron beam melting with a parallel thermal free surface lattice Boltzmann method,” Comput. Math. Appl. 67(2), 318–330 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.camwa.2013.10.001
    Google ScholarCrossref
  40. H. Chen , Q. Wei , S. Wen , Z. Li , and Y. Shi , “ Flow behavior of powder particles in layering process of selective laser melting: Numerical modeling and experimental verification based on discrete element method,” Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 123, 146–159 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2017.08.004
    Google ScholarCrossref
  41. F. Verhaeghe , T. Craeghs , J. Heulens , and L. Pandelaers , “ A pragmatic model for selective laser melting with evaporation,” Acta Mater. 57(20), 6006–6012 (2009).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2009.08.027
    Google ScholarCrossref
  42. C. H. Fu and Y. B. Guo , “ Three-dimensional temperature gradient mechanism in selective laser melting of Ti-6Al-4V,” J. Manuf. Sci. Eng. 136(6), 061004 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1115/1.4028539
    Google ScholarCrossref
  43. Y. Xiang , Z. Shuzhe , L. Junfeng , W. Zhengying , Y. Lixiang , and J. Lihao , “ Numerical simulation and experimental verification for selective laser single track melting forming of Ti6Al4V,” J. Zhejiang Univ. (Eng. Sci.) 53(11), 2102–2109 + 2117 (2019).https://doi.org/10.3785/j.issn.1008-973X.2019.11.007
    Google Scholar
  44. Q. He , H. Xia , J. Liu , X. Ao , and S. Lin , “ Modeling and numerical studies of selective laser melting: Multiphase flow, solidification and heat transfer,” Mater. Des. 196, 109115 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2020.109115
    Google ScholarCrossref
  45. L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale numerical simulation including the influence of process parameters on SLM single-layer multi-pass formation,” Metall. Mater. Trans. A 51, 4130–4145 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1007/s11661-020-05831-z
    Google ScholarCrossref
  46. L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale numerical investigation including the influence of process parameters on LPBF multi-layer multi-path formation,” Comput. Model. Eng. Sci. 126(1), 5–23 (2021).https://doi.org/10.32604/cmes.2021.014693
    Google ScholarCrossref
  47. H. Yin and S. D. Felicelli , “ Dendrite growth simulation during solidification in the LENS process,” Acta Mater. 58(4), 1455–1465 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2009.10.053
    Google ScholarCrossref
  48. P. Nie , O. A. Ojo , and Z. Li , “ Numerical modeling of microstructure evolution during laser additive manufacturing of a nickel-based superalloy,” Acta Mater. 77, 85–95 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2014.05.039
    Google ScholarCrossref
  49. Z. Liu and H. Qi , “ Effects of substrate crystallographic orientations on crystal growth and microstructure formation in laser powder deposition of nickel-based superalloy,” Acta Mater. 87, 248–258 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2014.12.046
    Google ScholarCrossref
  50. L. Wei , L. Xin , W. Meng , and H. Weidong , “ Cellular automaton simulation of the molten pool of laser solid forming process,” Acta Phys. Sin. 64(01), 018103–018363 (2015).https://doi.org/10.7498/aps.64.018103
    Google ScholarCrossref
  51. R. Acharya , J. A. Sharon , and A. Staroselsky , “ Prediction of microstructure in laser powder bed fusion process,” Acta Mater. 124, 360–371 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2016.11.018
    Google ScholarCrossref
  52. M. R. Rolchigo and R. LeSar , “ Modeling of binary alloy solidification under conditions representative of additive manufacturing,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 150, 535–545 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2018.04.004
    Google ScholarCrossref
  53. S. Geng , P. Jiang , L. Guo , X. Gao , and G. Mi , “ Multi-scale simulation of grain/sub-grain structure evolution during solidification in laser welding of aluminum alloys,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 149, 119252 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.119252
    Google ScholarCrossref
  54. W. L. Wang , W. Q. Liu , X. Yang , R. R. Xu , and Q. Y. Dai , “ Multi-scale simulation of columnar-to-equiaxed transition during laser selective melting of rare earth magnesium alloy,” J. Mater. Sci. Technol. 119, 11–24 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmst.2021.12.029
    Google ScholarCrossref
  55. Q. Xia , J. Yang , and Y. Li , “ On the conservative phase-field method with the N-component incompressible flows,” Phys. Fluids 35, 012120 (2023).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0135490
    Google ScholarCrossref
  56. Q. Xia , G. Sun , J. Kim , and Y. Li , “ Multi-scale modeling and simulation of additive manufacturing based on fused deposition technique,” Phys. Fluids 35, 034116 (2023).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0141316
    Google ScholarCrossref
  57. A. Hussein , L. Hao , C. Yan , and R. Everson , “ Finite element simulation of the temperature and stress fields in single layers built without-support in selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 52, 638–647 (2013).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2013.05.070
    Google ScholarCrossref
  58. J. Ding , P. Colegrove , J. Mehnen , S. Ganguly , P. M. Sequeira Almeida , F. Wang , and S. Williams , “ Thermo-mechanical analysis of wire and arc additive layer manufacturing process on large multi-layer parts,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 50(12), 3315–3322 (2011).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2011.06.023
    Google ScholarCrossref
  59. Y. Du , X. You , F. Qiao , L. Guo , and Z. Liu , “ A model for predicting the temperature field during selective laser melting,” Results Phys. 12, 52–60 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rinp.2018.11.031
    Google ScholarCrossref
  60. X. Luo , M. Liu , L. Zhenhua , H. Li , and J. Shen , “ Effect of different heat-source models on calculated temperature field of selective laser melted 18Ni300,” Chin. J. Lasers 48(14), 1402005–1402062 (2021).https://doi.org/10.3788/CJL202148.1402005
    Google ScholarCrossref
  61. J. F. Li , L. Li , and F. H. Stott , “ Thermal stresses and their implication on cracking during laser melting of ceramic materials,” Acta Mater. 52(14), 4385–4398 (2004).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2004.06.005
    Google ScholarCrossref
  62. P. Aggarangsi and J. L. Beuth , “ Localized preheating approaches for reducing residual stress in additive manufacturing,” paper presented at the 2006 International Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium, The University of Texas in Austin on August 14–16, 2006.
  63. K. Dai and L. Shaw , “ Thermal and mechanical finite element modeling of laser forming from metal and ceramic powders,” Acta Mater. 52(1), 69–80 (2004).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2003.08.028
    Google ScholarCrossref
  64. A. H. Nickel , D. M. Barnett , and F. B. Prinz , “ Thermal stresses and deposition patterns in layered manufacturing,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 317(1–2), 59–64 (2001).https://doi.org/10.1016/S0921-5093(01)01179-0
    Google ScholarCrossref
  65. M. F. Zaeh and G. Branner , “ Investigations on residual stresses and deformations in selective laser melting,” Prod. Eng. 4(1), 35–45 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1007/s11740-009-0192-y
    Google ScholarCrossref
  66. P. Bian , J. Shi , Y. Liu , and Y. Xie , “ Influence of laser power and scanning strategy on residual stress distribution in additively manufactured 316L steel,” Opt. Laser Technol. 132, 106477 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106477
    Google ScholarCrossref
  67. B. M. Marques , C. M. Andrade , D. M. Neto , M. C. Oliveira , J. L. Alves , and L. F. Menezes , “ Numerical analysis of residual stresses in parts produced by selective laser melting process,” Procedia Manuf. 47, 1170–1177 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.promfg.2020.04.167
    Google ScholarCrossref
  68. W. Mu , “ Numerical simulation of SLM forming process and research and prediction of forming properties,” MA thesis ( Anhui Jianzhu University, 2022).
    Google Scholar
  69. Y. Zhang , “ Multi-scale multi-physics modeling of laser powder bed fusion process of metallic materials with experiment validation,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Purdue University, 2018).
    Google Scholar
  70. Y. Qian , “ Mesoscopic simulation studies of key processing issues for powder bed fusion technology,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Tsinghua University, 2019).
    Google Scholar
  71. N. V. Brilliantov , S. Frank , J.-M. Hertzsch , and T. Pöschel , “ Model for collisions in granular gases,” Phys. Rev. E 53(5), 5382–5392 (1996).https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevE.53.5382
    Google ScholarCrossref
  72. Z. Xiao , “ Research on microscale selective laser melting process of high strength pure copper specimens,” MA thesis ( Hunan University, 2022).
    Google Scholar
  73. Z. Li , K. Mukai , M. Zeze , and K. C. Mills , “ Determination of the surface tension of liquid stainless steel,” J. Mater. Sci. 40(9–10), 2191–2195 (2005).https://doi.org/10.1007/s10853-005-1931-x
    Google ScholarCrossref
  74. R. Scardovelli and S. Zaleski , “ Analytical relations connecting linear interfaces and volume fractions in rectangular grids,” J. Comput. Phys. 164(1), 228–237 (2000).https://doi.org/10.1006/jcph.2000.6567
    Google ScholarCrossref
  75. D.-W. Cho , W.-I. Cho , and S.-J. Na , “ Modeling and simulation of arc: Laser and hybrid welding process,” J. Manuf. Process. 16(1), 26–55 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2013.06.012
    Google ScholarCrossref
    76.Flow3D. Version 11.1.0: User Manual ( FlowScience, Santa Fe, NM, USA, 2015).
  76. Y. Tian , L. Yang , D. Zhao , Y. Huang , and J. Pan , “ Numerical analysis of powder bed generation and single track forming for selective laser melting of ss316l stainless steel,” J. Manuf. Process. 58, 964–974 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2020.09.002
    Google ScholarCrossref
  77. C. Tang , K. Q. Le , and C. H. Wong , “ Physics of humping formation in laser powder bed fusion,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 149, 119172 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.119172
    Google ScholarCrossref
  78. L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale simulation of pore evolution during laser powder bed fusion process,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 179, 109686 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2020.109686
    Google ScholarCrossref
  79. R. Li , J. Liu , Y. Shi , W. Li , and W. Jiang , “ Balling behavior of stainless steel and nickel powder during selective laser melting process,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 59(9–12), 1025–1035 (2012).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-011-3566-1
    Google ScholarCrossref
  80. S. A. Khairallah and A. Anderson , “ Mesoscopic simulation model of selective laser melting of stainless steel powder,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 214(11), 2627–2636 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2014.06.001
    Google ScholarCrossref
  81. J. Liu , D. Gu , H. Chen , D. Dai , and H. Zhang , “ Influence of substrate surface morphology on wetting behavior of tracks during selective laser melting of aluminum-based alloys,” J. Zhejiang Univ. Sci. A 19(2), 111–121 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1631/jzus.A1700599
    Google ScholarCrossref
  82. L. Li , J. Li , and T. Fan , “ Phase-field modeling of wetting and balling dynamics in powder bed fusion process,” Phys. Fluids 33, 042116 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0046771
    Google ScholarCrossref
  83. X. Nie , Z. Hu , H. Zhu , Z. Hu , L. Ke , and X. Zeng , “ Analysis of processing parameters and characteristics of selective laser melted high strength Al-Cu-Mg alloys: from single tracks to cubic samples,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 256, 69–77 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2018.01.030
    Google ScholarCrossref
Figure 3. Computed contour of velocity magnitude (m/s) for Run 1 to Run 15.

FLOW-3D 소프트웨어를 이용한 유입구 및 배플 위치가 침전조 제거 효율에 미치는 영향

Ali Poorkarimi1
Khaled Mafakheri2
Shahrzad Maleki2

Journal of Hydraulic Structures
J. Hydraul. Struct., 2023; 9(4): 76-87
DOI: 10.22055/jhs.2024.44817.1265

Abstract

중력에 의한 침전은 부유 물질을 제거하기 위해 물과 폐수 처리 공정에 널리 적용됩니다. 이 연구에서는 침전조의 제거 효율에 대한 입구 및 배플 위치의 영향을 간략하게 설명합니다. 실험은 CCD(중심복합설계) 방법론을 기반으로 수행되었습니다. 전산유체역학(CFD)은 유압 설계, 미래 발전소에 대한 계획 연구, 토목 유지 관리 및 공급 효율성과 관련된 복잡한 문제를 모델링하고 분석하는 데 광범위하게 사용됩니다. 본 연구에서는 입구 높이, 입구로부터 배플까지의 거리, 배플 높이의 다양한 조건에 따른 영향을 조사하였다. CCD 접근 방식을 사용하여 얻은 데이터를 분석하면 축소된 2차 모델이 R2 = 0.77의 결정 계수로 부유 물질 제거를 예측할 수 있음이 나타났습니다. 연구 결과, 유입구와 배플의 부적절한 위치는 침전조의 효율에 부정적인 영향을 미칠 수 있음을 보여주었습니다. 입구 높이, 배플 거리, 배플 높이의 최적 값은 각각 0.87m, 0.77m, 0.56m였으며 제거 효율은 80.6%였습니다.

Sedimentation due to gravitation is applied widely in water and wastewater treatment processes to remove suspended solids. This study outlines the effect of the inlet and baffle position on the removal efficiency of sedimentation tanks. Experiments were carried out based on the central composite design (CCD) methodology. Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) is used extensively to model and analyze complex issues related to hydraulic design, planning studies for future generating stations, civil maintenance, and supply efficiency. In this study, the effect of different conditions of inlet elevation, baffle’s distance from the inlet, and baffle height were investigated. Analysis of the obtained data with a CCD approach illustrated that the reduced quadratic model can predict the suspended solids removal with a coefficient of determination of R2 = 0.77. The results showed that the inappropriate position of the inlet and the baffle can have a negative effect on the efficiency of the sedimentation tank. The optimal values of inlet elevation, baffle distance, and baffle height were 0.87 m, 0.77 m, and 0.56 m respectively with 80.6% removal efficiency.

Keywords

Sedimentation tank, Particle removal, Central Composite Design, Computational
Fluid Dynamics, Flow-3D

Figure 3. Computed contour of velocity magnitude (m/s) for Run 1 to Run 15.
Figure 3. Computed contour of velocity magnitude (m/s) for Run 1 to Run 15.

References

  1. Shahrokhi, M., F. Rostami, M.A. Md. Said, S.R.S. Yazdi, and Syafalni, (2013). Experimental
    investigation of the influence of baffle position on the flow field, sediment concentration, and
    efficiency of rectangular primary sedimentation tanks. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering,.
    139(1): p. 88-94.
  2. Shahrokhi, M., F. Rostami, M.A.M. Said, and S.R.S. Yazdi, (2012). The effect of number of
    baffles on the improvement efficiency of primary sedimentation tanks. Applied Mathematical
    Modelling,. 36(8): p. 3725-3735.
  3. Borna, M., A. Janfeshan, E. Merufinia, and A. Asnaashari, (2014). Numerical simulations of
    distribution and sediment transmission in pre-settled pools using Finite Volume Method and
    comparison with experimental results. Journal of Civil Engineering and Urbanism,. 4(3): p.
    287-292.
  4. Rad, M.J., P.E. Firoozabadi, and F. Rostami, (2022). Numerical Investigation of the Effect
    Dimensions of Rectangular Sedimentation Tanks on Its Hydraulic Efficiency Using Flow-3D
    Software. Acta Technica Jaurinensis,. 15(4): p. 207-220.
  5. Hirom, K. and T.T. Devi, (2022). Application of computational fluid dynamics in sedimentation
    tank design and its recent developments: A review. Water, Air, & Soil Pollution,. 233: p. 1-
    26.
  6. Shahrokhi, M., F. Rostami, M.A.M. Said, S.-R. Sabbagh-Yazdi, S. Syafalni, and R. Abdullah,
    (2012). The effect of baffle angle on primary sedimentation tank efficiency. Canadian Journal
    of Civil Engineering,. 39(3): p. 293-303.
  7. Tarpagkou, R. and A. Pantokratoras, (2014). The influence of lamellar settler in sedimentation
    tanks for potable water treatment—A computational fluid dynamic study. Powder
    Technology,. 268: p. 139-149.
  8. Ekama, G. and P. Marais, (2004). Assessing the applicability of the 1D flux theory to full-scale
    secondary settling tank design with a 2D hydrodynamic model. Water research,. 38(3): p. 495-
    506.
  9. Gharagozian, A., (1998). Circular secondary clarifier investigations using a numerical model.,
    University of California, Los Angeles.
  10. Shahrokhi, M., F. Rostami, and M.A.M. Said, (2013). Numerical modeling of baffle location
    effects on the flow pattern of primary sedimentation tanks. Applied Mathematical Modelling,.
    37(6): p. 4486-4496.
  11. Razmi, A.M., R. Bakhtyar, B. Firoozabadi, and D.A. Barry, (2013). Experiments and
    numerical modeling of baffle configuration effects on the performance of sedimentation tanks.
    Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering,. 40(2): p. 140-150.
  12. Liu, Y., P. Zhang, and W. Wei, (2016). Simulation of effect of a baffle on the flow patterns
    and hydraulic efficiency in a sedimentation tank. Desalination and Water Treatment,. 57(54):
    p. 25950-25959.
  13. Saeedi, E., E. Behnamtalab, and S. Salehi Neyshabouri, (2020). Numerical simulation of baffle
    effect on the performance of sedimentation basin. Water and environment journal,. 34(2): p.
    212-222.
  14. Miri, J.K., B. Aminnejad, and A. Zahiri, (2023). Numerical Study of Flow Pattern, Sediment
    Field and Effect of the Arrangement of Guiding Blades (Baffles) on Sedimentation in PreSedimentation Basins by Numerical Models. Water Resources,. 50(1): p. 68-81.
  15. Heydari, M.M., M. Rahbani, and S.M.M. Jamal, (2014). Experimental and numerical
    investigations of baffle effect on the removal efficiency of sedimentation basin. Advances in
    Environmental Biology,: p. 1015-1022.
  16. Guo, H., S.J. Ki, S. Oh, Y.M. Kim, S. Wang, and J.H. Kim, (2017). Numerical simulation of
    separation process for enhancing fine particle removal in tertiary sedimentation tank mounting
    adjustable baffle. Chemical engineering science,. 158: p. 21-29.

Figure 1 | Schematic of the present research model with dimensions and macro-roughnesses installed.

On the hydraulic performance of the inclined drops: the effect of downstreammacro-roughness elements

경사 낙하의 수력학적 성능: 하류 거시 거칠기 요소의 영향

Farhoud Kalateh a,*, Ehsan Aminvash a and Rasoul Daneshfaraz b
a Faculty of Civil Engineering, University of Tabriz, Tabriz, Iran
b Faculty of Engineering, University of Maragheh, Maragheh, Iran
*Corresponding author. E-mail: f.kalateh@gmail.com

ABSTRACT

The main goal of the present study is to investigate the effects of macro-roughnesses downstream of the inclined drop through numerical models. Due to the vital importance of geometrical properties of the macro-roughnesses in the hydraulic performance and efficient energy dissipation downstream of inclined drops, two different geometries of macro-roughnesses, i.e., semi-circular and triangular geometries, have been investigated using the Flow-3D model. Numerical simulation showed that with the flow rate increase and relative critical depth, the flow energy consumption has decreased. Also, relative energy dissipation increases with the increase in height and slope angle, so that this amount of increase in energy loss compared to the smooth bed in semi-circular and triangular elements is 86.39 and 76.80%, respectively, in the inclined drop with a height of 15 cm and 86.99 and 65.78% in the drop with a height of 20 cm. The Froude number downstream on the uneven bed has been dramatically reduced, so this amount of reduction has been approximately 47 and 54% compared to the control condition. The relative depth of the downstream has also increased due to the turbulence of the flow on the uneven bed with the increase in the flow rate.

본 연구의 주요 목표는 수치 모델을 통해 경사 낙하 하류의 거시 거칠기 효과를 조사하는 것입니다. 수력학적 성능과 경사 낙하 하류의 효율적인 에너지 소산에서 거시 거칠기의 기하학적 특성이 매우 중요하기 때문에 두 가지 서로 다른 거시 거칠기 형상, 즉 반원형 및 삼각형 형상이 Flow를 사용하여 조사되었습니다.

3D 모델 수치 시뮬레이션을 통해 유량이 증가하고 상대 임계 깊이가 증가함에 따라 유동 에너지 소비가 감소하는 것으로 나타났습니다. 또한, 높이와 경사각이 증가함에 따라 상대적인 에너지 소산도 증가하는데, 반원형 요소와 삼각형 요소에서 평활층에 비해 에너지 손실의 증가량은 경사낙하에서 각각 86.39%와 76.80%입니다.

높이 15cm, 높이 20cm의 드롭에서 86.99%, 65.78%입니다. 고르지 못한 베드 하류의 프루드 수가 극적으로 감소하여 이 감소량은 대조 조건에 비해 약 47%와 54%였습니다. 유속이 증가함에 따라 고르지 못한 층에서의 흐름의 난류로 인해 하류의 상대적 깊이도 증가했습니다.

Key words

flow energy dissipation, Froude number, inclined drop, numerical simulation

Figure 1 | Schematic of the present research model with dimensions and macro-roughnesses installed.
Figure 1 | Schematic of the present research model with dimensions and macro-roughnesses installed.
Figure 2 | Meshing, boundary condition, and solution field network
Figure 2 | Meshing, boundary condition, and solution field network

REFERENCES

Abbaspour, A., Taghavianpour, T. & Arvanaghi, H. 2019 Experimental study of the hydraulic jump on the reverse bed with porous screens.
Applied Water Science 9, 155.
Abbaspour, A., Shiravani, P. & Hosseinzadeh Dalir, A. 2021 Experimental study of the energy dissipation on rough ramps. ISH Journal of
Hydraulic Engineering 27, 334–342.
Akib, S., Ahmed, A. A., Imran, H. M., Mahidin, M. F., Ahmed, H. S. & Rahman, S. 2015 Properties of a hydraulic jump over apparent
corrugated beds. Dam Engineering 25, 65–77.
AlTalib, A. N., Mohammed, A. Y. & Hayawi, H. A. 2015 Hydraulic jump and energy dissipation downstream stepped weir. Flow
Measurement and Instrumentation 69, 101616.
Bayon-Barrachina, A. & Lopez-Jimenez, P. A. 2015 Numerical analysis of hydraulic jumps using OpenFOAM. Journal of Hydroinformatics
17, 662–678.
Canovaro, F. & Solari, L. 2007 Dissipative analogies between a schematic macro-roughness arrangement and step–pool morphology. Earth
Surface Processes and Landforms: The Journal of the British Geomorphological Research Group 32, 1628–1640.
Daneshfaraz, R., Ghaderi, A., Akhtari, A. & Di Francesco, S. 2020 On the effect of block roughness in ogee spill-ways with flip buckets. Fluids
5, 182.
Daneshfaraz, R., Aminvash, E., Di Francesco, S., Najibi, A. & Abraham, J. 2021a Three-dimensional study of the effect of block roughness
geometry on inclined drop. Numerical Methods in Civil Engineering 6, 1–9.
Daneshfaraz, R., Aminvash, E., Ghaderi, A., Abraham, J. & Bagherzadeh, M. 2021b SVM performance for predicting the effect of horizontal
screen diameters on the hydraulic parameters of a vertical drop. Applied Science 11, 4238.
Daneshfaraz, R., Aminvash, E., Ghaderi, A., Kuriqi, A. & Abraham, J. 2021c Three-dimensional investigation of hydraulic properties of
vertical drop in the presence of step and grid dissipators. Symmetry 13, 895.
Dey, S. & Sarkar, A. 2008 Characteristics of turbulent flow in submerged jumps on rough beds. Journal of Engineering Mechanics 134, 49–59.
Ead, S. A. & Rajaratnam, N. 2002 Hydraulic jumps on corrugated beds. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 128, 656–663.
Fang, H., Han, X., He, G. & Dey, S. 2018 Influence of permeable beds on hydraulically macro-rough flow. Journal of Fluid Mechanics 847,
552–590.
Federico, I., Marrone, S., Colagrossi, A., Aristodemo, F. & Antuono, M. 2019 Simulating 2D open-channel flows through an SPH model.
European Journal of Mechanics-B/Fluids 34, 35–46.
Ghaderi, A., Dasineh, M., Aristodemo, F. & Aricò, C. 2021 Numerical simulations of the flow field of a submerged hydraulic jump over
triangular macroroughnesses. Water 13, 674.
Ghare, A. D., Ingl, R. N., Porey, P. D. & Gokhale, S. S. 2010 Block ramp design for efficient energy dissipation. Journal of Energy Dissipation
136, 1–5.
Habibzadeh, A., Rajaratnam, N. & Loewen, M. 2019 Characteristics of the flow field downstream of free and submerged hydraulic jumps.
Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers-Water Management 172, 180–194.
Hajiahmadi, A., Ghaeini-Hessaroeyeh, M. & Khanjani, M. J. 2021 Experimental evaluation of vertical shaft efficiency in vortex flow energy
dissipation. International Journal of Civil Engineering 19, 1445–1455.

Katourani, S. & Kashefipour, S. M. 2012 Effect of the geometric characteristics of baffle on hydraulic flow condition in baffled apron drop.
Irrigation Sciences and Engineering 37, 51–59.
Kurdistani, S. M., Varaki, M. E. & Moayedi Moshkaposhti, M. 2024 Apron and macro roughness as scour countermeasures downstream of
block ramps. ISH Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 1–9.
Lopardo, R. A. 2013 Extreme velocity fluctuations below free hydraulic jumps. Journal of Engineering 1–5.
Mahmoudi-Rad, M. & Najafzadeh, M. 2023 Experimental evaluation of the energy dissipation efficiency of the vortex flow section of drop
shafts. Scientific Reports 13, 1679.
Matin, M. A., Hasan, M. & Islam, M. R. 2018 Experiment on hydraulic jump in sudden expansion in a sloping rectangular channel. Journal of
Civil Engineering 36, 65–77.
Moghadam, K. F., Banihashemi, M. A., Badiei, P. & Shirkavand, A. 2019 A numerical approach to solve fluid-solid two-phase flows using time
splitting projection method with a pressure correction technique. Progress in Computational Fluid Dynamics, an International Journal
19, 357–367.
Moghadam, K. F., Banihashemi, M. A., Badiei, P. & Shirkavand, A. 2020 A time-splitting pressure-correction projection method for complete
two-fluid modeling of a local scour hole. International Journal of Sediment Research 35, 395–407.
Moradi-SabzKoohi, A., Kashefipour, S. M. & Bina, M. 2011 Experimental comparison of energy dissipation on drop structures. JWSS –
Isfahan University of Technology 15, 209–223. (in Persian).
Mouaze, D., Murzyn, F. & Chaplin, J. R. 2005 Free surface length scale estimation in hydraulic jumps. Journal of Fluids Engineering 127,
1191–1193.
Nicosia, A., Carollo, F. G. & Ferro, V. 2023 Effects of boulder arrangement on flow resistance due to macro-scale bed roughness. Water 15,
349.
Ohtsu, I. & Yasuda, Y. 1991 Hydraulic jump in sloping channel. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 117, 905–921.
Pagliara, S. & Palermo, M. 2012 Effect of stilling basin geometry on the dissipative process in the presence of block ramps. Journal of
Irrigation and Drainage Engineering 138, 1027–1031.
Pagliara, S., Das, R. & Palermo, M. 2008 Energy dissipation on submerged block ramps. Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering 134,
527–532.
Pagliara, S., Roshni, T. & Palermo, M. 2015 Energy dissipation over large-scale roughness for both transition and uniform flow conditions.
International Journal of Civil Engineering 13, 341–346.
Parsaie, A., Dehdar-Behbahani, S. & Haghiabi, A. H. 2016 Numerical modeling of cavitation on spillway’s flip bucket. Frontiers of Structural
and Civil Engineering 10, 438–444.
Pourabdollah, N., Heidarpour, M. & Abedi Koupai, J. 2018 Characteristics of free and submerged hydraulic jumps in different stilling basins.
In: Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers-Water Management. Thomas Telford Ltd, pp. 1–11.
Roushangar, K. & Ghasempour, R. 2019 Evaluation of the impact of channel geometry and rough elements arrangement in hydraulic jump
energy dissipation via SVM. Journal of Hydroinformatics 21, 92–103.
Samadi-Boroujeni, H., Ghazali, M., Gorbani, B. & Nafchi, R. F. 2013 Effect of triangular corrugated beds on the hydraulic jump
characteristics. Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering 40, 841–847.
Shekari, Y., Javan, M. & Eghbalzadeh, A. 2014 Three-dimensional numerical study of submerged hydraulic jumps. Arabian Journal for
Science and Engineering 39, 6969–6981.
Tokyay, N. D., Evcimen, T. U. & Şimsek, Ç. 2011 Forced hydraulic jump on non-protruding rough beds. Canadian Journal of Civil
Engineering 38, 1136–1144.
Wagner, W. E. 1956 Hydraulic model studies of the check intake structure-potholes East canal. Bureau of Reclamation Hydraulic Laboratory
Report Hyd, 411.
Witt, A., Gulliver, J. S. & Shen, L. 2018 Numerical investigation of vorticity and bubble clustering in an air-entraining hydraulic jump.
Computers & Fluids 172, 162–180.

Effects of ramp slope and discharge on hydraulic performance of submerged hump weirs

Effects of ramp slope and discharge on hydraulic performance of submerged hump weirs

Arash Ahmadi a, Amir H. Azimi b

Abstract

험프 웨어는 수위 제어 및 배출 측정을 위한 기존의 수력 구조물 중 하나입니다. 상류 및 하류 경사로의 경사는 자유 및 침수 흐름 조건 모두에서 험프 웨어의 성능에 영향을 미치는 설계 매개변수입니다.

침수된 험프보의 유출 특성 및 수위 변화에 대한 램프 경사 및 유출의 영향을 조사하기 위해 일련의 수치 시뮬레이션이 수행되었습니다. 1V:1H에서 1V:5H까지의 5개 램프 경사를 다양한 업스트림 방전에서 테스트했습니다.

수치모델의 검증을 위해 수치결과를 실험실 데이터와 비교하였다. 수면수위 예측과 유출계수의 시뮬레이션 불일치는 각각 전체 범위의 ±10%와 ±5% 이내였습니다.

모듈 한계 및 방전 감소 계수의 변화에 대한 램프 경사의 영향을 연구했습니다. 험프보의 경사로 경사가 증가함에 따라 상대적으로 높은 침수율에서 모듈러 한계가 발생함을 알 수 있었다.

침수 시작은 방류 수위를 작은 증분으로 조심스럽게 증가시켜 모델링되었으며 그 결과는 모듈 한계의 고전적인 정의와 비교되었습니다. 램프 경사와 방전이 증가함에 따라 모듈러 한계가 증가하는 것으로 밝혀졌지만, 모듈러 한계의 고전적인 정의는 모듈러 한계가 방전과 무관하다는 것을 나타냅니다.

Hump weir 하류의 속도와 와류장은 램프 경사에 의해 제어되는 와류 구조 형성을 나타냅니다. 에너지 손실은 수치 출력으로부터 계산되었으며 정규화된 에너지 손실은 침수에 따라 선형적으로 감소하는 것으로 나타났습니다.

Hump weirs are amongst conventional hydraulic structures for water level control and discharge measurement. The slope in the upstream and downstream ramps is a design parameter that affects the performance of Hump weirs in both free and submerged flow conditions. A series of numerical simulations was performed to investigate the effects of ramp slope and discharge on discharge characteristics and water level variations of submerged Hump weirs. Five ramp slopes ranging from 1V:1H to 1V:5H were tested at different upstream discharges. The numerical results were compared with the laboratory data for verifications of the numerical model. The simulation discrepancies in prediction of water surface level and discharge coefficient were within ±10 % and ±5 % of the full range, respectively. The effects of ramp slope on variations of modular limit and discharge reduction factor were studied. It was found that the modular limit occurred at relatively higher submergence ratios as the ramp slope in Hump weirs increased. The onset of submergence was modeled by carefully increasing tailwater level with small increments and the results were compared with the classic definition of modular limit. It was found that the modular limit increases with increasing the ramp slope and discharge while the classic definition of modular limit indicated that the modular limit is independent of the discharge. The velocity and vortex fields in the downstream of Hump weirs indicated the formation vortex structure, which is controlled by the ramp slope. The energy losses were calculated from the numerical outputs, and it was found that the normalized energy losses decreased linearly with submergence.

Introduction

Weirs have been utilized predominantly for discharge measurement, flow diversion, and water level control in open channels, irrigation canal, and natural streams due to their simplicity of operation and accuracy. Several research studies have been conducted to determine the head-discharge relationship in weirs as one of the most common hydraulic structures for flow measurement (Rajaratnam and Muralidhar, 1969 [[1], [2], [3]]; Vatankhah, 2010, [[4], [5], [6]]; b [[7], [8], [9]]; Azimi and Seyed Hakim, 2019; Salehi et al., 2019; Salehi and Azimi, 2019, [10]. Weirs in general are classified into two major categories named as sharp-crested weirs and weirs of finite-crest length (Rajaratnam and Muralidhar, 1969; [11]. Sharp-crested weirs are typically used for flow measurement in small irrigation canals and laboratory flumes. In contrast, weirs of finite crest length are more suitable for water level control and flow diversion in rivers and natural streams [7,[12], [13], [14]].

The head-discharge relationship in sharp-crested weirs is developed by employing energy equation between two sections in the upstream and downstream of the weir and integration of the velocity profile at the crest of the weir as:

where Qf is the free flow discharge, B is the channel width, g is the acceleration due to gravity, ho is the water head in free-flow condition, and Cd is the discharge coefficient. Rehbock [15] proposed a linear correlation between discharge coefficient and the ratio of water head, ho, and the weir height, P as Cd = 0.605 + 0.08 (ho/P).

Upstream and/or downstream ramp(s) can be added to sharp-crested weirs to enhance the structural stability of the weir. A sharp-crested weir with upstream and/or downstream ramp(s) are known as triangular weirs in the literature. Triangular weirs with both upstream and downstream ramps are also known as Hump weirs and are first introduced in the experimental study of Bazin [16]. The ramps are constructed upstream and downstream of sharp-crested weirs to enhance the weir’s structural integrity and improve the hydraulic performance of the weir. In free-flow condition, the discharge coefficient of Hump weirs increases with increasing downstream ramp slope but decreases as upstream ramp slope increases (Azimi et al., 2013).

The hydraulic performance of weirs is evaluated in both free and submerged flow conditions. In free flow condition, water freely flows over weirs since the downstream water level is lower than that of the crest level of the weir. Channel blockage or flood in the downstream of weirs can raise the tailwater level, t. As tailwater passes the crest elevation in sharp-crested weirs, the upstream flow decelerates due to the excess pressure force in the downstream and the upstream water level increases. The onset of water level raise due to tailwater raise is called the modular limit. Once the tailwater level passes the modular limit, the weir is submerged. In sharp-crested weirs, the submerged flow regime may occur even before the tailwater reaches the crest elevation [8,14], whereas, in weirs of finite crest length, the upstream water level remains unchanged even if the tailwater raises above the crest elevation and it normally causes submergence once the tailwater level passes the critical depth at the crest of the weir [7,17]. The degree of submergence can be estimated by careful observation of the water surface profile. Observations of water surface at different submergence levels indicated two distinct flow patterns in submerged sharp-crested weirs that was initially classified as impinging jet and surface flow regimes [14]. [8] analyzed the variations of water surface profiles over submerged sharp-crested weirs with different submergence ratios and defined four distinct regimes of impinging jet, surface jump, surface wave, and surface jet.

[18] characterized the onset of submergence by defining the modular limit as a stage when the free flow head increases by +1 mm due to tailwater rise. The definition of modular limit is somewhat arbitrary, and it is difficult to identify for large discharges because the upstream water surface begins to fluctuate. This definition did not consider the effects of channel and weir geometries. The experimental data in triangular weirs and weirs finite-crest length with upstream and downstream ramp(s) revealed that the modular limit varied with the ratio of the free-flow head to the total streamwise length of the weir [17]. Weirs of finite crest length with upstream and downstream ramps are known as embankment weirs in literature [1,19,20] and Azimi et al., 2013) [19]. conducted two series of laboratory experiments to study the hydraulics of submerged embankment weirs with the upstream and downstream ramps of 1V:1H and 1V:2H. Empirical correlations were proposed to directly estimate the flow discharge in submerged embankment weirs for t/h > 0.7 where h is the water head in submerged flow condition. He found that the free flow discharge is a function of upstream water head, but the submerged discharge is a function of submergence level, t/h [21]. studied the hydraulics of four embankment weirs with different weir heights ranging from 0.09 m to 0.36 m. It was found that submerged embankments with a higher ho/P, where P is the height of the weir, have a smaller discharge reduction due to submergence. Effects of crest length in embankment weirs with both upstream and downstream ramps of 1V:2H was studied in both free and submerged flow conditions [1]. It was found that the modular limit in submerged embankment weirs decreased linearly with the relative crest length, Ho/(Ho + L), where Ho is the total head and L is the crest length.

In submerged flow condition, the performance of weirs is quantified by the discharge reduction factor, ψ, which is a ratio of the submerged discharge, Qs, to the corresponding free-flow discharge, Qf, based on the upstream head, h [12]. In submerged-flow conditions, flow discharge can be estimated as:��=���

[1] proposed a formula to predict ψ that could be used for embankment weirs with different crest lengths ranging from 0 to 0.3 m as:�=(1−��)�where n is an exponent varying from 4 to 7 and Yt is the normalized submergence defined as:��=�ℎ−[0.85−(0.5��+�)]1−[0.85−(0.5��+�)]where H is the total upstream head in submerged-flow conditions [7]. proposed a simpler formula to predict ψ for weirs of finite-crest length as:�=[1−(�ℎ)�]�where m and n are exponents varying for different types of weirs. Hakim and Azimi (2017) employed regression analysis to propose values of n = 0.25 and m = 0.28 (ho/L)−2.425 for triangular weirs.

The discharge capacity of weirs decreases in submerged flow condition and the onset of submergence occurs at the modular limit. Therefore, the determination of modular limit in weirs with different geometries is critical to understanding the sensitivity of a particular weir model with tailwater level variations. The available definition of modular limit as when head water raises by +1 mm due to tailwater rise does not consider the effects of channel and weir geometries. Therefore, a new and more accurate definition of modular limit is proposed in this study to consider the effect of other geometry and approaching flow parameters. The second objective of this study is to evaluate the effects of upstream and downstream ramps and ramps slopes on the hydraulic performance of submerged Hump weirs. The flow patterns, velocity distributions, and energy dissipation rates were extracted from validated numerical data to better understand the discharge reduction mechanism in Hump weirs in both free and submerged flow conditions.

Section snippets

Governing equations

Numerical simulation has been employed as an efficient and effective method to analyze free surface flow problems and in particular investigating on the hydraulics of flow over weirs [22]. The weir models were developed in numerical domain and the water pressure and velocity field were simulated by employing the FLOW-3D solver (Flow Science, Inc., Santa Fe, USA). The numerical results were validated with the laboratory measurements and the effects of ramps slopes on the performance of Hump

Verification of numerical model

The experimental observations of Bazin [16,17] were used for model validation in free and submerged flow conditions, respectively. The weir height in the study of Bazin was P = 0.5 m and two ramp slopes of 1V:1H and 1V:2H were tested. The bed and sides of the channel were made of glass, and the roughness distribution of the bed and walls were uniform. The Hump weir models in the study of Seyed Hakim and Azimi (2017) had a weir height of 0.076 m and ramp slopes of 1V:2H in both upstream and

Conclusions

A series of numerical simulations was performed to study the hydraulics and velocity pattern downstream of a Hump weir with symmetrical ramp slopes. Effects of ramp slope and discharge on formation of modular limit and in submerged flow condition were tested by conducting a series of numerical simulations on Hump weirs with ramp slopes varying from 1V:1H to 1V:5H. A comparison between numerical results and experimental data indicated that the proposed numerical model is accurate with a mean

Author contributions

Arash Ahmadi: Software, Validation, Visualization, Writing – original draft. Amir Azimi: Conceptualization, Funding acquisition, Investigation, Project administration, Supervision, Writing – review & editing

Uncited References

[30]; [31]; [32]; [33].

Declaration of competing interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

References (33)

  • H.M. Fritz et al.Hydraulics of embankment weirsJ. Hydraul. Eng.(1998)
  • P.K. Swamee et al.Viscosity and surface tension effects on rectangular weirsThe ISH Journal of Hydraulic Engineering(2001)
  • R. BaddourHead-discharge equation for the sharp-crested polynomial weirJ. Irrigat. Drain. Eng.(2008)
  • A.R. VatankhahHead-discharge equation for sharp-crested weir with piecewise-linear sidesJ. Irrigat. Drain. Eng.(2012)
  • A.H. Azimi et al.A note on sharp-crested weirs and weirs of finite crest lengthCan. J. Civ. Eng.(2012)
  • A.H. Azimi et al.Discharge characteristics of weirs of finite crest length with upstream and downstream rampsJ. Irrigat. Drain. Eng.(2013)
  • A.H. Azimi et al.Submerged flows over rectangular weirs of finite crest lengthJ. Irrigat. Drain. Eng.(2014)
  • A.H. Azimi et al.Water surface characteristics of submerged rectangular sharp-crested weirsJ. Hydraul. Eng.(2016)
  • M. Bijankhan et al.Experimental study and numerical simulation of inclined rectangular weirsJ. Irrigat. Drain. Eng.(2018)
  • A.H. AzimiAn Introduction to Hydraulic Structure” in Water Engineering Modeling and Mathematic Tools(2021)

Lab-on-a-Chip 시스템의 혈류 역학에 대한 검토: 엔지니어링 관점

Review on Blood Flow Dynamics in Lab-on-a-Chip Systems: An Engineering Perspective

  • Bin-Jie Lai
  • Li-Tao Zhu
  • Zhe Chen*
  • Bo Ouyang*
  • , and 
  • Zheng-Hong Luo*

Abstract

다양한 수송 메커니즘 하에서, “LOC(lab-on-a-chip)” 시스템에서 유동 전단 속도 조건과 밀접한 관련이 있는 혈류 역학은 다양한 수송 현상을 초래하는 것으로 밝혀졌습니다.

본 연구는 적혈구의 동적 혈액 점도 및 탄성 거동과 같은 점탄성 특성의 역할을 통해 LOC 시스템의 혈류 패턴을 조사합니다. 모세관 및 전기삼투압의 주요 매개변수를 통해 LOC 시스템의 혈액 수송 현상에 대한 연구는 실험적, 이론적 및 수많은 수치적 접근 방식을 통해 제공됩니다.

전기 삼투압 점탄성 흐름에 의해 유발되는 교란은 특히 향후 연구 기회를 위해 혈액 및 기타 점탄성 유체를 취급하는 LOC 장치의 혼합 및 분리 기능 향상에 논의되고 적용됩니다. 또한, 본 연구는 보다 정확하고 단순화된 혈류 모델에 대한 요구와 전기역학 효과 하에서 점탄성 유체 흐름에 대한 수치 연구에 대한 강조와 같은 LOC 시스템 하에서 혈류 역학의 수치 모델링의 문제를 식별합니다.

전기역학 현상을 연구하는 동안 제타 전위 조건에 대한 보다 실용적인 가정도 강조됩니다. 본 연구는 모세관 및 전기삼투압에 의해 구동되는 미세유체 시스템의 혈류 역학에 대한 포괄적이고 학제적인 관점을 제공하는 것을 목표로 한다.

KEYWORDS: 

1. Introduction

1.1. Microfluidic Flow in Lab-on-a-Chip (LOC) Systems

Over the past several decades, the ability to control and utilize fluid flow patterns at microscales has gained considerable interest across a myriad of scientific and engineering disciplines, leading to growing interest in scientific research of microfluidics. 

(1) Microfluidics, an interdisciplinary field that straddles physics, engineering, and biotechnology, is dedicated to the behavior, precise control, and manipulation of fluids geometrically constrained to a small, typically submillimeter, scale. 

(2) The engineering community has increasingly focused on microfluidics, exploring different driving forces to enhance working fluid transport, with the aim of accurately and efficiently describing, controlling, designing, and applying microfluidic flow principles and transport phenomena, particularly for miniaturized applications. 

(3) This attention has chiefly been fueled by the potential to revolutionize diagnostic and therapeutic techniques in the biomedical and pharmaceutical sectorsUnder various driving forces in microfluidic flows, intriguing transport phenomena have bolstered confidence in sustainable and efficient applications in fields such as pharmaceutical, biochemical, and environmental science. The “lab-on-a-chip” (LOC) system harnesses microfluidic flow to enable fluid processing and the execution of laboratory tasks on a chip-sized scale. LOC systems have played a vital role in the miniaturization of laboratory operations such as mixing, chemical reaction, separation, flow control, and detection on small devices, where a wide variety of fluids is adapted. Biological fluid flow like blood and other viscoelastic fluids are notably studied among the many working fluids commonly utilized by LOC systems, owing to the optimization in small fluid sample volumed, rapid response times, precise control, and easy manipulation of flow patterns offered by the system under various driving forces. 

(4)The driving forces in blood flow can be categorized as passive or active transport mechanisms and, in some cases, both. Under various transport mechanisms, the unique design of microchannels enables different functionalities in driving, mixing, separating, and diagnosing blood and drug delivery in the blood. 

(5) Understanding and manipulating these driving forces are crucial for optimizing the performance of a LOC system. Such knowledge presents the opportunity to achieve higher efficiency and reliability in addressing cellular level challenges in medical diagnostics, forensic studies, cancer detection, and other fundamental research areas, for applications of point-of-care (POC) devices. 

(6)

1.2. Engineering Approach of Microfluidic Transport Phenomena in LOC Systems

Different transport mechanisms exhibit unique properties at submillimeter length scales in microfluidic devices, leading to significant transport phenomena that differ from those of macroscale flows. An in-depth understanding of these unique transport phenomena under microfluidic systems is often required in fluidic mechanics to fully harness the potential functionality of a LOC system to obtain systematically designed and precisely controlled transport of microfluids under their respective driving force. Fluid mechanics is considered a vital component in chemical engineering, enabling the analysis of fluid behaviors in various unit designs, ranging from large-scale reactors to separation units. Transport phenomena in fluid mechanics provide a conceptual framework for analytically and descriptively explaining why and how experimental results and physiological phenomena occur. The Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation, along with other governing equations, is often adapted to accurately describe fluid dynamics by accounting for pressure, surface properties, velocity, and temperature variations over space and time. In addition, limiting factors and nonidealities for these governing equations should be considered to impose corrections for empirical consistency before physical models are assembled for more accurate controls and efficiency. Microfluidic flow systems often deviate from ideal conditions, requiring adjustments to the standard governing equations. These deviations could arise from factors such as viscous effects, surface interactions, and non-Newtonian fluid properties from different microfluid types and geometrical layouts of microchannels. Addressing these nonidealities supports the refining of theoretical models and prediction accuracy for microfluidic flow behaviors.

The analytical calculation of coupled nonlinear governing equations, which describes the material and energy balances of systems under ideal conditions, often requires considerable computational efforts. However, advancements in computation capabilities, cost reduction, and improved accuracy have made numerical simulations using different numerical and modeling methods a powerful tool for effectively solving these complex coupled equations and modeling various transport phenomena. Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) is a numerical technique used to investigate the spatial and temporal distribution of various flow parameters. It serves as a critical approach to provide insights and reasoning for decision-making regarding the optimal designs involving fluid dynamics, even prior to complex physical model prototyping and experimental procedures. The integration of experimental data, theoretical analysis, and reliable numerical simulations from CFD enables systematic variation of analytical parameters through quantitative analysis, where adjustment to delivery of blood flow and other working fluids in LOC systems can be achieved.

Numerical methods such as the Finite-Difference Method (FDM), Finite-Element-Method (FEM), and Finite-Volume Method (FVM) are heavily employed in CFD and offer diverse approaches to achieve discretization of Eulerian flow equations through filling a mesh of the flow domain. A more in-depth review of numerical methods in CFD and its application for blood flow simulation is provided in Section 2.2.2.

1.3. Scope of the Review

In this Review, we explore and characterize the blood flow phenomena within the LOC systems, utilizing both physiological and engineering modeling approaches. Similar approaches will be taken to discuss capillary-driven flow and electric-osmotic flow (EOF) under electrokinetic phenomena as a passive and active transport scheme, respectively, for blood transport in LOC systems. Such an analysis aims to bridge the gap between physical (experimental) and engineering (analytical) perspectives in studying and manipulating blood flow delivery by different driving forces in LOC systems. Moreover, the Review hopes to benefit the interests of not only blood flow control in LOC devices but also the transport of viscoelastic fluids, which are less studied in the literature compared to that of Newtonian fluids, in LOC systems.

Section 2 examines the complex interplay between viscoelastic properties of blood and blood flow patterns under shear flow in LOC systems, while engineering numerical modeling approaches for blood flow are presented for assistance. Sections 3 and 4 look into the theoretical principles, numerical governing equations, and modeling methodologies for capillary driven flow and EOF in LOC systems as well as their impact on blood flow dynamics through the quantification of key parameters of the two driving forces. Section 5 concludes the characterized blood flow transport processes in LOC systems under these two forces. Additionally, prospective areas of research in improving the functionality of LOC devices employing blood and other viscoelastic fluids and potentially justifying mechanisms underlying microfluidic flow patterns outside of LOC systems are presented. Finally, the challenges encountered in the numerical studies of blood flow under LOC systems are acknowledged, paving the way for further research.

2. Blood Flow Phenomena

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


2.1. Physiological Blood Flow Behavior

Blood, an essential physiological fluid in the human body, serves the vital role of transporting oxygen and nutrients throughout the body. Additionally, blood is responsible for suspending various blood cells including erythrocytes (red blood cells or RBCs), leukocytes (white blood cells), and thrombocytes (blood platelets) in a plasma medium.Among the cells mentioned above, red blood cells (RBCs) comprise approximately 40–45% of the volume of healthy blood. 

(7) An RBC possesses an inherent elastic property with a biconcave shape of an average diameter of 8 μm and a thickness of 2 μm. This biconcave shape maximizes the surface-to-volume ratio, allowing RBCs to endure significant distortion while maintaining their functionality. 

(8,9) Additionally, the biconcave shape optimizes gas exchange, facilitating efficient uptake of oxygen due to the increased surface area. The inherent elasticity of RBCs allows them to undergo substantial distortion from their original biconcave shape and exhibits high flexibility, particularly in narrow channels.RBC deformability enables the cell to deform from a biconcave shape to a parachute-like configuration, despite minor differences in RBC shape dynamics under shear flow between initial cell locations. As shown in Figure 1(a), RBCs initiating with different resting shapes and orientations displaying display a similar deformation pattern 

(10) in terms of its shape. Shear flow induces an inward bending of the cell at the rear position of the rim to the final bending position, 

(11) resulting in an alignment toward the same position of the flow direction.

Figure 1. Images of varying deformation of RBCs and different dynamic blood flow behaviors. (a) The deforming shape behavior of RBCs at four different initiating positions under the same experimental conditions of a flow from left to right, (10) (b) RBC aggregation, (13) (c) CFL region. (18) Reproduced with permission from ref (10). Copyright 2011 Elsevier. Reproduced with permission from ref (13). Copyright 2022 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/. Reproduced with permission from ref (18). Copyright 2019 Elsevier.

The flexible property of RBCs enables them to navigate through narrow capillaries and traverse a complex network of blood vessels. The deformability of RBCs depends on various factors, including the channel geometry, RBC concentration, and the elastic properties of the RBC membrane. 

(12) Both flexibility and deformability are vital in the process of oxygen exchange among blood and tissues throughout the body, allowing cells to flow in vessels even smaller than the original cell size prior to deforming.As RBCs serve as major components in blood, their collective dynamics also hugely affect blood rheology. RBCs exhibit an aggregation phenomenon due to cell to cell interactions, such as adhesion forces, among populated cells, inducing unique blood flow patterns and rheological behaviors in microfluidic systems. For blood flow in large vessels between a diameter of 1 and 3 cm, where shear rates are not high, a constant viscosity and Newtonian behavior for blood can be assumed. However, under low shear rate conditions (0.1 s

–1) in smaller vessels such as the arteries and venules, which are within a diameter of 0.2 mm to 1 cm, blood exhibits non-Newtonian properties, such as shear-thinning viscosity and viscoelasticity due to RBC aggregation and deformability. The nonlinear viscoelastic property of blood gives rise to a complex relationship between viscosity and shear rate, primarily influenced by the highly elastic behavior of RBCs. A wide range of research on the transient behavior of the RBC shape and aggregation characteristics under varied flow circumstances has been conducted, aiming to obtain a better understanding of the interaction between blood flow shear forces from confined flows.

For a better understanding of the unique blood flow structures and rheological behaviors in microfluidic systems, some blood flow patterns are introduced in the following section.

2.1.1. RBC Aggregation

RBC aggregation is a vital phenomenon to be considered when designing LOC devices due to its impact on the viscosity of the bulk flow. Under conditions of low shear rate, such as in stagnant or low flow rate regions, RBCs tend to aggregate, forming structures known as rouleaux, resembling stacks of coins as shown in Figure 1(b). 

(13) The aggregation of RBCs increases the viscosity at the aggregated region, 

(14) hence slowing down the overall blood flow. However, when exposed to high shear rates, RBC aggregates disaggregate. As shear rates continue to increase, RBCs tend to deform, elongating and aligning themselves with the direction of the flow. 

(15) Such a dynamic shift in behavior from the cells in response to the shear rate forms the basis of the viscoelastic properties observed in whole blood. In essence, the viscosity of the blood varies according to the shear rate conditions, which are related to the velocity gradient of the system. It is significant to take the intricate relationship between shear rate conditions and the change of blood viscosity due to RBC aggregation into account since various flow driving conditions may induce varied effects on the degree of aggregation.

2.1.2. Fåhræus-Lindqvist Effect

The Fåhræus–Lindqvist (FL) effect describes the gradual decrease in the apparent viscosity of blood as the channel diameter decreases. 

(16) This effect is attributed to the migration of RBCs toward the central region in the microchannel, where the flow rate is higher, due to the presence of higher pressure and asymmetric distribution of shear forces. This migration of RBCs, typically observed at blood vessels less than 0.3 mm, toward the higher flow rate region contributes to the change in blood viscosity, which becomes dependent on the channel size. Simultaneously, the increase of the RBC concentration in the central region of the microchannel results in the formation of a less viscous region close to the microchannel wall. This region called the Cell-Free Layer (CFL), is primarily composed of plasma. 

(17) The combination of the FL effect and the following CFL formation provides a unique phenomenon that is often utilized in passive and active plasma separation mechanisms, involving branched and constriction channels for various applications in plasma separation using microfluidic systems.

2.1.3. Cell-Free Layer Formation

In microfluidic blood flow, RBCs form aggregates at the microchannel core and result in a region that is mostly devoid of RBCs near the microchannel walls, as shown in Figure 1(c). 

(18) The region is known as the cell-free layer (CFL). The CFL region is often known to possess a lower viscosity compared to other regions within the blood flow due to the lower viscosity value of plasma when compared to that of the aggregated RBCs. Therefore, a thicker CFL region composed of plasma correlates to a reduced apparent whole blood viscosity. 

(19) A thicker CFL region is often established following the RBC aggregation at the microchannel core under conditions of decreasing the tube diameter. Apart from the dependence on the RBC concentration in the microchannel core, the CFL thickness is also affected by the volume concentration of RBCs, or hematocrit, in whole blood, as well as the deformability of RBCs. Given the influence CFL thickness has on blood flow rheological parameters such as blood flow rate, which is strongly dependent on whole blood viscosity, investigating CFL thickness under shear flow is crucial for LOC systems accounting for blood flow.

2.1.4. Plasma Skimming in Bifurcation Networks

The uneven arrangement of RBCs in bifurcating microchannels, commonly termed skimming bifurcation, arises from the axial migration of RBCs within flowing streams. This uneven distribution contributes to variations in viscosity across differing sizes of bifurcating channels but offers a stabilizing effect. Notably, higher flow rates in microchannels are associated with increased hematocrit levels, resulting in higher viscosity compared with those with lower flow rates. Parametric investigations on bifurcation angle, 

(20) thickness of the CFL, 

(21) and RBC dynamics, including aggregation and deformation, 

(22) may alter the varying viscosity of blood and its flow behavior within microchannels.

2.2. Modeling on Blood Flow Dynamics

2.2.1. Blood Properties and Mathematical Models of Blood Rheology

Under different shear rate conditions in blood flow, the elastic characteristics and dynamic changes of the RBC induce a complex velocity and stress relationship, resulting in the incompatibility of blood flow characterization through standard presumptions of constant viscosity used for Newtonian fluid flow. Blood flow is categorized as a viscoelastic non-Newtonian fluid flow where constitutive equations governing this type of flow take into consideration the nonlinear viscometric properties of blood. To mathematically characterize the evolving blood viscosity and the relationship between the elasticity of RBC and the shear blood flow, respectively, across space and time of the system, a stress tensor (τ) defined by constitutive models is often coupled in the Navier–Stokes equation to account for the collective impact of the constant dynamic viscosity (η) and the elasticity from RBCs on blood flow.The dynamic viscosity of blood is heavily dependent on the shear stress applied to the cell and various parameters from the blood such as hematocrit value, plasma viscosity, mechanical properties of the RBC membrane, and red blood cell aggregation rate. The apparent blood viscosity is considered convenient for the characterization of the relationship between the evolving blood viscosity and shear rate, which can be defined by Casson’s law, as shown in eq 1.

𝜇=𝜏0𝛾˙+2𝜂𝜏0𝛾˙⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√+𝜂�=�0�˙+2��0�˙+�

(1)where τ

0 is the yield stress–stress required to initiate blood flow motion, η is the Casson rheological constant, and γ̇ is the shear rate. The value of Casson’s law parameters under blood with normal hematocrit level can be defined as τ

0 = 0.0056 Pa and η = 0.0035 Pa·s. 

(23) With the known property of blood and Casson’s law parameters, an approximation can be made to the dynamic viscosity under various flow condition domains. The Power Law model is often employed to characterize the dynamic viscosity in relation to the shear rate, since precise solutions exist for specific geometries and flow circumstances, acting as a fundamental standard for definition. The Carreau and Carreau–Yasuda models can be advantageous over the Power Law model due to their ability to evaluate the dynamic viscosity at low to zero shear rate conditions. However, none of the above-mentioned models consider the memory or other elastic behavior of blood and its RBCs. Some other commonly used mathematical models and their constants for the non-Newtonian viscosity property characterization of blood are listed in Table 1 below. 

(24−26)Table 1. Comparison of Various Non-Newtonian Models for Blood Viscosity 

(24−26)

ModelNon-Newtonian ViscosityParameters
Power Law(2)n = 0.61, k = 0.42
Carreau(3)μ0 = 0.056 Pa·s, μ = 0.00345 Pa·s, λ = 3.1736 s, m = 2.406, a = 0.254
Walburn–Schneck(4)C1 = 0.000797 Pa·s, C2 = 0.0608 Pa·s, C3 = 0.00499, C4 = 14.585 g–1, TPMA = 25 g/L
Carreau–Yasuda(5)μ0 = 0.056 Pa·s, μ = 0.00345 Pa·s, λ = 1.902 s, n = 0.22, a = 1.25
Quemada(6)μp = 0.0012 Pa·s, k = 2.07, k0 = 4.33, γ̇c = 1.88 s–1

The blood rheology is commonly known to be influenced by two key physiological factors, namely, the hematocrit value (H

t) and the fibrinogen concentration (c

f), with an average value of 42% and 0.252 gd·L

–1, respectively. Particularly in low shear conditions, the presence of varying fibrinogen concentrations affects the tendency for aggregation and rouleaux formation, while the occurrence of aggregation is contingent upon specific levels of hematocrit. 

(27) The study from Apostolidis et al. 

(28) modifies the Casson model through emphasizing its reliance on hematocrit and fibrinogen concentration parameter values, owing to the extensive knowledge of the two physiological blood parameters.The viscoelastic response of blood is heavily dependent on the elasticity of the RBC, which is defined by the relationship between the deformation and stress relaxation from RBCs under a specific location of shear flow as a function of the velocity field. The stress tensor is usually characterized by constitutive equations such as the Upper-Convected Maxwell Model 

(29) and the Oldroyd-B model 

(30) to track the molecule effects under shear from different driving forces. The prominent non-Newtonian features, such as shear thinning and yield stress, have played a vital role in the characterization of blood rheology, particularly with respect to the evaluation of yield stress under low shear conditions. The nature of stress measurement in blood, typically on the order of 1 mPa, is challenging due to its low magnitude. The occurrence of the CFL complicates the measurement further due to the significant decrease in apparent viscosity near the wall over time and a consequential disparity in viscosity compared to the bulk region.In addition to shear thinning viscosity and yield stress, the formation of aggregation (rouleaux) from RBCs under low shear rates also contributes to the viscoelasticity under transient flow 

(31) and thixotropy 

(32) of whole blood. Given the difficulty in evaluating viscoelastic behavior of blood under low strain magnitudes and limitations in generalized Newtonian models, the utilization of viscoelastic models is advocated to encompass elasticity and delineate non-shear components within the stress tensor. Extending from the Oldroyd-B model, Anand et al. 

(33) developed a viscoelastic model framework for adapting elasticity within blood samples and predicting non-shear stress components. However, to also address the thixotropic effects, the model developed by Horner et al. 

(34) serves as a more comprehensive approach than the viscoelastic model from Anand et al. Thixotropy 

(32) typically occurs from the structural change of the rouleaux, where low shear rate conditions induce rouleaux formation. Correspondingly, elasticity increases, while elasticity is more representative of the isolated RBCs, under high shear rate conditions. The model of Horner et al. 

(34) considers the contribution of rouleaux to shear stress, taking into account factors such as the characteristic time for Brownian aggregation, shear-induced aggregation, and shear-induced breakage. Subsequent advancements in the model from Horner et al. often revolve around refining the three aforementioned key terms for a more substantial characterization of rouleaux dynamics. Notably, this has led to the recently developed mHAWB model 

(35) and other model iterations to enhance the accuracy of elastic and viscoelastic contributions to blood rheology, including the recently improved model suggested by Armstrong et al. 

(36)

2.2.2. Numerical Methods (FDM, FEM, FVM)

Numerical simulation has become increasingly more significant in analyzing the geometry, boundary layers of flow, and nonlinearity of hyperbolic viscoelastic flow constitutive equations. CFD is a powerful and efficient tool utilizing numerical methods to solve the governing hydrodynamic equations, such as the Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation, continuity equation, and energy conservation equation, for qualitative evaluation of fluid motion dynamics under different parameters. CFD overcomes the challenge of analytically solving nonlinear forms of differential equations by employing numerical methods such as the Finite-Difference Method (FDM), Finite-Element Method (FEM), and Finite-Volume Method (FVM) to discretize and solve the partial differential equations (PDEs), allowing for qualitative reproduction of transport phenomena and experimental observations. Different numerical methods are chosen to cope with various transport systems for optimization of the accuracy of the result and control of error during the discretization process.FDM is a straightforward approach to discretizing PDEs, replacing the continuum representation of equations with a set of finite-difference equations, which is typically applied to structured grids for efficient implementation in CFD programs. 

(37) However, FDM is often limited to simple geometries such as rectangular or block-shaped geometries and struggles with curved boundaries. In contrast, FEM divides the fluid domain into small finite grids or elements, approximating PDEs through a local description of physics. 

(38) All elements contribute to a large, sparse matrix solver. However, FEM may not always provide accurate results for systems involving significant deformation and aggregation of particles like RBCs due to large distortion of grids. 

(39) FVM evaluates PDEs following the conservation laws and discretizes the selected flow domain into small but finite size control volumes, with each grid at the center of a finite volume. 

(40) The divergence theorem allows the conversion of volume integrals of PDEs with divergence terms into surface integrals of surface fluxes across cell boundaries. Due to its conservation property, FVM offers efficient outcomes when dealing with PDEs that embody mass, momentum, and energy conservation principles. Furthermore, widely accessible software packages like the OpenFOAM toolbox 

(41) include a viscoelastic solver, making it an attractive option for viscoelastic fluid flow modeling. 

(42)

2.2.3. Modeling Methods of Blood Flow Dynamics

The complexity in the blood flow simulation arises from deformability and aggregation that RBCs exhibit during their interaction with neighboring cells under different shear rate conditions induced by blood flow. Numerical models coupled with simulation programs have been applied as a groundbreaking method to predict such unique rheological behavior exhibited by RBCs and whole blood. The conventional approach of a single-phase flow simulation is often applied to blood flow simulations within large vessels possessing a moderate shear rate. However, such a method assumes the properties of plasma, RBCs and other cellular components to be evenly distributed as average density and viscosity in blood, resulting in the inability to simulate the mechanical dynamics, such as RBC aggregation under high-shear flow field, inherent in RBCs. To accurately describe the asymmetric distribution of RBC and blood flow, multiphase flow simulation, where numerical simulations of blood flows are often modeled as two immiscible phases, RBCs and blood plasma, is proposed. A common assumption is that RBCs exhibit non-Newtonian behavior while the plasma is treated as a continuous Newtonian phase.Numerous multiphase numerical models have been proposed to simulate the influence of RBCs on blood flow dynamics by different assumptions. In large-scale simulations (above the millimeter range), continuum-based methods are wildly used due to their lower computational demands. 

(43) Eulerian multiphase flow simulations offer the solution of a set of conservation equations for each separate phase and couple the phases through common pressure and interphase exchange coefficients. Xu et al. 

(44) utilized the combined finite-discrete element method (FDEM) to replicate the dynamic behavior and distortion of RBCs subjected to fluidic forces, utilizing the Johnson–Kendall–Roberts model 

(45) to define the adhesive forces of cell-to-cell interactions. The iterative direct-forcing immersed boundary method (IBM) is commonly employed in simulations of the fluid–cell interface of blood. This method effectively captures the intricacies of the thin and flexible RBC membranes within various external flow fields. 

(46) The study by Xu et al. 

(44) also adopts this approach to bridge the fluid dynamics and RBC deformation through IBM. Yoon and You utilized the Maxwell model to define the viscosity of the RBC membrane. 

(47) It was discovered that the Maxwell model could represent the stress relaxation and unloading processes of the cell. Furthermore, the reduced flexibility of an RBC under particular situations such as infection is specified, which was unattainable by the Kelvin–Voigt model 

(48) when compared to the Maxwell model in the literature. The Yeoh hyperplastic material model was also adapted to predict the nonlinear elasticity property of RBCs with FEM employed to discretize the RBC membrane using shell-type elements. Gracka et al. 

(49) developed a numerical CFD model with a finite-volume parallel solver for multiphase blood flow simulation, where an updated Maxwell viscoelasticity model and a Discrete Phase Model are adopted. In the study, the adapted IBM, based on unstructured grids, simulates the flow behavior and shape change of the RBCs through fluid-structure coupling. It was found that the hybrid Euler–Lagrange (E–L) approach 

(50) for the development of the multiphase model offered better results in the simulated CFL region in the microchannels.To study the dynamics of individual behaviors of RBCs and the consequent non-Newtonian blood flow, cell-shape-resolved computational models are often adapted. The use of the boundary integral method has become prevalent in minimizing computational expenses, particularly in the exclusive determination of fluid velocity on the surfaces of RBCs, incorporating the option of employing IBM or particle-based techniques. The cell-shaped-resolved method has enabled an examination of cell to cell interactions within complex ambient or pulsatile flow conditions 

(51) surrounding RBC membranes. Recently, Rydquist et al. 

(52) have looked to integrate statistical information from macroscale simulations to obtain a comprehensive overview of RBC behavior within the immediate proximity of the flow through introduction of respective models characterizing membrane shape definition, tension, bending stresses of RBC membranes.At a macroscopic scale, continuum models have conventionally been adapted for assessing blood flow dynamics through the application of elasticity theory and fluid dynamics. However, particle-based methods are known for their simplicity and adaptability in modeling complex multiscale fluid structures. Meshless methods, such as the boundary element method (BEM), smoothed particle hydrodynamics (SPH), and dissipative particle dynamics (DPD), are often used in particle-based characterization of RBCs and the surrounding fluid. By representing the fluid as discrete particles, meshless methods provide insights into the status and movement of the multiphase fluid. These methods allow for the investigation of cellular structures and microscopic interactions that affect blood rheology. Non-confronting mesh methods like IBM can also be used to couple a fluid solver such as FEM, FVM, or the Lattice Boltzmann Method (LBM) through membrane representation of RBCs. In comparison to conventional CFD methods, LBM has been viewed as a favorable numerical approach for solving the N–S equations and the simulation of multiphase flows. LBM exhibits the notable advantage of being amenable to high-performance parallel computing environments due to its inherently local dynamics. In contrast to DPD and SPH where RBC membranes are modeled as physically interconnected particles, LBM employs the IBM to account for the deformation dynamics of RBCs 

(53,54) under shear flows in complex channel geometries. 

(54,55) However, it is essential to acknowledge that the utilization of LBM in simulating RBC flows often entails a significant computational overhead, being a primary challenge in this context. Krüger et al. 

(56) proposed utilizing LBM as a fluid solver, IBM to couple the fluid and FEM to compute the response of membranes to deformation under immersed fluids. This approach decouples the fluid and membranes but necessitates significant computational effort due to the requirements of both meshes and particles.Despite the accuracy of current blood flow models, simulating complex conditions remains challenging because of the high computational load and cost. Balachandran Nair et al. 

(57) suggested a reduced order model of RBC under the framework of DEM, where the RBC is represented by overlapping constituent rigid spheres. The Morse potential force is adapted to account for the RBC aggregation exhibited by cell to cell interactions among RBCs at different distances. Based upon the IBM, the reduced-order RBC model is adapted to simulate blood flow transport for validation under both single and multiple RBCs with a resolved CFD-DEM solver. 

(58) In the resolved CFD-DEM model, particle sizes are larger than the grid size for a more accurate computation of the surrounding flow field. A continuous forcing approach is taken to describe the momentum source of the governing equation prior to discretization, which is different from a Direct Forcing Method (DFM). 

(59) As no body-conforming moving mesh is required, the continuous forcing approach offers lower complexity and reduced cost when compared to the DFM. Piquet et al. 

(60) highlighted the high complexity of the DFM due to its reliance on calculating an additional immersed boundary flux for the velocity field to ensure its divergence-free condition.The fluid–structure interaction (FSI) method has been advocated to connect the dynamic interplay of RBC membranes and fluid plasma within blood flow such as the coupling of continuum–particle interactions. However, such methodology is generally adapted for anatomical configurations such as arteries 

(61,62) and capillaries, 

(63) where both the structural components and the fluid domain undergo substantial deformation due to the moving boundaries. Due to the scope of the Review being blood flow simulation within microchannels of LOC devices without deformable boundaries, the Review of the FSI method will not be further carried out.In general, three numerical methods are broadly used: mesh-based, particle-based, and hybrid mesh–particle techniques, based on the spatial scale and the fundamental numerical approach, mesh-based methods tend to neglect the effects of individual particles, assuming a continuum and being efficient in terms of time and cost. However, the particle-based approach highlights more of the microscopic and mesoscopic level, where the influence of individual RBCs is considered. A review from Freund et al. 

(64) addressed the three numerical methodologies and their respective modeling approaches of RBC dynamics. Given the complex mechanics and the diverse levels of study concerning numerical simulations of blood and cellular flow, a broad spectrum of numerical methods for blood has been subjected to extensive review. 

(64−70) Ye at al. 

(65) offered an extensive review of the application of the DPD, SPH, and LBM for numerical simulations of RBC, while Rathnayaka et al. 

(67) conducted a review of the particle-based numerical modeling for liquid marbles through drawing parallels to the transport of RBCs in microchannels. A comparative analysis between conventional CFD methods and particle-based approaches for cellular and blood flow dynamic simulation can be found under the review by Arabghahestani et al. 

(66) Literature by Li et al. 

(68) and Beris et al. 

(69) offer an overview of both continuum-based models at micro/macroscales and multiscale particle-based models encompassing various length and temporal dimensions. Furthermore, these reviews deliberate upon the potential of coupling continuum-particle methods for blood plasma and RBC modeling. Arciero et al. 

(70) investigated various modeling approaches encompassing cellular interactions, such as cell to cell or plasma interactions and the individual cellular phases. A concise overview of the reviews is provided in Table 2 for reference.

Table 2. List of Reviews for Numerical Approaches Employed in Blood Flow Simulation

ReferenceNumerical methods
Li et al. (2013) (68)Continuum-based modeling (BIM), particle-based modeling (LBM, LB-FE, SPH, DPD)
Freund (2014) (64)RBC dynamic modeling (continuum-based modeling, complementary discrete microstructure modeling), blood flow dynamic modeling (FDM, IBM, LBM, particle-mesh methods, coupled boundary integral and mesh-based methods, DPD)
Ye et al. (2016) (65)DPD, SPH, LBM, coupled IBM-Smoothed DPD
Arciero et al. (2017) (70)LBM, IBM, DPD, conventional CFD Methods (FDM, FVM, FEM)
Arabghahestani et al. (2019) (66)Particle-based methods (LBM, DPD, direct simulation Monte Carlo, molecular dynamics), SPH, conventional CFD methods (FDM, FVM, FEM)
Beris et al. (2021) (69)DPD, smoothed DPD, IBM, LBM, BIM
Rathnayaka (2022) (67)SPH, CG, LBM

3. Capillary Driven Blood Flow in LOC Systems

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


3.1. Capillary Driven Flow Phenomena

Capillary driven (CD) flow is a pivotal mechanism in passive microfluidic flow systems 

(9) such as the blood circulation system and LOC systems. 

(71) CD flow is essentially the movement of a liquid to flow against drag forces, where the capillary effect exerts a force on the liquid at the borders, causing a liquid–air meniscus to flow despite gravity or other drag forces. A capillary pressure drops across the liquid–air interface with surface tension in the capillary radius and contact angle. The capillary effect depends heavily on the interaction between the different properties of surface materials. Different values of contact angles can be manipulated and obtained under varying levels of surface wettability treatments to manipulate the surface properties, resulting in different CD blood delivery rates for medical diagnostic device microchannels. CD flow techniques are appealing for many LOC devices, because they require no external energy. However, due to the passive property of liquid propulsion by capillary forces and the long-term instability of surface treatments on channel walls, the adaptability of CD flow in geometrically complex LOC devices may be limited.

3.2. Theoretical and Numerical Modeling of Capillary Driven Blood Flow

3.2.1. Theoretical Basis and Assumptions of Microfluidic Flow

The study of transport phenomena regarding either blood flow driven by capillary forces or externally applied forces under microfluid systems all demands a comprehensive recognition of the significant differences in flow dynamics between microscale and macroscale. The fundamental assumptions and principles behind fluid transport at the microscale are discussed in this section. Such a comprehension will lay the groundwork for the following analysis of the theoretical basis of capillary forces and their role in blood transport in LOC systems.

At the macroscale, fluid dynamics are often strongly influenced by gravity due to considerable fluid mass. However, the high surface to volume ratio at the microscale shifts the balance toward surface forces (e.g., surface tension and viscous forces), much larger than the inertial force. This difference gives rise to transport phenomena unique to microscale fluid transport, such as the prevalence of laminar flow due to a very low Reynolds number (generally lower than 1). Moreover, the fluid in a microfluidic system is often assumed to be incompressible due to the small flow velocity, indicating constant fluid density in both space and time.Microfluidic flow behaviors are governed by the fundamental principles of mass and momentum conservation, which are encapsulated in the continuity equation and the Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation. The continuity equation describes the conservation of mass, while the N–S equation captures the spatial and temporal variations in velocity, pressure, and other physical parameters. Under the assumption of the negligible influence of gravity in microfluidic systems, the continuity equation and the Eulerian representation of the incompressible N–S equation can be expressed as follows:

∇·𝐮⇀=0∇·�⇀=0

(7)

−∇𝑝+𝜇∇2𝐮⇀+∇·𝝉⇀−𝐅⇀=0−∇�+�∇2�⇀+∇·�⇀−�⇀=0

(8)Here, p is the pressure, u is the fluid viscosity, 

𝝉⇀�⇀ represents the stress tensor, and F is the body force exerted by external forces if present.

3.2.2. Theoretical Basis and Modeling of Capillary Force in LOC Systems

The capillary force is often the major driving force to manipulate and transport blood without an externally applied force in LOC systems. Forces induced by the capillary effect impact the free surface of fluids and are represented not directly in the Navier–Stokes equations but through the pressure boundary conditions of the pressure term p. For hydrophilic surfaces, the liquid generally induces a contact angle between 0° and 30°, encouraging the spread and attraction of fluid under a positive cos θ condition. For this condition, the pressure drop becomes positive and generates a spontaneous flow forward. A hydrophobic solid surface repels the fluid, inducing minimal contact. Generally, hydrophobic solids exhibit a contact angle larger than 90°, inducing a negative value of cos θ. Such a value will result in a negative pressure drop and a flow in the opposite direction. The induced contact angle is often utilized to measure the wall exposure of various surface treatments on channel walls where different wettability gradients and surface tension effects for CD flows are established. Contact angles between different interfaces are obtainable through standard values or experimental methods for reference. 

(72)For the characterization of the induced force by the capillary effect, the Young–Laplace (Y–L) equation 

(73) is widely employed. In the equation, the capillary is considered a pressure boundary condition between the two interphases. Through the Y–L equation, the capillary pressure force can be determined, and subsequently, the continuity and momentum balance equations can be solved to obtain the blood filling rate. Kim et al. 

(74) studied the effects of concentration and exposure time of a nonionic surfactant, Silwet L-77, on the performance of a polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) microchannel in terms of plasma and blood self-separation. The study characterized the capillary pressure force by incorporating the Y–L equation and further evaluated the effects of the changing contact angle due to different levels of applied channel wall surface treatments. The expression of the Y–L equation utilized by Kim et al. 

(74) is as follows:

𝑃=−𝜎(cos𝜃b+cos𝜃tℎ+cos𝜃l+cos𝜃r𝑤)�=−�(cos⁡�b+cos⁡�tℎ+cos⁡�l+cos⁡�r�)

(9)where σ is the surface tension of the liquid and θ

bθ

tθ

l, and θ

r are the contact angle values between the liquid and the bottom, top, left, and right walls, respectively. A numerical simulation through Coventor software is performed to evaluate the dynamic changes in the filling rate within the microchannel. The simulation results for the blood filling rate in the microchannel are expressed at a specific time stamp, shown in Figure 2. The results portray an increasing instantaneous filling rate of blood in the microchannel following the decrease in contact angle induced by a higher concentration of the nonionic surfactant treated to the microchannel wall.

Figure 2. Numerical simulation of filling rate of capillary driven blood flow under various contact angle conditions at a specific timestamp. (74) Reproduced with permission from ref (74). Copyright 2010 Elsevier.

When in contact with hydrophilic or hydrophobic surfaces, blood forms a meniscus with a contact angle due to surface tension. The Lucas–Washburn (L–W) equation 

(75) is one of the pioneering theoretical definitions for the position of the meniscus over time. In addition, the L–W equation provides the possibility for research to obtain the velocity of the blood formed meniscus through the derivation of the meniscus position. The L–W equation 

(75) can be shown below:

𝐿(𝑡)=𝑅𝜎cos(𝜃)𝑡2𝜇⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√�(�)=��⁡cos(�)�2�

(10)Here L(t) represents the distance of the liquid driven by the capillary forces. However, the generalized L–W equation solely assumes the constant physical properties from a Newtonian fluid rather than considering the non-Newtonian fluid behavior of blood. Cito et al. 

(76) constructed an enhanced version of the L–W equation incorporating the power law to consider the RBC aggregation and the FL effect. The non-Newtonian fluid apparent viscosity under the Power Law model is defined as

𝜇=𝑘·(𝛾˙)𝑛−1�=�·(�˙)�−1

(11)where γ̇ is the strain rate tensor defined as 

𝛾˙=12𝛾˙𝑖𝑗𝛾˙𝑗𝑖⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√�˙=12�˙���˙��. The stress tensor term τ is computed as τ = μγ̇

ij. The updated L–W equation by Cito 

(76) is expressed as

𝐿(𝑡)=𝑅[(𝑛+13𝑛+1)(𝜎cos(𝜃)𝑅𝑘)1/𝑛𝑡]𝑛/𝑛+1�(�)=�[(�+13�+1)(�⁡cos(�)��)1/��]�/�+1

(12)where k is the flow consistency index and n is the power law index, respectively. The power law index, from the Power Law model, characterizes the extent of the non-Newtonian behavior of blood. Both the consistency and power law index rely on blood properties such as hematocrit, the appearance of the FL effect, the formation of RBC aggregates, etc. The updated L–W equation computes the location and velocity of blood flow caused by capillary forces at specified time points within the LOC devices, taking into account the effects of blood flow characteristics such as RBC aggregation and the FL effect on dynamic blood viscosity.Apart from the blood flow behaviors triggered by inherent blood properties, unique flow conditions driven by capillary forces that are portrayed under different microchannel geometries also hold crucial implications for CD blood delivery. Berthier et al. 

(77) studied the spontaneous Concus–Finn condition, the condition to initiate the spontaneous capillary flow within a V-groove microchannel, as shown in Figure 3(a) both experimentally and numerically. Through experimental studies, the spontaneous Concus–Finn filament development of capillary driven blood flow is observed, as shown in Figure 3(b), while the dynamic development of blood flow is numerically simulated through CFD simulation.

Figure 3. (a) Sketch of the cross-section of Berthier’s V-groove microchannel, (b) experimental view of blood in the V-groove microchannel, (78) (c) illustration of the dynamic change of the extension of filament from FLOW 3D under capillary flow at three increasing time intervals. (78) Reproduced with permission from ref (78). Copyright 2014 Elsevier.

Berthier et al. 

(77) characterized the contact angle needed for the initiation of the capillary driving force at a zero-inlet pressure, through the half-angle (α) of the V-groove geometry layout, and its relation to the Concus–Finn filament as shown below:

𝜃<𝜋2−𝛼sin𝛼1+2(ℎ2/𝑤)sin𝛼<cos𝜃{�<�2−�sin⁡�1+2(ℎ2/�)⁡sin⁡�<cos⁡�

(13)Three possible regimes were concluded based on the contact angle value for the initiation of flow and development of Concus–Finn filament:

𝜃>𝜃1𝜃1>𝜃>𝜃0𝜃0no SCFSCF without a Concus−Finn filamentSCF without a Concus−Finn filament{�>�1no SCF�1>�>�0SCF without a Concus−Finn filament�0SCF without a Concus−Finn filament

(14)Under Newton’s Law, the force balance with low Reynolds and Capillary numbers results in the neglect of inertial terms. The force balance between the capillary forces and the viscous force induced by the channel wall is proposed to derive the analytical fluid velocity. This relation between the two forces offers insights into the average flow velocity and the penetration distance function dependent on time. The apparent blood viscosity is defined by Berthier et al. 

(78) through Casson’s law, 

(23) given in eq 1. The research used the FLOW-3D program from Flow Science Inc. software, which solves transient, free-surface problems using the FDM in multiple dimensions. The Volume of Fluid (VOF) method 

(79) is utilized to locate and track the dynamic extension of filament throughout the advancing interface within the channel ahead of the main flow at three progressing time stamps, as depicted in Figure 3(c).

4. Electro-osmotic Flow (EOF) in LOC Systems

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


The utilization of external forces, such as electric fields, has significantly broadened the possibility of manipulating microfluidic flow in LOC systems. 

(80) Externally applied electric field forces induce a fluid flow from the movement of ions in fluid terms as the “electro-osmotic flow” (EOF).Unique transport phenomena, such as enhanced flow velocity and flow instability, induced by non-Newtonian fluids, particularly viscoelastic fluids, under EOF, have sparked considerable interest in microfluidic devices with simple or complicated geometries within channels. 

(81) However, compared to the study of Newtonian fluids and even other electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flows, the literature focusing on the theoretical and numerical modeling of electro-osmotic blood flow is limited due to the complexity of blood properties. Consequently, to obtain a more comprehensive understanding of the complex blood flow behavior under EOF, theoretical and numerical studies of the transport phenomena in the EOF section will be based on the studies of different viscoelastic fluids under EOF rather than that of blood specifically. Despite this limitation, we believe these studies offer valuable insights that can help understand the complex behavior of blood flow under EOF.

4.1. EOF Phenomena

Electro-osmotic flow occurs at the interface between the microchannel wall and bulk phase solution. When in contact with the bulk phase, solution ions are absorbed or dissociated at the solid–liquid interface, resulting in the formation of a charge layer, as shown in Figure 4. This charged channel surface wall interacts with both negative and positive ions in the bulk sample, causing repulsion and attraction forces to create a thin layer of immobilized counterions, known as the Stern layer. The induced electric potential from the wall gradually decreases with an increase in the distance from the wall. The Stern layer potential, commonly termed the zeta potential, controls the intensity of the electrostatic interactions between mobile counterions and, consequently, the drag force from the applied electric field. Next to the Stern layer is the diffuse mobile layer, mainly composed of a mobile counterion. These two layers constitute the “electrical double layer” (EDL), the thickness of which is directly proportional to the ionic strength (concentration) of the bulk fluid. The relationship between the two parameters is characterized by a Debye length (λ

D), expressed as

𝜆𝐷=𝜖𝑘B𝑇2(𝑍𝑒)2𝑐0⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√��=��B�2(��)2�0

(15)where ϵ is the permittivity of the electrolyte solution, k

B is the Boltzmann constant, T is the electron temperature, Z is the integer valence number, e is the elementary charge, and c

0 is the ionic density.

Figure 4. Schematic diagram of an electro-osmotic flow in a microchannel with negative surface charge. (82) Reproduced with permission from ref (82). Copyright 2012 Woodhead Publishing.

When an electric field is applied perpendicular to the EDL, viscous drag is generated due to the movement of excess ions in the EDL. Electro-osmotic forces can be attributed to the externally applied electric potential (ϕ) and the zeta potential, the system wall induced potential by charged walls (ψ). As illustrated in Figure 4, the majority of ions in the bulk phase have a uniform velocity profile, except for a shear rate condition confined within an extremely thin Stern layer. Therefore, EOF displays a unique characteristic of a “near flat” or plug flow velocity profile, different from the parabolic flow typically induced by pressure-driven microfluidic flow (Hagen–Poiseuille flow). The plug-shaped velocity profile of the EOF possesses a high shear rate above the Stern layer.Overall, the EOF velocity magnitude is typically proportional to the Debye Length (λ

D), zeta potential, and magnitude of the externally applied electric field, while a more viscous liquid reduces the EOF velocity.

4.2. Modeling on Electro-osmotic Viscoelastic Fluid Flow

4.2.1. Theoretical Basis of EOF Mechanisms

The EOF of an incompressible viscoelastic fluid is commonly governed by the continuity and incompressible N–S equations, as shown in eqs 7 and 8, where the stress tensor and the electrostatic force term are coupled. The electro-osmotic body force term F, representing the body force exerted by the externally applied electric force, is defined as 

𝐹⇀=𝑝𝐸𝐸⇀�⇀=���⇀, where ρ

E and 

𝐸⇀�⇀ are the net electric charge density and the applied external electric field, respectively.Numerous models are established to theoretically study the externally applied electric potential and the system wall induced potential by charged walls. The following Laplace equation, expressed as eq 16, is generally adapted and solved to calculate the externally applied potential (ϕ).

∇2𝜙=0∇2�=0

(16)Ion diffusion under applied electric fields, together with mass transport resulting from convection and diffusion, transports ionic solutions in bulk flow under electrokinetic processes. The Nernst–Planck equation can describe these transport methods, including convection, diffusion, and electro-diffusion. Therefore, the Nernst–Planck equation is used to determine the distribution of the ions within the electrolyte. The electric potential induced by the charged channel walls follows the Poisson–Nernst–Plank (PNP) equation, which can be written as eq 17.

∇·[𝐷𝑖∇𝑛𝑖−𝑢⇀𝑛𝑖+𝑛𝑖𝐷𝑖𝑧𝑖𝑒𝑘𝑏𝑇∇(𝜙+𝜓)]=0∇·[��∇��−�⇀��+����������∇(�+�)]=0

(17)where D

in

i, and z

i are the diffusion coefficient, ionic concentration, and ionic valence of the ionic species I, respectively. However, due to the high nonlinearity and numerical stiffness introduced by different lengths and time scales from the PNP equations, the Poisson–Boltzmann (PB) model is often considered the major simplified method of the PNP equation to characterize the potential distribution of the EDL region in microchannels. In the PB model, it is assumed that the ionic species in the fluid follow the Boltzmann distribution. This model is typically valid for steady-state problems where charge transport can be considered negligible, the EDLs do not overlap with each other, and the intrinsic potentials are low. It provides a simplified representation of the potential distribution in the EDL region. The PB equation governing the EDL electric potential distribution is described as

∇2𝜓=(2𝑒𝑧𝑛0𝜀𝜀0)sinh(𝑧𝑒𝜓𝑘b𝑇)∇2�=(2���0��0)⁡sinh(����b�)

(18)where n

0 is the ion bulk concentration, z is the ionic valence, and ε

0 is the electric permittivity in the vacuum. Under low electric potential conditions, an even further simplified model to illustrate the EOF phenomena is the Debye–Hückel (DH) model. The DH model is derived by obtaining a charge density term by expanding the exponential term of the Boltzmann equation in a Taylor series.

4.2.2. EOF Modeling for Viscoelastic Fluids

Many studies through numerical modeling were performed to obtain a deeper understanding of the effect exhibited by externally applied electric fields on viscoelastic flow in microchannels under various geometrical designs. Bello et al. 

(83) found that methylcellulose solution, a non-Newtonian polymer solution, resulted in stronger electro-osmotic mobility in experiments when compared to the predictions by the Helmholtz–Smoluchowski equation, which is commonly used to define the velocity of EOF of a Newtonian fluid. Being one of the pioneers to identify the discrepancies between the EOF of Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids, Bello et al. attributed such discrepancies to the presence of a very high shear rate in the EDL, resulting in a change in the orientation of the polymer molecules. Park and Lee 

(84) utilized the FVM to solve the PB equation for the characterization of the electric field induced force. In the study, the concept of fractional calculus for the Oldroyd-B model was adapted to illustrate the elastic and memory effects of viscoelastic fluids in a straight microchannel They observed that fluid elasticity and increased ratio of viscoelastic fluid contribution to overall fluid viscosity had a significant impact on the volumetric flow rate and sensitivity of velocity to electric field strength compared to Newtonian fluids. Afonso et al. 

(85) derived an analytical expression for EOF of viscoelastic fluid between parallel plates using the DH model to account for a zeta potential condition below 25 mV. The study established the understanding of the electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow under low zeta potential conditions. Apart from the electrokinetic forces, pressure forces can also be coupled with EOF to generate a unique fluid flow behavior within the microchannel. Sousa et al. 

(86) analytically studied the flow of a standard viscoelastic solution by combining the pressure gradient force with an externally applied electric force. It was found that, at a near wall skimming layer and the outer layer away from the wall, macromolecules migrating away from surface walls in viscoelastic fluids are observed. In the study, the Phan-Thien Tanner (PTT) constitutive model is utilized to characterize the viscoelastic properties of the solution. The approach is found to be valid when the EDL is much thinner than the skimming layer under an enhanced flow rate. Zhao and Yang 

(87) solved the PB equation and Carreau model for the characterization of the EOF mechanism and non-Newtonian fluid respectively through the FEM. The numerical results depict that, different from the EOF of Newtonian fluids, non-Newtonian fluids led to an increase of electro-osmotic mobility for shear thinning fluids but the opposite for shear thickening fluids.Like other fluid transport driving forces, EOF within unique geometrical layouts also portrays unique transport phenomena. Pimenta and Alves 

(88) utilized the FVM to perform numerical simulations of the EOF of viscoelastic fluids considering the PB equation and the Oldroyd-B model, in a cross-slot and flow-focusing microdevices. It was found that electroelastic instabilities are formed due to the development of large stresses inside the EDL with streamlined curvature at geometry corners. Bezerra et al. 

(89) used the FDM to numerically analyze the vortex formation and flow instability from an electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid flow in a microchannel with a nozzle geometry and parallel wall geometry setting. The PNP equation is utilized to characterize the charge motion in the EOF and the PTT model for non-Newtonian flow characterization. A constriction geometry is commonly utilized in blood flow adapted in LOC systems due to the change in blood flow behavior under narrow dimensions in a microchannel. Ji et al. 

(90) recently studied the EOF of viscoelastic fluid in a constriction microchannel connected by two relatively big reservoirs on both ends (as seen in Figure 5) filled with the polyacrylamide polymer solution, a viscoelastic fluid, and an incompressible monovalent binary electrolyte solution KCl.

Figure 5. Schematic diagram of a negatively charged constriction microchannel connected to two reservoirs at both ends. An electro-osmotic flow is induced in the system by the induced potential difference between the anode and cathode. (90) Reproduced with permission from ref (90). Copyright 2021 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

In studying the EOF of viscoelastic fluids, the Oldroyd-B model is often utilized to characterize the polymeric stress tensor and the deformation rate of the fluid. The Oldroyd-B model is expressed as follows:

𝜏=𝜂p𝜆(𝐜−𝐈)�=�p�(�−�)

(19)where η

p, λ, c, and I represent the polymer dynamic viscosity, polymer relaxation time, symmetric conformation tensor of the polymer molecules, and the identity matrix, respectively.A log-conformation tensor approach is taken to prevent convergence difficulty induced by the viscoelastic properties. The conformation tensor (c) in the polymeric stress tensor term is redefined by a new tensor (Θ) based on the natural logarithm of the c. The new tensor is defined as

Θ=ln(𝐜)=𝐑ln(𝚲)𝐑Θ=ln(�)=�⁡ln(�)�

(20)in which Λ is the diagonal matrix and R is the orthogonal matrix.Under the new conformation tensor, the induced EOF of a viscoelastic fluid is governed by the continuity and N–S equations adapting the Oldroyd-B model, which is expressed as

∂𝚯∂𝑡+𝐮·∇𝚯=𝛀Θ−ΘΩ+2𝐁+1𝜆(eΘ−𝐈)∂�∂�+�·∇�=�Θ−ΘΩ+2�+1�(eΘ−�)

(21)where Ω and B represent the anti-symmetric matrix and the symmetric traceless matrix of the decomposition of the velocity gradient tensor ∇u, respectively. The conformation tensor can be recovered by c = exp(Θ). The PB model and Laplace equation are utilized to characterize the charged channel wall induced potential and the externally applied potential.The governing equations are numerically solved through the FVM by RheoTool, 

(42) an open-source viscoelastic EOF solver on the OpenFOAM platform. A SIMPLEC (Semi-Implicit Method for Pressure Linked Equations-Consistent) algorithm was applied to solve the velocity-pressure coupling. The pressure field and velocity field were computed by the PCG (Preconditioned Conjugate Gradient) solver and the PBiCG (Preconditioned Biconjugate Gradient) solver, respectively.Ranging magnitudes of an applied electric field or fluid concentration induce both different streamlines and velocity magnitudes at various locations and times of the microchannel. In the study performed by Ji et al., 

(90) notable fluctuation of streamlines and vortex formation is formed at the upper stream entrance of the constriction as shown in Figure 6(a) and (b), respectively, due to the increase of electrokinetic effect, which is seen as a result of the increase in polymeric stress (τ

xx). 

(90) The contraction geometry enhances the EOF velocity within the constriction channel under high E

app condition (600 V/cm). Such phenomena can be attributed to the dependence of electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow on the system wall surface and bulk fluid properties. 

(91)

Figure 6. Schematic diagram of vortex formation and streamlines of EOF depicting flow instability at (a) 1.71 s and (b) 1.75 s. Spatial distribution of the elastic normal stress at (c) high Eapp condition. Streamline of an electro-osmotic flow under Eapp of 600 V/cm (90) for (d) non-Newtonian and (e) Newtonian fluid through a constriction geometry. Reproduced with permission from ref (90). Copyright 2021 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

As elastic normal stress exceeds the local shear stress, flow instability and vortex formation occur. The induced elastic stress under EOF not only enhances the instability of the flow but often generates an irregular secondary flow leading to strong disturbance. 

(92) It is also vital to consider the effect of the constriction layout of microchannels on the alteration of the field strength within the system. The contraction geometry enhances a larger electric field strength compared with other locations of the channel outside the constriction region, resulting in a higher velocity gradient and stronger extension on the polymer within the viscoelastic solution. Following the high shear flow condition, a higher magnitude of stretch for polymer molecules in viscoelastic fluids exhibits larger elastic stresses and enhancement of vortex formation at the region. 

(93)As shown in Figure 6(c), significant elastic normal stress occurs at the inlet of the constriction microchannel. Such occurrence of a polymeric flow can be attributed to the dominating elongational flow, giving rise to high deformation of the polymers within the viscoelastic fluid flow, resulting in higher elastic stress from the polymers. Such phenomena at the entrance result in the difference in velocity streamline as circled in Figure 6(d) compared to that of the Newtonian fluid at the constriction entrance in Figure 6(e). 

(90) The difference between the Newtonian and polymer solution at the exit, as circled in Figure 6(d) and (e), can be attributed to the extrudate swell effect of polymers 

(94) within the viscoelastic fluid flow. The extrudate swell effect illustrates that, as polymers emerge from the constriction exit, they tend to contract in the flow direction and grow in the normal direction, resulting in an extrudate diameter greater than the channel size. The deformation of polymers within the polymeric flow at both the entrance and exit of the contraction channel facilitates the change in shear stress conditions of the flow, leading to the alteration in streamlines of flows for each region.

4.3. EOF Applications in LOC Systems

4.3.1. Mixing in LOC Systems

Rather than relying on the micromixing controlled by molecular diffusion under low Reynolds number conditions, active mixers actively leverage convective instability and vortex formation induced by electro-osmotic flows from alternating current (AC) or direct current (DC) electric fields. Such adaptation is recognized as significant breakthroughs for promotion of fluid mixing in chemical and biological applications such as drug delivery, medical diagnostics, chemical synthesis, and so on. 

(95)Many researchers proposed novel designs of electro-osmosis micromixers coupled with numerical simulations in conjunction with experimental findings to increase their understanding of the role of flow instability and vortex formation in the mixing process under electrokinetic phenomena. Matsubara and Narumi 

(96) numerically modeled the mixing process in a microchannel with four electrodes on each side of the microchannel wall, which generated a disruption through unstable electro-osmotic vortices. It was found that particle mixing was sensitive to both the convection effect induced by the main and secondary vortex within the micromixer and the change in oscillation frequency caused by the supplied AC voltage when the Reynolds number was varied. Qaderi et al. 

(97) adapted the PNP equation to numerically study the effect of the geometry and zeta potential configuration of the microchannel on the mixing process with a combined electro-osmotic pressure driven flow. It was reported that the application of heterogeneous zeta potential configuration enhances the mixing efficiency by around 23% while the height of the hurdles increases the mixing efficiency at most 48.1%. Cho et al. 

(98) utilized the PB model and Laplace equation to numerically simulate the electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid mixing process within a wavy and block layout of microchannel walls. The Power Law model is adapted to describe the fluid rheological characteristic. It was found that shear-thinning fluids possess a higher volumetric flow rate, which could result in poorer mixing efficiency compared to that of Newtonian fluids. Numerous studies have revealed that flow instability and vortex generation, in particular secondary vortices produced by barriers or greater magnitudes of heterogeneous zeta potential distribution, enhance mixing by increasing bulk flow velocity and reducing flow distance.To better understand the mechanism of disturbance formed in the system due to externally applied forces, known as electrokinetic instability, literature often utilize the Rayleigh (Ra) number, 

(1) as described below:

𝑅𝑎𝑣=𝑢ev𝑢eo=(𝛾−1𝛾+1)2𝑊𝛿2𝐸el2𝐻2𝜁𝛿Ra�=�ev�eo=(�−1�+1)2��2�el2�2��

(22)where γ is the conductivity ratio of the two streams and can be written as 

𝛾=𝜎el,H𝜎el,L�=�el,H�el,L. The Ra number characterizes the ratio between electroviscous and electro-osmotic flow. A high Ra

v value often results in good mixing. It is evident that fluid properties such as the conductivity (σ) of the two streams play a key role in the formation of disturbances to enhance mixing in microsystems. At the same time, electrokinetic parameters like the zeta potential (ζ) in the Ra number is critical in the characterization of electro-osmotic velocity and a slip boundary condition at the microchannel wall.To understand the mixing result along the channel, the concentration field can be defined and simulated under the assumption of steady state conditions and constant diffusion coefficient for each of the working fluid within the system through the convection–diffusion equation as below:

∂𝑐𝒊∂𝑡+∇⇀(𝑐𝑖𝑢⇀−𝐷𝑖∇⇀𝑐𝒊)=0∂��∂�+∇⇀(���⇀−��∇⇀��)=0

(23)where c

i is the species concentration of species i and D

i is the diffusion coefficient of the corresponding species.The standard deviation of concentration (σ

sd) can be adapted to evaluate the mixing quality of the system. 

(97) The standard deviation for concentration at a specific portion of the channel may be calculated using the equation below:

𝜎sd=∫10(𝐶∗(𝑦∗)−𝐶m)2d𝑦∗∫10d𝑦∗⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯�sd=∫01(�*(�*)−�m)2d�*∫01d�*

(24)where C*(y*) and C

m are the non-dimensional concentration profile and the mean concentration at the portion, respectively. C* is the non-dimensional concentration and can be calculated as 

𝐶∗=𝐶𝐶ref�*=��ref, where C

ref is the reference concentration defined as the bulk solution concentration. The mean concentration profile can be calculated as 

𝐶m=∫10(𝐶∗(𝑦∗)d𝑦∗∫10d𝑦∗�m=∫01(�*(�*)d�*∫01d�*. With the standard deviation of concentration, the mixing efficiency 

(97) can then be calculated as below:

𝜀𝑥=1−𝜎sd𝜎sd,0��=1−�sd�sd,0

(25)where σ

sd,0 is the standard derivation of the case of no mixing. The value of the mixing efficiency is typically utilized in conjunction with the simulated flow field and concentration field to explore the effect of geometrical and electrokinetic parameters on the optimization of the mixing results.

5. Summary

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


5.1. Conclusion

Viscoelastic fluids such as blood flow in LOC systems are an essential topic to proceed with diagnostic analysis and research through microdevices in the biomedical and pharmaceutical industries. The complex blood flow behavior is tightly controlled by the viscoelastic characteristics of blood such as the dynamic viscosity and the elastic property of RBCs under various shear rate conditions. Furthermore, the flow behaviors under varied driving forces promote an array of microfluidic transport phenomena that are critical to the management of blood flow and other adapted viscoelastic fluids in LOC systems. This review addressed the blood flow phenomena, the complicated interplay between shear rate and blood flow behaviors, and their numerical modeling under LOC systems through the lens of the viscoelasticity characteristic. Furthermore, a theoretical understanding of capillary forces and externally applied electric forces leads to an in-depth investigation of the relationship between blood flow patterns and the key parameters of the two driving forces, the latter of which is introduced through the lens of viscoelastic fluids, coupling numerical modeling to improve the knowledge of blood flow manipulation in LOC systems. The flow disturbances triggered by the EOF of viscoelastic fluids and their impact on blood flow patterns have been deeply investigated due to their important role and applications in LOC devices. Continuous advancements of various numerical modeling methods with experimental findings through more efficient and less computationally heavy methods have served as an encouraging sign of establishing more accurate illustrations of the mechanisms for multiphase blood and other viscoelastic fluid flow transport phenomena driven by various forces. Such progress is fundamental for the manipulation of unique transport phenomena, such as the generated disturbances, to optimize functionalities offered by microdevices in LOC systems.

The following section will provide further insights into the employment of studied blood transport phenomena to improve the functionality of micro devices adapting LOC technology. A discussion of the novel roles that external driving forces play in microfluidic flow behaviors is also provided. Limitations in the computational modeling of blood flow and electrokinetic phenomena in LOC systems will also be emphasized, which may provide valuable insights for future research endeavors. These discussions aim to provide guidance and opportunities for new paths in the ongoing development of LOC devices that adapt blood flow.

5.2. Future Directions

5.2.1. Electro-osmosis Mixing in LOC Systems

Despite substantial research, mixing results through flow instability and vortex formation phenomena induced by electro-osmotic mixing still deviate from the effective mixing results offered by chaotic mixing results such as those seen in turbulent flows. However, recent discoveries of a mixing phenomenon that is generally observed under turbulent flows are found within electro-osmosis micromixers under low Reynolds number conditions. Zhao 

(99) experimentally discovered a rapid mixing process in an AC applied micromixer, where the power spectrum of concentration under an applied voltage of 20 V

p-p induces a −5/3 slope within a frequency range. This value of the slope is considered as the O–C spectrum in macroflows, which is often visible under relatively high Re conditions, such as the Taylor microscale Reynolds number Re > 500 in turbulent flows. 

(100) However, the Re value in the studied system is less than 1 at the specific location and applied voltage. A secondary flow is also suggested to occur close to microchannel walls, being attributed to the increase of convective instability within the system.Despite the experimental phenomenon proposed by Zhao et al., 

(99) the range of effects induced by vital parameters of an EOF mixing system on the enhanced mixing results and mechanisms of disturbance generated by the turbulent-like flow instability is not further characterized. Such a gap in knowledge may hinder the adaptability and commercialization of the discovery of micromixers. One of the parameters for further evaluation is the conductivity gradient of the fluid flow. A relatively strong conductivity gradient (5000:1) was adopted in the system due to the conductive properties of the two fluids. The high conductivity gradients may contribute to the relatively large Rayleigh number and differences in EDL layer thickness, resulting in an unusual disturbance in laminar flow conditions and enhanced mixing results. However, high conductivity gradients are not always achievable by the working fluids due to diverse fluid properties. The reliance on turbulent-like phenomena and rapid mixing results in a large conductivity gradient should be established to prevent the limited application of fluids for the mixing system. In addition, the proposed system utilizes distinct zeta potential distributions at the top and bottom walls due to their difference in material choices, which may be attributed to the flow instability phenomena. Further studies should be made on varying zeta potential magnitude and distribution to evaluate their effect on the slip boundary conditions of the flow and the large shear rate condition close to the channel wall of EOF. Such a study can potentially offer an optimized condition in zeta potential magnitude through material choices and geometrical layout of the zeta potential for better mixing results and manipulation of mixing fluid dynamics. The two vital parameters mentioned above can be varied with the aid of numerical simulation to understand the effect of parameters on the interaction between electro-osmotic forces and electroviscous forces. At the same time, the relationship of developed streamlines of the simulated velocity and concentration field, following their relationship with the mixing results, under the impact of these key parameters can foster more insight into the range of impact that the two parameters have on the proposed phenomena and the microfluidic dynamic principles of disturbances.

In addition, many of the current investigations of electrokinetic mixers commonly emphasize the fluid dynamics of mixing for Newtonian fluids, while the utilization of biofluids, primarily viscoelastic fluids such as blood, and their distinctive response under shear forces in these novel mixing processes of LOC systems are significantly less studied. To develop more compatible microdevice designs and efficient mixing outcomes for the biomedical industry, it is necessary to fill the knowledge gaps in the literature on electro-osmotic mixing for biofluids, where properties of elasticity, dynamic viscosity, and intricate relationship with shear flow from the fluid are further considered.

5.2.2. Electro-osmosis Separation in LOC Systems

Particle separation in LOC devices, particularly in biological research and diagnostics, is another area where disturbances may play a significant role in optimization. 

(101) Plasma analysis in LOC systems under precise control of blood flow phenomena and blood/plasma separation procedures can detect vital information about infectious diseases from particular antibodies and foreign nucleic acids for medical treatments, diagnostics, and research, 

(102) offering more efficient results and simple operating procedures compared to that of the traditional centrifugation method for blood and plasma separation. However, the adaptability of LOC devices for blood and plasma separation is often hindered by microchannel clogging, where flow velocity and plasma yield from LOC devices is reduced due to occasional RBC migration and aggregation at the filtration entrance of microdevices. 

(103)It is important to note that the EOF induces flow instability close to microchannel walls, which may provide further solutions to clogging for the separation process of the LOC systems. Mohammadi et al. 

(104) offered an anti-clogging effect of RBCs at the blood and plasma separating device filtration entry, adjacent to the surface wall, through RBC disaggregation under high shear rate conditions generated by a forward and reverse EOF direction.

Further theoretical and numerical research can be conducted to characterize the effect of high shear rate conditions near microchannel walls toward the detachment of binding blood cells on surfaces and the reversibility of aggregation. Through numerical modeling with varying electrokinetic parameters to induce different degrees of disturbances or shear conditions at channel walls, it may be possible to optimize and better understand the process of disrupting the forces that bind cells to surface walls and aggregated cells at filtration pores. RBCs that migrate close to microchannel walls are often attracted by the adhesion force between the RBC and the solid surface originating from the van der Waals forces. Following RBC migration and attachment by adhesive forces adjacent to the microchannel walls as shown in Figure 7, the increase in viscosity at the region causes a lower shear condition and encourages RBC aggregation (cell–cell interaction), which clogs filtering pores or microchannels and reduces flow velocity at filtration region. Both the impact that shear forces and disturbances may induce on cell binding forces with surface walls and other cells leading to aggregation may suggest further characterization. Kinetic parameters such as activation energy and the rate-determining step for cell binding composition attachment and detachment should be considered for modeling the dynamics of RBCs and blood flows under external forces in LOC separation devices.

Figure 7. Schematic representations of clogging at a microchannel pore following the sequence of RBC migration, cell attachment to channel walls, and aggregation. (105) Reproduced with permission from ref (105). Copyright 2018 The Authors under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

5.2.3. Relationship between External Forces and Microfluidic Systems

In blood flow, a thicker CFL suggests a lower blood viscosity, suggesting a complex relationship between shear stress and shear rate, affecting the blood viscosity and blood flow. Despite some experimental and numerical studies on electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid flow, limited literature has performed an in-depth investigation of the role that applied electric forces and other external forces could play in the process of CFL formation. Additional studies on how shear rates from external forces affect CFL formation and microfluidic flow dynamics can shed light on the mechanism of the contribution induced by external driving forces to the development of a separate phase of layer, similar to CFL, close to the microchannel walls and distinct from the surrounding fluid within the system, then influencing microfluidic flow dynamics.One of the mechanisms of phenomena to be explored is the formation of the Exclusion Zone (EZ) region following a “Self-Induced Flow” (SIF) phenomenon discovered by Li and Pollack, 

(106) as shown in Figure 8(a) and (b), respectively. A spontaneous sustained axial flow is observed when hydrophilic materials are immersed in water, resulting in the buildup of a negative layer of charges, defined as the EZ, after water molecules absorb infrared radiation (IR) energy and break down into H and OH

+.

Figure 8. Schematic representations of (a) the Exclusion Zone region and (b) the Self Induced Flow through visualization of microsphere movement within a microchannel. (106) Reproduced with permission from ref (106). Copyright 2020 The Authors under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

Despite the finding of such a phenomenon, the specific mechanism and role of IR energy have yet to be defined for the process of EZ development. To further develop an understanding of the role of IR energy in such phenomena, a feasible study may be seen through the lens of the relationships between external forces and microfluidic flow. In the phenomena, the increase of SIF velocity under a rise of IR radiation resonant characteristics is shown in the participation of the external electric field near the microchannel walls under electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow systems. The buildup of negative charges at the hydrophilic surfaces in EZ is analogous to the mechanism of electrical double layer formation. Indeed, research has initiated the exploration of the core mechanisms for EZ formation through the lens of the electrokinetic phenomena. 

(107) Such a similarity of the role of IR energy and the transport phenomena of SIF with electrokinetic phenomena paves the way for the definition of the unknown SIF phenomena and EZ formation. Furthermore, Li and Pollack 

(106) suggest whether CFL formation might contribute to a SIF of blood using solely IR radiation, a commonly available source of energy in nature, as an external driving force. The proposition may be proven feasible with the presence of the CFL region next to the negatively charged hydrophilic endothelial glycocalyx layer, coating the luminal side of blood vessels. 

(108) Further research can dive into the resonating characteristics between the formation of the CFL region next to the hydrophilic endothelial glycocalyx layer and that of the EZ formation close to hydrophilic microchannel walls. Indeed, an increase in IR energy is known to rapidly accelerate EZ formation and SIF velocity, depicting similarity to the increase in the magnitude of electric field forces and greater shear rates at microchannel walls affecting CFL formation and EOF velocity. Such correlation depicts a future direction in whether SIF blood flow can be observed and characterized theoretically further through the lens of the relationship between blood flow and shear forces exhibited by external energy.

The intricate link between the CFL and external forces, more specifically the externally applied electric field, can receive further attention to provide a more complete framework for the mechanisms between IR radiation and EZ formation. Such characterization may also contribute to a greater comprehension of the role IR can play in CFL formation next to the endothelial glycocalyx layer as well as its role as a driving force to propel blood flow, similar to the SIF, but without the commonly assumed pressure force from heart contraction as a source of driving force.

5.3. Challenges

Although there have been significant improvements in blood flow modeling under LOC systems over the past decade, there are still notable constraints that may require special attention for numerical simulation applications to benefit the adaptability of the designs and functionalities of LOC devices. Several points that require special attention are mentioned below:

1.The majority of CFD models operate under the relationship between the viscoelasticity of blood and the shear rate conditions of flow. The relative effect exhibited by the presence of highly populated RBCs in whole blood and their forces amongst the cells themselves under complex flows often remains unclearly defined. Furthermore, the full range of cell populations in whole blood requires a much more computational load for numerical modeling. Therefore, a vital goal for future research is to evaluate a reduced modeling method where the impact of cell–cell interaction on the viscoelastic property of blood is considered.
2.Current computational methods on hemodynamics rely on continuum models based upon non-Newtonian rheology at the macroscale rather than at molecular and cellular levels. Careful considerations should be made for the development of a constructive framework for the physical and temporal scales of micro/nanoscale systems to evaluate the intricate relationship between fluid driving forces, dynamic viscosity, and elasticity.
3.Viscoelastic fluids under the impact of externally applied electric forces often deviate from the assumptions of no-slip boundary conditions due to the unique flow conditions induced by externally applied forces. Furthermore, the mechanism of vortex formation and viscoelastic flow instability at laminar flow conditions should be better defined through the lens of the microfluidic flow phenomenon to optimize the prediction of viscoelastic flow across different geometrical layouts. Mathematical models and numerical methods are needed to better predict such disturbance caused by external forces and the viscoelasticity of fluids at such a small scale.
4.Under practical situations, zeta potential distribution at channel walls frequently deviates from the common assumption of a constant distribution because of manufacturing faults or inherent surface charges prior to the introduction of electrokinetic influence. These discrepancies frequently lead to inconsistent surface potential distribution, such as excess positive ions at relatively more negatively charged walls. Accordingly, unpredicted vortex formation and flow instability may occur. Therefore, careful consideration should be given to these discrepancies and how they could trigger the transport process and unexpected results of a microdevice.

Author Information

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


  • Corresponding Authors
    • Zhe Chen – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Email: zaccooky@sjtu.edu.cn
    • Bo Ouyang – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Email: bouy93@sjtu.edu.cn
    • Zheng-Hong Luo – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0000-0001-9011-6020; Email: luozh@sjtu.edu.cn
  • Authors
    • Bin-Jie Lai – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0009-0002-8133-5381
    • Li-Tao Zhu – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0000-0001-6514-8864
  • NotesThe authors declare no competing financial interest.

Acknowledgments

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (No. 22238005) and the Postdoctoral Research Foundation of China (No. GZC20231576).

Vocabulary

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


Microfluidicsthe field of technological and scientific study that investigates fluid flow in channels with dimensions between 1 and 1000 μm
Lab-on-a-Chip Technologythe field of research and technological development aimed at integrating the micro/nanofluidic characteristics to conduct laboratory processes on handheld devices
Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD)the method utilizing computational abilities to predict physical fluid flow behaviors mathematically through solving the governing equations of corresponding fluid flows
Shear Ratethe rate of change in velocity where one layer of fluid moves past the adjacent layer
Viscoelasticitythe property holding both elasticity and viscosity characteristics relying on the magnitude of applied shear stress and time-dependent strain
Electro-osmosisthe flow of fluid under an applied electric field when charged solid surface is in contact with the bulk fluid
Vortexthe rotating motion of a fluid revolving an axis line

References

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


This article references 108 other publications.

  1. 1Neethirajan, S.; Kobayashi, I.; Nakajima, M.; Wu, D.; Nandagopal, S.; Lin, F. Microfluidics for food, agriculture and biosystems industries. Lab Chip 201111 (9), 1574– 1586,  DOI: 10.1039/c0lc00230eViewGoogle Scholar
  2. 2Whitesides, G. M. The origins and the future of microfluidics. Nature 2006442 (7101), 368– 373,  DOI: 10.1038/nature05058ViewGoogle Scholar
  3. 3Burklund, A.; Tadimety, A.; Nie, Y.; Hao, N.; Zhang, J. X. J. Chapter One – Advances in diagnostic microfluidics; Elsevier, 2020; DOI:  DOI: 10.1016/bs.acc.2019.08.001 .ViewGoogle Scholar
  4. 4Abdulbari, H. A. Chapter 12 – Lab-on-a-chip for analysis of blood. In Nanotechnology for Hematology, Blood Transfusion, and Artificial Blood; Denizli, A., Nguyen, T. A., Rajan, M., Alam, M. F., Rahman, K., Eds.; Elsevier, 2022; pp 265– 283.ViewGoogle Scholar
  5. 5Vladisavljević, G. T.; Khalid, N.; Neves, M. A.; Kuroiwa, T.; Nakajima, M.; Uemura, K.; Ichikawa, S.; Kobayashi, I. Industrial lab-on-a-chip: Design, applications and scale-up for drug discovery and delivery. Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 201365 (11), 1626– 1663,  DOI: 10.1016/j.addr.2013.07.017ViewGoogle Scholar
  6. 6Kersaudy-Kerhoas, M.; Dhariwal, R.; Desmulliez, M. P. Y.; Jouvet, L. Hydrodynamic blood plasma separation in microfluidic channels. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 20108 (1), 105– 114,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-009-0450-5ViewGoogle Scholar
  7. 7Popel, A. S.; Johnson, P. C. Microcirculation and Hemorheology. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 200537 (1), 43– 69,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.fluid.37.042604.133933ViewGoogle Scholar
  8. 8Fedosov, D. A.; Peltomäki, M.; Gompper, G. Deformation and dynamics of red blood cells in flow through cylindrical microchannels. Soft Matter 201410 (24), 4258– 4267,  DOI: 10.1039/C4SM00248BViewGoogle Scholar
  9. 9Chakraborty, S. Dynamics of capillary flow of blood into a microfluidic channel. Lab Chip 20055 (4), 421– 430,  DOI: 10.1039/b414566fViewGoogle Scholar
  10. 10Tomaiuolo, G.; Guido, S. Start-up shape dynamics of red blood cells in microcapillary flow. Microvascular Research 201182 (1), 35– 41,  DOI: 10.1016/j.mvr.2011.03.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  11. 11Sherwood, J. M.; Dusting, J.; Kaliviotis, E.; Balabani, S. The effect of red blood cell aggregation on velocity and cell-depleted layer characteristics of blood in a bifurcating microchannel. Biomicrofluidics 20126 (2), 24119,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4717755ViewGoogle Scholar
  12. 12Nader, E.; Skinner, S.; Romana, M.; Fort, R.; Lemonne, N.; Guillot, N.; Gauthier, A.; Antoine-Jonville, S.; Renoux, C.; Hardy-Dessources, M.-D. Blood Rheology: Key Parameters, Impact on Blood Flow, Role in Sickle Cell Disease and Effects of Exercise. Frontiers in Physiology 201910, 01329,  DOI: 10.3389/fphys.2019.01329ViewGoogle Scholar
  13. 13Trejo-Soto, C.; Lázaro, G. R.; Pagonabarraga, I.; Hernández-Machado, A. Microfluidics Approach to the Mechanical Properties of Red Blood Cell Membrane and Their Effect on Blood Rheology. Membranes 202212 (2), 217,  DOI: 10.3390/membranes12020217ViewGoogle Scholar
  14. 14Wagner, C.; Steffen, P.; Svetina, S. Aggregation of red blood cells: From rouleaux to clot formation. Comptes Rendus Physique 201314 (6), 459– 469,  DOI: 10.1016/j.crhy.2013.04.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  15. 15Kim, H.; Zhbanov, A.; Yang, S. Microfluidic Systems for Blood and Blood Cell Characterization. Biosensors 202313 (1), 13,  DOI: 10.3390/bios13010013ViewGoogle Scholar
  16. 16Fåhræus, R.; Lindqvist, T. THE VISCOSITY OF THE BLOOD IN NARROW CAPILLARY TUBES. American Journal of Physiology-Legacy Content 193196 (3), 562– 568,  DOI: 10.1152/ajplegacy.1931.96.3.562ViewGoogle Scholar
  17. 17Ascolese, M.; Farina, A.; Fasano, A. The Fåhræus-Lindqvist effect in small blood vessels: how does it help the heart?. J. Biol. Phys. 201945 (4), 379– 394,  DOI: 10.1007/s10867-019-09534-4ViewGoogle Scholar
  18. 18Bento, D.; Fernandes, C. S.; Miranda, J. M.; Lima, R. In vitro blood flow visualizations and cell-free layer (CFL) measurements in a microchannel network. Experimental Thermal and Fluid Science 2019109, 109847,  DOI: 10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2019.109847ViewGoogle Scholar
  19. 19Namgung, B.; Ong, P. K.; Wong, Y. H.; Lim, D.; Chun, K. J.; Kim, S. A comparative study of histogram-based thresholding methods for the determination of cell-free layer width in small blood vessels. Physiological Measurement 201031 (9), N61,  DOI: 10.1088/0967-3334/31/9/N01ViewGoogle Scholar
  20. 20Hymel, S. J.; Lan, H.; Fujioka, H.; Khismatullin, D. B. Cell trapping in Y-junction microchannels: A numerical study of the bifurcation angle effect in inertial microfluidics. Phys. Fluids (1994) 201931 (8), 082003,  DOI: 10.1063/1.5113516ViewGoogle Scholar
  21. 21Li, X.; Popel, A. S.; Karniadakis, G. E. Blood-plasma separation in Y-shaped bifurcating microfluidic channels: a dissipative particle dynamics simulation study. Phys. Biol. 20129 (2), 026010,  DOI: 10.1088/1478-3975/9/2/026010ViewGoogle Scholar
  22. 22Yin, X.; Thomas, T.; Zhang, J. Multiple red blood cell flows through microvascular bifurcations: Cell free layer, cell trajectory, and hematocrit separation. Microvascular Research 201389, 47– 56,  DOI: 10.1016/j.mvr.2013.05.002ViewGoogle Scholar
  23. 23Shibeshi, S. S.; Collins, W. E. The Rheology of Blood Flow in a Branched Arterial System. Appl. Rheol 200515 (6), 398– 405,  DOI: 10.1515/arh-2005-0020ViewGoogle Scholar
  24. 24Sequeira, A.; Janela, J. An Overview of Some Mathematical Models of Blood Rheology. In A Portrait of State-of-the-Art Research at the Technical University of Lisbon; Pereira, M. S., Ed.; Springer Netherlands: Dordrecht, 2007; pp 65– 87.ViewGoogle Scholar
  25. 25Walburn, F. J.; Schneck, D. J. A constitutive equation for whole human blood. Biorheology 197613, 201– 210,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1976-13307ViewGoogle Scholar
  26. 26Quemada, D. A rheological model for studying the hematocrit dependence of red cell-red cell and red cell-protein interactions in blood. Biorheology 198118, 501– 516,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1981-183-615ViewGoogle Scholar
  27. 27Varchanis, S.; Dimakopoulos, Y.; Wagner, C.; Tsamopoulos, J. How viscoelastic is human blood plasma?. Soft Matter 201814 (21), 4238– 4251,  DOI: 10.1039/C8SM00061AViewGoogle Scholar
  28. 28Apostolidis, A. J.; Moyer, A. P.; Beris, A. N. Non-Newtonian effects in simulations of coronary arterial blood flow. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2016233, 155– 165,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2016.03.008ViewGoogle Scholar
  29. 29Luo, X. Y.; Kuang, Z. B. A study on the constitutive equation of blood. J. Biomech. 199225 (8), 929– 934,  DOI: 10.1016/0021-9290(92)90233-QViewGoogle Scholar
  30. 30Oldroyd, J. G.; Wilson, A. H. On the formulation of rheological equations of state. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences 1950200 (1063), 523– 541,  DOI: 10.1098/rspa.1950.0035ViewGoogle Scholar
  31. 31Prado, G.; Farutin, A.; Misbah, C.; Bureau, L. Viscoelastic transient of confined red blood cells. Biophys J. 2015108 (9), 2126– 2136,  DOI: 10.1016/j.bpj.2015.03.046ViewGoogle Scholar
  32. 32Huang, C. R.; Pan, W. D.; Chen, H. Q.; Copley, A. L. Thixotropic properties of whole blood from healthy human subjects. Biorheology 198724 (6), 795– 801,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1987-24630ViewGoogle Scholar
  33. 33Anand, M.; Kwack, J.; Masud, A. A new generalized Oldroyd-B model for blood flow in complex geometries. International Journal of Engineering Science 201372, 78– 88,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijengsci.2013.06.009ViewGoogle Scholar
  34. 34Horner, J. S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J.; Beris, A. N. Investigation of blood rheology under steady and unidirectional large amplitude oscillatory shear. J. Rheol. 201862 (2), 577– 591,  DOI: 10.1122/1.5017623ViewGoogle Scholar
  35. 35Horner, J. S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J.; Beris, A. N. Measurements of human blood viscoelasticity and thixotropy under steady and transient shear and constitutive modeling thereof. J. Rheol. 201963 (5), 799– 813,  DOI: 10.1122/1.5108737ViewGoogle Scholar
  36. 36Armstrong, M.; Tussing, J. A methodology for adding thixotropy to Oldroyd-8 family of viscoelastic models for characterization of human blood. Phys. Fluids 202032 (9), 094111,  DOI: 10.1063/5.0022501ViewGoogle Scholar
  37. 37Crank, J.; Nicolson, P. A practical method for numerical evaluation of solutions of partial differential equations of the heat-conduction type. Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 194743 (1), 50– 67,  DOI: 10.1017/S0305004100023197ViewGoogle Scholar
  38. 38Clough, R. W. Original formulation of the finite element method. Finite Elements in Analysis and Design 19907 (2), 89– 101,  DOI: 10.1016/0168-874X(90)90001-UViewGoogle Scholar
  39. 39Liu, W. K.; Liu, Y.; Farrell, D.; Zhang, L.; Wang, X. S.; Fukui, Y.; Patankar, N.; Zhang, Y.; Bajaj, C.; Lee, J.Immersed finite element method and its applications to biological systems. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 2006195 (13), 1722– 1749,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cma.2005.05.049ViewGoogle Scholar
  40. 40Lopes, D.; Agujetas, R.; Puga, H.; Teixeira, J.; Lima, R.; Alejo, J. P.; Ferrera, C. Analysis of finite element and finite volume methods for fluid-structure interaction simulation of blood flow in a real stenosed artery. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 2021207, 106650,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2021.106650ViewGoogle Scholar
  41. 41Favero, J. L.; Secchi, A. R.; Cardozo, N. S. M.; Jasak, H. Viscoelastic flow analysis using the software OpenFOAM and differential constitutive equations. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2010165 (23), 1625– 1636,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2010.08.010ViewGoogle Scholar
  42. 42Pimenta, F.; Alves, M. A. Stabilization of an open-source finite-volume solver for viscoelastic fluid flows. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2017239, 85– 104,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2016.12.002ViewGoogle Scholar
  43. 43Chee, C. Y.; Lee, H. P.; Lu, C. Using 3D fluid-structure interaction model to analyse the biomechanical properties of erythrocyte. Phys. Lett. A 2008372 (9), 1357– 1362,  DOI: 10.1016/j.physleta.2007.09.067ViewGoogle Scholar
  44. 44Xu, D.; Kaliviotis, E.; Munjiza, A.; Avital, E.; Ji, C.; Williams, J. Large scale simulation of red blood cell aggregation in shear flows. J. Biomech. 201346 (11), 1810– 1817,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2013.05.010ViewGoogle Scholar
  45. 45Johnson, K. L.; Kendall, K.; Roberts, A. Surface energy and the contact of elastic solids. Proceedings of the royal society of London. A. mathematical and physical sciences 1971324 (1558), 301– 313,  DOI: 10.1098/rspa.1971.0141ViewGoogle Scholar
  46. 46Shi, L.; Pan, T.-W.; Glowinski, R. Deformation of a single red blood cell in bounded Poiseuille flows. Phys. Rev. E 201285 (1), 016307,  DOI: 10.1103/PhysRevE.85.016307ViewGoogle Scholar
  47. 47Yoon, D.; You, D. Continuum modeling of deformation and aggregation of red blood cells. J. Biomech. 201649 (11), 2267– 2279,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2015.11.027ViewGoogle Scholar
  48. 48Mainardi, F.; Spada, G. Creep, relaxation and viscosity properties for basic fractional models in rheology. European Physical Journal Special Topics 2011193 (1), 133– 160,  DOI: 10.1140/epjst/e2011-01387-1ViewGoogle Scholar
  49. 49Gracka, M.; Lima, R.; Miranda, J. M.; Student, S.; Melka, B.; Ostrowski, Z. Red blood cells tracking and cell-free layer formation in a microchannel with hyperbolic contraction: A CFD model validation. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine 2022226, 107117,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cmpb.2022.107117ViewGoogle Scholar
  50. 50Aryan, H.; Beigzadeh, B.; Siavashi, M. Euler-Lagrange numerical simulation of improved magnetic drug delivery in a three-dimensional CT-based carotid artery bifurcation. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine 2022219, 106778,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cmpb.2022.106778ViewGoogle Scholar
  51. 51Czaja, B.; Závodszky, G.; Azizi Tarksalooyeh, V.; Hoekstra, A. G. Cell-resolved blood flow simulations of saccular aneurysms: effects of pulsatility and aspect ratio. J. R Soc. Interface 201815 (146), 20180485,  DOI: 10.1098/rsif.2018.0485ViewGoogle Scholar
  52. 52Rydquist, G.; Esmaily, M. A cell-resolved, Lagrangian solver for modeling red blood cell dynamics in macroscale flows. J. Comput. Phys. 2022461, 111204,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jcp.2022.111204ViewGoogle Scholar
  53. 53Dadvand, A.; Baghalnezhad, M.; Mirzaee, I.; Khoo, B. C.; Ghoreishi, S. An immersed boundary-lattice Boltzmann approach to study the dynamics of elastic membranes in viscous shear flows. Journal of Computational Science 20145 (5), 709– 718,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jocs.2014.06.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  54. 54Krüger, T.; Holmes, D.; Coveney, P. V. Deformability-based red blood cell separation in deterministic lateral displacement devices─A simulation study. Biomicrofluidics 20148 (5), 054114,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4897913ViewGoogle Scholar
  55. 55Takeishi, N.; Ito, H.; Kaneko, M.; Wada, S. Deformation of a Red Blood Cell in a Narrow Rectangular Microchannel. Micromachines 201910 (3), 199,  DOI: 10.3390/mi10030199ViewGoogle Scholar
  56. 56Krüger, T.; Varnik, F.; Raabe, D. Efficient and accurate simulations of deformable particles immersed in a fluid using a combined immersed boundary lattice Boltzmann finite element method. Computers & Mathematics with Applications 201161 (12), 3485– 3505,  DOI: 10.1016/j.camwa.2010.03.057ViewGoogle Scholar
  57. 57Balachandran Nair, A. N.; Pirker, S.; Umundum, T.; Saeedipour, M. A reduced-order model for deformable particles with application in bio-microfluidics. Computational Particle Mechanics 20207 (3), 593– 601,  DOI: 10.1007/s40571-019-00283-8ViewGoogle Scholar
  58. 58Balachandran Nair, A. N.; Pirker, S.; Saeedipour, M. Resolved CFD-DEM simulation of blood flow with a reduced-order RBC model. Computational Particle Mechanics 20229 (4), 759– 774,  DOI: 10.1007/s40571-021-00441-xViewGoogle Scholar
  59. 59Mittal, R.; Iaccarino, G. IMMERSED BOUNDARY METHODS. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 200537 (1), 239– 261,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.fluid.37.061903.175743ViewGoogle Scholar
  60. 60Piquet, A.; Roussel, O.; Hadjadj, A. A comparative study of Brinkman penalization and direct-forcing immersed boundary methods for compressible viscous flows. Computers & Fluids 2016136, 272– 284,  DOI: 10.1016/j.compfluid.2016.06.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  61. 61Akerkouch, L.; Le, T. B. A Hybrid Continuum-Particle Approach for Fluid-Structure Interaction Simulation of Red Blood Cells in Fluid Flows. Fluids 20216 (4), 139,  DOI: 10.3390/fluids6040139ViewGoogle Scholar
  62. 62Barker, A. T.; Cai, X.-C. Scalable parallel methods for monolithic coupling in fluid-structure interaction with application to blood flow modeling. J. Comput. Phys. 2010229 (3), 642– 659,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jcp.2009.10.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  63. 63Cetin, A.; Sahin, M. A monolithic fluid-structure interaction framework applied to red blood cells. International Journal for Numerical Methods in Biomedical Engineering 201935 (2), e3171  DOI: 10.1002/cnm.3171ViewGoogle Scholar
  64. 64Freund, J. B. Numerical Simulation of Flowing Blood Cells. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 201446 (1), 67– 95,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev-fluid-010313-141349ViewGoogle Scholar
  65. 65Ye, T.; Phan-Thien, N.; Lim, C. T. Particle-based simulations of red blood cells─A review. J. Biomech. 201649 (11), 2255– 2266,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2015.11.050ViewGoogle Scholar
  66. 66Arabghahestani, M.; Poozesh, S.; Akafuah, N. K. Advances in Computational Fluid Mechanics in Cellular Flow Manipulation: A Review. Applied Sciences 20199 (19), 4041,  DOI: 10.3390/app9194041ViewGoogle Scholar
  67. 67Rathnayaka, C. M.; From, C. S.; Geekiyanage, N. M.; Gu, Y. T.; Nguyen, N. T.; Sauret, E. Particle-Based Numerical Modelling of Liquid Marbles: Recent Advances and Future Perspectives. Archives of Computational Methods in Engineering 202229 (5), 3021– 3039,  DOI: 10.1007/s11831-021-09683-7ViewGoogle Scholar
  68. 68Li, X.; Vlahovska, P. M.; Karniadakis, G. E. Continuum- and particle-based modeling of shapes and dynamics of red blood cells in health and disease. Soft Matter 20139 (1), 28– 37,  DOI: 10.1039/C2SM26891DViewGoogle Scholar
  69. 69Beris, A. N.; Horner, J. S.; Jariwala, S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J. Recent advances in blood rheology: a review. Soft Matter 202117 (47), 10591– 10613,  DOI: 10.1039/D1SM01212FViewGoogle Scholar
  70. 70Arciero, J.; Causin, P.; Malgaroli, F. Mathematical methods for modeling the microcirculation. AIMS Biophysics 20174 (3), 362– 399,  DOI: 10.3934/biophy.2017.3.362ViewGoogle Scholar
  71. 71Maria, M. S.; Chandra, T. S.; Sen, A. K. Capillary flow-driven blood plasma separation and on-chip analyte detection in microfluidic devices. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 201721 (4), 72,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-017-1907-6ViewGoogle Scholar
  72. 72Huhtamäki, T.; Tian, X.; Korhonen, J. T.; Ras, R. H. A. Surface-wetting characterization using contact-angle measurements. Nat. Protoc. 201813 (7), 1521– 1538,  DOI: 10.1038/s41596-018-0003-zViewGoogle Scholar
  73. 73Young, T., III. An essay on the cohesion of fluids. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 180595, 65– 87,  DOI: 10.1098/rstl.1805.0005ViewGoogle Scholar
  74. 74Kim, Y. C.; Kim, S.-H.; Kim, D.; Park, S.-J.; Park, J.-K. Plasma extraction in a capillary-driven microfluidic device using surfactant-added poly(dimethylsiloxane). Sens. Actuators, B 2010145 (2), 861– 868,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2010.01.017ViewGoogle Scholar
  75. 75Washburn, E. W. The Dynamics of Capillary Flow. Physical Review 192117 (3), 273– 283,  DOI: 10.1103/PhysRev.17.273ViewGoogle Scholar
  76. 76Cito, S.; Ahn, Y. C.; Pallares, J.; Duarte, R. M.; Chen, Z.; Madou, M.; Katakis, I. Visualization and measurement of capillary-driven blood flow using spectral domain optical coherence tomography. Microfluid Nanofluidics 201213 (2), 227– 237,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-012-0950-6ViewGoogle Scholar
  77. 77Berthier, E.; Dostie, A. M.; Lee, U. N.; Berthier, J.; Theberge, A. B. Open Microfluidic Capillary Systems. Anal Chem. 201991 (14), 8739– 8750,  DOI: 10.1021/acs.analchem.9b01429ViewGoogle Scholar
  78. 78Berthier, J.; Brakke, K. A.; Furlani, E. P.; Karampelas, I. H.; Poher, V.; Gosselin, D.; Cubizolles, M.; Pouteau, P. Whole blood spontaneous capillary flow in narrow V-groove microchannels. Sens. Actuators, B 2015206, 258– 267,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2014.09.040ViewGoogle Scholar
  79. 79Hirt, C. W.; Nichols, B. D. Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 198139 (1), 201– 225,  DOI: 10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5ViewGoogle Scholar
  80. 80Chen, J.-L.; Shih, W.-H.; Hsieh, W.-H. AC electro-osmotic micromixer using a face-to-face, asymmetric pair of planar electrodes. Sens. Actuators, B 2013188, 11– 21,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2013.07.012ViewGoogle Scholar
  81. 81Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Electrokinetics of non-Newtonian fluids: A review. Advances in Colloid and Interface Science 2013201-202, 94– 108,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cis.2013.09.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  82. 82Oh, K. W. 6 – Lab-on-chip (LOC) devices and microfluidics for biomedical applications. In MEMS for Biomedical Applications; Bhansali, S., Vasudev, A., Eds.; Woodhead Publishing, 2012; pp 150– 171.ViewGoogle Scholar
  83. 83Bello, M. S.; De Besi, P.; Rezzonico, R.; Righetti, P. G.; Casiraghi, E. Electroosmosis of polymer solutions in fused silica capillaries. ELECTROPHORESIS 199415 (1), 623– 626,  DOI: 10.1002/elps.1150150186ViewGoogle Scholar
  84. 84Park, H. M.; Lee, W. M. Effect of viscoelasticity on the flow pattern and the volumetric flow rate in electroosmotic flows through a microchannel. Lab Chip 20088 (7), 1163– 1170,  DOI: 10.1039/b800185eViewGoogle Scholar
  85. 85Afonso, A. M.; Alves, M. A.; Pinho, F. T. Analytical solution of mixed electro-osmotic/pressure driven flows of viscoelastic fluids in microchannels. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2009159 (1), 50– 63,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2009.01.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  86. 86Sousa, J. J.; Afonso, A. M.; Pinho, F. T.; Alves, M. A. Effect of the skimming layer on electro-osmotic─Poiseuille flows of viscoelastic fluids. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 201110 (1), 107– 122,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-010-0651-yViewGoogle Scholar
  87. 87Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Electro-osmotic mobility of non-Newtonian fluids. Biomicrofluidics 20115 (1), 014110,  DOI: 10.1063/1.3571278ViewGoogle Scholar
  88. 88Pimenta, F.; Alves, M. A. Electro-elastic instabilities in cross-shaped microchannels. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2018259, 61– 77,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2018.04.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  89. 89Bezerra, W. S.; Castelo, A.; Afonso, A. M. Numerical Study of Electro-Osmotic Fluid Flow and Vortex Formation. Micromachines (Basel) 201910 (12), 796,  DOI: 10.3390/mi10120796ViewGoogle Scholar
  90. 90Ji, J.; Qian, S.; Liu, Z. Electroosmotic Flow of Viscoelastic Fluid through a Constriction Microchannel. Micromachines (Basel) 202112 (4), 417,  DOI: 10.3390/mi12040417ViewGoogle Scholar
  91. 91Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Exact solutions for electro-osmotic flow of viscoelastic fluids in rectangular micro-channels. Applied Mathematics and Computation 2009211 (2), 502– 509,  DOI: 10.1016/j.amc.2009.01.068ViewGoogle Scholar
  92. 92Gerum, R.; Mirzahossein, E.; Eroles, M.; Elsterer, J.; Mainka, A.; Bauer, A.; Sonntag, S.; Winterl, A.; Bartl, J.; Fischer, L. Viscoelastic properties of suspended cells measured with shear flow deformation cytometry. Elife 202211, e78823,  DOI: 10.7554/eLife.78823ViewGoogle Scholar
  93. 93Sadek, S. H.; Pinho, F. T.; Alves, M. A. Electro-elastic flow instabilities of viscoelastic fluids in contraction/expansion micro-geometries. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2020283, 104293,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2020.104293ViewGoogle Scholar
  94. 94Spanjaards, M.; Peters, G.; Hulsen, M.; Anderson, P. Numerical Study of the Effect of Thixotropy on Extrudate Swell. Polymers 202113 (24), 4383,  DOI: 10.3390/polym13244383ViewGoogle Scholar
  95. 95Rashidi, S.; Bafekr, H.; Valipour, M. S.; Esfahani, J. A. A review on the application, simulation, and experiment of the electrokinetic mixers. Chemical Engineering and Processing – Process Intensification 2018126, 108– 122,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cep.2018.02.021ViewGoogle Scholar
  96. 96Matsubara, K.; Narumi, T. Microfluidic mixing using unsteady electroosmotic vortices produced by a staggered array of electrodes. Chemical Engineering Journal 2016288, 638– 647,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cej.2015.12.013ViewGoogle Scholar
  97. 97Qaderi, A.; Jamaati, J.; Bahiraei, M. CFD simulation of combined electroosmotic-pressure driven micro-mixing in a microchannel equipped with triangular hurdle and zeta-potential heterogeneity. Chemical Engineering Science 2019199, 463– 477,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ces.2019.01.034ViewGoogle Scholar
  98. 98Cho, C.-C.; Chen, C.-L.; Chen, C. o.-K. Mixing enhancement in crisscross micromixer using aperiodic electrokinetic perturbing flows. International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer 201255 (11), 2926– 2933,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2012.02.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  99. 99Zhao, W.; Yang, F.; Wang, K.; Bai, J.; Wang, G. Rapid mixing by turbulent-like electrokinetic microflow. Chemical Engineering Science 2017165, 113– 121,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ces.2017.02.027ViewGoogle Scholar
  100. 100Tran, T.; Chakraborty, P.; Guttenberg, N.; Prescott, A.; Kellay, H.; Goldburg, W.; Goldenfeld, N.; Gioia, G. Macroscopic effects of the spectral structure in turbulent flows. Nat. Phys. 20106 (6), 438– 441,  DOI: 10.1038/nphys1674ViewGoogle Scholar
  101. 101Toner, M.; Irimia, D. Blood-on-a-chip. Annu. Rev. Biomed Eng. 20057, 77– 103,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.bioeng.7.011205.135108ViewGoogle Scholar
  102. 102Maria, M. S.; Rakesh, P. E.; Chandra, T. S.; Sen, A. K. Capillary flow of blood in a microchannel with differential wetting for blood plasma separation and on-chip glucose detection. Biomicrofluidics 201610 (5), 054108,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4962874ViewGoogle Scholar
  103. 103Tripathi, S.; Varun Kumar, Y. V. B.; Prabhakar, A.; Joshi, S. S.; Agrawal, A. Passive blood plasma separation at the microscale: a review of design principles and microdevices. Journal of Micromechanics and Microengineering 201525 (8), 083001,  DOI: 10.1088/0960-1317/25/8/083001ViewGoogle Scholar
  104. 104Mohammadi, M.; Madadi, H.; Casals-Terré, J. Microfluidic point-of-care blood panel based on a novel technique: Reversible electroosmotic flow. Biomicrofluidics 20159 (5), 054106,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4930865ViewGoogle Scholar
  105. 105Kang, D. H.; Kim, K.; Kim, Y. J. An anti-clogging method for improving the performance and lifespan of blood plasma separation devices in real-time and continuous microfluidic systems. Sci. Rep 20188 (1), 17015,  DOI: 10.1038/s41598-018-35235-4ViewGoogle Scholar
  106. 106Li, Z.; Pollack, G. H. Surface-induced flow: A natural microscopic engine using infrared energy as fuel. Science Advances 20206 (19), eaba0941  DOI: 10.1126/sciadv.aba0941ViewGoogle Scholar
  107. 107Mercado-Uribe, H.; Guevara-Pantoja, F. J.; García-Muñoz, W.; García-Maldonado, J. S.; Méndez-Alcaraz, J. M.; Ruiz-Suárez, J. C. On the evolution of the exclusion zone produced by hydrophilic surfaces: A contracted description. J. Chem. Phys. 2021154 (19), 194902,  DOI: 10.1063/5.0043084ViewGoogle Scholar
  108. 108Yalcin, O.; Jani, V. P.; Johnson, P. C.; Cabrales, P. Implications Enzymatic Degradation of the Endothelial Glycocalyx on the Microvascular Hemodynamics and the Arteriolar Red Cell Free Layer of the Rat Cremaster Muscle. Front Physiol 20189, 168,  DOI: 10.3389/fphys.2018.00168ViewGoogle Scholar
Fig. 9 From: An Investigation on Hydraulic Aspects of Rectangular Labyrinth Pool and Weir Fishway Using FLOW-3D

An Investigation on Hydraulic Aspects of Rectangular Labyrinth Pool and Weir Fishway Using FLOW-3D

Abstract

웨어의 두 가지 서로 다른 배열(즉, 직선형 웨어와 직사각형 미로 웨어)을 사용하여 웨어 모양, 웨어 간격, 웨어의 오리피스 존재, 흐름 영역에 대한 바닥 경사와 같은 기하학적 매개변수의 영향을 평가했습니다.

유량과 수심의 관계, 수심 평균 속도의 변화와 분포, 난류 특성, 어도에서의 에너지 소산. 흐름 조건에 미치는 영향을 조사하기 위해 FLOW-3D® 소프트웨어를 사용하여 전산 유체 역학 시뮬레이션을 수행했습니다.

수치 모델은 계산된 표면 프로파일과 속도를 문헌의 실험적으로 측정된 값과 비교하여 검증되었습니다. 수치 모델과 실험 데이터의 결과, 급락유동의 표면 프로파일과 표준화된 속도 프로파일에 대한 평균 제곱근 오차와 평균 절대 백분율 오차가 각각 0.014m와 3.11%로 나타나 수치 모델의 능력을 확인했습니다.

수영장과 둑의 흐름 특성을 예측합니다. 각 모델에 대해 L/B = 1.83(L: 웨어 거리, B: 수로 폭) 값에서 급락 흐름이 발생할 수 있고 L/B = 0.61에서 스트리밍 흐름이 발생할 수 있습니다. 직사각형 미로보 모델은 기존 모델보다 무차원 방류량(Q+)이 더 큽니다.

수중 흐름의 기존 보와 직사각형 미로 보의 경우 Q는 각각 1.56과 1.47h에 비례합니다(h: 보 위 수심). 기존 웨어의 풀 내 평균 깊이 속도는 직사각형 미로 웨어의 평균 깊이 속도보다 높습니다.

그러나 주어진 방류량, 바닥 경사 및 웨어 간격에 대해 난류 운동 에너지(TKE) 및 난류 강도(TI) 값은 기존 웨어에 비해 직사각형 미로 웨어에서 더 높습니다. 기존의 웨어는 직사각형 미로 웨어보다 에너지 소산이 더 낮습니다.

더 낮은 TKE 및 TI 값은 미로 웨어 상단, 웨어 하류 벽 모서리, 웨어 측벽과 채널 벽 사이에서 관찰되었습니다. 보와 바닥 경사면 사이의 거리가 증가함에 따라 평균 깊이 속도, 난류 운동 에너지의 평균값 및 난류 강도가 증가하고 수영장의 체적 에너지 소산이 감소했습니다.

둑에 개구부가 있으면 평균 깊이 속도와 TI 값이 증가하고 풀 내에서 가장 높은 TKE 범위가 감소하여 두 모델 모두에서 물고기를 위한 휴식 공간이 더 넓어지고(TKE가 낮아짐) 에너지 소산율이 감소했습니다.

Two different arrangements of the weir (i.e., straight weir and rectangular labyrinth weir) were used to evaluate the effects of geometric parameters such as weir shape, weir spacing, presence of an orifice at the weir, and bed slope on the flow regime and the relationship between discharge and depth, variation and distribution of depth-averaged velocity, turbulence characteristics, and energy dissipation at the fishway. Computational fluid dynamics simulations were performed using FLOW-3D® software to examine the effects on flow conditions. The numerical model was validated by comparing the calculated surface profiles and velocities with experimentally measured values from the literature. The results of the numerical model and experimental data showed that the root-mean-square error and mean absolute percentage error for the surface profiles and normalized velocity profiles of plunging flows were 0.014 m and 3.11%, respectively, confirming the ability of the numerical model to predict the flow characteristics of the pool and weir. A plunging flow can occur at values of L/B = 1.83 (L: distance of the weir, B: width of the channel) and streaming flow at L/B = 0.61 for each model. The rectangular labyrinth weir model has larger dimensionless discharge values (Q+) than the conventional model. For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir at submerged flow, Q is proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively (h: the water depth above the weir). The average depth velocity in the pool of a conventional weir is higher than that of a rectangular labyrinth weir. However, for a given discharge, bed slope, and weir spacing, the turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) and turbulence intensity (TI) values are higher for a rectangular labyrinth weir compared to conventional weir. The conventional weir has lower energy dissipation than the rectangular labyrinth weir. Lower TKE and TI values were observed at the top of the labyrinth weir, at the corner of the wall downstream of the weir, and between the side walls of the weir and the channel wall. As the distance between the weirs and the bottom slope increased, the average depth velocity, the average value of turbulent kinetic energy and the turbulence intensity increased, and the volumetric energy dissipation in the pool decreased. The presence of an opening in the weir increased the average depth velocity and TI values and decreased the range of highest TKE within the pool, resulted in larger resting areas for fish (lower TKE), and decreased the energy dissipation rates in both models.

1 Introduction

Artificial barriers such as detour dams, weirs, and culverts in lakes and rivers prevent fish from migrating and completing the upstream and downstream movement cycle. This chain is related to the life stage of the fish, its location, and the type of migration. Several riverine fish species instinctively migrate upstream for spawning and other needs. Conversely, downstream migration is a characteristic of early life stages [1]. A fish ladder is a waterway that allows one or more fish species to cross a specific obstacle. These structures are constructed near detour dams and other transverse structures that have prevented such migration by allowing fish to overcome obstacles [2]. The flow pattern in fish ladders influences safe and comfortable passage for ascending fish. The flow’s strong turbulence can reduce the fish’s speed, injure them, and delay or prevent them from exiting the fish ladder. In adult fish, spawning migrations are usually complex, and delays are critical to reproductive success [3].

Various fish ladders/fishways include vertical slots, denil, rock ramps, and pool weirs [1]. The choice of fish ladder usually depends on many factors, including water elevation, space available for construction, and fish species. Pool and weir structures are among the most important fish ladders that help fish overcome obstacles in streams or rivers and swim upstream [1]. Because they are easy to construct and maintain, this type of fish ladder has received considerable attention from researchers and practitioners. Such a fish ladder consists of a sloping-floor channel with series of pools directly separated by a series of weirs [4]. These fish ladders, with or without underwater openings, are generally well-suited for slopes of 10% or less [12]. Within these pools, flow velocities are low and provide resting areas for fish after they enter the fish ladder. After resting in the pools, fish overcome these weirs by blasting or jumping over them [2]. There may also be an opening in the flooded portion of the weir through which the fish can swim instead of jumping over the weir. Design parameters such as the length of the pool, the height of the weir, the slope of the bottom, and the water discharge are the most important factors in determining the hydraulic structure of this type of fish ladder [3]. The flow over the weir depends on the flow depth at a given slope S0 and the pool length, either “plunging” or “streaming.” In plunging flow, the water column h over each weir creates a water jet that releases energy through turbulent mixing and diffusion mechanisms [5]. The dimensionless discharges for plunging (Q+) and streaming (Q*) flows are shown in Fig. 1, where Q is the total discharge, B is the width of the channel, w is the weir height, S0 is the slope of the bottom, h is the water depth above the weir, d is the flow depth, and g is the acceleration due to gravity. The maximum velocity occurs near the top of the weir for plunging flow. At the water’s surface, it drops to about half [6].

figure 1
Fig. 1

Extensive experimental studies have been conducted to investigate flow patterns for various physical geometries (i.e., bed slope, pool length, and weir height) [2]. Guiny et al. [7] modified the standard design by adding vertical slots, orifices, and weirs in fishways. The efficiency of the orifices and vertical slots was related to the velocities at their entrances. In the laboratory experiments of Yagci [8], the three-dimensional (3D) mean flow and turbulence structure of a pool weir fishway combined with an orifice and a slot is investigated. It is shown that the energy dissipation per unit volume and the discharge have a linear relationship.

Considering the beneficial characteristics reported in the limited studies of researchers on the labyrinth weir in the pool-weir-type fishway, and knowing that the characteristics of flow in pool-weir-type fishways are highly dependent on the geometry of the weir, an alternative design of the rectangular labyrinth weir instead of the straight weirs in the pool-weir-type fishway is investigated in this study [79]. Kim [10] conducted experiments to compare the hydraulic characteristics of three different weir types in a pool-weir-type fishway. The results show that a straight, rectangular weir with a notch is preferable to a zigzag or trapezoidal weir. Studies on natural fish passes show that pass ability can be improved by lengthening the weir’s crest [7]. Zhong et al. [11] investigated the semi-rigid weir’s hydraulic performance in the fishway’s flow field with a pool weir. The results showed that this type of fishway performed better with a lower invert slope and a smaller radius ratio but with a larger pool spacing.

Considering that an alternative method to study the flow characteristics in a fishway with a pool weir is based on numerical methods and modeling from computational fluid dynamics (CFD), which can easily change the geometry of the fishway for different flow fields, this study uses the powerful package CFD and the software FLOW-3D to evaluate the proposed weir design and compare it with the conventional one to extend the application of the fishway. The main objective of this study was to evaluate the hydraulic performance of the rectangular labyrinth pool and the weir with submerged openings in different hydraulic configurations. The primary objective of creating a new weir configuration for suitable flow patterns is evaluated based on the swimming capabilities of different fish species. Specifically, the following questions will be answered: (a) How do the various hydraulic and geometric parameters relate to the effects of water velocity and turbulence, expressed as turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) and turbulence intensity (TI) within the fishway, i.e., are conventional weirs more affected by hydraulics than rectangular labyrinth weirs? (b) Which weir configurations have the greatest effect on fish performance in the fishway? (c) In the presence of an orifice plate, does the performance of each weir configuration differ with different weir spacing, bed gradients, and flow regimes from that without an orifice plate?

2 Materials and Methods

2.1 Physical Model Configuration

This paper focuses on Ead et al. [6]’s laboratory experiments as a reference, testing ten pool weirs (Fig. 2). The experimental flume was 6 m long, 0.56 m wide, and 0.6 m high, with a bottom slope of 10%. Field measurements were made at steady flow with a maximum flow rate of 0.165 m3/s. Discharge was measured with magnetic flow meters in the inlets and water level with point meters (see Ead et al. [6]. for more details). Table 1 summarizes the experimental conditions considered for model calibration in this study.

figure 2
Fig. 2

Table 1 Experimental conditions considered for calibration

Full size table

2.2 Numerical Models

Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) simulations were performed using FLOW-3D® v11.2 to validate a series of experimental liner pool weirs by Ead et al. [6] and to investigate the effects of the rectangular labyrinth pool weir with an orifice. The dimensions of the channel and data collection areas in the numerical models are the same as those of the laboratory model. Two types of pool weirs were considered: conventional and labyrinth. The proposed rectangular labyrinth pool weirs have a symmetrical cross section and are sized to fit within the experimental channel. The conventional pool weir model had a pool length of l = 0.685 and 0.342 m, a weir height of w = 0.141 m, a weir width of B = 0.56 m, and a channel slope of S0 = 5 and 10%. The rectangular labyrinth weirs have the same front width as the offset, i.e., a = b = c = 0.186 m. A square underwater opening with a width of 0.05 m and a depth of 0.05 m was created in the middle of the weir. The weir configuration considered in the present study is shown in Fig. 3.

figure 3
Fig. 3

2.3 Governing Equations

FLOW-3D® software solves the Navier–Stokes–Reynolds equations for three-dimensional analysis of incompressible flows using the fluid-volume method on a gridded domain. FLOW -3D® uses an advanced free surface flow tracking algorithm (TruVOF) developed by Hirt and Nichols [12], where fluid configurations are defined in terms of a VOF function F (xyzt). In this case, F (fluid fraction) represents the volume fraction occupied by the fluid: F = 1 in cells filled with fluid and F = 0 in cells without fluid (empty areas) [413]. The free surface area is at an intermediate value of F. (Typically, F = 0.5, but the user can specify a different intermediate value.) The equations in Cartesian coordinates (xyz) applicable to the model are as follows:

�f∂�∂�+∂(���x)∂�+∂(���y)∂�+∂(���z)∂�=�SOR

(1)

∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�x+�x

(2)

∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�y+�y

(3)

∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�z+�z

(4)

where (uvw) are the velocity components, (AxAyAz) are the flow area components, (Gx, Gy, Gz) are the mass accelerations, and (fxfyfz) are the viscous accelerations in the directions (xyz), ρ is the fluid density, RSOR is the spring term, Vf is the volume fraction associated with the flow, and P is the pressure. The kε turbulence model (RNG) was used in this study to solve the turbulence of the flow field. This model is a modified version of the standard kε model that improves performance. The model is a two-equation model; the first equation (Eq. 5) expresses the turbulence’s energy, called turbulent kinetic energy (k) [14]. The second equation (Eq. 6) is the turbulent dissipation rate (ε), which determines the rate of dissipation of kinetic energy [15]. These equations are expressed as follows Dasineh et al. [4]:

∂(��)∂�+∂(����)∂��=∂∂��[������∂�∂��]+��−�ε

(5)

∂(�ε)∂�+∂(�ε��)∂��=∂∂��[�ε�eff∂ε∂��]+�1εε��k−�2ε�ε2�

(6)

In these equations, k is the turbulent kinetic energy, ε is the turbulent energy consumption rate, Gk is the generation of turbulent kinetic energy by the average velocity gradient, with empirical constants αε = αk = 1.39, C1ε = 1.42, and C2ε = 1.68, eff is the effective viscosity, μeff = μ + μt [15]. Here, μ is the hydrodynamic density coefficient, and μt is the turbulent density of the fluid.

2.4 Meshing and the Boundary Conditions in the Model Setup

The numerical area is divided into three mesh blocks in the X-direction. The meshes are divided into different sizes, a containing mesh block for the entire spatial domain and a nested block with refined cells for the domain of interest. Three different sizes were selected for each of the grid blocks. By comparing the accuracy of their results based on the experimental data, the reasonable mesh for the solution domain was finally selected. The convergence index method (GCI) evaluated the mesh sensitivity analysis. Based on this method, many researchers, such as Ahmadi et al. [16] and Ahmadi et al. [15], have studied the independence of numerical results from mesh size. Three different mesh sizes with a refinement ratio (r) of 1.33 were used to perform the convergence index method. The refinement ratio is the ratio between the larger and smaller mesh sizes (r = Gcoarse/Gfine). According to the recommendation of Celik et al. [17], the recommended number for the refinement ratio is 1.3, which gives acceptable results. Table 2 shows the characteristics of the three mesh sizes selected for mesh sensitivity analysis.Table 2 Characteristics of the meshes tested in the convergence analysis

Full size table

The results of u1 = umax (u1 = velocity component along the x1 axis and umax = maximum velocity of u1 in a section perpendicular to the invert of the fishway) at Q = 0.035 m3/s, × 1/l = 0.66, and Y1/b = 0 in the pool of conventional weir No. 4, obtained from the output results of the software, were used to evaluate the accuracy of the calculation range. As shown in Fig. 4x1 = the distance from a given weir in the x-direction, Y1 = the water depth measured in the y-direction, Y0 = the vertical distance in the Cartesian coordinate system, h = the water column at the crest, b = the distance between the two points of maximum velocity umax and zero velocity, and l = the pool length.

figure 4
Fig. 4

The apparent index of convergence (p) in the GCI method is calculated as follows:

�=ln⁡(�3−�2)(�2−�1)/ln⁡(�)

(7)

f1f2, and f3 are the hydraulic parameters obtained from the numerical simulation (f1 corresponds to the small mesh), and r is the refinement ratio. The following equation defines the convergence index of the fine mesh:

GCIfine=1.25|ε|��−1

(8)

Here, ε = (f2 − f1)/f1 is the relative error, and f2 and f3 are the values of hydraulic parameters considered for medium and small grids, respectively. GCI12 and GCI23 dimensionless indices can be calculated as:

GCI12=1.25|�2−�1�1|��−1

(9)

Then, the independence of the network is preserved. The convergence index of the network parameters obtained by Eqs. (7)–(9) for all three network variables is shown in Table 3. Since the GCI values for the smaller grid (GCI12) are lower compared to coarse grid (GCI23), it can be concluded that the independence of the grid is almost achieved. No further change in the grid size of the solution domain is required. The calculated values (GCI23/rpGCI12) are close to 1, which shows that the numerical results obtained are within the convergence range. As a result, the meshing of the solution domain consisting of a block mesh with a mesh size of 0.012 m and a block mesh within a larger block mesh with a mesh size of 0.009 m was selected as the optimal mesh (Fig. 5).Table 3 GCI calculation

Full size table

figure 5
Fig. 5

The boundary conditions applied to the area are shown in Fig. 6. The boundary condition of specific flow rate (volume flow rate-Q) was used for the inlet of the flow. For the downstream boundary, the flow output (outflow-O) condition did not affect the flow in the solution area. For the Zmax boundary, the specified pressure boundary condition was used along with the fluid fraction = 0 (P). This type of boundary condition considers free surface or atmospheric pressure conditions (Ghaderi et al. [19]). The wall boundary condition is defined for the bottom of the channel, which acts like a virtual wall without friction (W). The boundary between mesh blocks and walls were considered a symmetrical condition (S).

figure 6
Fig. 6

The convergence of the steady-state solutions was controlled during the simulations by monitoring the changes in discharge at the inlet boundary conditions. Figure 7 shows the time series plots of the discharge obtained from the Model A for the three main discharges from the numerical results. The 8 s to reach the flow equilibrium is suitable for the case of the fish ladder with pool and weir. Almost all discharge fluctuations in the models are insignificant in time, and the flow has reached relative stability. The computation time for the simulations was between 6 and 8 h using a personal computer with eight cores of a CPU (Intel Core i7-7700K @ 4.20 GHz and 16 GB RAM).

figure 7
Fig. 7

3 Results

3.1 Verification of Numerical Results

Quantitative outcomes, including free surface and normalized velocity profiles obtained using FLOW-3D software, were reviewed and compared with the results of Ead et al. [6]. The fourth pool was selected to present the results and compare the experiment and simulation. For each quantity, the percentage of mean absolute error (MAPE (%)) and root-mean-square error (RMSE) are calculated. Equations (10) and (11) show the method used to calculate the errors.

MAPE(%)100×1�∑1�|�exp−�num�exp|

(10)

RMSE(−)1�∑1�(�exp−�num)2

(11)

Here, Xexp is the value of the laboratory data, Xnum is the numerical data value, and n is the amount of data. As shown in Fig. 8, let x1 = distance from a given weir in the x-direction and Y1 = water depth in the y-direction from the bottom. The trend of the surface profiles for each of the numerical results is the same as that of the laboratory results. The surface profiles of the plunging flows drop after the flow enters and then rises to approach the next weir. The RMSE and MAPE error values for Model A are 0.014 m and 3.11%, respectively, indicating acceptable agreement between numerical and laboratory results. Figure 9 shows the velocity vectors and plunging flow from the numerical results, where x and y are horizontal and vertical to the flow direction, respectively. It can be seen that the jet in the fish ladder pool has a relatively high velocity. The two vortices, i.e., the enclosed vortex rotating clockwise behind the weir and the surface vortex rotating counterclockwise above the jet, are observed for the regime of incident flow. The point where the jet meets the fish passage bed is shown in the figure. The normalized velocity profiles upstream and downstream of the impact points are shown in Fig. 10. The figure shows that the numerical results agree well with the experimental data of Ead et al. [6].

figure 8
Fig. 8
figure 9
Fig. 9
figure 10
Fig. 10

3.2 Flow Regime and Discharge-Depth Relationship

Depending on the geometric shape of the fishway, including the distance of the weir, the slope of the bottom, the height of the weir, and the flow conditions, the flow regime in the fishway is divided into three categories: dipping, transitional, and flow regimes [4]. In the plunging flow regime, the flow enters the pool through the weir, impacts the bottom of the fishway, and forms a hydraulic jump causing two eddies [220]. In the streamwise flow regime, the surface of the flow passing over the weir is almost parallel to the bottom of the channel. The transitional regime has intermediate flow characteristics between the submerged and flow regimes. To predict the flow regime created in the fishway, Ead et al. [6] proposed two dimensionless parameters, Qt* and L/w, where Qt* is the dimensionless discharge, L is the distance between weirs, and w is the height of the weir:

��∗=���0���

(12)

Q is the total discharge, B is the width of the channel, S0 is the slope of the bed, and g is the gravity acceleration. Figure 11 shows different ranges for each flow regime based on the slope of the bed and the distance between the pools in this study. The results of Baki et al. [21], Ead et al. [6] and Dizabadi et al. [22] were used for this comparison. The distance between the pools affects the changes in the regime of the fish ladder. So, if you decrease the distance between weirs, the flow regime more likely becomes. This study determined all three flow regimes in a fish ladder. When the corresponding range of Qt* is less than 0.6, the flow regime can dip at values of L/B = 1.83. If the corresponding range of Qt* is greater than 0.5, transitional flow may occur at L/B = 1.22. On the other hand, when Qt* is greater than 1, streamwise flow can occur at values of L/B = 0.61. These observations agree well with the results of Baki et al. [21], Ead et al. [6] and Dizabadi et al. [22].

figure 11
Fig. 11

For plunging flows, another dimensionless discharge (Q+) versus h/w given by Ead et al. [6] was used for further evaluation:

�+=��ℎ�ℎ=23�d�

(13)

where h is the water depth above the weir, and Cd is the discharge coefficient. Figure 12a compares the numerical and experimental results of Ead et al. [6]. In this figure, Rehbock’s empirical equation is used to estimate the discharge coefficient of Ead et al. [6].

�d=0.57+0.075ℎ�

(14)

figure 12
Fig. 12

The numerical results for the conventional weir (Model A) and the rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B) of this study agree well with the laboratory results of Ead et al. [6]. When comparing models A and B, it is also found that a rectangular labyrinth weir has larger Q + values than the conventional weir as the length of the weir crest increases for a given channel width and fixed headwater elevation. In Fig. 12b, Models A and B’s flow depth plot shows the plunging flow regime. The power trend lines drawn through the data are the best-fit lines. The data shown in Fig. 12b are for different bed slopes and weir geometries. For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir at submerged flow, Q can be assumed to be proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively. In the results of Ead et al. [6], Q is proportional to 1.5h. If we assume that the flow through the orifice is Qo and the total outflow is Q, the change in the ratio of Qo/Q to total outflow for models A and B can be shown in Fig. 13. For both models, the flow through the orifice decreases as the total flow increases. A logarithmic trend line was also found between the total outflow and the dimensionless ratio Qo/Q.

figure 13
Fig. 13

3.3 Depth-Averaged Velocity Distributions

To ensure that the target fish species can pass the fish ladder with maximum efficiency, the average velocity in the fish ladder should be low enough [4]. Therefore, the average velocity in depth should be as much as possible below the critical swimming velocities of the target fishes at a constant flow depth in the pool [20]. The contour plot of depth-averaged velocity was used instead of another direction, such as longitudinal velocity because fish are more sensitive to depth-averaged flow velocity than to its direction under different hydraulic conditions. Figure 14 shows the distribution of depth-averaged velocity in the pool for Models A and B in two cases with and without orifice plates. Model A’s velocity within the pool differs slightly in the spanwise direction. However, no significant variation in velocity was observed. The flow is gradually directed to the sides as it passes through the rectangular labyrinth weir. This increases the velocity at the sides of the channel. Therefore, the high-velocity zone is located at the sides. The low velocity is in the downstream apex of the weir. This area may be suitable for swimming target fish. The presence of an opening in the weir increases the flow velocity at the opening and in the pool’s center, especially in Model A. The flow velocity increase caused by the models’ opening varied from 7.7 to 12.48%. Figure 15 illustrates the effect of the inverted slope on the averaged depth velocity distribution in the pool at low and high discharge. At constant discharge, flow velocity increases with increasing bed slope. In general, high flow velocity was found in the weir toe sidewall and the weir and channel sidewalls.

figure 14
Fig. 14
figure 15
Fig. 15

On the other hand, for a constant bed slope, the high-velocity area of the pool increases due to the increase in runoff. For both bed slopes and different discharges, the most appropriate path for fish to travel from upstream to downstream is through the middle of the cross section and along the top of the rectangular labyrinth weirs. The maximum dominant velocities for Model B at S0 = 5% were 0.83 and 1.01 m/s; at S0 = 10%, they were 1.12 and 1.61 m/s at low and high flows, respectively. The low mean velocities for the same distance and S0 = 5 and 10% were 0.17 and 0.26 m/s, respectively.

Figure 16 shows the contour of the averaged depth velocity for various distances from the weir at low and high discharge. The contour plot shows a large variation in velocity within short distances from the weir. At L/B = 0.61, velocities are low upstream and downstream of the top of the weir. The high velocities occur in the side walls of the weir and the channel. At L/B = 1.22, the low-velocity zone displaces the higher velocity in most of the pool. Higher velocities were found only on the sides of the channel. As the discharge increases, the velocity zone in the pool becomes wider. At L/B = 1.83, there is an area of higher velocities only upstream of the crest and on the sides of the weir. At high discharge, the prevailing maximum velocities for L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 were 1.46, 1.65, and 1.84 m/s, respectively. As the distance between weirs increases, the range of maximum velocity increases.

figure 16
Fig. 16

On the other hand, the low mean velocity for these distances was 0.27, 0.44, and 0.72 m/s, respectively. Thus, the low-velocity zone decreases with increasing distance between weirs. Figure 17 shows the pattern distribution of streamlines along with the velocity contour at various distances from the weir for Q = 0.05 m3/s. A stream-like flow is generally formed in the pool at a small distance between weirs (L/B = 0.61). The rotation cell under the jet forms clockwise between the two weirs. At the distances between the spillways (L/B = 1.22), the transition regime of the flow is formed. The transition regime occurs when or shortly after the weir is flooded. The rotation cell under the jet is clockwise smaller than the flow regime and larger than the submergence regime. At a distance L/B = 1.83, a plunging flow is formed so that the plunging jet dips into the pool and extends downstream to the center of the pool. The clockwise rotation of the cell is bounded by the dipping jet of the weir and is located between the bottom and the side walls of the weir and the channel.

figure 17
Fig. 17

Figure 18 shows the average depth velocity bar graph for each weir at different bed slopes and with and without orifice plates. As the distance between weirs increases, all models’ average depth velocity increases. As the slope of the bottom increases and an orifice plate is present, the average depth velocity in the pool increases. In addition, the average pool depth velocity increases as the discharge increases. Among the models, Model A’s average depth velocity is higher than Model B’s. The variation in velocity ranged from 8.11 to 12.24% for the models without an orifice plate and from 10.26 to 16.87% for the models with an orifice plate.

figure 18
Fig. 18

3.4 Turbulence Characteristics

The turbulent kinetic energy is one of the important parameters reflecting the turbulent properties of the flow field [23]. When the k value is high, more energy and a longer transit time are required to migrate the target species. The turbulent kinetic energy is defined as follows:

�=12(�x′2+�y′2+�z′2)

(15)

where uxuy, and uz are fluctuating velocities in the xy, and z directions, respectively. An illustration of the TKE and the effects of the geometric arrangement of the weir and the presence of an opening in the weir is shown in Fig. 19. For a given bed slope, in Model A, the highest TKE values are uniformly distributed in the weir’s upstream portion in the channel’s cross section. In contrast, for the rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B), the highest TKE values are concentrated on the sides of the pool between the crest of the weir and the channel wall. The highest TKE value in Models A and B is 0.224 and 0.278 J/kg, respectively, at the highest bottom slope (S0 = 10%). In the downstream portion of the conventional weir and within the crest of the weir and the walls of the rectangular labyrinth, there was a much lower TKE value that provided the best conditions for fish to recover in the pool between the weirs. The average of the lowest TKE for bottom slopes of 5 and 10% in Model A is 0.041 and 0.056 J/kg, and for Model B, is 0.047 and 0.064 J/kg. The presence of an opening in the weirs reduces the area of the highest TKE within the pool. It also increases the resting areas for fish (lower TKE). The highest TKE at the highest bottom slope in Models A and B with an orifice is 0.208 and 0.191 J/kg, respectively.

figure 19
Fig. 19

Figure 20 shows the effect of slope on the longitudinal distribution of TKE in the pools. TKE values significantly increase for a given discharge with an increasing bottom slope. Thus, for a low bed slope (S0 = 5%), a large pool area has expanded with average values of 0.131 and 0.168 J/kg for low and high discharge, respectively. For a bed slope of S0 = 10%, the average TKE values are 0.176 and 0.234 J/kg. Furthermore, as the discharge increases, the area with high TKE values within the pool increases. Lower TKE values are observed at the apex of the labyrinth weir, at the corner of the wall downstream of the weir, and between the side walls of the weir and the channel wall for both bottom slopes. The effect of distance between weirs on TKE is shown in Fig. 21. Low TKE values were observed at low discharge and short distances between weirs. Low TKE values are located at the top of the rectangular labyrinth weir and the downstream corner of the weir wall. There is a maximum value of TKE at the large distances between weirs, L/B = 1.83, along the center line of the pool, where the dip jet meets the bottom of the bed. At high discharge, the maximum TKE value for the distance L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 was 0.246, 0.322, and 0.417 J/kg, respectively. In addition, the maximum TKE range increases with the distance between weirs.

figure 20
Fig. 20
figure 21
Fig. 21

For TKE size, the average value (TKEave) is plotted against q in Fig. 22. For all models, the TKE values increase with increasing q. For example, in models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and a slope of 10%, the TKE value increases by 41.66 and 86.95%, respectively, as q increases from 0.1 to 0.27 m2/s. The TKE values in Model B are higher than Model A for a given discharge, bed slope, and weir distance. The TKEave in Model B is higher compared to Model A, ranging from 31.46 to 57.94%. The presence of an orifice in the weir reduces the TKE values in both weirs. The intensity of the reduction is greater in Model B. For example, in Models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and q = 0.1 m2/s, an orifice reduces TKEave values by 60.35 and 19.04%, respectively. For each model, increasing the bed slope increases the TKEave values in the pool. For example, for Model B with q = 0.18 m2/s, increasing the bed slope from 5 to 10% increases the TKEave value by 14.34%. Increasing the distance between weirs increases the TKEave values in the pool. For example, in Model B with S0 = 10% and q = 0.3 m2/s, the TKEave in the pool increases by 34.22% if you increase the distance between weirs from L/B = 0.61 to L/B = 0.183.

figure 22
Fig. 22

Cotel et al. [24] suggested that turbulence intensity (TI) is a suitable parameter for studying fish swimming performance. Figure 23 shows the plot of TI and the effects of the geometric arrangement of the weir and the presence of an orifice. In Model A, the highest TI values are found upstream of the weirs and are evenly distributed across the cross section of the channel. The TI values increase as you move upstream to downstream in the pool. For the rectangular labyrinth weir, the highest TI values were concentrated on the sides of the pool, between the top of the weir and the side wall of the channel, and along the top of the weir. Downstream of the conventional weir, within the apex of the weir, and at the corners of the walls of the rectangular labyrinth weir, the percentage of TI was low. At the highest discharge, the average range of TI in Models A and B was 24–45% and 15–62%, respectively. The diversity of TI is greater in the rectangular labyrinth weir than the conventional weir. Fish swimming performance is reduced due to higher turbulence intensity. However, fish species may prefer different disturbance intensities depending on their swimming abilities; for example, Salmo trutta prefers a disturbance intensity of 18–53% [25]. Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26] found a higher range of TI for fishways, such as natural rock weirs, of 40–60%. The presence of an orifice in the weir increases TI values within the pool, especially along the middle portion of the cross section of the fishway. With an orifice in the weir, the average range of TI in Models A and B was 28–59% and 22–73%, respectively.

figure 23
Fig. 23

The effect of bed slope on TI variation is shown in Fig. 24. TI increases in different pool areas as the bed slope increases for a given discharge. For a low bed slope (S0 = 5%), a large pool area has increased from 38 to 63% and from 56 to 71% for low and high discharge, respectively. For a bed slope of S0 = 10%, the average values of TI are 45–67% and 61–73% for low and high discharge, respectively. Therefore, as runoff increases, the area with high TI values within the pool increases. A lower TI is observed for both bottom slopes in the corner of the wall, downstream of the crest walls, and between the side walls in the weir and channel. Figure 25 compares weir spacing with the distribution of TI values within the pool. The TI values are low at low flows and short distances between weirs. A maximum value of TI occurs at long spacing and where the plunging stream impinges on the bed and the area around the bed. TI ranges from 36 to 57%, 58–72%, and 47–76% for the highest flow in a wide pool area for L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83, respectively.

figure 24
Fig. 24
figure 25
Fig. 25

The average value of turbulence intensity (TIave) is plotted against q in Fig. 26. The increase in TI values with the increase in q values is seen in all models. For example, the average values of TI for Models A and B at L/B = 0.61 and slope of 10% increased from 23.9 to 33.5% and from 42 to 51.8%, respectively, with the increase in q from 0.1 to 0.27 m2/s. For a given discharge, a given gradient, and a given spacing of weirs, the TIave is higher in Model B than Model A. The presence of an orifice in the weirs increases the TI values in both types. For example, in Models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and q = 0.1 m2/s, the presence of an orifice increases TIave from 23.9 to 37.1% and from 42 to 48.8%, respectively. For each model, TIave in the pool increases with increasing bed slope. For Model B with q = 0.18 m2/s, TIave increases from 37.5 to 45.8% when you increase the invert slope from 5 to 10%. Increasing the distance between weirs increases the TIave in the pool. In Model B with S0 = 10% and q = 0.3 m2/s, the TIave in the pool increases from 51.8 to 63.7% as the distance between weirs increases from L/B = 0.61 to L/B = 0.183.

figure 26
Fig. 26

3.5 Energy Dissipation

To facilitate the passage of various target species through the pool of fishways, it is necessary to pay attention to the energy dissipation of the flow and to keep the flow velocity in the pool slow. The average volumetric energy dissipation (k) in the pool is calculated using the following basic formula:

�=����0��

(16)

where ρ is the water density, and H is the average water depth of the pool. The change in k versus Q for all models at two bottom slopes, S0 = 5%, and S0 = 10%, is shown in Fig. 27. Like the results of Yagci [8] and Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26], at a constant bottom slope, the energy dissipation in the pool increases with increasing discharge. The trend of change in k as a function of Q from the present study at a bottom gradient of S0 = 5% is also consistent with the results of Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26] for the fishway with rock weir. The only difference between the results is the geometry of the fishway and the combination of boulders instead of a solid wall. Comparison of the models shows that the conventional model has lower energy dissipation than the rectangular labyrinth for a given discharge. Also, increasing the distance between weirs decreases the volumetric energy dissipation for each model with the same bed slope. Increasing the slope of the bottom leads to an increase in volumetric energy dissipation, and an opening in the weir leads to a decrease in volumetric energy dissipation for both models. Therefore, as a guideline for volumetric energy dissipation, if the value within the pool is too high, the increased distance of the weir, the decreased slope of the bed, or the creation of an opening in the weir would decrease the volumetric dissipation rate.

figure 27
Fig. 27

To evaluate the energy dissipation inside the pool, the general method of energy difference in two sections can use:

ε=�1−�2�1

(17)

where ε is the energy dissipation rate, and E1 and E2 are the specific energies in Sects. 1 and 2, respectively. The distance between Sects. 1 and 2 is the same. (L is the distance between two upstream and downstream weirs.) Figure 28 shows the changes in ε relative to q (flow per unit width). The rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B) has a higher energy dissipation rate than the conventional weir (Model A) at a constant bottom gradient. For example, at S0 = 5%, L/B = 0.61, and q = 0.08 m3/s.m, the energy dissipation rate in Model A (conventional weir) was 0.261. In Model B (rectangular labyrinth weir), however, it was 0.338 (22.75% increase). For each model, the energy dissipation rate within the pool increases as the slope of the bottom increases. For Model B with L/B = 1.83 and q = 0.178 m3/s.m, the energy dissipation rate at S0 = 5% and 10% is 0.305 and 0.358, respectively (14.8% increase). Figure 29 shows an orifice’s effect on the pools’ energy dissipation rate. With an orifice in the weir, both models’ energy dissipation rates decreased. Thus, the reduction in energy dissipation rate varied from 7.32 to 9.48% for Model A and from 8.46 to 10.57 for Model B.

figure 28
Fig. 28
figure 29
Fig. 29

4 Discussion

This study consisted of entirely of numerical analysis. Although this study was limited to two weirs, the hydraulic performance and flow characteristics in a pooled fishway are highlighted by the rectangular labyrinth weir and its comparison with the conventional straight weir. The study compared the numerical simulations with laboratory experiments in terms of surface profiles, velocity vectors, and flow characteristics in a fish ladder pool. The results indicate agreement between the numerical and laboratory data, supporting the reliability of the numerical model in capturing the observed phenomena.

When the configuration of the weir changes to a rectangular labyrinth weir, the flow characteristics, the maximum and minimum area, and even the location of each hydraulic parameter change compared to a conventional weir. In the rectangular labyrinth weir, the flow is gradually directed to the sides as it passes the weir. This increases the velocity at the sides of the channel [21]. Therefore, the high-velocity area is located on the sides. In the downstream apex of the weir, the flow velocity is low, and this area may be suitable for swimming target fish. However, no significant change in velocity was observed at the conventional weir within the fish ladder. This resulted in an average increase in TKE of 32% and an average increase in TI of about 17% compared to conventional weirs.

In addition, there is a slight difference in the flow regime for both weir configurations. In addition, the rectangular labyrinth weir has a higher energy dissipation rate for a given discharge and constant bottom slope than the conventional weir. By reducing the distance between the weirs, this becomes even more intense. Finally, the presence of an orifice in both configurations of the weir increased the flow velocity at the orifice and in the middle of the pool, reducing the highest TKE value and increasing the values of TI within the pool of the fish ladder. This resulted in a reduction in volumetric energy dissipation for both weir configurations.

The results of this study will help the reader understand the direct effects of the governing geometric parameters on the hydraulic characteristics of a fishway with a pool and weir. However, due to the limited configurations of the study, further investigation is needed to evaluate the position of the weir’s crest on the flow direction and the difference in flow characteristics when combining boulders instead of a solid wall for this type of labyrinth weir [26]. In addition, hydraulic engineers and biologists must work together to design an effective fishway with rectangular labyrinth configurations. The migration habits of the target species should be considered when designing the most appropriate design [27]. Parametric studies and field observations are recommended to determine the perfect design criteria.

The current study focused on comparing a rectangular labyrinth weir with a conventional straight weir. Further research can explore other weir configurations, such as variations in crest position, different shapes of labyrinth weirs, or the use of boulders instead of solid walls. This would help understand the influence of different geometric parameters on hydraulic characteristics.

5 Conclusions

A new layout of the weir was evaluated, namely a rectangular labyrinth weir compared to a straight weir in a pool and weir system. The differences between the weirs were highlighted, particularly how variations in the geometry of the structures, such as the shape of the weir, the spacing of the weir, the presence of an opening at the weir, and the slope of the bottom, affect the hydraulics within the structures. The main findings of this study are as follows:

  • The calculated dimensionless discharge (Qt*) confirmed three different flow regimes: when the corresponding range of Qt* is smaller than 0.6, the regime of plunging flow occurs for values of L/B = 1.83. (L: distance of the weir; B: channel width). When the corresponding range of Qt* is greater than 0.5, transitional flow occurs at L/B = 1.22. On the other hand, if Qt* is greater than 1, the streaming flow is at values of L/B = 0.61.
  • For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir with the plunging flow, it can be assumed that the discharge (Q) is proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively (h: water depth above the weir). This information is useful for estimating the discharge based on water depth in practical applications.
  • In the rectangular labyrinth weir, the high-velocity zone is located on the side walls between the top of the weir and the channel wall. A high-velocity variation within short distances of the weir. Low velocity occurs within the downstream apex of the weir. This area may be suitable for swimming target fish.
  • As the distance between weirs increased, the zone of maximum velocity increased. However, the zone of low speed decreased. The prevailing maximum velocity for a rectangular labyrinth weir at L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 was 1.46, 1.65, and 1.84 m/s, respectively. The low mean velocities for these distances were 0.27, 0.44, and 0.72 m/s, respectively. This finding highlights the importance of weir spacing in determining the flow characteristics within the fishway.
  • The presence of an orifice in the weir increased the flow velocity at the orifice and in the middle of the pool, especially in a conventional weir. The increase ranged from 7.7 to 12.48%.
  • For a given bottom slope, in a conventional weir, the highest values of turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) are uniformly distributed in the upstream part of the weir in the cross section of the channel. In contrast, for the rectangular labyrinth weir, the highest TKE values were concentrated on the sides of the pool between the crest of the weir and the channel wall. The highest TKE value for the conventional and the rectangular labyrinth weir was 0.224 and 0.278 J/kg, respectively, at the highest bottom slope (S0 = 10%).
  • For a given discharge, bottom slope, and weir spacing, the average values of TI are higher for the rectangular labyrinth weir than for the conventional weir. At the highest discharge, the average range of turbulence intensity (TI) for the conventional and rectangular labyrinth weirs was between 24 and 45% and 15% and 62%, respectively. This reveals that the rectangular labyrinth weir may generate more turbulent flow conditions within the fishway.
  • For a given discharge and constant bottom slope, the rectangular labyrinth weir has a higher energy dissipation rate than the conventional weir (22.75 and 34.86%).
  • Increasing the distance between weirs decreased volumetric energy dissipation. However, increasing the gradient increased volumetric energy dissipation. The presence of an opening in the weir resulted in a decrease in volumetric energy dissipation for both model types.

Availability of data and materials

Data is contained within the article.

References

  1. Katopodis C (1992) Introduction to fishway design, working document. Freshwater Institute, Central Arctic Region
  2. Marriner, B.A.; Baki, A.B.M.; Zhu, D.Z.; Thiem, J.D.; Cooke, S.J.; Katopodis, C.: Field and numerical assessment of turning pool hydraulics in a vertical slot fishway. Ecol. Eng. 63, 88–101 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2013.12.010Article Google Scholar 
  3. Dasineh, M.; Ghaderi, A.; Bagherzadeh, M.; Ahmadi, M.; Kuriqi, A.: Prediction of hydraulic jumps on a triangular bed roughness using numerical modeling and soft computing methods. Mathematics 9, 3135 (2021)Article Google Scholar 
  4. Silva, A.T.; Bermúdez, M.; Santos, J.M.; Rabuñal, J.R.; Puertas, J.: Pool-type fishway design for a potamodromous cyprinid in the Iberian Peninsula: the Iberian barbel—synthesis and future directions. Sustainability 12, 3387 (2020). https://doi.org/10.3390/su12083387Article Google Scholar 
  5. Santos, J.M.; Branco, P.; Katopodis, C.; Ferreira, T.; Pinheiro, A.: Retrofitting pool-and-weir fishways to improve passage performance of benthic fishes: effect of boulder density and fishway discharge. Ecol. Eng. 73, 335–344 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2014.09.065Article Google Scholar 
  6. Ead, S.; Katopodis, C.; Sikora, G.; Rajaratnam, N.J.J.: Flow regimes and structure in pool and weir fishways. J. Environ. Eng. Sci. 3, 379–390 (2004)Article Google Scholar 
  7. Guiny, E.; Ervine, D.A.; Armstrong, J.D.: Hydraulic and biological aspects of fish passes for Atlantic salmon. J. Hydraul. Eng. 131, 542–553 (2005)Article Google Scholar 
  8. Yagci, O.: Hydraulic aspects of pool-weir fishways as ecologically friendly water structure. Ecol. Eng. 36, 36–46 (2010). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2009.09.007Article Google Scholar 
  9. Dizabadi, S.; Hakim, S.S.; Azimi, A.H.: Discharge characteristics and structure of flow in labyrinth weirs with a downstream pool. Flow Meas. Instrum. 71, 101683 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2019.101683Article Google Scholar 
  10. Kim, J.H.: Hydraulic characteristics by weir type in a pool-weir fishway. Ecol. Eng. 16, 425–433 (2001). https://doi.org/10.1016/S0925-8574(00)00125-7Article Google Scholar 
  11. Zhong, Z.; Ruan, T.; Hu, Y.; Liu, J.; Liu, B.; Xu, W.: Experimental and numerical assessment of hydraulic characteristic of a new semi-frustum weir in the pool-weir fishway. Ecol. Eng. 170, 106362 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2021.106362Article Google Scholar 
  12. Hirt, C.W.; Nichols, B.D.: Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 39, 201–225 (1981). https://doi.org/10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5Article Google Scholar 
  13. Roache, P.J.: Perspective: a method for uniform reporting of grid refinement studies. J. Fluids Eng. 1994(116), 405–413 (1994)Article Google Scholar 
  14. Guo, S.; Chen, S.; Huang, X.; Zhang, Y.; Jin, S.: CFD and experimental investigations of drag force on spherical leak detector in pipe flows at high Reynolds number. Comput. Model. Eng. Sci. 101(1), 59–80 (2014)Google Scholar 
  15. Ahmadi, M.; Kuriqi, A.; Nezhad, H.M.; Ghaderi, A.; Mohammadi, M.: Innovative configuration of vertical slot fishway to enhance fish swimming conditions. J. Hydrodyn. 34, 917–933 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s42241-022-0071-yArticle Google Scholar 
  16. Ahmadi, M.; Ghaderi, A.; MohammadNezhad, H.; Kuriqi, A.; Di Francesco, S.J.W.: Numerical investigation of hydraulics in a vertical slot fishway with upgraded configurations. Water 13, 2711 (2021)Article Google Scholar 
  17. Celik, I.B.; Ghia, U.; Roache, P.J.; Freitas, C.J.J.: Procedure for estimation and reporting of uncertainty due to discretization in CFD applications. J. Fluids Eng. Trans. ASME (2008). https://doi.org/10.1115/1.2960953Article Google Scholar 
  18. Li, S.; Yang, J.; Ansell, A.: Evaluation of pool-type fish passage with labyrinth weirs. Sustainability (2022). https://doi.org/10.3390/su14031098Article Google Scholar 
  19. Ghaderi, A.; Dasineh, M.; Aristodemo, F.; Aricò, C.: Numerical simulations of the flow field of a submerged hydraulic jump over triangular macroroughnesses. Water 13(5), 674 (2021)Article Google Scholar 
  20. Branco, P.; Santos, J.M.; Katopodis, C.; Pinheiro, A.; Ferreira, M.T.: Pool-type fishways: two different morpho-ecological cyprinid species facing plunging and streaming flows. PLoS ONE 8, e65089 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0065089Article Google Scholar 
  21. Baki, A.B.M.; Zhu, D.Z.; Harwood, A.; Lewis, A.; Healey, K.: Rock-weir fishway I: flow regimes and hydraulic characteristics. J. Ecohydraulics 2, 122–141 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1080/24705357.2017.1369182Article Google Scholar 
  22. Dizabadi, S.; Azimi, A.H.: Hydraulic and turbulence structure of triangular labyrinth weir-pool fishways. River Res. Appl. 36, 280–295 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1002/rra.3581Article Google Scholar 
  23. Faizal, W.M.; Ghazali, N.N.N.; Khor, C.Y.; Zainon, M.Z.; Ibrahim, N.B.; Razif, R.M.: Turbulent kinetic energy of flow during inhale and exhale to characterize the severity of obstructive sleep apnea patient. Comput. Model. Eng. Sci. 136(1), 43–61 (2023)Google Scholar 
  24. Cotel, A.J.; Webb, P.W.; Tritico, H.: Do brown trout choose locations with reduced turbulence? Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 135, 610–619 (2006). https://doi.org/10.1577/T04-196.1Article Google Scholar 
  25. Hargreaves, D.M.; Wright, N.G.: On the use of the k–ε model in commercial CFD software to model the neutral atmospheric boundary layer. J. Wind Eng. Ind. Aerodyn. 95, 355–369 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jweia.2006.08.002Article Google Scholar 
  26. Kupferschmidt, C.; Zhu, D.Z.: Physical modelling of pool and weir fishways with rock weirs. River Res. Appl. 33, 1130–1142 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1002/rra.3157Article Google Scholar 
  27. Romão, F.; Quaresma, A.L.; Santos, J.M.; Amaral, S.D.; Branco, P.; Pinheiro, A.N.: Multislot fishway improves entrance performance and fish transit time over vertical slots. Water (2021). https://doi.org/10.3390/w13030275Article Google Scholar 

Download references

비선형 파력의 영향에 따른 잔해 언덕 방파제 형상의 효과에 대한 수치 분석

비선형 파력의 영향에 따른 잔해 언덕 방파제 형상의 효과에 대한 수치 분석

Numerical Analysis of the Effects of Rubble Mound Breakwater Geometry Under the Effect of Nonlinear Wave Force

Arabian Journal for Science and EngineeringAims and scopeSubmit manuscript

Cite this article

Abstract

Assessing the interaction of waves and porous offshore structures such as rubble mound breakwaters plays a critical role in designing such structures optimally. This study focused on the effect of the geometric parameters of a sloped rubble mound breakwater, including the shape of the armour, method of its arrangement, and the breakwater slope. Thus, three main design criteria, including the wave reflection coefficient (Kr), transmission coefficient (Kt), and depreciation wave energy coefficient (Kd), are discussed. Based on the results, a decrease in wavelength reduced the Kr and increased the Kt and Kd. The rubble mound breakwater with the Coreloc armour layer could exhibit the lowest Kr compared to other armour geometries. In addition, a decrease in the breakwater slope reduced the Kr and Kd by 3.4 and 1.25%, respectively. In addition, a decrease in the breakwater slope from 33 to 25° increased the wave breaking height by 6.1% on average. Further, a decrease in the breakwater slope reduced the intensity of turbulence depreciation. Finally, the armour geometry and arrangement of armour layers on the breakwater with its different slopes affect the wave behaviour and interaction between the wave and breakwater. Thus, layering on the breakwater and the correct use of the geometric shapes of the armour should be considered when designing such structures.

파도와 잔해 더미 방파제와 같은 다공성 해양 구조물의 상호 작용을 평가하는 것은 이러한 구조물을 최적으로 설계하는 데 중요한 역할을 합니다. 본 연구는 경사진 잔해 둔덕 방파제의 기하학적 매개변수의 효과에 초점을 맞추었는데, 여기에는 갑옷의 형태, 배치 방법, 방파제 경사 등이 포함된다. 따라서 파동 반사 계수(Kr), 투과 계수(Kt) 및 감가상각파 에너지 계수(Kd)에 대해 논의합니다. 결과에 따르면 파장이 감소하면 K가 감소합니다.r그리고 K를 증가시켰습니다t 및 Kd. Coreloc 장갑 층이 있는 잔해 언덕 방파제는 가장 낮은 K를 나타낼 수 있습니다.r 다른 갑옷 형상과 비교했습니다. 또한 방파제 경사가 감소하여 K가 감소했습니다.r 및 Kd 각각 3.4%, 1.25% 증가했다. 또한 방파제 경사가 33°에서 25°로 감소하여 파도 파쇄 높이가 평균 6.1% 증가했습니다. 또한, 방파제 경사의 감소는 난류 감가상각의 강도를 감소시켰다. 마지막으로, 경사가 다른 방파제의 장갑 형상과 장갑 층의 배열은 파도 거동과 파도와 방파제 사이의 상호 작용에 영향을 미칩니다. 따라서 이러한 구조를 설계 할 때 방파제에 층을 쌓고 갑옷의 기하학적 모양을 올바르게 사용하는 것을 고려해야합니다.

Keywords

  • Rubble mound breakwater
  • Computational fluid dynamics
  • Armour layer
  • Wave reflection coefficient
  • Wave transmission coefficient
  • Wave energy dissipation coefficient

References

  1. Sollitt, C.K.; Cross, R.H.: Wave transmission through permeable breakwaters. In Coastal Engineering. pp. 1827–1846. (1973)
  2. Sulisz, W.: Wave reflection and transmission at permeable breakwaters of arbitrary cross-section. Coast. Eng. 9(4), 371–386 (1985)Article  Google Scholar 
  3. Kobayashi, N.; Wurjanto, A.: Numerical model for waves on rough permeable slopes. J. Coast. Res.149–166. (1990)
  4. Wurjanto, A.; Kobayashi, N.: Irregular wave reflection and runup on permeable slopes. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 119(5), 537–557 (1993)Article  Google Scholar 
  5. van Gent, M.R.: Numerical modelling of wave interaction with dynamically stable structures. In Coastal Engineering 1996. pp. 1930–1943. (1997)
  6. Liu, P.L.F.; Wen, J.: Nonlinear diffusive surface waves in porous media. J. Fluid Mech. 347, 119–139 (1997)Article  MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 
  7. Troch, P.; De Rouck, J.: Development of two-dimensional numerical wave flume for wave interaction with rubble mound breakwaters. In Coastal Engineering. pp. 1638–1649. (1999)
  8. Liu, P.L.F.; Lin, P.; Chang, K.A.; Sakakiyama, T.: Numerical modeling of wave interaction with porous structures. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 125(6), 322–330 (1999)Article  Google Scholar 
  9. Abdolmaleki, K.; Thiagarajan, K.P.; Morris-Thomas, M.T.: Simulation of the dam break problem and impact flows using a Navier-Stokes solver. Simulation 13, 17 (2004)Google Scholar 
  10. Higuera, P.; Lara, J.L.; Losada, I.J.: Realistic wave generation and active wave absorption for Navier-Stokes models: application to OpenFOAM®. Coast. Eng. 71, 102–118 (2013)Article  Google Scholar 
  11. Higuera, P.; Lara, J.L.; Losada, I.J.: Three-dimensional interaction of waves and porous coastal structures using OpenFOAM®. Part II: application. Coast. Eng. 83, 259–270 (2014)Article  Google Scholar 
  12. Gui, Q.; Dong, P.; Shao, S.; Chen, Y.: Incompressible SPH simulation of wave interaction with porous structure. Ocean Eng. 110, 126–139 (2015)Article  Google Scholar 
  13. Dentale, F.; Donnarumma, G.; Carratelli, E.P.; Reale, F.: A numerical method to analyze the interaction between sea waves and rubble mound emerged breakwaters. WSEAS Trans. Fluid Mech 10, 106–116 (2015)Google Scholar 
  14. Dentale, F.; Reale, F.; Di Leo, A.; Carratelli, E.P.: A CFD approach to rubble mound breakwater design. Int. J. Naval Archit. Ocean Eng. 10(5), 644–650 (2018)Article  Google Scholar 
  15. Koley, S.: Wave transmission through multilayered porous breakwater under regular and irregular incident waves. Eng. Anal. Bound. Elem. 108, 393–401 (2019)Article  MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 
  16. Koley, S.; Panduranga, K.; Almashan, N.; Neelamani, S.; Al-Ragum, A.: Numerical and experimental modeling of water wave interaction with rubble mound offshore porous breakwaters. Ocean Eng. 218, 108218 (2020)Article  Google Scholar 
  17. Pourteimouri, P.; Hejazi, K.: Development of an integrated numerical model for simulating wave interaction with permeable submerged breakwaters using extended Navier-Stokes equations. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 8(2), 87 (2020)Article  Google Scholar 
  18. Cao, D.; Yuan, J.; Chen, H.: Towards modelling wave-induced forces on an armour layer unit of rubble mound coastal revetments. Ocean Eng. 239, 109811 (2021)Article  Google Scholar 
  19. Díaz-Carrasco, P.; Eldrup, M.R.; Andersen, T.L.: Advance in wave reflection estimation for rubble mound breakwaters: the importance of the relative water depth. Coast. Eng. 168, 103921 (2021)Article  Google Scholar 
  20. Vieira, F.; Taveira-Pinto, F.; Rosa-Santos, P.: Damage evolution in single-layer cube armoured breakwaters with a regular placement pattern. Coast. Eng. 169, 103943 (2021)Article  Google Scholar 
  21. Booshi, S.; Ketabdari, M.J.: Modeling of solitary wave interaction with emerged porous breakwater using PLIC-VOF method. Ocean Eng. 241, 110041 (2021)Article  Google Scholar 
  22. Aristodemo, F.; Filianoti, P.; Tripepi, G.; Gurnari, L.; Ghaderi, A.: On the energy transmission by a submerged barrier interacting with a solitary wave. Appl. Ocean Res. 122, 103123 (2022)Article  Google Scholar 
  23. Teixeira, P.R.; Didier, E.: Numerical analysis of performance of an oscillating water column wave energy converter inserted into a composite breakwater with rubble mound foundation. Ocean Eng. 278, 114421 (2023)Article  Google Scholar 
  24. Burgan, H.I.: Numerical modeling of structural irregularities on unsymmetrical buildings. Tehnički vjesnik 28(3), 856–861 (2021)Google Scholar 
  25. Jones, I.P.: CFDS-Flow3D user guide. (1994)
  26. Al Shaikhli, H.I.; Khassaf, S.I.: Stepped mound breakwater simulation by using flow 3D. Eurasian J. Eng. Technol. 6, 60–68 (2022)Google Scholar 
  27. Hirt, C.W.; Nichols, B.D.: Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 39(1), 201–225 (1981)Article  MATH  Google Scholar 
  28. Ghaderi, A.; Dasineh, M.; Aristodemo, F.; Aricò, C.: Numerical simulations of the flow field of a submerged hydraulic jump over triangular macroroughnesses. Water 13(5), 674 (2021)Article  Google Scholar 
  29. Yakhot, V.; Orszag, S.A.; Thangam, S.; Gatski, T.B.; Speziale, C.G.: Development of turbulence models for shear flows by a double expansion technique. Phys. Fluids A 4(7), 1510–1520 (1992)Article  MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 
  30. Van der Meer, J.W.; Stam, C.J.M.: Wave runup on smooth and rock slopes of coastal structures. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 118(5), 534–550 (1992)Article  Google Scholar 
  31. Goda, Y.; Suzuki, Y. Estimation of incident and reflected waves in random wave experiments. In: ASCE, Proceedings of 15th International Conference on Coastal Engineering, (Honolulu, Hawaii). vol. 1, pp. 828–845. (1976)
  32. Zanuttigh, B.; Van der Meer, J.W.: Wave reflection from coastal structures. In: AA.VV., Proceedings of the XXX International Conference on Coastal Engineering, World Scientific, (San Diego, CA, USA, September 2006). pp. 4337–4349. (2006)
  33. Seelig W.N.; Ahrens J.P.: Estimation of wave reflection and energy dissipation coefficients for beaches, revetments, and breakwaters. CERC, Technical Paper, Fort Belvoir. vol. 81, p. 41 (1981)
  34. Mase, H.: Random wave runup height on gentle slope. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 115(5), 649–661 (1989)Article  Google Scholar 
Open Channels Flow에서의 콘크리트 캔버스 거동 연구

Study of Concrete Canvas Behavior in Open Channels Flow

Document Type : Research Paper

Authors

1 Imam Hosein Uni

2 Researcher of Imam Hossein University, Faculty of Engineering and Passive Defense

3 Ivanki University, Iran.

 10.22124/JCR.2023.24324.1618

Abstract

개방 수로의 심한 수력 구배는 침전으로 인한 심각한 침식과 문제를 일으킵니다. 패브릭 콘크리트는 기존의 콘크리트 표면을 대체할 수 있는 높은 실행 속도를 가진 독특한 제품입니다. 이 제품의 기계적 저항 매개변수에 따르면 부식 요인에 대한 우수한 내구성 외에도 직물 콘크리트의 응용 분야 중 하나는 운하 및 수로 암거 표면에 사용하는 것입니다. 이 연구에서는 먼저 사다리꼴 단면의 개방 채널 흐름을 직선 경로 상태의 3가지 공통 채널 형상, 굴곡 및 편차가 있는 경로, 마지막으로 채널 하단의 높이가 변경된 채널 경로를 포함하는 9가지 시나리오에서 시뮬레이션합니다. 각 주에서 flow-3d 소프트웨어를 사용한 흐름 난류 모델링과 함께 3개의 서로 다른 흐름 체제가 조사되었습니다.

FLOW-3D 소프트웨어를 사용한 유동 난류 모델링과 함께 다양한 유동 체제가 조사되었습니다. ABAQUS 소프트웨어를 사용하여 패브릭 콘크리트 구성요소와 연결 영역을 모델링하고, 콘크리트 표면과 취약한 연결 영역에 동일한 힘을 가하여 생성된 응력의 양을 확인했습니다. 결과는 생성된 응력이 직물 콘크리트의 인장 및 압축 응력 용량에 비해 매우 낮다는 것을 보여줍니다. 흐름과 콘크리트의 수력 연구를 검증하기 위해 관련 실험실 결과가 사용되었습니다.

Severe hydraulic gradients in open channels cause severe bed erosion and problems caused by sedimentation. Fabric concrete is a unique product with high execution speed that can replace traditional concrete surfaces. According to the mechanical resistance parameters of this product, in addition to its good durability against corrosive factors, one of the applications of fabric concrete is its use on the surface of canals and water course culverts. In this research, first, the flow of open channels in trapezoidal section is simulated under 9 scenarios, which include 3 common channel geometries in the state of a straight path, a path with bends and deviations, and finally, a channel path with a change in height at the bottom of the channel. In each of the states, 3 different flow regimes have been investigated along with flow turbulence modeling using flow-3d software.

Different flow regimes have been investigated along with flow turbulence modeling using flow-3d software. Using ABAQUS software, fabric concrete components and their connection areas have been modeled, and by applying forces equated to the concrete surface and vulnerable connection areas, the amount of created stresses has been checked. The results show that the created stresses are very low compared to the tensile and compressive stress capacity of fabric concrete. In order to validate the hydraulic studies of flow and concrete, the relevant laboratory results have been used.

Keywords

Main Subjects

Figure 4. Rectangular stepped spillway with (a) three baffle arrangement (b) five baffle arrangement

Prediction of Energy Dissipation over Stepped Spillwaywith Baffles Using Machine Learning Techniques

Saurabh Pujari*
, Vijay Kaushik, S. Anbu Kumar
Department of Civil Engineering, Delhi Technological University, India
Received February 23, 2023; Revised April 25, 2023; Accepted June 11, 2023
Cite This Paper in the Following Citation Styles
(a): [1] Saurabh Pujari, Vijay Kaushik, S. Anbu Kumar , “Prediction of Energy Dissipation over Stepped Spillway with
Baffles Using Machine Learning Techniques,” Civil Engineering and Architecture, Vol. 11, No. 5, pp. 2377 – 2391, 2023.
DOI: 10.13189/cea.2023.110510.
(b): Saurabh Pujari, Vijay Kaushik, S. Anbu Kumar (2023). Prediction of Energy Dissipation over Stepped Spillway with
Baffles Using Machine Learning Techniques. Civil Engineering and Architecture, 11(5), 2377 – 2391. DOI:
10.13189/cea.2023.110510.
Copyright©2023 by authors, all rights reserved. Authors agree that this article remains permanently open access under
the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution License 4.0 International License

Abstract

In river engineering, the stepped spillway of a dam is an important component that may be used in various ways. It is necessary to conduct research dealing with flood control in order to investigate the method, in which energy is lost along the tiered spillways. In the past, several research projects on stepped spillways without baffles have been carried out utilizing a range of research approaches. In the present study, machine learning techniques such as Support Vector Machine (SVM) and Regression Tree (RT) are used to analyze the energy dissipation on rectangular stepped spillways that make use of baffles in a variety of configurations and at a range of channel slopes. The results of many experiments indicate that the amount of energy that is lost increases with the number of baffles that are present in flat channels with slopes and rises. In order to evaluate the efficiency and usefulness of the suggested model, the statistical indices that were developed for the experimental research are used to validate the models that were created for the study. The findings indicate that the suggested SVM model properly predicted the amount of energy that was dissipated when contrasted with RT and the method that had been developed in the past. This study verifies the use of machine learning techniques in this industry, and it is unique in that it anticipates energy dissipation along stepped spillways utilizing baffle designs. In addition, this work validates the use of machine learning methods in this field.

Keywords

Rectangular Stepped Spillways, Baffle Arrangements, Channel Slope, Support Vector Machine (SVM), Regression Tree (RT)

Introduction

To regulate water flows downstream of a dam, a spillway structure is employed, with stepped spillways preventing water from overflowing and causing damage to the dam. These spillways consist of a channel with built-in steps or drops. Flow patterns observed include nappe flow, transition flow, and skimming flow [1]. Numerous scholars have looked at the energy dissipation in stepped spillways [2-4]. Boes and Hager [5] looked at the benefits of stepped spillways, such as their simplicity of construction, less danger of cavitation, and smaller stilling basins at downstream dam toes owing to considerable energy loss along the chute. Hazzab and Chafic [7] conducted an experimental study on energy dissipation in stepped spillways and reported on flow configurations. Additionally, the Manksvill dam spillway was examined using a 1:25 scale physical wooden model [6]. For moderately inclined stepped channels, Stefan and Chanson [8] explored air-water flow measurements. Daniel [9] discussed how the existence of steps and step heights affect stepped spillways’ ability to dissipate energy. A comparison of the smooth invert chute flow with the self aerated stepped spillway. The energy dissipation in stepped spillways was investigated using various methods. Katourany [10] compared experimental findings to conventional USBR outcomes to examine the effects of different baffle widths, spacing between baffle rows, and step heights of baffled aprons. Salmasi et al. [11] assessed the energy dissipation of through-flow and over-flow in gabion stepped spillways, discovering that gabion spillways with pervious surfaces dissipated energy more efficiently than those with concrete walls. Other forms of stepped spillways, such as inclined steps and steps with end sills, were also quantitatively studied for energy dissipation [12]. Saedi and Asareh [13] examined how the number of drop stairs affected energy dissipation in stepped drops and suggested using stepped drops to increase energy dissipation by providing flow path roughness. Al-Husseini [14] found that decreasing the number of steps and downstream slopes led to an increase in flow energy dissipation, and that the use of cascade spillways reduced energy dissipation compared to the original step spillway. MARS and ANN methods were used to estimate energy dissipation in flow across stepped spillways under skimming flow conditions, with both models proving reliable [15]. Frederic et al. [16] evaluated the energy dissipation effectiveness and stability of the Mekin Dam spillway by confirming that flow did not result in transitional flow and by calculating safety factors at various intervals. A numerical model was developed to validate a physical model examining the impact of geometrical parameters on the dissipation rate in flows through stepped spillways [17]. The regulation of the rates of dissipation is studied using a particular kind of fuzzy inference system (FIS). The findings are compared with a predefined numerical database to determine the predicted energy dissipation under various circumstances. The findings show that the suggested FIS may be a useful tool for the operational management of dissipator structures while taking various geometric characteristics into account. Nasralla [18] studied the four phases of the spillway and conducted eighteen runs to enhance energy dissipation through the contraction-stepped spillway. The study considered alternative baffle placements, heights, and widths. The results showed that downstream baffles on the stepped spillway of the stilling basin improve energy dissipation. Using the Flow 3D software, Ikinciogullari [19] quantitatively analyzed the energy dissipation capabilities of trapezoidal stepped spillways using four distinct models and three different discharges. The findings showed that trapezoidal stepped spillways are up to 30% more efficient in dissipating energy than traditional stepped spillways. In previous works, only a few machine learning algorithms were used to forecast energy dissipation across a rectangular stepped spillway without baffles. Therefore, this study used machine learning approaches such as Support Vector Machine (SVM) and Regression Tree (RT) to predict energy dissipation across a rectangular stepped spillway with varied rectangular-shaped baffle configurations at different channel slopes. The study compared these models using statistical analysis to assess their efficiency in predicting energy dissipation over rectangular stepped spillways with baffles. 2. Materials and Methods 2.1. Experimental Setup The experiments were carried out at the Hydraulics laboratory of Delhi Technological University. The tests were performed in a rectangular tilting flume of 8m long, 0.30m wide and 0.40m deep which has a facility to make it horizontal and sloping as well (shown in Figure 1). The flume consists of an inlet section, an outlet section, and a collecting tank at the downstream end which is used to measure the discharge. Figure 2 depicts the model of a rectangular stepped spillway prepared using an acrylic sheet having a width of 0.30m, a height of 0.20m and a base length of 0.40m. A total of four steps were designed with a step height of 0.05m, the step length is 0.10m and rectangular-shaped baffles of length 0.10m and height of 0.05m were arranged in different manner. Figure 3 represents the different baffle arrangements used in the experimental work. At first, the experiment was conducted for no baffle condition. Thereafter the experiment was conducted for the first arrangement of three baffles, in which two baffles were placed at a distance of 0.10m from the toe of the spillway and a distance of 0.10m was maintained between the first two baffles and the third baffle was placed between the first two baffles at a distance of 0.20m from the toe of the spillway (figure 4a). After that, the experiment was conducted for the third arrangement of baffles which consists of five baffles, two more baffles were introduced at a distance of 0.30m from the toe of the spillway and a distance of 0.10m was maintained between them (figure 4b). The baffles used in the experiment were rectangular shaped which had a height of 0.05m and length of 0.10m. The experiments were conducted for five different discharges 2 l/s, 4 l/s, 6 l/s, 8 l/s and 10 l/s. For the purpose of determining the head values both upstream and downstream of the spillway model, a point gauge with a precision of 0.1mm was used. In order to determine the average velocities of the upstream and downstream portions, respectively, a pitot static tube was used in conjunction with a digital manometer.

Figure 1. Rectangular tilting flume
Figure 2. Dimensions of classical stepped spillway
Figure 3. Arrangements of baffles in classical stepped spillway
Figure 4. Rectangular stepped spillway with (a) three baffle arrangement (b) five baffle arrangement
Predicting solid-state phase transformations during metal additive manufacturing: A case study on electron-beam powder bed fusion of Inconel-738

Predicting solid-state phase transformations during metal additive manufacturing: A case study on electron-beam powder bed fusion of Inconel-738

금속 적층 제조 중 고체 상 변형 예측: Inconel-738의 전자빔 분말층 융합에 대한 사례 연구

Nana Kwabena Adomako a, Nima Haghdadi a, James F.L. Dingle bc, Ernst Kozeschnik d, Xiaozhou Liao bc, Simon P. Ringer bc, Sophie Primig a

Abstract

Metal additive manufacturing (AM) has now become the perhaps most desirable technique for producing complex shaped engineering parts. However, to truly take advantage of its capabilities, advanced control of AM microstructures and properties is required, and this is often enabled via modeling. The current work presents a computational modeling approach to studying the solid-state phase transformation kinetics and the microstructural evolution during AM. Our approach combines thermal and thermo-kinetic modelling. A semi-analytical heat transfer model is employed to simulate the thermal history throughout AM builds. Thermal profiles of individual layers are then used as input for the MatCalc thermo-kinetic software. The microstructural evolution (e.g., fractions, morphology, and composition of individual phases) for any region of interest throughout the build is predicted by MatCalc. The simulation is applied to an IN738 part produced by electron beam powder bed fusion to provide insights into how γ′ precipitates evolve during thermal cycling. Our simulations show qualitative agreement with our experimental results in predicting the size distribution of γ′ along the build height, its multimodal size character, as well as the volume fraction of MC carbides. Our findings indicate that our method is suitable for a range of AM processes and alloys, to predict and engineer their microstructures and properties.

Graphical Abstract

ga1

Keywords

Additive manufacturing, Simulation, Thermal cycles, γ′ phase, IN738

1. Introduction

Additive manufacturing (AM) is an advanced manufacturing method that enables engineering parts with intricate shapes to be fabricated with high efficiency and minimal materials waste. AM involves building up 3D components layer-by-layer from feedstocks such as powder [1]. Various alloys, including steel, Ti, Al, and Ni-based superalloys, have been produced using different AM techniques. These techniques include directed energy deposition (DED), electron- and laser powder bed fusion (E-PBF and L-PBF), and have found applications in a variety of industries such as aerospace and power generation [2][3][4]. Despite the growing interest, certain challenges limit broader applications of AM fabricated components in these industries and others. One of such limitations is obtaining a suitable and reproducible microstructure that offers the desired mechanical properties consistently. In fact, the AM as-built microstructure is highly complex and considerably distinctive from its conventionally processed counterparts owing to the complicated thermal cycles arising from the deposition of several layers upon each other [5][6].

Several studies have reported that the solid-state phases and solidification microstructure of AM processed alloys such as CMSX-4, CoCr [7][8], Ti-6Al-4V [9][10][11]IN738 [6]304L stainless steel [12], and IN718 [13][14] exhibit considerable variations along the build direction. For instance, references [9][10] have reported that there is a variation in the distribution of α and β phases along the build direction in Ti-alloys. Similarly, the microstructure of an L-PBF fabricated martensitic steel exhibits variations in the fraction of martensite [15]. Furthermore, some of the present authors and others [6][16][17][18][19][20] have recently reviewed and reported that there is a difference in the morphology and fraction of nanoscale precipitates as a function of build height in Ni-based superalloys. These non-uniformities in the as-built microstructure result in an undesired heterogeneity in mechanical and other important properties such as corrosion and oxidation [19][21][22][23]. To obtain the desired microstructure and properties, additional processing treatments are utilized, but this incurs extra costs and may lead to precipitation of detrimental phases and grain coarsening. Therefore, a through-process understanding of the microstructure evolution under repeated heating and cooling is now needed to further advance 3D printed microstructure and property control.

It is now commonly understood that the microstructure evolution during printing is complex, and most AM studies concentrate on the microstructure and mechanical properties of the final build only. Post-printing studies of microstructure characteristics at room temperature miss crucial information on how they evolve. In-situ measurements and modelling approaches are required to better understand the complex microstructural evolution under repeated heating and cooling. Most in-situ measurements in AM focus on monitoring the microstructural changes, such as phase transformations and melt pool dynamics during fabrication using X-ray scattering and high-speed X-ray imaging [24][25][26][27]. For example, Zhao et al. [25] measured the rate of solidification and described the α/β phase transformation during L-PBF of Ti-6Al-4V in-situ. Also, Wahlmann et al. [21] recently used an L-PBF machine coupled with X-ray scattering to investigate the changes in CMSX-4 phase during successive melting processes. Although these techniques provide significant understanding of the basic principles of AM, they are not widely accessible. This is due to the great cost of the instrument, competitive application process, and complexities in terms of the experimental set-up, data collection, and analysis [26][28].

Computational modeling techniques are promising and more widely accessible tools that enable advanced understanding, prediction, and engineering of microstructures and properties during AM. So far, the majority of computational studies have concentrated on physics based process models for metal AM, with the goal of predicting the temperature profile, heat transfer, powder dynamics, and defect formation (e.g., porosity) [29][30]. In recent times, there have been efforts in modeling of the AM microstructure evolution using approaches such as phase-field [31], Monte Carlo (MC) [32], and cellular automata (CA) [33], coupled with finite element simulations for temperature profiles. However, these techniques are often restricted to simulating the evolution of solidification microstructures (e.g., grain and dendrite structure) and defects (e.g., porosity). For example, Zinovieva et al. [33] predicted the grain structure of L-PBF Ti-6Al-4V using finite difference and cellular automata methods. However, studies on the computational modelling of the solid-state phase transformations, which largely determine the resulting properties, remain limited. This can be attributed to the multi-component and multi-phase nature of most engineering alloys in AM, along with the complex transformation kinetics during thermal cycling. This kind of research involves predictions of the thermal cycle in AM builds, and connecting it to essential thermodynamic and kinetic data as inputs for the model. Based on the information provided, the thermokinetic model predicts the history of solid-state phase microstructure evolution during deposition as output. For example, a multi-phase, multi-component mean-field model has been developed to simulate the intermetallic precipitation kinetics in IN718 [34] and IN625 [35] during AM. Also, Basoalto et al. [36] employed a computational framework to examine the contrasting distributions of process-induced microvoids and precipitates in two Ni-based superalloys, namely IN718 and CM247LC. Furthermore, McNamara et al. [37] established a computational model based on the Johnson-Mehl-Avrami model for non-isothermal conditions to predict solid-state phase transformation kinetics in L-PBF IN718 and DED Ti-6Al-4V. These models successfully predicted the size and volume fraction of individual phases and captured the repeated nucleation and dissolution of precipitates that occur during AM.

In the current study, we propose a modeling approach with appreciably short computational time to investigate the detailed microstructural evolution during metal AM. This may include obtaining more detailed information on the morphologies of phases, such as size distribution, phase fraction, dissolution and nucleation kinetics, as well as chemistry during thermal cycling and final cooling to room temperature. We utilize the combination of the MatCalc thermo-kinetic simulator and a semi-analytical heat conduction model. MatCalc is a software suite for simulation of phase transformations, microstructure evolution and certain mechanical properties in engineering alloys. It has successfully been employed to simulate solid-state phase transformations in Ni-based superalloys [38][39], steels [40], and Al alloys [41] during complex thermo-mechanical processes. MatCalc uses the classical nucleation theory as well as the so-called Svoboda-Fischer-Fratzl-Kozeschnik (SFFK) growth model as the basis for simulating precipitation kinetics [42]. Although MatCalc was originally developed for conventional thermo-mechanical processes, we will show that it is also applicable for AM if the detailed time-temperature profile of the AM build is known. The semi-analytical heat transfer code developed by Stump and Plotkowski [43] is used to simulate these profile throughout the AM build.

1.1. Application to IN738

Inconel-738 (IN738) is a precipitation hardening Ni-based superalloy mainly employed in high-temperature components, e.g. in gas turbines and aero-engines owing to its exceptional mechanical properties at temperatures up to 980 °C, coupled with high resistance to oxidation and corrosion [44]. Its superior high-temperature strength (∼1090 MPa tensile strength) is provided by the L12 ordered Ni3(Al,Ti) γ′ phase that precipitates in a face-centered cubic (FCC) γ matrix [45][46]. Despite offering great properties, IN738, like most superalloys with high γ′ fractions, is challenging to process owing to its propensity to hot cracking [47][48]. Further, machining of such alloys is challenging because of their high strength and work-hardening rates. It is therefore difficult to fabricate complex INC738 parts using traditional manufacturing techniques like casting, welding, and forging.

The emergence of AM has now made it possible to fabricate such parts from IN738 and other superalloys. Some of the current authors’ recent research successfully applied E-PBF to fabricate defect-free IN738 containing γ′ throughout the build [16][17]. The precipitated γ′ were heterogeneously distributed. In particular, Haghdadi et al. [16] studied the origin of the multimodal size distribution of γ′, while Lim et al. [17] investigated the gradient in γ′ character with build height and its correlation to mechanical properties. Based on these results, the present study aims to extend the understanding of the complex and site-specific microstructural evolution in E-PBF IN738 by using a computational modelling approach. New experimental evidence (e.g., micrographs not published previously) is presented here to support the computational results.

2. Materials and Methods

2.1. Materials preparation

IN738 Ni-based superalloy (59.61Ni-8.48Co-7.00Al-17.47Cr-3.96Ti-1.01Mo-0.81W-0.56Ta-0.49Nb-0.47C-0.09Zr-0.05B, at%) gas-atomized powder was used as feedstock. The powders, with average size of 60 ± 7 µm, were manufactured by Praxair and distributed by Astro Alloys Inc. An Arcam Q10 machine by GE Additive with an acceleration voltage of 60 kV was used to fabricate a 15 × 15 × 25 mm3 block (XYZ, Z: build direction) on a 316 stainless steel substrate. The block was 3D-printed using a ‘random’ spot melt pattern. The random spot melt pattern involves randomly selecting points in any given layer, with an equal chance of each point being melted. Each spot melt experienced a dwell time of 0.3 ms, and the layer thickness was 50 µm. Some of the current authors have previously characterized the microstructure of the very same and similar builds in more detail [16][17]. A preheat temperature of ∼1000 °C was set and kept during printing to reduce temperature gradients and, in turn, thermal stresses [49][50][51]. Following printing, the build was separated from the substrate through electrical discharge machining. It should be noted that this sample was simultaneously printed with the one used in [17] during the same build process and on the same build plate, under identical conditions.

2.2. Microstructural characterization

The printed sample was longitudinally cut in the direction of the build using a Struers Accutom-50, ground, and then polished to 0.25 µm suspension via standard techniques. The polished x-z surface was electropolished and etched using Struers A2 solution (perchloric acid in ethanol). Specimens for image analysis were polished using a 0.06 µm colloidal silica. Microstructure analyses were carried out across the height of the build using optical microscopy (OM) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM) with focus on the microstructure evolution (γ′ precipitates) in individual layers. The position of each layer being analyzed was determined by multiplying the layer number by the layer thickness (50 µm). It should be noted that the position of the first layer starts where the thermal profile is tracked (in this case, 2 mm from the bottom). SEM images were acquired using a JEOL 7001 field emission microscope. The brightness and contrast settings, acceleration voltage of 15 kV, working distance of 10 mm, and other SEM imaging parameters were all held constant for analysis of the entire build. The ImageJ software was used for automated image analysis to determine the phase fraction and size of γ′ precipitates and carbides. A 2-pixel radius Gaussian blur, following a greyscale thresholding and watershed segmentation was used [52]. Primary γ′ sizes (>50 nm), were measured using equivalent spherical diameters. The phase fractions were considered equal to the measured area fraction. Secondary γ′ particles (<50 nm) were not considered here. The γ′ size in the following refers to the diameter of a precipitate.

2.3. Hardness testing

A Struers DuraScan tester was utilized for Vickers hardness mapping on a polished x-z surface, from top to bottom under a maximum load of 100 mN and 10 s dwell time. 30 micro-indentations were performed per row. According to the ASTM standard [53], the indentations were sufficiently distant (∼500 µm) to assure that strain-hardened areas did not interfere with one another.

2.4. Computational simulation of E-PBF IN738 build

2.4.1. Thermal profile modeling

The thermal history was generated using the semi-analytical heat transfer code (also known as the 3DThesis code) developed by Stump and Plotkowski [43]. This code is an open-source C++ program which provides a way to quickly simulate the conductive heat transfer found in welding and AM. The key use case for the code is the simulation of larger domains than is practicable with Computational Fluid Dynamics/Finite Element Analysis programs like FLOW-3D AM. Although simulating conductive heat transfer will not be an appropriate simplification for some investigations (for example the modelling of keyholding or pore formation), the 3DThesis code does provide fast estimates of temperature, thermal gradient, and solidification rate which can be useful for elucidating microstructure formation across entire layers of an AM build. The mathematics involved in the code is as follows:

In transient thermal conduction during welding and AM, with uniform and constant thermophysical properties and without considering fluid convection and latent heat effects, energy conservation can be expressed as:(1)��∂�∂�=�∇2�+�̇where � is density, � specific heat, � temperature, � time, � thermal conductivity, and �̇ a volumetric heat source. By assuming a semi-infinite domain, Eq. 1 can be analytically solved. The solution for temperature at a given time (t) using a volumetric Gaussian heat source is presented as:(2)��,�,�,�−�0=33�����32∫0�1������exp−3�′�′2��+�′�′2��+�′�′2����′(3)and��=12��−�′+��2for�=�,�,�(4)and�′�′=�−���′Where � is the vector �,�,� and �� is the location of the heat source.

The numerical integration scheme used is an adaptive Gaussian quadrature method based on the following nondimensionalization:(5)�=��xy2�,�′=��xy2�′,�=��xy,�=��xy,�=��xy,�=���xy

A more detailed explanation of the mathematics can be found in reference [43].

The main source of the thermal cycling present within a powder-bed fusion process is the fusion of subsequent layers. Therefore, regions near the top of a build are expected to undergo fewer thermal cycles than those closer to the bottom. For this purpose, data from the single scan’s thermal influence on multiple layers was spliced to represent the thermal cycles experienced at a single location caused by multiple subsequent layers being fused.

The cross-sectional area simulated by this model was kept constant at 1 × 1 mm2, and the depth was dependent on the build location modelled with MatCalc. For a build location 2 mm from the bottom, the maximum number of layers to simulate is 460. Fig. 1a shows a stitched overview OM image of the entire build indicating the region where this thermal cycle is simulated and tracked. To increase similarity with the conditions of the physical build, each thermal history was constructed from the results of two simulations generated with different versions of a random scan path. The parameters used for these thermal simulations can be found in Table 1. It should be noted that the main purpose of the thermal profile modelling was to demonstrate how the conditions at different locations of the build change relative to each other. Accurately predicting the absolute temperature during the build would require validation via a temperature sensor measurement during the build process which is beyond the scope of the study. Nonetheless, to establish the viability of the heat source as a suitable approximation for this study, an additional sensitivity analysis was conducted. This analysis focused on the influence of energy input on γ′ precipitation behavior, the central aim of this paper. This was achieved by employing varying beam absorption energies (0.76, 0.82 – the values utilized in the simulation, and 0.9). The direct impact of beam absorption efficiency on energy input into the material was investigated. Specifically, the initial 20 layers of the build were simulated and subsequently compared to experimental data derived from SEM. While phase fractions were found to be consistent across all conditions, disparities emerged in the mean size of γ′ precipitates. An absorption efficiency of 0.76 yielded a mean size of approximately 70 nm. Conversely, absorption efficiencies of 0.82 and 0.9 exhibited remarkably similar mean sizes of around 130 nm, aligning closely with the outcomes of the experiments.

Fig. 1

Table 1. A list of parameters used in thermal simulation of E-PBF.

ParameterValue
Spatial resolution5 µm
Time step0.5 s
Beam diameter200 µm
Beam penetration depth1 µm
Beam power1200 W
Beam absorption efficiency0.82
Thermal conductivity25.37 W/(m⋅K)
Chamber temperature1000 °C
Specific heat711.756 J/(kg⋅K)
Density8110 kg/m3

2.4.2. Thermo-kinetic simulation

The numerical analyses of the evolution of precipitates was performed using MatCalc version 6.04 (rel 0.011). The thermodynamic (‘mc_ni.tdb’, version 2.034) and diffusion (‘mc_ni.ddb’, version 2.007) databases were used. MatCalc’s basic principles are elaborated as follows:

The nucleation kinetics of precipitates are computed using a computational technique based on a classical nucleation theory [54] that has been modified for systems with multiple components [42][55]. Accordingly, the transient nucleation rate (�), which expresses the rate at which nuclei are formed per unit volume and time, is calculated as:(6)�=�0��*∙�xp−�*�∙�∙exp−��where �0 denotes the number of active nucleation sites, �* the rate of atomic attachment, � the Boltzmann constant, � the temperature, �* the critical energy for nucleus formation, τ the incubation time, and t the time. � (Zeldovich factor) takes into consideration that thermal excitation destabilizes the nucleus as opposed to its inactive state [54]. Z is defined as follows:(7)�=−12�kT∂2∆�∂�2�*12where ∆� is the overall change in free energy due to the formation of a nucleus and n is the nucleus’ number of atoms. ∆�’s derivative is evaluated at n* (critical nucleus size). �* accounts for the long-range diffusion of atoms required for nucleation, provided that the matrix’ and precipitates’ composition differ. Svoboda et al. [42] developed an appropriate multi-component equation for �*, which is given by:(8)�*=4��*2�4�∑�=1��ki−�0�2�0��0�−1where �* denotes the critical radius for nucleation, � represents atomic distance, and � is the molar volume. �ki and �0� represent the concentration of elements in the precipitate and matrix, respectively. The parameter �0� denotes the rate of diffusion of the ith element within the matrix. The expression for the incubation time � is expressed as [54]:(9)�=12�*�2

and �*, which represents the critical energy for nucleation:(10)�*=16�3�3∆�vol2where � is the interfacial energy, and ∆Gvol the change in the volume free energy. The critical nucleus’ composition is similar to the γ′ phase’s equilibrium composition at the same temperature. � is computed based on the precipitate and matrix compositions, using a generalized nearest neighbor broken bond model, with the assumption of interfaces being planar, sharp, and coherent [56][57][58].

In Eq. 7, it is worth noting that �* represents the fundamental variable in the nucleation theory. It contains �3/∆�vol2 and is in the exponent of the nucleation rate. Therefore, even small variations in γ and/or ∆�vol can result in notable changes in �, especially if �* is in the order of �∙�. This is demonstrated in [38] for UDIMET 720 Li during continuous cooling, where these quantities change steadily during precipitation due to their dependence on matrix’ and precipitate’s temperature and composition. In the current work, these changes will be even more significant as the system is exposed to multiple cycles of rapid cooling and heating.

Once nucleated, the growth of a precipitate is assessed using the radius and composition evolution equations developed by Svoboda et al. [42] with a mean-field method that employs the thermodynamic extremal principle. The expression for the total Gibbs free energy of a thermodynamic system G, which consists of n components and m precipitates, is given as follows:(11)�=∑���0��0�+∑�=1�4���33��+∑�=1��ki�ki+∑�=1�4���2��.

The chemical potential of component � in the matrix is denoted as �0�(�=1,…,�), while the chemical potential of component � in the precipitate is represented by �ki(�=1,…,�,�=1,…,�). These chemical potentials are defined as functions of the concentrations �ki(�=1,…,�,�=1,…,�). The interface energy density is denoted as �, and �� incorporates the effects of elastic energy and plastic work resulting from the volume change of each precipitate.

Eq. (12) establishes that the total free energy of the system in its current state relies on the independent state variables: the sizes (radii) of the precipitates �� and the concentrations of each component �ki. The remaining variables can be determined by applying the law of mass conservation to each component �. This can be represented by the equation:(12)��=�0�+∑�=1�4���33�ki,

Furthermore, the global mass conservation can be expressed by equation:(13)�=∑�=1���When a thermodynamic system transitions to a more stable state, the energy difference between the initial and final stages is dissipated. This model considers three distinct forms of dissipation effects [42]. These include dissipations caused by the movement of interfaces, diffusion within the precipitate and diffusion within the matrix.

Consequently, �̇� (growth rate) and �̇ki (chemical composition’s rate of change) of the precipitate with index � are derived from the linear system of equation system:(14)�ij��=��where �� symbolizes the rates �̇� and �̇ki [42]. Index i contains variables for precipitate radius, chemical composition, and stoichiometric boundary conditions suggested by the precipitate’s crystal structure. Eq. (10) is computed separately for every precipitate �. For a more detailed description of the formulae for the coefficients �ij and �� employed in this work please refer to [59].

The MatCalc software was used to perform the numerical time integration of �̇� and �̇ki of precipitates based on the classical numerical method by Kampmann and Wagner [60]. Detailed information on this method can be found in [61]. Using this computational method, calculations for E-PBF thermal cycles (cyclic heating and cooling) were computed and compared to experimental data. The simulation took approximately 2–4 hrs to complete on a standard laptop.

3. Results

3.1. Microstructure

Fig. 1 displays a stitched overview image and selected SEM micrographs of various γ′ morphologies and carbides after observations of the X-Z surface of the build from the top to 2 mm above the bottom. Fig. 2 depicts a graph that charts the average size and phase fraction of the primary γ′, as it changes with distance from the top to the bottom of the build. The SEM micrographs show widespread primary γ′ precipitation throughout the entire build, with the size increasing in the top to bottom direction. Particularly, at the topmost height, representing the 460th layer (Z = 22.95 mm), as seen in Fig. 1b, the average size of γ′ is 110 ± 4 nm, exhibiting spherical shapes. This is representative of the microstructure after it solidifies and cools to room temperature, without experiencing additional thermal cycles. The γ′ size slightly increases to 147 ± 6 nm below this layer and remains constant until 0.4 mm (∼453rd layer) from the top. At this position, the microstructure still closely resembles that of the 460th layer. After the 453rd layer, the γ′ size grows rapidly to ∼503 ± 19 nm until reaching the 437th layer (1.2 mm from top). The γ′ particles here have a cuboidal shape, and a small fraction is coarser than 600 nm. γ′ continue to grow steadily from this position to the bottom (23 mm from the top). A small fraction of γ′ is > 800 nm.

Fig. 2

Besides primary γ′, secondary γ′ with sizes ranging from 5 to 50 nm were also found. These secondary γ′ precipitates, as seen in Fig. 1f, were present only in the bottom and middle regions. A detailed analysis of the multimodal size distribution of γ′ can be found in [16]. There is no significant variation in the phase fraction of the γ′ along the build. The phase fraction is ∼ 52%, as displayed in Fig. 2. It is worth mentioning that the total phase fraction of γ′ was estimated based on the primary γ′ phase fraction because of the small size of secondary γ′. Spherical MC carbides with sizes ranging from 50 to 400 nm and a phase fraction of 0.8% were also observed throughout the build. The carbides are the light grey precipitates in Fig. 1g. The light grey shade of carbides in the SEM images is due to their composition and crystal structure [52]. These carbides are not visible in Fig. 1b-e because they were dissolved during electro-etching carried out after electropolishing. In Fig. 1g, however, the sample was examined directly after electropolishing, without electro-etching.

Table 2 shows the nominal and measured composition of γ′ precipitates throughout the build by atom probe microscopy as determined in our previous study [17]. No build height-dependent composition difference was observed in either of the γ′ precipitate populations. However, there was a slight disparity between the composition of primary and secondary γ′. Among the main γ′ forming elements, the primary γ′ has a high Ti concentration while secondary γ′ has a high Al concentration. A detailed description of the atom distribution maps and the proxigrams of the constituent elements of γ′ throughout the build can be found in [17].

Table 2. Bulk IN738 composition determined using inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectroscopy (ICP-AES). Compositions of γ, primary γ′, and secondary γ′ at various locations in the build measured by APT. This information is reproduced from data in Ref. [17] with permission.

at%NiCrCoAlMoWTiNbCBZrTaOthers
Bulk59.1217.478.487.001.010.813.960.490.470.050.090.560.46
γ matrix
Top50.4832.9111.591.941.390.820.440.80.030.030.020.24
Mid50.3732.6111.931.791.540.890.440.10.030.020.020.010.23
Bot48.1034.5712.082.141.430.880.480.080.040.030.010.12
Primary γ′
Top72.172.513.4412.710.250.397.780.560.030.020.050.08
Mid71.602.573.2813.550.420.687.040.730.010.030.040.04
Bot72.342.473.8612.500.260.447.460.500.050.020.020.030.04
Secondary γ′
Mid70.424.203.2314.190.631.035.340.790.030.040.040.05
Bot69.914.063.6814.320.811.045.220.650.050.100.020.11

3.2. Hardness

Fig. 3a shows the Vickers hardness mapping performed along the entire X-Z surface, while Fig. 3b shows the plot of average hardness at different build heights. This hardness distribution is consistent with the γ′ precipitate size gradient across the build direction in Fig. 1Fig. 2. The maximum hardness of ∼530 HV1 is found at ∼0.5 mm away from the top surface (Z = 22.5), where γ′ particles exhibit the smallest observed size in Fig. 2b. Further down the build (∼ 2 mm from the top), the hardness drops to the 440–490 HV1 range. This represents the region where γ′ begins to coarsen. The hardness drops further to 380–430 HV1 at the bottom of the build.

Fig. 3

3.3. Modeling of the microstructural evolution during E-PBF

3.3.1. Thermal profile modeling

Fig. 4 shows the simulated thermal profile of the E-PBF build at a location of 23 mm from the top of the build, using a semi-analytical heat conduction model. This profile consists of the time taken to deposit 460 layers until final cooling, as shown in Fig. 4a. Fig. 4b-d show the magnified regions of Fig. 4a and reveal the first 20 layers from the top, a single layer (first layer from the top), and the time taken for the build to cool after the last layer deposition, respectively.

Fig. 4

The peak temperatures experienced by previous layers decrease progressively as the number of layers increases but never fall below the build preheat temperature (1000 °C). Our simulated thermal cycle may not completely capture the complexity of the actual thermal cycle utilized in the E-PBF build. For instance, the top layer (Fig. 4c), also representing the first deposit’s thermal profile without additional cycles (from powder heating, melting, to solidification), recorded the highest peak temperature of 1390 °C. Although this temperature is above the melting range of the alloy (1230–1360 °C) [62], we believe a much higher temperature was produced by the electron beam to melt the powder. Nevertheless, the solidification temperature and dynamics are outside the scope of this study as our focus is on the solid-state phase transformations during deposition. It takes ∼25 s for each layer to be deposited and cooled to the build temperature. The interlayer dwell time is 125 s. The time taken for the build to cool to room temperature (RT) after final layer deposition is ∼4.7 hrs (17,000 s).

3.3.2. MatCalc simulation

During the MatCalc simulation, the matrix phase is defined as γ. γ′, and MC carbide are included as possible precipitates. The domain of these precipitates is set to be the matrix (γ), and nucleation is assumed to be homogenous. In homogeneous nucleation, all atoms of the unit volume are assumed to be potential nucleation sitesTable 3 shows the computational parameters used in the simulation. All other parameters were set at default values as recommended in the version 6.04.0011 of MatCalc. The values for the interfacial energies are automatically calculated according to the generalized nearest neighbor broken bond model and is one of the most outstanding features in MatCalc [56][57][58]. It should be noted that the elastic misfit strain was not included in the calculation. The output of MatCalc includes phase fraction, size, nucleation rate, and composition of the precipitates. The phase fraction in MatCalc is the volume fraction. Although the experimental phase fraction is the measured area fraction, it is relatively similar to the volume fraction. This is because of the generally larger precipitate size and similar morphology at the various locations along the build [63]. A reliable phase fraction comparison between experiment and simulation can therefore be made.

Table 3. Computational parameters used in the simulation.

Precipitation domainγ
Nucleation site γ′Bulk (homogenous)
Nucleation site MC carbideBulk (Homogenous)
Precipitates class size250
Regular solution critical temperature γ′2500 K[64]
Calculated interfacial energyγ′ = 0.080–0.140 J/m2 and MC carbide = 0.410–0.430 J/m2
3.3.2.1. Precipitate phase fraction

Fig. 5a shows the simulated phase fraction of γ′ and MC carbide during thermal cycling. Fig. 5b is a magnified view of 5a showing the simulated phase fraction at the center points of the top 70 layers, whereas Fig. 5c corresponds to the first two layers from the top. As mentioned earlier, the top layer (460th layer) represents the microstructure after solidification. The microstructure of the layers below is determined by the number of thermal cycles, which increases with distance to the top. For example, layers 459, 458, 457, up to layer 1 (region of interest) experience 1, 2, 3 and 459 thermal cycles, respectively. In the top layer in Fig. 5c, the volume fraction of γ′ and carbides increases with temperature. For γ′, it decreases to zero when the temperature is above the solvus temperature after a few seconds. Carbides, however, remain constant in their volume fraction reaching equilibrium (phase fraction ∼ 0.9%) in a short time. The topmost layer can be compared to the first deposit, and the peak in temperature symbolizes the stage where the electron beam heats the powder until melting. This means γ′ and carbide precipitation might have started in the powder particles during heating from the build temperature and electron beam until the onset of melting, where γ′ dissolves, but carbides remain stable [28].

Fig. 5

During cooling after deposition, γ′ reprecipitates at a temperature of 1085 °C, which is below its solvus temperature. As cooling progresses, the phase fraction increases steadily to ∼27% and remains constant at 1000 °C (elevated build temperature). The calculated equilibrium fraction of phases by MatCalc is used to show the complex precipitation characteristics in this alloy. Fig. 6 shows that MC carbides form during solidification at 1320 °C, followed by γ′, which precipitate when the solidified layer cools to 1140 °C. This indicates that all deposited layers might contain a negligible amount of these precipitates before subsequent layer deposition, while being at the 1000 °C build temperature or during cooling to RT. The phase diagram also shows that the equilibrium fraction of the γ′ increases as temperature decreases. For instance, at 1000, 900, and 800 °C, the phase fractions are ∼30%, 38%, and 42%, respectively.

Fig. 6

Deposition of subsequent layers causes previous layers to undergo phase transformations as they are exposed to several thermal cycles with different peak temperatures. In Fig. 5c, as the subsequent layer is being deposited, γ′ in the previous layer (459th layer) begins to dissolve as the temperature crosses the solvus temperature. This is witnessed by the reduction of the γ′ phase fraction. This graph also shows how this phase dissolves during heating. However, the phase fraction of MC carbide remains stable at high temperatures and no dissolution is seen during thermal cycling. Upon cooling, the γ′ that was dissolved during heating reprecipitates with a surge in the phase fraction until 1000 °C, after which it remains constant. This microstructure is similar to the solidification microstructure (layer 460), with a similar γ′ phase fraction (∼27%).

The complete dissolution and reprecipitation of γ′ continue for several cycles until the 50th layer from the top (layer 411), where the phase fraction does not reach zero during heating to the peak temperature (see Fig. 5d). This indicates the ‘partial’ dissolution of γ′, which continues progressively with additional layers. It should be noted that the peak temperatures for layers that underwent complete dissolution were much higher (1170–1300 °C) than the γ′ solvus.

The dissolution and reprecipitation of γ′ during thermal cycling are further confirmed in Fig. 7, which summarizes the nucleation rate, phase fraction, and concentration of major elements that form γ′ in the matrix. Fig. 7b magnifies a single layer (3rd layer from top) within the full dissolution region in Fig. 7a to help identify the nucleation and growth mechanisms. From Fig. 7b, γ′ nucleation begins during cooling whereby the nucleation rate increases to reach a maximum value of approximately 1 × 1020 m−3s−1. This fast kinetics implies that some rearrangement of atoms is required for γ′ precipitates to form in the matrix [65][66]. The matrix at this stage is in a non-equilibrium condition. Its composition is similar to the nominal composition and remains unchanged. The phase fraction remains insignificant at this stage although nucleation has started. The nucleation rate starts declining upon reaching the peak value. Simultaneously, diffusion-controlled growth of existing nuclei occurs, depleting the matrix of γ′ forming elements (Al and Ti). Thus, from (7)(11), ∆�vol continuously decreases until nucleation ceases. The growth of nuclei is witnessed by the increase in phase fraction until a constant level is reached at 27% upon cooling to and holding at build temperature. This nucleation event is repeated several times.

Fig. 7

At the onset of partial dissolution, the nucleation rate jumps to 1 × 1021 m−3s−1, and then reduces sharply at the middle stage of partial dissolution. The nucleation rate reaches 0 at a later stage. Supplementary Fig. S1 shows a magnified view of the nucleation rate, phase fraction, and thermal profile, underpinning this trend. The jump in nucleation rate at the onset is followed by a progressive reduction in the solute content of the matrix. The peak temperatures (∼1130–1160 °C) are lower than those in complete dissolution regions but still above or close to the γ′ solvus. The maximum phase fraction (∼27%) is similar to that of the complete dissolution regions. At the middle stage, the reduction in nucleation rate is accompanied by a sharp drop in the matrix composition. The γ′ fraction drops to ∼24%, where the peak temperatures of the layers are just below or at γ′ solvus. The phase fraction then increases progressively through the later stage of partial dissolution to ∼30% towards the end of thermal cycling. The matrix solute content continues to drop although no nucleation event is seen. The peak temperatures are then far below the γ′ solvus. It should be noted that the matrix concentration after complete dissolution remains constant. Upon cooling to RT after final layer deposition, the nucleation rate increases again, indicating new nucleation events. The phase fraction reaches ∼40%, with a further depletion of the matrix in major γ′ forming elements.

3.3.2.2. γ′ size distribution

Fig. 8 shows histograms of the γ′ precipitate size distributions (PSD) along the build height during deposition. These PSDs are predicted at the end of each layer of interest just before final cooling to room temperature, to separate the role of thermal cycles from final cooling on the evolution of γ′. The PSD for the top layer (layer 460) is shown in Fig. 8a (last solidified region with solidification microstructure). The γ′ size ranges from 120 to 230 nm and is similar to the 44 layers below (2.2 mm from the top).

Fig. 8

Further down the build, γ′ begins to coarsen after layer 417 (44th layer from top). Fig. 8c shows the PSD after the 44th layer, where the γ′ size exhibits two peaks at ∼120–230 and ∼300 nm, with most of the population being in the former range. This is the onset of partial dissolution where simultaneously with the reprecipitation and growth of fresh γ′, the undissolved γ′ grows rapidly through diffusive transport of atoms to the precipitates. This is shown in Fig. 8c, where the precipitate class sizes between 250 and 350 represent the growth of undissolved γ′. Although this continues in the 416th layer, the phase fractions plot indicates that the onset of partial dissolution begins after the 411th layer. This implies that partial dissolution started early, but the fraction of undissolved γ′ was too low to impact the phase fraction. The reprecipitated γ′ are mostly in the 100–220 nm class range and similar to those observed during full dissolution.

As the number of layers increases, coarsening intensifies with continued growth of more undissolved γ′, and reprecipitation and growth of partially dissolved ones. Fig. 8d, e, and f show this sequence. Further down the build, coarsening progresses rapidly, as shown in Figs. 8d, 8e, and 8f. The γ′ size ranges from 120 to 1100 nm, with the peaks at 160, 180, and 220 nm in Figs. 8d, 8e, and 8f, respectively. Coarsening continues until nucleation ends during dissolution, where only the already formed γ′ precipitates continue to grow during further thermal cycling. The γ′ size at this point is much larger, as observed in layers 361 and 261, and continues to increase steadily towards the bottom (layer 1). Two populations in the ranges of ∼380–700 and ∼750–1100 nm, respectively, can be seen. The steady growth of γ′ towards the bottom is confirmed by the gradual decrease in the concentration of solute elements in the matrix (Fig. 7a). It should be noted that for each layer, the γ′ class with the largest size originates from continuous growth of the earliest set of the undissolved precipitates.

Fig. 9Fig. 10 and supplementary Figs. S2 and S3 show the γ′ size evolution during heating and cooling of a single layer in the full dissolution region, and early, middle stages, and later stages of partial dissolution, respectively. In all, the size of γ′ reduces during layer heating. Depending on the peak temperature of the layer which varies with build height, γ′ are either fully or partially dissolved as mentioned earlier. Upon cooling, the dissolved γ′ reprecipitate.

Fig. 9
Fig. 10

In Fig. 9, those layers that underwent complete dissolution (top layers) were held above γ′ solvus temperature for longer. In Fig. 10, layers at the early stage of partial dissolution spend less time in the γ′ solvus temperature region during heating, leading to incomplete dissolution. In such conditions, smaller precipitates are fully dissolved while larger ones shrink [67]. Layers in the middle stages of partial dissolution have peak temperatures just below or at γ′ solvus, not sufficient to achieve significant γ′ dissolution. As seen in supplementary Fig. S2, only a few smaller γ′ are dissolved back into the matrix during heating, i.e., growth of precipitates is more significant than dissolution. This explains the sharp decrease in concentration of Al and Ti in the matrix in this layer.

The previous sections indicate various phenomena such as an increase in phase fraction, further depletion of matrix composition, and new nucleation bursts during cooling. Analysis of the PSD after the final cooling of the build to room temperature allows a direct comparison to post-printing microstructural characterization. Fig. 11 shows the γ′ size distribution of layer 1 (460th layer from the top) after final cooling to room temperature. Precipitation of secondary γ′ is observed, leading to the multimodal size distribution of secondary and primary γ′. The secondary γ′ size falls within the 10–80 nm range. As expected, a further growth of the existing primary γ′ is also observed during cooling.

Fig. 11
3.3.2.3. γ′ chemistry after deposition

Fig. 12 shows the concentration of the major elements that form γ′ (Al, Ti, and Ni) in the primary and secondary γ′ at the bottom of the build, as calculated by MatCalc. The secondary γ′ has a higher Al content (13.5–14.5 at% Al), compared to 13 at% Al in the primary γ′. Additionally, within the secondary γ′, the smallest particles (∼10 nm) have higher Al contents than larger ones (∼70 nm). In contrast, for the primary γ′, there is no significant variation in the Al content as a function of their size. The Ni concentration in secondary γ′ (71.1–72 at%) is also higher in comparison to the primary γ′ (70 at%). The smallest secondary γ′ (∼10 nm) have higher Ni contents than larger ones (∼70 nm), whereas there is no substantial change in the Ni content of primary γ′, based on their size. As expected, Ti shows an opposite size-dependent variation. It ranges from ∼ 7.7–8.7 at% Ti in secondary γ′ to ∼9.2 at% in primary γ′. Similarly, within the secondary γ′, the smallest (∼10 nm) have lower Al contents than the larger ones (∼70 nm). No significant variation is observed for Ti content in primary γ′.

Fig. 12

4. Discussion

A combined modelling method is utilized to study the microstructural evolution during E-PBF of IN738. The presented results are discussed by examining the precipitation and dissolution mechanism of γ′ during thermal cycling. This is followed by a discussion on the phase fraction and size evolution of γ′ during thermal cycling and after final cooling. A brief discussion on carbide morphology is also made. Finally, a comparison is made between the simulation and experimental results to assess their agreement.

4.1. γ′ morphology as a function of build height

4.1.1. Nucleation of γ′

The fast precipitation kinetics of the γ′ phase enables formation of γ′ upon quenching from higher temperatures (above solvus) during thermal cycling [66]. In Fig. 7b, for a single layer in the full dissolution region, during cooling, the initial increase in nucleation rate signifies the first formation of nuclei. The slight increase in nucleation rate during partial dissolution, despite a decrease in the concentration of γ′ forming elements, may be explained by the nucleation kinetics. During partial dissolution and as the precipitates shrink, it is assumed that the regions at the vicinity of partially dissolved precipitates are enriched in γ′ forming elements [68][69]. This differs from the full dissolution region, in which case the chemical composition is evenly distributed in the matrix. Several authors have attributed the solute supersaturation of the matrix around primary γ′ to partial dissolution during isothermal ageing [69][70][71][72]. The enhanced supersaturation in the regions close to the precipitates results in a much higher driving force for nucleation, leading to a higher nucleation rate upon cooling. This phenomenon can be closely related to the several nucleation bursts upon continuous cooling of Ni-based superalloys, where second nucleation bursts exhibit higher nucleation rates [38][68][73][74].

At middle stages of partial dissolution, the reduction in the nucleation rate indicates that the existing composition and low supersaturation did not trigger nucleation as the matrix was closer to the equilibrium state. The end of a nucleation burst means that the supersaturation of Al and Ti has reached a low level, incapable of providing sufficient driving force during cooling to or holding at 1000 °C for further nucleation [73]. Earlier studies on Ni-based superalloys have reported the same phenomenon during ageing or continuous cooling from the solvus temperature to RT [38][73][74].

4.1.2. Dissolution of γ′ during thermal cycling

γ′ dissolution kinetics during heating are fast when compared to nucleation due to exponential increase in phase transformation and diffusion activities with temperature [65]. As shown in Fig. 9Fig. 10, and supplementary Figs. S2 and S3, the reduction in γ′ phase fraction and size during heating indicates γ′ dissolution. This is also revealed in Fig. 5 where phase fraction decreases upon heating. The extent of γ′ dissolution mostly depends on the temperature, time spent above γ′ solvus, and precipitate size [75][76][77]. Smaller γ′ precipitates are first to be dissolved [67][77][78]. This is mainly because more solute elements need to be transported away from large γ′ precipitates than from smaller ones [79]. Also, a high temperature above γ′ solvus temperature leads to a faster dissolution rate [80]. The equilibrium solvus temperature of γ′ in IN738 in our MatCalc simulation (Fig. 6) and as reported by Ojo et al. [47] is 1140 °C and 1130–1180 °C, respectively. This means the peak temperature experienced by previous layers decreases progressively from γ′ supersolvus to subsolvus, near-solvus, and far from solvus as the number of subsequent layers increases. Based on the above, it can be inferred that the degree of dissolution of γ′ contributes to the gradient in precipitate distribution.

Although the peak temperatures during later stages of partial dissolution are much lower than the equilibrium γ′ solvus, γ′ dissolution still occurs but at a significantly lower rate (supplementary Fig. S3). Wahlmann et al. [28] also reported a similar case where they observed the rapid dissolution of γ′ in CMSX-4 during fast heating and cooling cycles at temperatures below the γ′ solvus. They attributed this to the γ′ phase transformation process taking place in conditions far from the equilibrium. While the same reasoning may be valid for our study, we further believe that the greater surface area to volume ratio of the small γ′ precipitates contributed to this. This ratio means a larger area is available for solute atoms to diffuse into the matrix even at temperatures much below the solvus [81].

4.2. γ′ phase fraction and size evolution

4.2.1. During thermal cycling

In the first layer, the steep increase in γ′ phase fraction during heating (Fig. 5), which also represents γ′ precipitation in the powder before melting, has qualitatively been validated in [28]. The maximum phase fraction of 27% during the first few layers of thermal cycling indicates that IN738 theoretically could reach the equilibrium state (∼30%), but the short interlayer time at the build temperature counteracts this. The drop in phase fraction at middle stages of partial dissolution is due to the low number of γ′ nucleation sites [73]. It has been reported that a reduction of γ′ nucleation sites leads to a delay in obtaining the final volume fraction as more time is required for γ′ precipitates to grow and reach equilibrium [82]. This explains why even upon holding for 150 s before subsequent layer deposition, the phase fraction does not increase to those values that were observed in the previous full γ′ dissolution regions. Towards the end of deposition, the increase in phase fraction to the equilibrium value of 30% is as a result of the longer holding at build temperature or close to it [83].

During thermal cycling, γ′ particles begin to grow immediately after they first precipitate upon cooling. This is reflected in the rapid increase in phase fraction and size during cooling in Fig. 5 and supplementary Fig. S2, respectively. The rapid growth is due to the fast diffusion of solute elements at high temperatures [84]. The similar size of γ′ for the first 44 layers from the top can be attributed to the fact that all layers underwent complete dissolution and hence, experienced the same nucleation event and growth during deposition. This corresponds with the findings by Balikci et al. [85], who reported that the degree of γ′ precipitation in IN738LC does not change when a solution heat treatment is conducted above a certain critical temperature.

The increase in coarsening rate (Fig. 8) during thermal cycling can first be ascribed to the high peak temperature of the layers [86]. The coarsening rate of γ′ is known to increase rapidly with temperature due to the exponential growth of diffusion activity. Also, the simultaneous dissolution with coarsening could be another reason for the high coarsening rate, as γ′ coarsening is a diffusion-driven process where large particles grow by consuming smaller ones [78][84][86][87]. The steady growth of γ′ towards the bottom of the build is due to the much lower layer peak temperature, which is almost close to the build temperature, and reduced dissolution activity, as is seen in the much lower solute concentration in γ′ compared to those in the full and partial dissolution regions.

4.2.2. During cooling

The much higher phase fraction of ∼40% upon cooling signifies the tendency of γ′ to reach equilibrium at lower temperatures (Fig. 4). This is due to the precipitation of secondary γ′ and a further increase in the size of existing primary γ′, which leads to a multimodal size distribution of γ′ after cooling [38][73][88][89][90]. The reason for secondary γ′ formation during cooling is as follows: As cooling progresses, it becomes increasingly challenging to redistribute solute elements in the matrix owing to their lower mobility [38][73]. A higher supersaturation level in regions away from or free of the existing γ′ precipitates is achieved, making them suitable sites for additional nucleation bursts. More cooling leads to the growth of these secondary γ′ precipitates, but as the temperature and in turn, the solute diffusivity is low, growth remains slow.

4.3. Carbides

MC carbides in IN738 are known to have a significant impact on the high-temperature strength. They can also act as effective hardening particles and improve the creep resistance [91]. Precipitation of MC carbides in IN738 and several other superalloys is known to occur during solidification or thermal treatments (e.g., hot isostatic pressing) [92]. In our case, this means that the MC carbides within the E-PBF build formed because of the thermal exposure from the E-PBF thermal cycle in addition to initial solidification. Our simulation confirms this as MC carbides appear during layer heating (Fig. 5). The constant and stable phase fraction of MC carbides during thermal cycling can be attributed to their high melting point (∼1360 °C) and the short holding time at peak temperatures [75][93][94]. The solvus temperature for most MC carbides exceeds most of the peak temperatures observed in our simulation, and carbide dissolution kinetics at temperatures above the solvus are known to be comparably slow [95]. The stable phase fraction and random distribution of MC carbides signifies the slight influence on the gradient in hardness.

4.4. Comparison of simulations and experiments

4.4.1. Precipitate phase fraction and morphology as a function of build height

A qualitative agreement is observed for the phase fraction of carbides, i.e. ∼0.8% in the experiment and ∼0.9% in the simulation. The phase fraction of γ′ differs, with the experiment reporting a value of ∼51% and the simulation, 40%. Despite this, the size distribution of primary γ′ along the build shows remarkable consistency between experimental and computational analyses. It is worth noting that the primary γ′ morphology in the experimental analysis is observed in the as-fabricated state, whereas the simulation (Fig. 8) captures it during deposition process. The primary γ′ size in the experiment is expected to experience additional growth during the cooling phase. Regardless, both show similar trends in primary γ′ size increments from the top to the bottom of the build. The larger primary γ’ size in the simulation versus the experiment can be attributed to the fact that experimental and simulation results are based on 2D and 3D data, respectively. The absence of stereological considerations [96] in our analysis could have led to an underestimation of the precipitate sizes from SEM measurements. The early starts of coarsening (8th layer) in the experiment compared to the simulation (45th layer) can be attributed to a higher actual γ′ solvus temperature than considered in our simulation [47]. The solvus temperature of γ′ in a Ni-based superalloy is mainly determined by the detailed composition. A high amount of Cr and Co are known to reduce the solvus temperature, whereas Ta and Mo will increase it [97][98][99]. The elemental composition from our experimental work was used for the simulation except for Ta. It should be noted that Ta is not included in the thermodynamic database in MatCalc used, and this may have reduced the solvus temperature. This could also explain the relatively higher γ′ phase fraction in the experiment than in simulation, as a higher γ′ solvus temperature will cause more γ′ to precipitate and grow early during cooling [99][100].

Another possible cause of this deviation can be attributed to the extent of γ′ dissolution, which is mainly determined by the peak temperature. It can be speculated that individual peak temperatures at different layers in the simulation may have been over-predicted. However, one needs to consider that the true thermal profile is likely more complicated in the actual E-PBF process [101]. For example, the current model assumes that the thermophysical properties of the material are temperature-independent, which is not realistic. Many materials, including IN738, exhibit temperature-dependent properties such as thermal conductivityspecific heat capacity, and density [102]. This means that heat transfer simulations may underestimate or overestimate the temperature gradients and cooling rates within the powder bed and the solidified part. Additionally, the model does not account for the reduced thermal diffusivity through unmelted powder, where gas separating the powder acts as insulation, impeding the heat flow [1]. In E-PBF, the unmelted powder regions with trapped gas have lower thermal diffusivity compared to the fully melted regions, leading to localized temperature variations, and altered solidification behavior. These limitations can impact the predictions, particularly in relation to the carbide dissolution, as the peak temperatures may be underestimated.

While acknowledging these limitations, it is worth emphasizing that achieving a detailed and accurate representation of each layer’s heat source would impose tough computational challenges. Given the substantial layer count in E-PBF, our decision to employ a semi-analytical approximation strikes a balance between computational feasibility and the capture of essential trends in thermal profiles across diverse build layers. In future work, a dual-calibration strategy is proposed to further reduce simulation-experiment disparities. By refining temperature-independent thermophysical property approximations and absorptivity in the heat source model, and by optimizing interfacial energy descriptions in the kinetic model, the predictive precision could be enhanced. Further refining the simulation controls, such as adjusting the precipitate class size may enhance quantitative comparisons between modeling outcomes and experimental data in future work.

4.4.2. Multimodal size distribution of γ′ and concentration

Another interesting feature that sees qualitative agreement between the simulation and the experiment is the multimodal size distribution of γ′. The formation of secondary γ′ particles in the experiment and most E-PBF Ni-based superalloys is suggested to occur at low temperatures, during final cooling to RT [16][73][90]. However, so far, this conclusion has been based on findings from various continuous cooling experiments, as the study of the evolution during AM would require an in-situ approach. Our simulation unambiguously confirms this in an AM context by providing evidence for secondary γ′ precipitation during slow cooling to RT. Additionally, it is possible to speculate that the chemical segregation occurring during solidification, due to the preferential partitioning of certain elements between the solid and liquid phases, can contribute to the multimodal size distribution during deposition [51]. This is because chemical segregation can result in variations in the local composition of superalloys, which subsequently affects the nucleation and growth of γ′. Regions with higher concentrations of alloying elements will encourage the formation of larger γ′ particles, while regions with lower concentrations may favor the nucleation of smaller precipitates. However, it is important to acknowledge that the elevated temperature during the E-PBF process will largely homogenize these compositional differences [103][104].

A good correlation is also shown in the composition of major γ′ forming elements (Al and Ti) in primary and secondary γ′. Both experiment and simulation show an increasing trend for Al content and a decreasing trend for Ti content from primary to secondary γ′. The slight composition differences between primary and secondary γ′ particles are due to the different diffusivity of γ′ stabilizers at different thermal conditions [105][106]. As the formation of multimodal γ′ particles with different sizes occurs over a broad temperature range, the phase chemistry of γ′ will be highly size dependent. The changes in the chemistry of various γ′ (primary, secondary, and tertiary) have received significant attention since they have a direct influence on the performance [68][105][107][108][109]. Chen et al. [108][109], reported a high Al content in the smallest γ′ precipitates compared to the largest, while Ti showed an opposite trend during continuous cooling in a RR1000 Ni-based superalloy. This was attributed to the temperature and cooling rate at which the γ′ precipitates were formed. The smallest precipitates formed last, at the lowest temperature and cooling rate. A comparable observation is evident in the present investigation, where the secondary γ′ forms at a low temperature and cooling rate in comparison to the primary. The temperature dependence of γ′ chemical composition is further evidenced in supplementary Fig. S4, which shows the equilibrium chemical composition of γ′ as a function of temperature.

5. Conclusions

A correlative modelling approach capable of predicting solid-state phase transformations kinetics in metal AM was developed. This approach involves computational simulations with a semi-analytical heat transfer model and the MatCalc thermo-kinetic software. The method was used to predict the phase transformation kinetics and detailed morphology and chemistry of γ′ and MC during E-PBF of IN738 Ni-based superalloy. The main conclusions are:

  • 1.The computational simulations are in qualitative agreement with the experimental observations. This is particularly true for the γ′ size distribution along the build height, the multimodal size distribution of particles, and the phase fraction of MC carbides.
  • 2.The deviations between simulation and experiment in terms of γ′ phase fraction and location in the build are most likely attributed to a higher γ′ solvus temperature during the experiment than in the simulation, which is argued to be related to the absence of Ta in the MatCalc database.
  • 3.The dissolution and precipitation of γ′ occur fast and under non-equilibrium conditions. The level of γ′ dissolution determines the gradient in γ′ size distribution along the build. After thermal cycling, the final cooling to room temperature has further significant impacts on the final γ′ size, morphology, and distribution.
  • 4.A negligible amount of γ′ forms in the first deposited layer before subsequent layer deposition, and a small amount of γ′ may also form in the powder induced by the 1000 °C elevated build temperature before melting.

Our findings confirm the suitability of MatCalc to predict the microstructural evolution at various positions throughout a build in a Ni-based superalloy during E-PBF. It also showcases the suitability of a tool which was originally developed for traditional thermo-mechanical processing of alloys to the new additive manufacturing context. Our simulation capabilities are likely extendable to other alloy systems that undergo solid-state phase transformations implemented in MatCalc (various steels, Ni-based superalloys, and Al-alloys amongst others) as well as other AM processes such as L-DED and L-PBF which have different thermal cycle characteristics. New tools to predict the microstructural evolution and properties during metal AM are important as they provide new insights into the complexities of AM. This will enable control and design of AM microstructures towards advanced materials properties and performances.

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Primig Sophie: Writing – review & editing, Supervision, Resources, Project administration, Funding acquisition, Conceptualization. Adomako Nana Kwabena: Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing, Visualization, Software, Investigation, Formal analysis, Conceptualization. Haghdadi Nima: Writing – review & editing, Supervision, Project administration, Methodology, Conceptualization. Dingle James F.L.: Methodology, Conceptualization, Software, Writing – review & editing, Visualization. Kozeschnik Ernst: Writing – review & editing, Software, Methodology. Liao Xiaozhou: Writing – review & editing, Project administration, Funding acquisition. Ringer Simon P: Writing – review & editing, Project administration, Funding acquisition.

Declaration of Competing Interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Acknowledgements

This research was sponsored by the Department of Industry, Innovation, and Science under the auspices of the AUSMURI program – which is a part of the Commonwealth’s Next Generation Technologies Fund. The authors acknowledge the facilities and the scientific and technical assistance at the Electron Microscope Unit (EMU) within the Mark Wainwright Analytical Centre (MWAC) at UNSW Sydney and Microscopy Australia. Nana Adomako is supported by a UNSW Scientia PhD scholarship. Michael Haines’ (UNSW Sydney) contribution to the revised version of the original manuscript is thankfully acknowledged.

Appendix A. Supplementary material

Download : Download Word document (462KB)

Supplementary material.

Data Availability

Data will be made available on request.

References

Study on the critical sediment concentration determining the optimal transport capability of submarine sediment flows with different particle size composition

Study on the critical sediment concentration determining the optimal transport capability of submarine sediment flows with different particle size composition

Yupeng Ren abc, Huiguang Zhou cd, Houjie Wang ab, Xiao Wu ab, Guohui Xu cd, Qingsheng Meng cd

Abstract

해저 퇴적물 흐름은 퇴적물을 심해로 운반하는 주요 수단 중 하나이며, 종종 장거리를 이동하고 수십 또는 수백 킬로미터에 걸쳐 상당한 양의 퇴적물을 운반합니다. 그것의 강력한 파괴력은 종종 이동 과정에서 잠수함 유틸리티에 심각한 손상을 초래합니다.

퇴적물 흐름의 퇴적물 농도는 주변 해수와의 밀도차를 결정하며, 이 밀도 차이는 퇴적물 흐름의 흐름 능력을 결정하여 이송된 퇴적물의 최종 퇴적 위치에 영향을 미칩니다. 본 논문에서는 다양한 미사 및 점토 중량비(미사/점토 비율이라고 함)를 갖는 다양한 퇴적물 농도의 퇴적물 흐름을 수로 테스트를 통해 연구합니다.

우리의 테스트 결과는 특정 퇴적물 구성에 대해 퇴적물 흐름이 가장 빠르게 이동하는 임계 퇴적물 농도가 있음을 나타냅니다. 4가지 미사/점토 비율 각각에 대한 임계 퇴적물 농도와 이에 상응하는 최대 속도가 구해집니다. 결과는 점토 함량이 임계 퇴적물 농도와 선형적으로 음의 상관 관계가 있음을 나타냅니다.

퇴적물 농도가 증가함에 따라 퇴적물의 흐름 거동은 흐름 상태에서 붕괴된 상태로 변환되고 흐름 거동이 변화하는 두 탁한 현탁액의 유체 특성은 모두 Bingham 유체입니다.

또한 본 논문에서는 퇴적물 흐름 내 입자 배열을 분석하여 위에서 언급한 결과에 대한 미시적 설명도 제공합니다.

Submarine sediment flows is one of the main means for transporting sediment to the deep sea, often traveling long-distance and transporting significant volumes of sediment for tens or even hundreds of kilometers. Its strong destructive force often causes serious damage to submarine utilities on its course of movement. The sediment concentration of the sediment flow determines its density difference with the ambient seawater, and this density difference determines the flow ability of the sediment flow, and thus affects the final deposition locations of the transported sediment. In this paper, sediment flows of different sediment concentration with various silt and clay weight ratios (referred to as silt/clay ratio) are studied using flume tests. Our test results indicate that there is a critical sediment concentration at which sediment flows travel the fastest for a specific sediment composition. The critical sediment concentrations and their corresponding maximum velocities for each of the four silt/clay ratios are obtained. The results further indicate that the clay content is linearly negatively correlated with the critical sediment concentration. As the sediment concentration increases, the flow behaviors of sediment flows transform from the flow state to the collapsed state, and the fluid properties of the two turbid suspensions with changing flow behaviors are both Bingham fluids. Additionally, this paper also provides a microscopic explanation of the above-mentioned results by analyzing the arrangement of particles within the sediment flow.

Introduction

Submarine sediment flows are important carriers for sea floor sediment movement and may carry and transport significant volumes of sediment for tens or even hundreds of kilometers (Prior et al., 1987; Pirmez and Imran, 2003; Zhang et al., 2018). Earthquakes, storms, and floods may all trigger submarine sediment flow events (Hsu et al., 2008; Piper and Normark, 2009; Pope et al., 2017b; Gavey et al., 2017). Sediment flows have strong forces during the movement, which will cause great harm to submarine structures such as cables and pipelines (Pope et al., 2017a). It was first confirmed that the cable breaking event caused by the sediment flow occurred in 1929. The sediment flow triggered by the Grand Banks earthquake damaged 12 cables. According to the time sequence of the cable breaking, the maximum velocity of the sediment flow is as high as 28 m/s (Heezen and Ewing, 1952; Kuenen, 1952; Heezen et al., 1954). Subsequent research shows that the lowest turbidity velocity that can break the cable also needs to reach 19 m/s (Piper et al., 1988). Since then, there have been many damage events of submarine cables and oil and gas pipelines caused by sediment flows in the world (Hsu et al., 2008; Carter et al., 2012; Cattaneo et al., 2012; Carter et al., 2014). During its movement, the sediment flow will gradually deposit a large amount of sediment carried by it along the way, that is, the deposition process of the sediment flow. On the one hand, this process brings a large amount of terrestrial nutrients and other materials to the ocean, while on the other hand, it causes damage and burial to benthic organisms, thus forming the largest sedimentary accumulation on Earth – submarine fans, which are highly likely to become good reservoirs for oil and gas resources (Daly, 1936; Yuan et al., 2010; Wu et al., 2022). The study on sediment flows (such as, the study of flow velocity and the forces acting on seabed structures) can provide important references for the safe design of seabed structures, the protection of submarine ecosystems, and exploration of turbidity sediments related oil and gas deposits. Therefore, it is of great significance to study the movement of sediment flows.

The sediment flow, as a highly sediment-concentrated fluid flowing on the sea floor, has a dense bottom layer and a dilute turbulent cloud. Observations at the Monterey Canyon indicated that the sediment flow can maintain its movement over long distances if its bottom has a relatively high sediment concentration. This dense bottom layer can be very destructive along its movement path to any facilities on the sea floor (Paull et al., 2018; Heerema et al., 2020; Wang et al., 2020). The sediment flow mentioned in this research paper is the general term of sediment density flow.

The sediment flow, which occurs on the seafloor, has the potential to cause erosion along its path. In this process, the suspended sediment is replenished, allowing the sediment flow to maintain its continuous flow capacity (Zhao et al., 2018). The dynamic force of sediment flow movement stem from its own gravity and density difference with surrounding water. In cases that the gravity drive of the slope is absent (on a flat sea floor), the flow velocity and distance of sediment flows are essentially determined by the sediment composition and concentration of the sediment flows as previous studies have demonstrated. Ilstad et al. (2004) conducted underwater flow tests in a sloped tank and employed high speed video camera to perform particle tracking. The results indicated that the premixed sand-rich and clay-rich slurries demonstrated different flow velocity and flow behavior. Using mixed kaolinite(d50 = 6 μm) and silica flour(d50 = 9 μm) in three compositions with total volumetric concentration ranged 22% or 28%, Felix and Peakall (2006) carried out underwater flow tests in a 5° slope Perspex channel and found that the flow ability of sediment flows is different depending on sediment compositions and concentrations. Sumner et al. (2009) used annular flume experiments to investigate the depositional dynamics and deposits of waning sediment-laden flows, finding that decelerating fast flows with fixed sand content and variable mud content resulted in four different deposit types. Chowdhury and Testik (2011) used lock-exchange tank, and experimented the kaolin clay sediment flows in the concentration range of 25–350 g/L, and predicted the fluid mud sediment flows propagation characteristics, but this study focused on giving sediment flows propagate phase transition time parameters, and is limited to clay. Lv et al. (2017) found through experiments that the rheological properties and flow behavior of kaolin clay (d50 = 3.7 μm) sediment flows were correlated to clay concentrations. In the field monitoring conducted by Liu et al. (2023) at the Manila Trench in the South China Sea in 2021, significant differences in the velocity, movement distance, and flow morphology of turbidity currents were observed. These differences may be attributed to variations in the particle composition of the turbidity currents.

On low and gentle slopes, although sediment flow with sand as the main sediment composition moves faster, it is difficult to propagate over long distances because sand has greater settling velocity and subaqueous angle of repose. Whereas the sediment flows with silt and clay as main composition may maintain relatively stable currents. Although its movement speed is slow, it has the ability to propagate over long distances because of the low settling rate of the fine particles (Ilstad et al., 2004; Liu et al., 2023). In a field observation at the Gaoping submarine canyon, the sediments collected from the sediment flows exhibited grain size gradation and the sediment was mostly composed of silt and clay (Liu et al., 2012). At the largest deltas in the world, for instance, the Mississippi River Delta, the sediments are mainly composed of silt and clay, which generally distributed along the coast in a wide range and provided the sediment sources for further distribution. The sediment flows originated and transported sediment from the coast to the deep sea are therefore share the same sediment compositions as delta sediments. To study the sediment flows composed of silt and clay is of great importance.

The sediment concentration of the sediment flows determines the density difference between the sediment flows and the ambient water and plays a key role in its flow ability. For the sediment flow with sediment composed of silt and clay, low sediment concentration means low density and therefore leads to low flow ability; however, although high sediment concentration results in high density, since there is cohesion between fine particles, it changes fluid properties and leads to low flow ability as well. Therefore, there should be a critical sediment concentration with mixed composition of silt and clay, at which the sediment flow maintains its strongest flow capacity and have the highest movement speed. In other words, the two characteristics of particle diameter and concentration of the sediment flow determine its own motion ability, which, if occurs, may become the most destructive force to submarine structures.

The objectives of this work was to study how the sediment composition (measured in relative weight of silt and clay, and referred as silt/clay ratio) and sediment concentration affect flow ability and behavior of the sediment flows, and to quantify the critical sediment concentration at which the sediment flows reached the greatest flow velocity under the experiment setting. We used straight flume without slope and conducted a series of flume tests with varying sediment compositions (silt-rich or clay-rich) and concentrations (96 to 1212 g/L). Each sediment flow sample was tested and analyzed for rheological properties using a rheometer, in order to characterize the relationship between flow behavior and rheological properties. Combined with the particle diameter, density and viscosity characteristics of the sediment flows measured in the experiment, a numerical modeling study is conducted, which are mutually validated with the experimental results.

The sediment concentration determines the arrangements of the sediment particles in the turbid suspension, and the arrangement impacts the fluid properties of the turbid suspension. The microscopic mode of particle arrangement in the turbid suspension can be constructed to further analyze the relationship between the fluid properties of turbid suspension and the flow behaviors of the sediment flow, and then characterize the critical sediment concentration at which the sediment flow runs the fastest. A simplified microscopic model of particle arrangement in turbid suspension was constructed to analyze the microscopic arrangement characteristics of sediment particles in turbid suspension with the fastest velocity.

Section snippets

Equipment and materials

The sediment flows flow experiments were performed in a Perspex channel with smooth transparent walls. The layout and dimensions of the experimental set-up were shown in Fig. 1. The bottom of the channel was flat and straight, and a gate was arranged to separate the two tanks. In order to study the flow capacity of turbidity currents from the perspective of their own composition (particle size distribution and concentration), we used a straight channel instead of an inclined one, to avoid any

Relationship between sediment flow flow velocity and sediment concentration

After the sediment flow is generated, its movement in the first half (50 cm) of the channel is relatively stable, and there is obvious shock diffusion in the second half. The reason is that the excitation wave (similar to the surge) will be formed during the sediment flow movement, and its speed is much faster than the speed of the sediment flow head. When the excitation wave reaches the tail of the channel, it will be reflected, thus affecting the subsequent flow of the sediment flow.

Sediment flows motion simulation based on FLOW-3D

As a relatively mature 3D fluid simulation software, FLOW-3D can accurately predict the free surface flow, and has been used to simulate the movement process of sediment flows for many times (Heimsund, 2007). The model adopted in this paper is RNG turbulence model, which can better deal with the flow with high strain rate and is suitable for the simulation of sediment flows with variable shape during movement. The governing equations of the numerical model involved include continuity equation,

Conclusions

In this study, we conducted a series of sediment flow flume tests with mixed silt and clay sediment samples in four silt/clay ratios on a flat slope. Rheological measurements were carried out on turbid suspension samples and microstructure analysis of the sediment particle arrangements was conducted, we concluded that:

  • (1)The flow velocity of the sediment flow is controlled by the sediment concentration and its own particle diameter composition, the flow velocity increased with the increase of the

Declaration of Competing Interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Acknowledgements

This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China [Grant no. 42206055]; the National Natural Science Foundation of China [Grant no. 41976049]; and the National Natural Science Foundation of China [Grant no. 42272327].

References (39)

There are more references available in the full text version of this article.

Figure 2-15: Système expérimental du plan incliné

새로운 콘크리트의 유체 흐름 모델링

Sous la direction de :
Marc Jolin, directeur de recherche
Benoit Bissonnette, codirecteur de recherche

Modélisation de l’écoulement du béton frais

Abstract

현재의 기후 비상 사태와 기후 변화에 관한 다양한 과학적 보고서를 고려할 때 인간이 만든 오염을 대폭 줄이는 것은 필수적이며 심지어 중요합니다. 최신 IPCC(기후변화에 관한 정부 간 패널) 보고서(2022)는 2030년까지 배출량을 절반으로 줄여야 함을 나타내며, 지구 보존을 위해 즉각적인 조치를 취해야 한다고 강력히 강조합니다.

이러한 의미에서 콘크리트 생산 산업은 전체 인간 이산화탄소 배출량의 4~8%를 담당하고 있으므로 환경에 미치는 영향을 줄이기 위한 진화가 시급히 필요합니다.

본 연구의 주요 목적은 이미 사용 가능한 기술적 품질 관리 도구를 사용하여 생산을 최적화하고 혼합 시간을 단축하며 콘크리트 폐기물을 줄이기 위한 신뢰할 수 있고 활용 가능한 수치 모델을 개발함으로써 이러한 산업 전환에 참여하는 것입니다.

실제로, 혼합 트럭 내부의 신선한 콘크리트의 거동과 흐름 프로파일을 더 잘 이해할 수 있는 수치 시뮬레이션을 개발하면 혼합 시간과 비용을 더욱 최적화할 수 있으므로 매우 유망합니다. 이러한 복잡한 수치 도구를 활용할 수 있으려면 수치 시뮬레이션을 검증, 특성화 및 보정하기 위해 기본 신 콘크리트 흐름 모델의 구현이 필수적입니다.

이 논문에서는 세 가지 단순 유동 모델의 개발이 논의되고 얻은 결과는 신선한 콘크리트 유동의 수치적 거동을 검증하는 데 사용됩니다. 이러한 각 모델은 강점과 약점을 갖고 있으며, 신선한 콘크리트의 유변학과 유동 거동을 훨씬 더 잘 이해할 수 있는 수치 작업 환경을 만드는 데 기여합니다.

따라서 이 연구 프로젝트는 새로운 콘크리트 생산의 완전한 모델링을 위한 진정한 관문입니다.

In view of the current climate emergency and the various scientific reports on climate change, it is essential and even vital to drastically reduce man-made pollution. The latest IPCC (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) report (2022) indicates that emissions must be halved by 2030 and strongly emphasizes the need to act immediately to preserve the planet. In this sense, the concrete production industry is responsible for 4-8% of total human carbon dioxide emissions and therefore urgently needs to evolve to reduce its environmental impact. The main objective of this study is to participate in this industrial transition by developing a reliable and exploitable numerical model to optimize the production, reduce mixing time and also reduce concrete waste by using technological quality control tools already available. Indeed, developing a numerical simulation allowing to better understand the behavior and flow profiles of fresh concrete inside a mixing-truck is extremely promising as it allows for further optimization of mixing times and costs. In order to be able to exploit such a complex numerical tool, the implementation of elementary fresh concrete flow models is essential to validate, characterize and calibrate the numerical simulations. In this thesis, the development of three simple flow models is discussed and the results obtained are used to validate the numerical behavior of fresh concrete flow. Each of these models has strengths and weaknesses and contributes to the creation of a numerical working environment that provides a much better understanding of the rheology and flow behavior of fresh concrete. This research project is therefore a real gateway to a full modelling of fresh concrete production.


Key words

fresh concrete, rheology, numerical simulation, mixer-truck, rheological probe.

Figure 2-15: Système expérimental du plan incliné
Figure 2-15: Système expérimental du plan incliné
Figure 2-19: Essai d'affaissement au cône d'Abrams
Figure 2-19: Essai d’affaissement au cône d’Abrams

Reference

Amziane, S., Ferraris, C. F., & Koehler, E. (2006). Feasibility of Using a Concrete
Mixing Truck as a Rheometer.
Anderson, J. D. (1991). Fundamentals of aerodynamics. McGraw-Hill.
Balmforth, N. J., Craster, R. V., & Sassi, R. (2002). Shallow viscoplastic flow on an
inclined plane. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 470, 1-29.
https://doi.org/10.1017/S0022112002001660
Banfill, P., Beaupré, D., Chapdelaine, F., de Larrard, F., Domone, P., Nachbaur, L.,
Sedran, T., Wallevik, O., & Wallevik, J. E. (2000). Comparison of concrete
rheometers International tests at LCPC (Nantes, France) in October 2000. In
NIST.
Baracu T. (2012). Computational analysis of the flow around a cylinder and of the
drag force.
Barreto, D., & Leak, J. (2020). A guide to modeling the geotechnical behavior of soils
using the discrete element method. In Modeling in Geotechnical Engineering (p.
79-100). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-821205-9.00016-2
Baudez, J. C., Chabot, F., & Coussot, P. (2002). Rheological interpretation of the
slump test. Applied Rheology, 12(3), 133-141. https://doi.org/10.1515/arh-2002-
0008
Beaupre, D. (2012). Mixer-mounted probe measures concrete workability.
Berger, X. (2023). Proposition de recherche et préparation orale de doctorat (GCI8084).
Bergeron, P. (1953). Considérations sur les facteurs influençant l’usure due au
transport hydraulique de matériaux solides. Application plus particulière aux
machines. https://www.persee.fr/doc/jhydr_0000-0001_1953_act_2_1_3256
Bingham, E. (1922). Fluidity and Plasticity (Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2007).
http://www.archive.org/details/fluidityplasticiOObinguoft
Bruschi, G., Nishioka, T., Tsang, K., & Wang, R. (2003). A comparison of analytical
methods drag coefficient of a cylinder.

Caceres, E. C. (2019). Impact de la rhéologie des matériaux cimentaires sur l’aspect
des parements et les procédés de mise en place. https://tel.archivesouvertes.fr/tel-01982159
Chanson, H., Jarny, ; S, & Coussot, P. (2006). Dam Break Wave of Thixotropic Fluid.
https://doi.org/10.1061/ASCE0733-94292006132:3280
Chi, Z. P., Yang, H., Li, R., & Sun, Q. C. (2021). Measurements of unconfined fresh
concrete flow on a slope using spatial filtering velocimetry. Powder Technology,
393, 349-356. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2021.07.088
Cochard, S., & Ancey, C. (2009). Experimental investigation of the spreading of
viscoplastic fluids on inclined planes. Journal of Non-Newtonian Fluid
Mechanics, 158(1-3), 73-84. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jnnfm.2008.08.007
Coussot, Philippe., & Ancey, C. (Christophe). (1999). Rhéophysique des pâtes et
des suspensions. EDP Sciences.
CSA Group. (2019). CSA A23.1:19 / CSA A23.2:19 : Concrete materials and
methods of concret construction / Test methods and standard practices for
concrete.
Daczko, J. A. (2000). A proposal for measuring rheology of production concrete.
De Larrard, F. (1999). Structures granulaires et formulation des bétons.
http://www.lcpc.fr/betonlabpro
De Larrard, F., Ferraris, C. F., & Sedran, T. (1998). Fresh concrete: A HerscheIBulkley material (Vol. 31).
Domone P.L.J., J. J. (1999). Properties of mortar for self-compacting concrete.
RILEM, 109-120.
El-Reedy, M. (2009). Advanced Materials and Techniques for Reinforced Concrete
Structures.
Emborg M. (1999). Rheology tests for self-compacting concrete – how useful are
they for the design of concrete mix for full-scale production.
Fall A. (2008). Rhéophysique des fluides complexes : Ecoulement et Blocage de
suspensions concentrées. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/30515545
Ferraris, C. F., Brower, L. E., Beaupré, D., Chapdelaine, F., Domone, P., Koehler,
E., Shen, L., Sonebi, M., Struble, L., Tepke, D., Wallevik, O., & Wallevik, J. E.

(2003). Comparison of concrete rheometers: International tests at MB.
https://doi.org/10.6028/NIST.IR.7154
Ferraris, C. F., & de Larrard, F. (1998a). Rhéologie du béton frais remanié III – L’essai
au cône d’Abrams modifié.
Ferraris, C. F., & de Larrard, F. (1998b, février). NISTIR 6094 Testing and modelling
of fresh concrete rheology. NISTIR 6094.
https://ciks.cbt.nist.gov/~garbocz/rheologyNISTIR/FR97html.htm
Fischedick, M., Roy, J., Abdel-Aziz, A., Acquaye Ghana, A., Allwood, J., Baiocchi,
G., Clift, R., Nenov, V., Yetano Roche Spain, M., Roy, J., Abdel-Aziz, A.,
Acquaye, A., Allwood, J. M., Ceron, J., Geng, Y., Kheshgi, H., Lanza, A.,
Perczyk, D., Price, L., … Minx, J. (2014). Climate Change 2014.
Fox R., & McDonald A. (2004). Introduction to fluid mechanics.
Franco Correa I.-D. (2019). Étude tribologique à hautes températures de matériaux
céramiques structurés à différentes échelles.
GIEC. (2022). Climate Change 2022 : Mitigation of Climate Change. www.ipcc.ch
Gouvernement du Canada. (2021, mai 31). Déclaration commune : L’industrie
canadienne du ciment et le gouvernement du Canada annoncent un partenariat.
https://www.ic.gc.ca/eic/site/icgc.nsf/fra/07730.html
Grenier, M. (1998). Microstructure et résistance à l’usure de revêtements crées par
fusion laser avec gaz réactifs sur du titane.
Herschel, W. H., & Bulkley, R. (1926). Konsistenzmessungen von GummiBenzollösungen. Kolloid-Zeitschrift, 39(4), 291-300.
https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01432034
Hirt, C. W., & Nichols, B. D. (1981). Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics
of free boundaries. Journal of Computational Physics, 39(1), 201-225.
https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5
Hoornahad, H., & Koenders, E. A. B. (2012). Simulation of the slump test based on
the discrete element method (DEM). Advanced Materials Research, 446-449,
3766-3773. https://doi.org/10.4028/www.scientific.net/AMR.446-449.3766

Hu, C., de Larrard, F., Sedran, T., Boulay, C., Bosd, F., & Deflorenne, F. (1996).
Validation of BTRHEOM, the new rheometer for soft-to-fluid concrete. In
Materials and Structures/Mat~riaux et Constructions (Vol. 29).
Jeong, S. W., Locat, J., Leroueil, S., & Malet, J. P. (2007). Rheological properties of
fine-grained sediments in modeling submarine mass movements: The role of
texture. Submarine Mass Movements and Their Consequences, 3rd
International Symposium, 191-198. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-6512-
5_20
Kabagire, K. D. (2018). Modélisation expérimentale et analytique des propriétés
rhéologiques des bétons autoplaçants.
Katopodes, N. D. (2019). Volume of Fluid Method. In Free-Surface Flow (p.
766-802). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-12-815485-4.00018-8
Khayat. (2008). Personnal Communication.
Kosmatka, S. (2011). Dosage et contrôle des mélanges de béton (8ème édition).
Li, H., Wu, A., & Cheng, H. (2022). Generalized models of slump and spread in
combination for higher precision in yield stress determination. Cement and
Concrete Research, 159. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cemconres.2022.106863
Massey, B., & Smith, J. (2012). Mechanics of fluids 9ème édition.
Mokéddem, S. (2014). Contrôle de la rhéologie d’un béton et de son évolution lors
du malaxage par des mesures en ligne à l’aide de la sonde Viscoprobe.
https://tel.archives-ouvertes.fr/tel-00993153
Munson, B. R., & Young, D. R. (2006). Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics (5th éd.).
Munson, M., Young, M. , & Okiishi, M. (2020). Mécanique des fluides (8ème édition).
Murata, J., & Kikukawa, H. (1992). Viscosity Equation for Fresh Concrete.
Nakayama, Y., & Boucher, R. F. (2000). Introduction to fluid mechanics. ButterworthHeinemann.
Němeček, J. (2021). Numerical simulation of slump flow test of cement paste
composites. Acta Polytechnica CTU Proceedings, 30, 58-62.
https://doi.org/10.14311/APP.2021.30.0058
Nikitin, K. D., Olshanskii, M. A., Terekhov, K. M., & Vassilevski, Y. V. (2011). A
numerical method for the simulation of free surface flows of viscoplastic fluid in

3D. Journal of Computational Mathematics, 29(6), 605-622.
https://doi.org/10.4208/jcm.1109-m11si01
Noh, W. F., & Woodward, P. (1976). SLIC (Simple Line Interface Calculation).
Odabas, D. (2018). Effects of Load and Speed on Wear Rate of Abrasive Wear for
2014 Al Alloy. IOP Conference Series: Materials Science and Engineering,
295(1). https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899X/295/1/012008
Pintaude, G. (s. d.). Characteristics of Abrasive Particles and Their Implications on
Wear. www.intechopen.com
Poullain, P. (2003). Étude comparative de l’écoulement d’un fluide viscoplastique
dans une maquette de malaxeur pour béton.
R. J. Cattolica. (2003). Experiment F2: Water Tunnel. In MAE171A/175A Mechanical
Engineering Laboratory Manual (Winter Quarter).
Raper, R. M. (1966). Drag force and pressure distribution on cylindrical
protuberances immersed in a turbulent channel flow.
RMCAO. (2013). CSA A23.2-5C: Concrete Basics Slump Test.
Roques, A., & School, H. (2006). High resolution seismic imaging applied to the
geometrical characterization of very high voltage electric pylons.
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/281566156
Roussel, N. (2006). Correlation between yield stress and slump: Comparison
between numerical simulations and concrete rheometers results. Materials and
Structures/Materiaux et Constructions, 39(4), 501-509.
https://doi.org/10.1617/s11527-005-9035-2
Roussel, N., & Coussot, P. (2005). “Fifty-cent rheometer” for yield stress
measurements: From slump to spreading flow. Journal of Rheology, 49(3),
705-718. https://doi.org/10.1122/1.1879041
Roussel, N., Geiker, M. R., Dufour, F., Thrane, L. N., & Szabo, P. (2007).
Computational modeling of concrete flow: General overview. Cement and
Concrete Research, 37(9), 1298-1307.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cemconres.2007.06.007
Schaer, N. (2019). Modélisation des écoulements à surface libre de fluides nonnewtoniens. https://theses.hal.science/tel-02166968

Schowalter, W. R., & Christensen, G. (1998). Toward a rationalization of the slump
test for fresh concrete: Comparisons of calculations and experiments. Journal
of Rheology, 42(4), 865-870. https://doi.org/10.1122/1.550905
Sofiane Amziane, Chiara F. Ferraris, & Eric P. Koehler. (2005). Measurement of
Workability of Fresh Concrete Using a Mixing Truck. Journal of Research of the
National Institute of Standards Technology, 55-56.
Sooraj, P., Agrawal, A., & Sharma, A. (2018). Measurement of Drag Coefficient for
an Elliptical Cylinder. Journal of Energy and Environmental Sustainability, 5,
1-7. https://doi.org/10.47469/jees.2018.v05.100050
Stachowiak G. (2006). Wear – Materials, Mechanisms and Pratice.
Stachowiak G.W. (1993). Tribology Series (Vol. 24, p. 557-612). Elsevier.
Tattersall, G., & Banfill, P. F. G. (1983). The rheology of fresh concrete.
The European Guidelines for Self-Compacting Concrete Specification, Production
and Use « The European Guidelines for Self Compacting Concrete ». (2005).
www.efnarc.org
University College London. (2010). Pressure around a cylinder and cylinder drag.
Van Oudheusden, B. W., Scarano, F., Roosenboom, E. W. M., Casimiri, E. W. F., &
Souverein, L. J. (2007). Evaluation of integral forces and pressure fields from
planar velocimetry data for incompressible and compressible flows.
Experiments in Fluids, 43(2-3), 153-162. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00348-007-
0261-y
Vasilic, K., Gram, A., & Wallevik, J. E. (2019). Numerical simulation of fresh concrete
flow: Insight and challenges. RILEM Technical Letters, 4, 57-66.
https://doi.org/10.21809/rilemtechlett.2019.92
Viccione, G., Ferlisi, S., & Marra, E. (2010). A numerical investigation of the
interaction between debris flows and defense barriers.
http://www.unisa.it/docenti/giacomoviccione/en/index
Wallevik J. (2006). Relation between the Bingham parameters and slump.
Wallevik, J. E. (2006). Relationship between the Bingham parameters and slump.
Cement and Concrete Research, 36(7), 1214-1221.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cemconres.2006.03.001

Wallevik, J. E., & Wallevik, O. H. (2020). Concrete mixing truck as a rheometer.
Cement and Concrete Research, 127.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cemconres.2019.105930

Figure 1. US bath modified as an EC reactor

물에서 초음파를 이용한 전기화학적 스트론튬 제거에 대한 단시간 수치 시뮬레이션

전기화학 반응기에 대한 3D 수치 시뮬레이션 및 측정을 사용하여 동시 초음파 처리 유무에 관계없이 물에서 스트론튬 제거 효율을 분석했습니다. 초음파는 작동 주파수가 25kHz인 4개의 초음파 변환기를 사용하여 생성되었습니다. 반응기는 2개의 블록으로 배열된 8개의 알루미늄 전극을 사용했습니다.

LICHT K.1*, LONČAR G.1, POSAVČIĆ H.1, HALKIJEVIĆ I.1
1 Department of Hydroscience and Engineering, Faculty of Civil Engineering, University of Zagreb, Andrije Kačića-Miošića 26, 10000 Zagreb, Croatia
*corresponding author:
e-mail:katarina.licht@grad.unizg.hr

물 속의 스트론튬 이온은 3.2∙10-19C의 전하와 1.2∙10-8m의 직경을 특징으로 하는 입자로 모델링됩니다. 수치 모델은 기본 유체 역학 모듈, 정전기 모듈 및 일반 이동 객체 모듈을 사용하여 Flow-3D 소프트웨어에서 생성되었습니다.

수치 시뮬레이션을 통해 연구된 원자로 변형의 성능은 시뮬레이션 기간이 끝날 때 전극에 영구적으로 유지되는 모델 스트론튬 입자 수와 물 속의 초기 입자 수의 비율로 정의됩니다. 실험실 반응기의 경우 스트론튬 제거 효과는 실험 종료 시와 시작 시 물 내 균일한 스트론튬 농도의 비율로 정의됩니다.

결과는 초음파를 사용하면 수처리 180초 후에 스트론튬 제거 효과가 10.3%에서 11.2%로 증가한다는 것을 보여줍니다. 수치 시뮬레이션 결과는 동일한 기하학적 특성을 갖는 원자로에 대한 측정 결과와 일치합니다.

3D numerical simulations and measurements on an electrochemical reactor were used to analyze the efficiency of strontium removal from water, with and without simultaneous ultrasound treatment. Ultrasound was generated using 4 ultrasonic transducers with an operating frequency of 25 kHz. The reactor used 8 aluminum electrodes arranged in two blocks. Strontium ions in water are modeled as particles characterized by a charge of 3.2∙10-19 C and a diameter of 1.2∙10-8 m. The numerical model was created in Flow-3D software using the basic hydrodynamic module, electrostatic module, and general moving objects module. The performance of the studied reactor variants by numerical simulations is defined by the ratio of the number of model strontium particles permanently retained on the electrodes at the end of the simulation period to the initial number of particles in the water. For the laboratory reactor, the effect of strontium removal is defined by the ratio of the homogeneous strontium concentration in the water at the end and at the beginning of the experiments. The results show that the use of ultrasound increases the effect of strontium removal from 10.3% to 11.2% after 180 seconds of water treatment. The results of numerical simulations agree with the results of measurements on a reactor with the same geometrical characteristics.

Keywords

numerical model, electrochemical reactor, strontium

Figure 1. US bath modified as an EC reactor
Figure 1. US bath modified as an EC reactor
Figure 2. Schematic view of the experimental set-up
Figure 2. Schematic view of the experimental set-up

References

Dong, B., Fishgold, A., Lee, P., Runge, K., Deymier, P. and Keswani, M. (2016), Sono-electrochemical recovery of metal ions from their aqueous solutions, Journal of Hazardous Materials, 318, 379–387.
https://doi.org/10.1016/J.JHAZMAT.2016.07.007
EPA. (2014), Announcement of Final Regulatory Determinations for Contaminants on the Third Drinking
Water Contaminant Candidate List. Retrieved from http://fdsys.gpo.gov/fdsys/search/home.action
Fu, F., Lu, J., Cheng, Z. and Tang, B. (2016), Removal of selenite by zero-valent iron combined with ultrasound: Se(IV) concentration changes, Se(VI) generation, and reaction mechanism, Ultrasonics Sonochemistry, 29, 328–336. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ultsonch.2015.10.007
Ince, N.H. (2018), Ultrasound-assisted advanced oxidation processes for water decontamination, Ultrasonics Sonochemistry, 40, 97–103.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ultsonch.2017.04.009
Kamaraj, R. and Vasudevan, S. (2015), Evaluation of electrocoagulation process for the removal of strontium and cesium from aqueous solution, Chemical
Engineering Research and Design, 93, 522–530.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cherd.2014.03.021
Luczaj, J. and Masarik, K. (2015), Groundwater Quantity and Quality Issues in a Water-Rich Region: Examples from Wisconsin, USA, Resources, 4(2), 323–357.
https://doi.org/10.3390/resources4020323
Mohapatra, D.P. and Kirpalani, D.M. (2019), Selenium in wastewater: fast analysis method development and advanced oxidation treatment applications, Water Science and Technology: A Journal of the International Association on Water Pollution Research, 79(5), 842–849. https://doi.org/10.2166/wst.2019.010

Mollah, M.Y.A., Schennach, R., Parga, J.R. and Cocke, D.L.(2001), Electrocoagulation (EC)- Science and
applications, Journal of Hazardous Materials, 84(1), 29–41. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0304-3894(01)00176-5

Moradi, M., Vasseghian, Y., Arabzade, H. and Khaneghah, A.M. (2021), Various wastewaters treatment by sonoelectrocoagulation process: A comprehensive review of operational parameters and future outlook, Chemosphere, 263, 128314. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.CHEMOSPHERE.2020.12831 4
Peng, H., Yao, F., Xiong, S., Wu, Z., Niu, G. and Lu, T. (2021), Strontium in public drinking water and associated public health risks in Chinese cities, Environmental Science and Pollution Research International, 28(18), 23048. https://doi.org/10.1007/S11356-021-12378-Y
Scott, V., Juran, L., Ling, E.J., Benham, B. and Spiller, A. (2020), Assessing strontium and vulnerability to strontium in private drinking water systems in Virginia, Water, 12(4). https://doi.org/10.3390/w12041053
Ziylan, A., Koltypin, Y., Gedanken, A. and Ince, N.H. (2013), More on sonolytic and sonocatalytic decomposition of Diclofenac using zero-valent iron, Ultrasonics Sonochemistry, 20(1), 580–586. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ultsonch.2012.05.00

Fig. 7.Simulation results by single external force (left: rainfall, right: storm surge)

연안 지역의 복합 외력에 의한 침수 특성 분석

Analysis on inundation characteristics by compound external forces in coastal areas

연안 지역의 복합 외력에 의한 침수 특성 분석

Taeuk Kanga, Dongkyun Sunb, Sangho Leec*
강 태욱a, 선 동균b, 이 상호c*

aResearch Professor, Disaster Prevention Research Institute, Pukyong National University, Busan, Korea
bResearcher, Disaster Prevention Research Institute, Pukyong National University, Busan, Korea
cProfessor, Department of Civil Engineering, Pukyong National University, Busan, Korea
a부경대학교 방재연구소 전임연구교수
b부경대학교 방재연구소 연구원
c부경대학교 공과대학 토목공학과 교수
*Corresponding Author

ABSTRACT

연안 지역은 강우, 조위, 월파 등 여러가지 외력에 의해 침수가 발생될 수 있다. 이에 이 연구에서는 연안 지역에서 발생될 수 있는 단일 및 복합 외력에 의한 지역별 침수 특성을 분석하였다. 연구에서 고려한 외력은 강우와 폭풍 해일에 의한 조위 및 월파이고, 분석 대상지역은 남해안 및 서해안의 4개 지역이다. 유역의 강우-유출 및 2차원 지표면 침수 분석에는 XP-SWMM이 사용되었고, 폭풍 해일에 의한 외력인 조위 및 월파량 산정에는 ADCSWAN (ADCIRC와 UnSWAN) 모형과 FLOW-3D 모형이 각각 활용되었다. 단일 외력을 이용한 분석 결과, 대부분의 연안 지역에서는 강우에 의한 침수 영향보다 폭풍 해일에 의한 침수 영향이 크게 나타났다. 복합 외력에 의한 침수 분석 결과는 대체로 단일 외력에 의한 침수 모의 결과를 중첩시켜 나타낸 결과와 유사하였다. 다만, 특정 지역에서는 복합 외력을 고려함에 따라 단일 외력만을 고려한 침수모의에서 나타나지 않았던 새로운 침수 영역이 발생하기도 하였다. 이러한 지역의 침수 피해 저감을 위해서는 복합 외력을 고려한 분석이 요구되는 것으로 판단되었다.

키워드

연안 지역

침수 분석

강우

폭풍 해일

복합 외력

The various external forces can cause inundation in coastal areas. This study is to analyze regional characteristics caused by single or compound external forces that can occur in coastal areas. Storm surge (tide level and wave overtopping) and rainfall were considered as the external forces in this study. The inundation analysis were applied to four coastal areas, located on the west and south coast in Republic of Korea. XP-SWMM was used to simulate rainfall-runoff phenomena and 2D ground surface inundation for watershed. A coupled model of ADCIRC and SWAN (ADCSWAN) was used to analyze tide level by storm surge and the FLOW-3D model was used to estimate wave overtopping. As a result of using a single external force, the inundation influence due to storm surge in most of the coastal areas was greater than rainfall. The results of using compound external forces were quite similar to those combined using one external force independently. However, a case of considering compound external forces sometimes created new inundation areas that didn’t appear when considering only a single external force. The analysis considering compound external forces was required to reduce inundation damage in these areas.

Keywords

Coastal area

Inundation analysis

Rainfall

Storm surge

Compound external forces

MAIN

1. 서 론

우리나라는 반도에 위치하여 삼면이 바다로 둘러싸여 있는 지리적 특성을 가지고 있다. 이에 따라 해양 산업을 중심으로 부산, 인천, 울산 등 대규모의 광역도시가 발달하였을 뿐만 아니라, 창원, 포항, 군산, 목포, 여수 등의 중․소규모 도시들도 발달되어 있다. 또한, 최근에는 연안 지역이 바다를 전망으로 하는 입지 조건을 가지고 있어 개발 선호도가 높고, 이에 따라 부산시 해운대의 마린시티, 엘시티와 같은 주거 및 상업시설의 개발이 지속되고 있다(Kang et al., 2019b).

한편, 최근 기후변화에 따른 지구 온난화 현상으로 평균 해수면이 상승하고, 해수면 온도도 상승하면서 태풍 및 강우의 강도가 커지고 있어 전 세계적으로 자연 재해로 인한 피해가 증가하고 있다(Kim et al., 2016). 실제로 2020년에는 최장기간의 장마가 발생하여 부산, 울산은 물론, 전국에서 50명의 인명 피해와 3,489세대의 이재민이 발생하였다1). 특히, 연안 지역은 강우, 만조 시 해수면 상승, 폭풍 해일(storm surge)에 의한 월파(wave overtopping) 등 복합적인 외력(compound external forces)에 의해 침수될 수 있다(Lee et al., 2020). 일례로, 2016년 태풍 차바 시 부산시 해운대구의 마린시티는 강우와 폭풍 해일에 의한 월파가 발생함에 따라 대규모 침수를 유발하였다(Kang et al., 2019b). 또한, 2020년 7월 23일에 부산에서는 시간당 81.6 mm의 집중호우와 약최고고조위를 상회하는 만조가 동시에 발생하였고, 이로 인해 감조 하천인 동천의 수위가 크게 상승하여 하천이 범람하였다(KSCE, 2021).

연안 지역의 복합 외력을 고려한 침수 분석에 관한 사례로서, 우선 강우와 조위를 고려한 연구 사례는 다음과 같다. Han et al. (2014)은 XP-SWMM을 이용하여 창원시 배수 구역을 대상으로 침수 모의를 수행하였는데, 연안 도시의 침수 모의에는 조위의 영향을 반드시 고려해야 함을 제시하였다. Choi et al. (2018a)은 경남 사천시 선구동 일대에 대하여 초과 강우 및 해수면 상승 시나리오를 조합하여 침수 분석을 수행하였다. Choi et al. (2018b)은 XP-SWMM을 이용하여 여수시 연등천 및 여수시청 지역에 대하여 강우 시나리오와 해수위 상승 시나리오를 고려한 복합 원인에 의한 침수 모의를 수행하여 홍수예경보 기준표를 작성하였다. 한편, 강우, 조위, 월파를 고려한 연구 사례로서, Song et al. (2017)은 부산시 해운대구 수영만 일원에 대하여 XP-SWMM으로 월파량의 적용 유무에 따른 침수 면적을 비교하였다. Suh and Kim (2018)은 부산시 마린시티 지역을 대상으로 태풍 차바 때 EurOtop의 경험식을 ADSWAN에 적용하여 월파량을 반영하였다. Chen et al. (2017)은 TELEMAC-2D 및 SWMM을 기반으로 한 극한 강우, 월파 및 조위를 고려하여 중국 해안 원자력 발전소의 침수를 예측하고 분석하기 위한 결합 모델을 개발한 바 있다. 한편, Lee et al. (2020)은 수리‧수문학 분야와 해양공학 분야에서 사용되는 물리 모형의 기술적 연계를 통해 연안 지역의 침수 모의의 재현성을 높였다.

상기의 연구들은 공통적으로 연안 지역에 대하여 복합 외력을 고려했을 때 발생되는 침수 현상의 재현 또는 예측을 목적으로 수행되었다. 이 연구는 이와 차별하여 복합 외력을 고려하는 경우 나타날 수 있는 연안 지역의 침수 특성 분석을 목적으로 수행되었다. 이를 위해 단일 외력을 독립적으로 고려했을 때 발생되는 침수 양상과 동시에 고려하는 경우의 침수 현상을 비교, 분석하였다. 복합 외력에 의한 지역적 침수 특성 분석은 우리나라 남해안과 서해안에 위치한 4개 지역에 대하여 적용되었다.

1) 장연제, 47일째 이어진 긴 장마, 50명 인명피해… 9년만에 최대, 동아닷컴, 2020년 8월 9일 수정, 2021년 3월 4일 접속, https://www.donga.com/news/article/all/20200809/102369692/2

2. 연구 방법

2.1 연안 지역의 침수 영향 인자

연안 지역의 침수는 크게 세 가지의 메카니즘으로 발생될 수 있다. 우선, 연안 지역은 바다와 인접하고 있기 때문에 그 영향을 직접적으로 받는다. Kim (2018)에 의하면, 연안 지역의 침수는 폭풍 해일에 의해 상승한 조위와 월파로 인해 발생될 수 있다(Table 1). 특히, 경상남도의 창원과 통영, 인천광역시의 소래포구 어시장 등 남해안 및 서해안 지역의 일부는 백중사리, 슈퍼문(super moon) 등 만조 시 조위의 상승으로 인한 침수가 발생하는 지역이 존재한다(Kang et al., 2019a). 두 번째는 강우에 의한 내수 침수 발생이다. ME (2011)에서는 도시 지역의 우수 관거를 10 ~ 30년 빈도로 계획하도록 지정하고 있고, 펌프 시설은 30 ~ 50년 빈도의 홍수를 배수시킬 수 있도록 정하고 있다. 하지만 최근에는 기후변화의 영향으로 도시 지역 배수시설의 설계 빈도를 초과하는 강우가 빈번하게 나타나고 있다. 실제로 2016년의 태풍 차바 시 울산 기상관측소에 관측된 시간 최대 강우량은 106.0 mm로서, 이는 300년 빈도 이상의 강우량에 해당하였다(Kang et al., 2019a). 따라서 배수시설의 설계 빈도 이상의 강우는 연안 도시 지역의 침수를 유발할 수 있다. 세 번째, 하천이 인접한 연안 도시에서는 하천의 범람으로 인해 침수가 발생할 수 있다. 하천의 경우, 기본계획이 수립되기는 하지만, 설계 빈도를 상회하는 강우의 발생, 제방, 수문 등 홍수 방어시설의 기능 저하, 예산 등의 문제로 하천기본계획 이행의 지연 등에 의해 범람할 가능성이 존재한다.

Table 1.

Type of natural hazard damage in coastal areas (Kim, 2018)

ItemRisk factor
Facilities damage∙ Breaking of coastal facilities by wave
– Breakwater, revetment, lighters wharf etc.
∙ Local scouring at the toe of the structures by wave
∙ Road collapse by wave overtopping
Inundation damage∙ Inundation damage by wave overtopping
∙ Inundation of coastal lowlands by storm surge
Erosion damage∙ Backshore erosion due to high swell waves
∙ Shoreline changes caused by construction of coastal erosion control structure
∙ Sediment transport due to the construction of artificial structures

상기의 내용을 종합하면, 연안 지역은 조위 및 월파에 의한 침수, 강우에 의한 내수 침수, 하천 범람에 의한 침수로 구분될 수 있다. 이 연구에서는 폭풍 해일에 의한 조위 상승 및 월파와 강우를 연안 지역의 침수 유발 외력으로 고려하였다. 하천 범람의 경우, 상대적으로 사례가 희소하여 제외하였다.

2.2 복합 외력을 고려한 침수 모의 방법

이 연구에서는 조위 및 월파와 강우를 연안 지역의 침수 발생에 관한 외력 조건으로 고려하였다. 따라서 해당 외력 조건을 고려하여 침수 분석을 수행할 수 있어야 한다. 이와 관련하여 Lee et al. (2020)은 Fig. 1과 같이 수리‧수문 및 해양공학 분야에서 사용되는 물리 기반 모형의 연계를 통해 조위, 월파, 강우를 고려한 침수 분석 방법을 제시하였고, 이 연구에서는 해당 방법을 이용하였다.

https://static.apub.kr/journalsite/sites/kwra/2021-054-07/N0200540702/images/kwra_54_07_02_F1.jpg
Fig. 1.

Connection among the models for inundation analysis in coastal areas (Lee et al., 2020)

우선, 태풍에 의해 발생되는 폭풍 해일의 영향을 분석하기 위해서는 태풍에 의해 발생되는 기압 강하, 해상풍, 진행 속도 등을 고려하여 해수면의 변화 양상 및 조석-해일-파랑을 충분히 재현 가능해야 한다. 이 연구에서는 국내․외에서 검증 및 공인된 폭풍 해일 모형인 ADCIRC 모형과 파랑 모형인 UnSWAN이 결합된 ADCSWAN (coupled model of ADCIRC and UnSWAN)을 이용하였다. 정수압 가정의 ADCSWAN은 월파량 산정에 단순 경험식을 적용하는 단점이 있지만 넓은 영역을 모의할 수 있고, FLOW-3D는 해안선의 경계를 고해상도로 재현이 가능하다. 이에 연구에서는 먼 바다 영역에 대해서는 ADCSWAN을 이용하여 분석하였고, 연안 주변의 바다 영역과 월파량 산정에 대해서는 FLOW-3D 모형을 이용하였다. 한편, 연안 지역의 침수 모의를 위해서는 유역에서 발생하는 강우-유출 현상과 우수 관거 등의 배수 체계에 대한 분석이 가능해야 한다. 또한, 배수 체계로부터 범람한 물이 지표면을 따라 흘러가는 현상을 해석할 수 있어야 하고, 바다의 조위 및 월파량을 경계조건으로 반영할 수 있어야 한다. 이 연구에서는 이러한 현상을 모의할 수 있고, 도시 침수 모의에 활용도가 높은 XP-SWMM을 이용하였다.

2.3 침수 분석 대상지역

연구의 대상지역은 조위 및 월파에 의한 침수와 강우에 의한 내수 침수의 영향이 복합적으로 발생할 수 있는 남해안과 서해안에 위치한 4개 지역이다. Table 2는 침수 분석 대상지역을 정리하여 나타낸 표이고, Fig. 2는 각 지역의 유역 경계를 나타낸 그림이다.

Table 2.

Target region for inundation analysis

ClassificationAdministrative districtTarget regionArea
(km2)
Main cause of inundationPump
facility
Number of
major outfall
The south
coast
Haundae-gu, BusanMarine City area0.53Wave overtopping9
Haundae-gu, BusanCentum City area4.76Poor interior drainage at high tide level12
The west
coast
GunsanJungang-dong area0.79Poor interior drainage at high tide level23
BoryeongOcheon Port area0.41High tide level5
https://static.apub.kr/journalsite/sites/kwra/2021-054-07/N0200540702/images/kwra_54_07_02_F2.jpg
Fig. 2.

Watershed area

남해안의 분석 대상지역 중 부산시 해운대구의 마린시티는 바다 조망을 중심으로 조성된 주거지 및 상업시설 중심의 개발지역이다. 마린시티는 2016년 태풍 차바 및 2018년 태풍 콩레이 등 태풍 내습 시 월파에 의한 해수 월류로 인해 도로 및 상가 일부가 침수를 겪은 지역이다. 부산시 해운대구의 센텀시티는 과거 수영만 매립지였던 곳에 조성된 주거지 및 상업시설 중심의 신도시 지역이다. 센텀시티 유역의 북쪽은 해발고도 El. 634 m의 장산이 위치하는 등 산지 특성도 가지고 있어 상대적으로 유역 면적이 넓고, 배수시설의 규모도 크고 복잡하다. 하지만 수영강 하구의 저지대 지역에 위치함에 따라 강우 시 내수 배제가 불량하고, 특히 만조 시 침수가 잦은 지역이다.

서해안 분석 대상지역 중 전라북도 군산시의 중앙동 일원은 군산시 내항 내측에 조성된 구도시로서, 금강 및 경포천 하구에 위치하는 저지대이다. 이에 따라 군산시 풍수해저감종합계획에서는 해당 지역을 3개의 영역으로 구분하여 내수재해 위험지구(영동지구, 중동지구, 경암지구)로 지정하였고, 이 연구에서는 해당 지역을 모두 고려하였다. 한편, 군산시 중앙동 일원은 특히, 만조 시 내수 배제가 매우 불량하여 2개의 펌프시설이 운영되고 있다. 충청남도 보령시의 오천면에 위치한 오천항은 배후의 산지를 포함한 소규모 유역에 위치한다. 서해안의 특성에 따라 조석 간만의 차가 크고, 특히 태풍 내습 시 폭풍 해일에 의한 침수가 잦은 지역이다. 산지의 강우-유출수는 복개된 2개의 수로를 통해 바다로 배제되고, 상가들이 위치한 연안 주변 지역에는 강우-유출수 배제를 위한 3개의 배수 체계가 구성되어 있다.

3. 연구 결과

3.1 침수 모의 모형 구축

XP-SWMM을 이용하여 분석 대상지역별 침수 모의 모형을 구축하였다. 적절한 침수 분석 수행을 위해 지역별 수치지형도, 도시 공간 정보 시스템(urban information system, UIS), 하수 관망도 등의 수치 자료와 현장 조사를 통해 유역의 배수 체계를 구성하였다. 그리고 2차원 침수 분석을 위해 무인 드론 및 육상 라이다(LiDAR) 측량을 수행하여 평면해상도가 1 m 이하인 고해상도 수치지형모형(digital terrain model, DTM)을 구성하였고, 침수 모의 격자를 생성하였다.

Fig. 3은 XP-SWMM의 상세 구축 사례로서 부산시 마린시티 배수 유역에 대한 소유역 및 관거 분할 등을 통해 구성한 배수 체계와 고해상도 측량 결과를 이용하여 구성한 수치표면모형(digital surface model, DSM)을 나타낸다. Fig. 4는 각 대상지역에 대해 XP-SWMM을 이용하여 구축한 침수 모의 모형을 나타낸다. 침수 분석을 위해서는 침수 모의 영역에 대한 설정이 필요한데, 다수의 사전 모의를 통해 유역 내에서 침수가 발생되는 지역을 검토하여 결정하였다.

https://static.apub.kr/journalsite/sites/kwra/2021-054-07/N0200540702/images/kwra_54_07_02_F3.jpg
Fig. 3.

Analysis of watershed drainage system and high-resolution survey for Marine City

https://static.apub.kr/journalsite/sites/kwra/2021-054-07/N0200540702/images/kwra_54_07_02_F4.jpg
Fig. 4.

Simulation model for inundation analysis by target region using XP-SWMM

한편, 이 연구에서는 월파량 및 조위의 산정 과정과 침수 모의 모형의 보정에 관한 내용 등은 다루지 않았다. 관련된 내용은 선행 연구인 Kang et al. (2019b)와 Lee et al. (2020)을 참조할 수 있다.

3.2 침수 모의 설정

3.2.1 분석 방법

복합 외력에 의한 침수 영향을 검토하기 위해서는 외력 조건에 대한 빈도와 지속기간의 설정이 필요하다. 이 연구에서는 재해 현상이 충분히 나타날 수 있도록 강우와 조위 및 월파의 빈도를 모두 100년으로 설정하였다. 이때, 조위와 월파량의 산정에는 만조(약최고고조위) 시, 100년 빈도에 해당하는 태풍 내습에 따른 폭풍 해일의 발생 조건을 고려하였다.

지역별 강우 발생 특성과 유역 특성을 고려하기 위해 MOIS (2017)의 방재성능목표 기준에 따라 임계 지속기간을 결정하여 대상지역별 강우의 지속기간으로 설정하였다. 이때, 강우의 시간 분포는 MLTM (2011)의 Huff 3분위를 이용하였다. 그리고 조위와 월파의 경우, 일반적인 폭풍 해일의 지속기간을 고려하여 5시간으로 결정하였다. 한편, 침수 모의를 위한 계산 시간 간격, 2차원 모의 격자 등의 입력자료는 분석 대상지역의 유역 규모와 침수 분석 대상 영역을 고려하여 결정하였다. 참고로 침수 분석에 사용된 수치지형모형은 1 m 급의 고해상도로 구성되었지만, 2차원 침수 모의 격자의 크기는 지역별로 3 ~ 4 m이다. 이는 연구에서 사용된 XP-SWMM의 격자 수(100,000개) 제약에 따른 설정이나, Sun (2021)은 민감도 분석을 통해 2차원 침수 분석을 위한 적정 격자 크기를 3 ~ 4.5 m로 제시한 바 있다.

Table 3은 이 연구에서 설정한 침수 모의 조건과 분석 방법을 정리하여 나타낸 표이다.

Table 3.

Simulation condition and method

ClassificationTarget regionSimulation conditionSimulation method
RainfallStorm surgeSimulation time interval2D
grid size
Return
period
DurationTemporal
distribution
Return
period
DurationWatershed
routing
Channel
routing
2D
inundation
The south coastMarine City area100 yr1 hr3rd quartile
of Huff’s
method
1005 hr5 min10 sec1 sec3 m
Centum City area1 hr1005 min10 sec1 sec4 m
The west coastJungang-dong area2 hr1005 min10 sec1 sec3.5 m
Ocheon Port area1 hr1001 min10 sec1 sec3 m

3.2.2 복합 재해의 동시 고려

이 연구의 대상지역들은 모두 소규모의 해안가 도시지역이고, 이러한 지역에 대한 강우의 임계지속기간은 1시간 ~ 2시간이나, 이 연구에서 분석한 폭풍 해일의 지속기간은 5시간으로 강우의 지속기간과 폭풍 해일의 지속기간이 상이하다. 이에 이 연구에서는 서로 다른 지속기간을 가진 강우와 폭풍 해일 또는 조위를 고려하기 위해 강우의 중심과 폭풍 해일의 중심이 동일한 시간에 위치하도록 설정하였다(Fig. 5).

XP-SWMM은 폭풍 해일이 지속되는 5시간 전체를 모의하도록 설정하였고, 폭풍 해일이 가장 큰 시점에 강우의 중심이 위치하도록 강우 발생 시기를 결정하였다. 다만, 부산 마린시티의 경우, 폭풍 해일에 의한 피해가 주로 월파에 의해 발생되므로 강우의 중심과 월파의 중심을 일치시켰고(Fig. 5(a)), 상대적으로 조위의 영향이 큰 3개 지역은 강우의 중심과 조위의 중심을 맞추었다. Fig. 5(b)는 군산시 중앙동 지역의 복합 외력에 의한 침수 분석에 사용된 강우와 조위의 조합이다.

한편, 100년 빈도의 확률강우량만을 고려한 침수 분석에서는 유역 유출부의 경계조건으로 우수 관거의 설계 조건을 고려하여 약최고고조위가 일정하게 유지되도록 설정하였다.

https://static.apub.kr/journalsite/sites/kwra/2021-054-07/N0200540702/images/kwra_54_07_02_F5.jpg
Fig. 5.

Consideration of external force conditions with different durations

3.2.3 XP-SWMM의 월파량 고려

XP-SWMM에 ADCSWAN 및 FLOW-3D 모형에 의해 산정된 월파량을 입력하기 위해 해안가 지역에 절점을 생성하여 월파 현상을 구현하였다. XP-SWMM에서 월파량을 입력하기 위한 절점의 위치는 FLOW-3D 모형에서 월파량을 산정한 격자의 중심 위치이다.

Fig. 6(a)는 마린시티 지역에 대한 월파량 입력 지점을 나타낸 것으로서, 유역 경계 주변에 동일 간격으로 원으로 표시한 지점들이 해당된다. Fig. 6(b)는 XP-SWMM에 월파량 입력 지점들을 반영하고, 하나의 절점에 월파량 시계열을 입력한 화면을 나타낸다.

https://static.apub.kr/journalsite/sites/kwra/2021-054-07/N0200540702/images/kwra_54_07_02_F6.jpg
Fig. 6.

Considering wave overtopping on XP-SWMM

3.3 침수 모의 결과

3.3.1 단일 외력에 의한 침수 모의 결과

Fig. 7은 단일 외력을 고려한 지역별 침수 모의 결과이다. 즉, Fig. 7의 왼쪽 그림들은 지역별로 100년 빈도 강우에 의한 침수 모의 결과를 나타내고, Fig. 7의 오른쪽 그림들은 만조 시 100년 빈도 폭풍 해일에 의한 침수 모의 결과이다. 대체로 강우에 의한 침수 영역은 유역 중․상류 지역의 유역 전반에 걸쳐 발생하였고, 폭풍 해일에 의한 침수 영역은 해안가 전면부에 위치하는 것을 볼 수 있다. 이는 폭풍 해일에 의한 조위 상승과 월파의 영향이 상류로 갈수록 감소하기 때문이다.

한편, 4개 지역 모두에서 공통적으로 강우에 비해 폭풍 해일에 의한 침수 영향이 상대적으로 크게 분석되었다. 이러한 결과는 연안 지역의 경우, 폭풍 해일에 대비한 침수 피해 저감 노력이 보다 중요함을 의미한다.

https://static.apub.kr/journalsite/sites/kwra/2021-054-07/N0200540702/images/kwra_54_07_02_F7.jpg
Fig. 7.

Simulation results by single external force (left: rainfall, right: storm surge)

3.3.2 복합 외력에 의한 침수 모의 결과

Fig. 8은 복합 외력을 고려한 지역별 침수 모의 결과이다. 즉, 강우 및 폭풍 해일을 동시에 고려함에 따라 발생된 침수 영역을 나타낸다. 복합 외력을 고려하는 경우, 단일 외력만을 고려한 분석 결과(Fig. 7)보다 침수 영역은 넓어졌고, 침수심은 깊어졌다.

복합 외력에 의한 침수 분석 결과는 대체로 단일 외력에 의한 침수 모의 결과를 중첩시켜 나타낸 결과와 유사하였고, 이는 일반적으로 예상할 수 있는 결과이다. 주목할만한 결과는 군산시 중앙동의 침수 분석에서 나타났다. 즉, 군산시 중앙동의 경우, 단일 외력만을 고려한 침수 모의 결과에서 나타나지 않았던 새로운 침수 영역이 발생하였다(Fig. 8(c)). 이와 관련된 상세 내용은 3.4절의 고찰에서 기술하였다.

https://static.apub.kr/journalsite/sites/kwra/2021-054-07/N0200540702/images/kwra_54_07_02_F8.jpg
Fig. 8.

Simulation results by compound external forces

3.4 결과 고찰

외력 조건별 침수의 영향을 정량적으로 비교하기 위해 침수 면적을 이용하였다. 이 연구에서는 강우만에 의해 유발된 침수 면적을 기준(기준값: 1)으로 하고, 폭풍 해일(조위+월파량)에 의한 침수 면적과 복합 외력에 의한 침수 면적의 상대적 비율로 분석하였다(Table 4).

Table 4.

Impact evaluation for inundation area by external force

ConditionMarine City, BusanCentum City, BusanJungang-dong area,
Gunsan
Ocheon Port area,
Boryeong
Inundation area
(km2)
RateInundation area
(km2)
RateInundation area
(km2)
RateInundation area
(km2)
Rate
Single
external force
Rainfall (①)0.01641.00.07591.00.04571.00.01751.0
Storm surge (②)0.03632.210.06850.900.14633.200.04122.35
Compound
external forces
Combination
(①+②)
0.05243.190.15051.980.26325.760.04732.70

분석 결과, 부산 센텀시티를 제외한 3개 지역은 모두 폭풍 해일에 의한 침수 면적이 강우에 의한 침수 면적에 비해 2.2 ~ 3.2배 넓은 것으로 분석되었다. 한편, 복합 외력에 의한 침수 면적은 마린시티와 센텀시티의 경우, 각각의 외력에 의한 침수 면적의 합과 유사하게 나타났다. 이는 각각의 외력에 의한 침수 영역이 상이하여 거의 중복되지 않음을 의미한다. 반면에, 오천항에서는 각각의 외력에 의한 침수 면적의 합이 복합 외력에 의한 면적보다 크게 나타났다. 이는 오천항의 경우, 유역면적이 작고 배수 체계가 비교적 단순하여 강우와 폭풍 해일에 의한 침수 영역이 중복되기 때문인 것으로 분석되었다(Fig. 7(d)).

군산시 중앙동 일대의 경우, 복합 외력에 의한 침수 면적이 각각의 독립적인 외력 조건에 의한 침수 면적의 합에 비해 37.1% 크게 나타났다. 이러한 현상의 원인을 분석하기 위해 복합 외력 조건에서만 나타난 우수 관거(Fig. 8(c)의 A 구간)에 대하여 종단을 검토하였다(Fig. 9). Fig. 9(a)는 강우만에 의해 분석된 우수 관거 내 흐름 종단을 나타내고, Fig. 9(b)는 폭풍 해일만에 의한 우수 관거의 종단이다. 그림을 통해 각각의 독립적인 외력 조건 하에서는 해당 구간에서 침수가 발생되지 않은 것을 볼 수 있다. 다만, 강우만을 고려하더라도 우수 관거는 만관이 된 상태를 확인할 수 있다(Fig. 9(a)). 반면에, 만관 상태에서 폭풍 해일이 함께 고려됨에 따라 해수 범람과 조위 상승에 의해 우수 배제가 불량하게 되었고, 이로 인해 침수가 유발된 것으로 분석되었다(Fig. 9(c)). 따라서 이러한 지역은 복합 외력에 대한 취약지구로 판단할 수 있고, 단일 외력의 고려만으로는 침수를 예상하기 어려운 지역임을 알 수 있다.

https://static.apub.kr/journalsite/sites/kwra/2021-054-07/N0200540702/images/kwra_54_07_02_F9.jpg
Fig. 9.

A part of drainage profiles by external force in Jungang-dong area, Gunsan

4. 결 론

이 연구에서는 외력 조건에 따른 연안 지역의 침수 특성을 분석하였다. 연구에서 고려된 외력 조건은 두 가지로서 강우와 폭풍 해일(조위와 월파)이다. 분석 대상 연안 지역으로는 남해안에 위치하는 2개 지역(부산시 해운대구의 마린시티와 센텀시티)과 서해안의 2개 지역(군산시 중앙동 일원 및 보령시 오천항)이 선정되었다.

복합 외력을 고려한 연안 지역의 침수 모의를 위해서는 유역의 강우-유출 현상과 바다의 조위 및 월파량을 경계조건으로 반영할 수 있는 침수 모의 모형이 요구되는데, 이 연구에서는 XP-SWMM을 이용하였다. 한편, 조위 및 월파량 산정에는 ADCSWAN (ADCIRC와 UnSWAN) 및 FLOW-3D 모형이 이용되었다.

연안 지역별 침수 모의는 100년 빈도의 강우와 폭풍 해일을 독립적으로 고려한 경우와 복합적으로 고려한 경우를 구분하여 수행되었다. 우선, 외력을 독립적으로 고려한 결과, 대체로 폭풍 해일만 고려한 경우가 강우만 고려한 경우에 비해 침수 영향이 크게 나타났다. 따라서 연안 지역의 경우, 폭풍 해일에 의한 침수 피해 방지 계획이 상대적으로 중요한 것으로 분석되었다. 두 번째, 복합 외력에 의한 침수 분석 결과는 대체로 단일 외력에 의한 침수 모의 결과를 중첩시켜 나타낸 결과와 유사하였다. 다만, 특정 지역에서는 복합 외력을 고려함에 따라 단일 외력만을 고려한 침수 모의에서 나타나지 않았던 새로운 침수 영역이 발생하기도 하였다. 이러한 결과는 독립적인 외력 조건에서는 우수 관거가 만관 또는 그 이하의 상태가 되지만, 두 가지의 외력이 동시에 고려됨에 따라 우수 관거의 통수능 한계를 초과하여 나타났다. 이러한 지역은 복합 외력에 대한 취약지구로 판단되었고, 해당 지역의 적절한 침수 방지 대책 수립을 위해서는 복합적인 외력 조건이 고려되어야 함을 시사하였다.

현행, 자연재해저감종합계획에서는 침수와 관련된 재해 원인 지역을 내수재해, 해안재해, 하천재해 등으로 구분하고 있다. 하지만 이 연구에서 검토된 바와 같이, 연안 지역의 침수 원인은 복합적으로 나타날 뿐만 아니라, 복합 외력을 고려함에 따라 추가적으로 나타날 수 있는 침수 위험 지역도 존재한다. 따라서 기존의 획일적인 재해 원인의 구분보다는 지역의 특성에 맞는 복합적인 재해 원인을 검토할 필요가 있음을 제안한다.

Acknowledgements

본 논문은 행정안전부 극한 재난대응 기반기술 개발사업의 일환인 “해안가 복합재난 위험지역 피해저감 기술개발(연구과제번호: 2018-MOIS31-008)”의 지원으로 수행되었습니다.

References

1

Chen, X., Ji, P., Wu, Y., and Zhao, L. (2017). “Coupling simulation of overland flooding and underground network drainage in a coastal nuclear power plant.” Nuclear Engineering and Design, Vol. 325, pp. 129-134. 10.1016/j.nucengdes.2017.09.028

2

Choi, G., Song, Y., and Lee, J. (2018a). “Analysis of flood occurrence type according to complex characteristics of coastal cities.” 2018 Conference of the Korean Society of Hazard Mitigation, KOSHAM, p. 180.

3

Choi, J., Park, K., Choi, S., and Jun, H. (2018b). “A forecasting and alarm system for reducing damage from inland inundation in coastal urban areas: A case study of Yeosu City.” Journal of Korean Society of Hazard Mitigation, Vol. 18, No. 7, pp. 475-484. 10.9798/KOSHAM.2018.18.7.475

4

Han, H., Kim, Y., Kang, N., and, Kim, H.S. (2014). “Inundation analysis of a coastal urban area considering tide level.” 2014 Conference of Korean Society of Civil Engineers, KSCE, pp. 1507-1508.

5

Kang, T., Lee, S., and Sun, D. (2019a). “A technical review for reducing inundation damage to high-rise and underground-linked complex buildings in Coastal Areas (1): Proposal for analytical method.” Journal of Korean Society of Hazard Mitigation, Vol. 19, No. 5, pp. 35-43. 10.9798/KOSHAM.2019.19.5.35

6

Kang, T., Lee, S., Choi, H., and Yoon, S. (2019b). “A technical review for reducing inundation damage to high-rise and underground-linked complex buildings in coastal areas (2): Case analysis for application.” Journal of Korean Society of Hazard Mitigation, Vol. 19, No. 5, pp. 45-53. 10.9798/KOSHAM.2019.19.5.45

7

Kim, J.O., Kim, J.Y., and Lee, W.H. (2016). “Analysis on complex disaster information contents for building disaster map of coastal cities.” Journal of the Korean Association of Geographic Information Studies, Vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 43-60. 10.11108/kagis.2016.19.3.043

8

Kim, P.J. (2018). Improvement measures on the risk area designation of coastal disaster in consideration of natural hazards. Ph.D. dissertation, Chonnam National University.

9

Korean Society of Civil Engineers (KSCE) (2021). A report on the cause analysis and countermeasures establishment for Dongcheon flooding and lowland inundation. Busan/Ulsan, Gyungnam branch.

10

Lee, S., Kang, T., Sun, D., and Park, J.J. (2020). “Enhancing an analysis method of compound flooding in coastal areas by linking flow simulation models of coasts and watershed.” Sustainability, Vol. 12, No. 16, 6572. 10.3390/su12166572

11

Ministry of Environment (ME) (2011). Standard for sewerage facilities. Korea Water and Wastewater Works Association.

12

Ministry of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs (MLTM) (2011). Improvement and complementary research for probability rainfall.

13

Ministry of the Interior and Safety (MOIS) (2017). Criteria for establishment and operation of disaster prevention performance target by region: Considering future climate change impacts.

14

Song, Y., Joo, J., Lee, J., and Park, M. (2017). “A study on estimation of inundation area in coastal urban area applying wave overtopping.” Journal of Korean Society of Hazard Mitigation, Vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 501-510. 10.9798/KOSHAM.2017.17.2.501

15

Suh, S.W., and Kim, H.J. (2018). “Simulation of wave overtopping and inundation over a dike caused by Typhoon Chaba at Marine City, Busan, Korea.” Journal of Coastal Research, Vol. 85, pp. 711-715.

16

Sun, D. (2021). Sensitivity analysis of XP-SWMM for inundation analysis in coastal area. M.Sc. Thesis, Pukyong National University.

Figure 1. Three-dimensional finite element model of local scouring of semi-exposed submarine cable.

반노출 해저케이블의 국부 정련과정 및 영향인자에 대한 수치적 연구

Numerical Study of the Local Scouring Process and Influencing Factors of Semi-Exposed Submarine Cables

by Qishun Li,Yanpeng Hao *,Peng Zhang,Haotian Tan,Wanxing Tian,Linhao Chen andLin Yang

School of Electric Power Engineering, South China University of Technology, Guangzhou 510640, China

*Author to whom correspondence should be addressed.J. Mar. Sci. Eng.202311(7), 1349; https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse11071349

Received: 10 June 2023 / Revised: 19 June 2023 / Accepted: 27 June 2023 / Published: 1 July 2023(This article belongs to the Section Ocean Engineering)

일부 수식이 손상되어 표시될 수 있습니다. 이 경우 원문을 참조하시기 바랍니다.

Abstract

Local scouring might result in the spanning of submarine cables, endangering their mechanical and electrical properties. In this contribution, a three-dimensional computational fluid dynamics simulation model is developed using FLOW-3D, and the scouring process of semi-exposed submarine cables is investigated. The effects of the sediment critical Shields number, sediment density, and ocean current velocity on local scouring are discussed, and variation rules for the submarine cables’ spanning time are provided. The results indicate that three scouring holes are formed around the submarine cables. The location of the bottom of the holes corresponds to that of the maximum shear velocity. The continuous development of scouring holes at the wake position leads to the spanning of the submarine cables. The increase in the sediment’s critical Shields number and sediment density, as well as the decrease in the ocean current velocity, will extend the time for maintaining the stability of the upstream scouring hole and retard the development velocity of the wake position and downstream scouring holes. The spanning time has a cubic relationship with the sediment’s critical Shields number, a linear relationship with the sediment density, and an exponential relationship with the ocean current velocity. In this paper, the local scouring process of semi-exposed submarine cables is studied, which provides a theoretical basis for the operation and maintenance of submarine cables.

Keywords: 

submarine cablelocal scouringnumerical simulationcomputational fluid dynamics

1. Introduction

As a key piece of equipment in cross-sea power grids, submarine cables are widely used to connect autonomous power grids, supply power to islands or offshore platforms, and transmit electric power generated by marine renewable energy installations to onshore substations [1]. Once submarine cables break down due to natural disasters or human-made damage, the normal operation of other marine electric power equipment connected to them may be affected. These chain reactions will cause great economic losses and serious social impacts [2].

To protect submarine cables, they are usually buried 1 to 3 m below the seabed [3]. However, submarine cables are still confronted with potential threats from the complex subsea environment. Under the influence of fishing, anchor damage, ocean current scouring, and other factors, the sediment above submarine cables will always inevitably migrate. When a submarine cable is partially exposed, the scouring at this position will be exacerbated; eventually, it will cause the submarine cable to span. According to a field investigation of the 500 kV oil-filled submarine cable that is part of the Hainan networking system, the total length of the span is 49 m [4]. Under strong ocean currents, spanning submarine cables may experience vortex-induced vibrations. Fatigue stress caused by vortex-induced vibrations may lead to metal sheath rupture [5], which endangers the mechanical and electrical properties of submarine cables. Therefore, understanding the local scouring processes of partially exposed submarine cables is crucial for predicting scouring patterns. This is the basis for developing effective operation and maintenance strategies for submarine cables.

The mechanism and influencing factors of sediment erosion have been examined by researchers around the world. In 1988, Sumer [6] conducted experiments to show that the shedding vortex in the wake of a pipeline would increase the Shields parameter by 3–4 times, which would result in severe scouring. In 1991, Chiew [7] performed experiments to prove that the maximum scouring depth could be obtained when the pipeline was located on a flat bed and was scoured by a unidirectional water flow. Based on the test results, they provided a prediction formula for the maximum scouring depth. In 2003, Mastbergen [8] proposed a one-dimensional, steady-state numerical model of turbidity currents, which considered the negative pore pressures in the seabed. The calculated results of this model were basically consistent with the actual scouring of a submarine canyon. In 2007, Dey [9] presented a semitheoretical model for the computation of the maximum clear-water scour depth below underwater pipelines in uniform sediments under a steady flow, and the predicted scour depth in clear water satisfactorily agreed with the observed values. In 2008, Dey [10] conducted experiments on clear-water scour below underwater pipelines under a steady flow and obtained a variation pattern of the depth of the scouring hole. In 2008, Liang [11] used a two-dimensional numerical simulation to study the scouring process of a tube bundle under the action of currents and waves. They discovered that, compared with the scouring of a single tube, the scouring depth of the tube bundle was deeper, and the scouring time was longer. In 2012, Yang [12] found that placing rubber sheets under pipes can greatly accelerate their self-burial. The rubber sheets had the best performance when their length was about 1.5 times the size of the pipe. In 2020, Li [13] investigated the two-dimensional local scour beneath two submarine pipelines in tandem under wave-plus-current conditions via numerical simulation. They found that for conditions involving waves plus a low-strength current, the scour pattern beneath the two pipelines behaved like that in the pure-wave condition. Conversely, when the current had equal strength to the wave-induced flow, the scour pattern beneath the two pipelines resembled that in the pure-current condition. In 2020, Guan [14] studied and discussed the interactive coupling effects among a vibrating pipeline, flow field, and scour process through experiments, and the experimental data showed that the evolution of the scour hole had significant influences on the pipeline vibrations. In 2021, Liu [15] developed a two-dimensional finite element numerical model and researched the local scour around a vibrating pipeline. The numerical results showed that the maximum vibration amplitude of the pipeline could reach about 1.2 times diameter, and the maximum scour depth occurred on the wake side of the vibrating pipeline. In 2021, Huang [16] carried out two-dimensional numerical simulations to investigate the scour beneath a single pipeline and piggyback pipelines subjected to an oscillatory flow condition at a KC number of 11 and captured typical steady-streaming structures around the pipelines due to the oscillatory flow condition. In 2021, Cui [17] investigated the characteristics of the riverbed scour profile for a pipeline buried at different depths under the condition of riverbed sediments with different particle sizes. The results indicated that, in general, the equilibrium scour depth changed in a spoon shape with the gradual increase in the embedment ratio. In 2022, Li [18] used numerical simulation to study the influence of the burial depth of partially buried pipelines on the surrounding flow field, but they did not investigate the scour depth. In 2022, Zhu [19] performed experiments to prove that the scour hole propagation rate under a pipeline decreases with an increasing pipeline embedment ratio and rises with the KC number. In 2022, Najafzadeh [20] proposed equations for the prediction of the scouring propagation rate around pipelines due to currents based on a machine learning model, and the prediction results were consistent with the experimental data. In 2023, Ma [21] used the computational fluid dynamics coarse-grained discrete element method to simulate the scour process around a pipeline. The results showed that this method can effectively reduce the considerable need for computing resources and excessive computation time. In 2023, through numerical simulations, Hu [22] discovered that the water velocity and the pipeline diameter had a significant effect on the depth of scouring.

In the preceding works, the researchers investigated the mechanism of sediment scouring and the effect of various factors on the local scouring of submarine pipelines. However, submarine cables are buried beneath the seabed, while submarine pipelines are erected above the seabed. The difference in laying methods leads to a large discrepancy between their local scouring processes. Therefore, the conclusions of the above investigations are not applicable to the local scouring of submarine cables. Currently, there is no report on the research of the local scouring of partially exposed submarine cables.

In this paper, a three-dimensional computational fluid dynamics (CFD) finite element model, based on two-phase flow, is established using FLOW-3D. The local scouring process of semi-exposed submarine cables under steady-state ocean currents is studied, and the variation rules of the depth and the shape of the scouring holes, as well as the shear velocity with time, are obtained. By setting different critical Shields numbers of the sediment, different sediment densities, and different ocean current velocities, the change rule of the scouring holes’ development rate and the time required for the spanning of submarine cables are explored.

2. Sediment Scouring Model

In the sediment scouring model, the sediment is set as the dispersed particle, which is regarded as a kind of quasifluid. In this context, sediment scouring is considered as a two-phase flow process between the liquid phase and solid particle phase. The sediment in this process is further divided into two categories: one is suspended in the fluid, and the other is deposited on the bottom.When the local Shields number of sediment is greater than the critical Shields number, the deposited sediment will be transformed into the suspended sediment under the action of ocean currents. The calculation formulae of the local Shields numbers θ and the critical Shields numbers 

θcr of sediment is given as [23,24

]

𝜃=𝑈2𝑓(𝜌𝑠/𝜌𝑓−1)𝑔𝑑50,�=��2(��/��−1)��50,(1)

𝜃𝑐𝑟=0.31+1.2𝐷∗+0.055(1−𝑒−0.02𝐷∗),���=0.31+1.2�*+0.055(1−�−0.02�*),(2)

𝐷∗=𝑑50𝜌𝑓(𝜌𝑠−𝜌𝑓)𝑔/𝜇2−−−−−−−−−−−−−−√3,�*=�50��(��−��)�/�23,(3)where 

Uf is the shearing velocity of bed surface, 

ρs is the density of the sediment particle, 

ρf is the fluid density, g is the acceleration of gravity, d

50 is the median size of sediment, and μ is the dynamic viscosity of sediment.And each sediment particle suspended in the fluid obeys the equations for mass conservation and energy conservation

∂𝑐𝑠∂𝑡+∇⋅(𝑢𝑐𝑠)=0,∂��∂�+∇⋅(�¯��)=0,(4)

∂𝑢𝑠∂𝑡+𝑢⋅∇𝑢𝑠=−1𝜌𝑠∇𝑃+𝐹−𝐾𝑓𝑠𝜌𝑠𝑢𝑟,∂��∂�+�¯⋅∇��=−1��∇�+�−�������,(5)where 

cs is the concentration of the sediment particle, 

𝑢�¯ is the mean velocity vector of the fluid and the sediment particle, 

us is the velocity of the sediment particle, 

fs is the volume fraction of the sediment particle, P is the pressure, F is the volumetric and viscous force, K is the drag force, and 

ur is the relative velocity.

3. Numerical Setup and Modeling

In this paper, a three-dimensional submarine cable local scouring simulation model is established by FLOW-3D. Based on the numerical simulation, the process of the submarine cable, which gradually changes from semi-exposed to the spanning state under the steady-state ocean current, is studied. The geometric modeling, the mesh division, the physical field setup, and the grid independent test of CFD numerical model are as follows.

3.1. Geometric Modeling and Mesh Division

A three-dimensional (3D) numerical model of the local scouring of a semi-exposed submarine cable is established, which is shown in Figure 1. The dimensions of the model are marked in Figure 1. The inlet direction of the ocean current is defined as the upstream of the submarine cable (referred to as upstream), and the outlet direction of the ocean current is defined as the downstream of the submarine cable (referred to as downstream).

Jmse 11 01349 g001 550

Figure 1. Three-dimensional finite element model of local scouring of semi-exposed submarine cable.

The submarine cable with a diameter of 0.2 m is positioned on sediment that is initially in a semi-exposed state. When the length of the span is short, the submarine cable will not show obvious deformation due to gravity or scouring from the ocean current. Therefore, the submarine cable surface is set as the fixed boundary. The model’s left boundary is set as the inlet, the right boundary is set as the outlet, the front and rear boundaries are set as symmetry, and the bottom boundary is set as the non-slip wall. Since the water depth above the submarine cable is more than 0.6 m in practice, the top boundary of the model is also set as symmetry. The sediment near the inlet and the outlet will be carried by ocean currents, which leads to the abnormal scouring terrain. At each end of the sediment, a baffle (thickness of 3 cm) is installed to ensure that the simulation results can reflect the real situation.

Due to the fact that the flow field around the semi-exposed submarine cable is not a simple two-dimensional symmetrical distribution, it should be solved by three-dimensional numerical simulation. Considering the accuracy and efficiency of the calculation, the size of mesh is set to 0.02 m. The total number of meshes after the dissection is 133,254.

3.2. Physical Field Setup

The CFD finite element model contains four physical field modules: sediment scouring module, gravity and non-inertial reference frame module, density evaluation module, and viscosity and turbulence module. In this paper, the renormalization group (RNG) kε turbulence model is used, which has high computational accuracy for turbulent vortices. Therefore, this turbulence model is suitable for calculating the sediment scouring process around the semi-exposed submarine cable [25]. The key parameters of the numerical simulation are referring to the survey results of submarine sediments in the Korean Peninsula [26], as listed in Table 1.Table 1. Key parameters of numerical simulation.

Table

3.3. Mesh Independent Test

In order to eliminate errors caused by the quantity of grids in the calculation process, two sizes of mesh are set on the validation model, and the scour profiles under different mesh sizes are compared. The validation model is shown in Figure 2, and the scouring terrain under different mesh size is given in Figure 3.

Jmse 11 01349 g002 550

Figure 2. Validation model.

Jmse 11 01349 g003 550

Figure 3. Scouring terrain under different mesh sizes.

It can be seen from Figure 3 that with the increase in the number of meshes, the scouring terrain of the verification model changes slightly, and the scouring depth is basically unchanged. Considering the accuracy of the numerical simulation and the calculation’s time cost, it is reasonable to consider setting the mesh size to 0.02 m.

4. Results and Analysis

4.1. Analysis of Local Scouring Process

Based on the CFD finite element numerical simulation, the local scouring process of the submarine cable under the steady-state ocean current is analyzed. The end time of the simulation is 9 h, the initial time step is 0.01 s, and the fluid velocity is 0.40 m/s. Simulation results are saved every minute. Figure 4 illustrates the scouring terrain around the semi-exposed submarine cable, which has been scoured by the steady-state current for 5 h.

Jmse 11 01349 g004 550

Figure 4. Scouring terrain around semi-exposed submarine cable (scour for 5 h).

As can be seen from Figure 4, three scouring holes were separately formed in the upstream wake position and downstream of the semi-exposed submarine cable. The scouring holes are labeled according to their locations. The variation of the scouring terrain around the semi-exposed submarine cable over time is given in Figure 5. The red circle in the picture corresponds to the position of the submarine cable, and the red box in the legend marks the time when the submarine cable is spanning.

Jmse 11 01349 g005 550

Figure 5. Variation of scouring terrain around semi-exposed submarine cable adapted to time.

From Figure 5, in the first hour of scouring, the upstream (−0.5 m to −0.1 m) and downstream (0.43 m to 1.5 m) scouring holes appeared. The upstream scouring hole was relatively flat with depth of 0.04 m. The depth of the downstream scouring hole increased with the increase in distance, and the maximum depth was 0.13 m. The scouring hole that developed at the wake position was very shallow, and its depth was only 0.007 m.

In the second hour of scouring, the upstream scouring hole’s depth remained nearly constant. The depth of the downstream scouring hole only increased by 0.002 m. The scouring hole at the wake position developed steadily, and its depth increased from 0.007 m to 0.014 m.

The upstream and downstream scouring holes did not continue to develop during the third to the sixth hour. Compared to the first two hours, the development of scouring holes at the wake position accelerated significantly, with an average growth rate of 0.028 m/h. The growth rate in the fifth hour of the scouring hole at the wake position was slightly faster than the other times. After 6 h of scouring, the sediment on the right side of the submarine cable had been hollowed out.

In the seventh and the eighth hour of scouring, the upstream scouring hole’s depth increased slightly, the downstream scouring hole still remained stable, and the depth of the scouring hole at wake position increased by 0.019 m. The sediment under the submarine cable was gradually eroded as well. By the end of the eighth hour, the lower right part of the submarine cable had been exposed to water as well.

At 8 h 21 min of the scouring, the submarine cable was completely spanned, and the scouring holes were connected to each other. Within the next 10 min, the development of the scouring holes sped up significantly, and the maximum depth of scouring holes increased greatly to 0.27 m.

In reference [17], researchers have studied the local scouring process of semi-buried pipelines in sandy riverbeds through experiments. The test results show that the scouring process can be divided into a start-up stage, micropore formation stage, extension stage, and equilibrium stage. In this paper, the first three stages are simulated, and the results are in good agreement with the experiment, which proves the accuracy of the present numerical model.

In this research, the velocity of ocean currents at the sediment surface is defined as the shear velocity, which plays an important role in the process of local scouring. Figure 6 provides visual data on how the shear velocity varies over time.

Jmse 11 01349 g006 550

Figure 6. Shear velocity changes in the scouring process.

The semi-exposed submarine cable protrudes from the seabed, which makes the shear velocity of its surface much higher than other locations. After the submarine cable is spanned, the shear velocity of the scouring hole surface below it is taken. This is the reason for the sudden change of shear velocity at the submarine cable’s location in Figure 6.The shear velocity in the initial state of the upstream scouring hole is obviously greater than in subsequent times. After 1 h of scouring, the shear velocity in the upstream scouring hole rapidly decreased from 1.1 × 10

−2 m/s to 3.98 × 10

−3 m/s and remained stable until the end of the sixth hour. This phenomenon explains why the upstream scouring hole developed rapidly in the first hour but remained stable for the following 5 h.The shear velocity in the downstream scouring hole reduced at first and then increased; its initial value was 1.41 × 10

−2 m/s. It took approximately 5 h for the shear velocity to stabilize, and the stable shear velocity was 2.26 × 10

−3 m/s. Therefore, compared with the upstream scouring hole, the downstream scouring hole was deeper and required more time to reach stability.The initial shear velocity in the scouring hole at the wake position was only 7.1 × 10

−3 m/s, which almost does not change in the first hour. This leads to a very slow development of the scouring hole at the wake position in the early stages. The maximum shear velocity in this scouring hole gradually increased to 1.05 × 10

−2 m/s from the second to the fifth hour, and then decreased to 6.61 × 10

−3 m/s by the end of the eighth hour. This is why the scouring hole at the wake position grows fastest around the fifth hour. Consistent with the pattern of change in the scouring hole’s terrain, the location of the maximal shear velocity also shifted to the right with time.

The shear velocity of all three scouring holes rose dramatically in the last hour. Combined with the terrain in Figure 5, this can be attributed to the complete spanning of the submarine cable.

From Equations (3)–(5), one can see the movement of the sediment is related directly with the sediment’s critical Shields number, sediment density, and ocean current velocity. Based on the parameters in Table 1, the influence of the above parameters on the local scouring process of semi-exposed submarine cables will be discussed.

4.2. Influence Factors

4.2.1. Sediment’s Critical Shields Number

The sediment’s critical Shields number 

θcr is set as 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, and 0.07, and the variations of scouring terrain over time under each 

θcr are displayed in Figure 7.

Jmse 11 01349 g007 550

Figure 7. Influence of sediment’s critical Shields number 

θcr on local scouring around semi-exposed submarine cable: (a

θcr = 0.02; (b

θcr = 0.03; (c

θcr = 0.04; (d

θcr = 0.05; (e

θcr = 0.06; and (f

θcr = 0.07.From Figure 7, one can see that a change in 

θcr will affect the depth of the upstream scouring hole and the development speed of the scouring hole at the wake position, but it will have no significant impact on the expansion of the downstream scouring hole.Under conditions of different 

θcr, the upstream scouring hole will reach a temporary plateau within 1 h, at which time the stable depth will be about 0.04 m. When 

θcr ≤ 0.05, the upstream scouring hole will continue to expand after a few hours. The stable time is obviously affected by 

θcr, which will gradually increase from 1 h to 11 h with the increase in 

θcr. The terrain of the upstream scouring hole will gradually convert to deep on the left and to shallow on the right. Since the scouring hole at the wake position has not been stable, its state at the time of submarine cable spanning is studied emphatically. In the whole process of scouring, the scouring hole at the wake position continues to develop and does not reach a stable state. With the increase in 

θcr, the development velocity of the scouring hole at the wake position will decrease considerably. Its average evolution velocity decreases from 3.88 cm/h to 1.62 cm/h, and its depth decreases from 21.9 cm to 18.8 cm. Under the condition of each 

θcr, the downstream scouring hole will stabilize within 1 h, and the stable depth will be basically unchanged (all about 13.5 cm).As 

θcr increases, so does the sediment’s ability to withstand shearing forces, which will cause it to become increasingly difficult to be eroded or carried away by ocean currents. This effect has been directly reflected in the depth of scouring holes (upstream and wake position). Due to the blocking effect of semi-exposed submarine cables, the wake is elongated, which is why the downstream scouring hole develops before the scouring hole at the wake position and quickly reaches a stable state. However, due to the high wake intensity, this process is not significantly affected by the change of 

θcr.

4.2.2. Sediment Density

The density of sediment 

ρs is set as 1550 kg/m

3, 1600 kg/m

3, 1650 kg/m

3, 1700 kg/m

3, 1750 kg/m

3, and 1800 kg/m

3, and the variation of scouring terrain over time under each 

ρs are displayed in Figure 8.

Jmse 11 01349 g008 550

Figure 8. Influence of sediment density 

ρs on local scouring around semi-exposed submarine cable: (a

ρs = 1550 kg/m

3; (bρs = 1600 kg/m

3; (cρs = 1650 kg/m

3; (dρs = 1700 kg/m

3; (eρs = 1750 kg/m

3; and (f

ρs = 1800 kg/m

3.From Figure 8, one can see that a change in 

ρs will also affect the depth of the upstream scouring hole and the development speed of the scouring hole at the wake position. In addition, it can even have an impact on the downstream scouring hole depth.Under different 

ρs conditions, the upstream scouring hole will always reach a temporary stable state in 1 h, at which time the stable depth will be 0.04 m. When 

ρs ≤ 1750 kg/m

3, the upstream scouring hole will continue to expand after a few hours. The stabilization time of upstream scouring hole is more clearly affected by 

ρs, which will gradually increase from 3 h to 13 h with the increase in 

ρs. The terrain of the upstream scouring hole will gradually change to deep on the left and to shallow on the right. Since the scouring hole at the wake position has not been stable, its state at the time of the submarine cable spanning is studied emphatically, too. In the whole process of scouring, the scouring hole at the wake position continues to develop and does not reach a stable state. When 

ρs is large, the development rate of scouring hole obviously decreased with time. With the increase in 

ρs, the development velocity of the scouring hole at the wake position reduces from 3.38 cm/h to 1.14 cm/h, and the depth of this scouring hole declines from 20 cm to 15 cm. As 

ρs increases, the stabilization time of the downstream scouring hole increases from less than 1 h to about 2 h, but the stabilization depth of the downstream scouring hole remains essentially the same (all around 13.5 cm).As can be seen from Equation (1), the increase in 

ρs will reduce the Shields number, thus weakening the shear action of the sediment by the ocean current, which explains the extension of the stability time of the upstream scouring hole. At the same time, with the increase in the depth of scouring hole at the wake position, its shear velocity will decreases. Therefore, under a larger 

ρs value, the development speed of scouring hole at the wake position will decrease significantly with time. Possibly for the same reason, 

ρs can affect the development rate of downstream scouring hole.

4.2.3. Ocean Current Velocity

The ocean current velocity v is set as 0.35 m/s, 0.40 m/s, 0.45 m/s, 0.50 m/s, 0.55 m/s, and 0.60 m/s. Figure 9 presents the variation in scouring terrain with time for each v.

Jmse 11 01349 g009 550

Figure 9. Influence of ocean current velocity v on local scouring around semi-exposed submarine cable: (av = 0.35 m/s; (bv = 0.40 m/s; (cv = 0.45 m/s; (dv = 0.50 m/s; (ev = 0.55 m/s; and (fv = 0.60 m/s.

Changes in v affect the depth of the upstream and downstream scouring holes, as well as the development velocity of the wake position and downstream scouring holes.

When v ≤ 0.45 m/s, the upstream scouring hole will reach a temporary stable state within 1 h, at which point the stable depth will be 0.04 m. The stabilization time of the upstream scouring hole is affected by v, which will gradually decrease from 15 h to 3 h with the increase in v. When v > 0.45 m/s, the upstream scouring hole is going to expand continuously. With the increase in v, its average development velocity increases from 6.68 cm/h to 8.66 cm/h, and its terrain changes to deep on the left and to shallow on the right. When the submarine cable is spanning, special attention should be paid to the depth of the scouring hole at the wake position. Throughout whole scouring process, the scouring hole at the wake position continues to develop and does not reach a stable state. With the increase in v, the depth of scouring hole at the wake position will increase from 14 cm to 20 cm, and the average development velocity will increase from 0.91 cm/h to 10.43 cm/h. As v increases, the time required to stabilize the downstream scouring hole is shortened from 1to 2 h to less than 1 h, but the stable depth is remains nearly constant at 13.5 cm.

An increase in v will increase the shear velocity. Therefore, when the depth of the scouring hole increases, the shear velocity in the hole will also increase, which can deepen both the upstream and downstream scouring hole. According to Equation (1), the Shields number is proportional to the square of the shear velocity. The increase in shear velocity significantly intensifies local scouring, which increases the development rate of scouring holes at the wake position and downstream.

4.3. Variation Rule of Spanning Time

In this paper, the spanning time is defined as the time taken for a semi-exposed submarine cable (initial state) to become a spanning submarine cable. Figure 10 illustrates the effect of the above parameters on the spanning time of the semi-exposed submarine cable.

Jmse 11 01349 g010 550

Figure 10. Influence of different parameters on spanning time of the semi-exposed submarine cable: (a) Sediment critical Shields number; (b) Sediment density; and (c) Ocean current velocity.From Figure 10a, the spanning time monotonically increases with the increase in the critical Shields number of sediment. However, the slope of the curve decreases first and then increases, and the inflection point is at 

θcr = 4.59 × 10

−2. The relationship between spanning time t and sediment’s critical Shields number 

θcr can be formulated by a cubic function as shown in Equation (6):

𝑡=−2.98+6.76𝜃𝑐𝑟−1.45𝜃2𝑐𝑟+0.11𝜃3𝑐𝑟.�=−2.98+6.76���−1.45���2+0.11���3.(6)It can be seen from Figure 10b that with the increase in the sediment density, the spanning time increases monotonically and linearly. The relationship between the spanning time t and the sediment’s density 

ρs can be formulated by the first order function as shown in Equation (7):

𝑡=−41.59+30.54𝜌𝑠.�=−41.59+30.54��.(7)Figure 10c shows that with the increase in the ocean current velocity, the spanning time decreases monotonically. The slope of the curve increases with the increase in the ocean current velocity, so it can be considered that there is saturation of the ocean current velocity effect. The relationship between the spanning time t and the ocean current velocity v can be formulated by the exponential function

𝑡=0.15𝑣−4.38.�=0.15�−4.38.(8)

5. Conclusions

In this paper, a three-dimensional CFD finite element numerical simulation model is established, which is used to research the local scouring process of the semi-exposed submarine cable under the steady-state ocean current. The relationship between shear velocity and scouring terrain is discussed, the influence of sediment critical Shields number, sediment density and ocean current velocity on the local scouring process is analyzed, and the variation rules of the spanning time of the semi-exposed submarine cable is given. The conclusions are as follows:

  • Under the steady-state ocean currents, scouring holes will be formed at the upstream, wake position and downstream of the semi-exposed submarine cable. The upstream and downstream scouring holes develop faster, which will reach a temporary stable state at about 1 h after the start of the scouring. The scouring hole at the wake position will continue to expand at a slower rate and eventually lead to the spanning of the submarine cable.
  • There is a close relationship between the distribution of shear velocity and the scouring terrain. As the local scouring process occurs, the location of the maximum shear velocity within the scouring hole shifts and causes the bottom of the hole to move as well.
  • When the sediment’s critical Shields number and density are significantly large and ocean current velocity is sufficiently low, the duration of the stable state of the upstream scouring hole will be prolonged, and the average development velocity of the scouring holes at the wake position and downstream will be reduced.
  • The relationship between the spanning time and the critical Shields number θcr can be formulated as a cubic function, in which the curve’s inflection point is θcr = 4.59 × 10−2. The relationship between spanning time and sediment density can be formulated as a linear function. The relationship between spanning time and ocean current velocity can be formulated by exponential function.

Based on the conclusions of this paper, even when it is too late to take measures or when the exposed position of the submarine cable cannot be located, the degree of burial depth development still can be predicted. This prediction is important for the operation and maintenance of the submarine cable. However, the study still leaves something to be desired. Only the local scouring process under the steady-state ocean current was studied, which is an extreme condition. In practice, exposed submarine cables are more likely to be scoured by reciprocating ocean currents. In the future, we will investigate the local scouring of submarine cables under the reciprocating ocean current.

Author Contributions

Conceptualization, Y.H. and Q.L.; methodology, Q.L., P.Z. and H.T.; software, Q.L.; validation, Q.L., L.C. and W.T.; writing—original draft preparation, Q.L.; writing—review and editing, Y.H. and Q.L.; supervision, Y.H. and L.Y. All authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript.

Funding

This research was funded by the [Smart Grid Joint Fund Key Project between National Natural Science Foundation of China and State Grid Corporation] grant number [U1766220].

Institutional Review Board Statement

Not applicable.

Informed Consent Statement

Not applicable.

Data Availability Statement

The data supporting the reported results cannot be shared at this time, as they have been used in producing more publications on this research.

Acknowledgments

This work is supported by the Smart Grid Joint Fund Key Project of the National Natural Science Foundation of China and State Grid Corporation (Grant No. U1766220).

Conflicts of Interest

The authors declare no conflict of interest.

References

  1. Taormina, B.; Bald, J.; Want, A.; Thouzeau, G.; Lejart, M.; Desroy, N.; Carlier, A. A review of potential impacts of submarine power cables on the marine environment: Knowledge gaps, recommendations and future directions. Renew. Sust. Energ. Rev. 201896, 380–391. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  2. Gulski, E.; Anders, G.J.; Jogen, R.A.; Parciak, J.; Siemiński, J.; Piesowicz, E.; Paszkiewicz, S.; Irska, I. Discussion of electrical and thermal aspects of offshore wind farms’ power cables reliability. Renew. Sust. Energ. Rev. 2021151, 111580. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  3. Wang, W.; Yan, X.; Li, S.; Zhang, L.; Ouyang, J.; Ni, X. Failure of submarine cables used in high-voltage power transmission: Characteristics, mechanisms, key issues and prospects. IET Gener. Transm. Distrib. 202115, 1387–1402. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  4. Chen, H.; Chen, Z.; Lu, H.; Wu, C.; Liang, J. Protection method for submarine cable detection and exposed suspension problem in Qiongzhou straits. Telecom Pow. Technol. 201936, 60–61+63. [Google Scholar]
  5. Zhu, J.; Ren, B.; Dong, P.; Chen, W. Vortex-induced vibrations of a free spanning submarine power cable. Ocean Eng. 2023272, 113792. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  6. Sumer, B.M.; Jensen, H.R.; Mao, Y.; Fredsøe, J. Effect of lee-wake on scour below pipelines in current. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean. Eng. 1988114, 599–614. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  7. Chiew, Y.M. Prediction of maximum scour depth at submarine pipelines. J. Hydraul. Eng. 1991117, 452–466. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  8. Mastbergen, D.R.; Vandenberg, J.H. Breaching in fine sands and the generation of sustained turbidity currents in submarine canyons. Sedimentology 200350, 625–637. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  9. Dey, S.; Singh, N.P. Clear-water scour depth below underwater pipelines. J. Hydro-Env. Res. 20071, 157–162. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  10. Dey, S.; Singh, N.P. Clear-water scour below underwater pipelines under steady flow. J. Hydraul. Eng. 2008134, 588–600. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  11. Liang, D.; Cheng, L. Numerical study of scour around a pipeline bundle. Proc. Inst. Civil Eng. Mar. Eng. 2008161, 89–95. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  12. Yang, L.; Guo, Y.; Shi, B.; Kuang, C.; Xu, W.; Cao, S. Study of scour around submarine pipeline with a rubber plate or rigid spoiler in wave conditions. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 2012138, 484–490. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  13. Li, Y.; Ong, M.C.; Fuhrman, D.R.; Larsen, B.E. Numerical investigation of wave-plus-current induced scour beneath two submarine pipelines in tandem. Coast. Eng. 2020156, 103619. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  14. Guan, D.; Hsieh, S.C.; Chiew, Y.M.; Low, Y.M.; Wei, M. Local scour and flow characteristics around pipeline subjected to vortex-induced vibrations. J. Hydraul. Eng. 2020146, 04019048. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  15. Liu, M.M.; Jin, X.; Wang, L.; Yang, F.; Tang, J. Numerical investigation of local scour around a vibrating pipeline under steady currents. Ocean Eng. 2021221, 108546. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  16. Huang, J.; Yin, G.; Ong, M.C.; Myrhaug, D.; Jia, X. Numerical investigation of scour beneath pipelines subjected to an oscillatory flow condition. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 20219, 1102. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  17. Cui, F.; Du, Y.; Hao, X.; Peng, S.; Bao, Z.; Peng, S. Experimental study on local scour and related mechanical effects at river-crossing underwater oil and gas pipelines. Adv. Civ. Eng. 20212021, 6689212. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  18. Li, B.; Ma, H. Scouring mechanism of suspended and partially-buried pipelines under steady flow. Coast. Eng. 2022177, 104201. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  19. Najafzadeh, M.; Oliveto, G. Scour propagation rates around offshore pipelines exposed to currents by applying data-driven models. Water 202214, 493. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  20. Zhu, Y.; Xie, L.; Wong, T.; Su, T. Development of three-dimensional scour below pipelines in regular waves. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 202210, 124. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  21. Ma, H.; Li, B. CFD-CGDEM coupling model for scour process simulation of submarine pipelines. Ocean Eng. 2023271, 113789. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  22. Hu, K.; Bai, X.; Vaz, M.A. Numerical simulation on the local scour processing and influencing factors of submarine pipeline. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 202311, 234. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  23. Yang, B.; Gao, F.; Wu, Y. Experimental study on local scour of sandy seabed under submarine pipeline in unidirectional currents. Eng. Mech. 200825, 206–210. [Google Scholar]
  24. Cheng, Y.; Wang, X.; Luo, W.; Huang, X.; Lyu, X. Experimental study of local scour around a downstream inclined pile under combined waves and current. Adv. Eng. Sci. 202153, 64–71. [Google Scholar]
  25. Lu, Y.; Zhou, L.; Shen, X. Different turbulence models for simulating a liquid-liquid hydro cyclone. J. Tsinghua Univ. 200141, 105–109. [Google Scholar]
  26. Yun, D.H.; Kim, Y.T. Experimental study on settlement and scour characteristics of artificial reef with different reinforcement type and soil type. Geotext. Geomembr. 201846, 448–454. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Validity evaluation of popular liquid-vapor phase change models for cryogenic self-pressurization process

극저온 자체 가압 공정을 위한 인기 있는 액체-증기 상 변화 모델의 타당성 평가

액체-증기 상 변화 모델은 밀폐된 용기의 자체 가압 프로세스 시뮬레이션에 매우 큰 영향을 미칩니다. Hertz-Knudsen 관계, 에너지 점프 모델 및 그 파생물과 같은 널리 사용되는 액체-증기 상 변화 모델은 실온 유체를 기반으로 개발되었습니다. 액체-증기 전이를 통한 극저온 시뮬레이션에 널리 적용되었지만 각 모델의 성능은 극저온 조건에서 명시적으로 조사 및 비교되지 않았습니다. 본 연구에서는 171가지 일반적인 액체-증기 상 변화 모델을 통합한 통합 다상 솔버가 제안되었으며, 이를 통해 이러한 모델을 실험 데이터와 직접 비교할 수 있습니다. 증발 및 응축 모델의 예측 정확도와 계산 속도를 평가하기 위해 총 <>개의 자체 가압 시뮬레이션이 수행되었습니다. 압력 예측은 최적화 전략이 서로 다른 모델 계수에 크게 의존하는 것으로 나타났습니다. 에너지 점프 모델은 극저온 자체 가압 시뮬레이션에 적합하지 않은 것으로 나타났습니다. 평균 편차와 CPU 소비량에 따르면 Lee 모델과 Tanasawa 모델은 다른 모델보다 안정적이고 효율적인 것으로 입증되었습니다.

Elsevier

International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer

Volume 181, December 2021, 121879

International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer

Validity evaluation of popular liquid-vapor phase change models for cryogenic self-pressurization process

Author links open overlay panelZhongqi Zuo, Jingyi Wu, Yonghua HuangShow moreAdd to MendeleyShareCite

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2021.121879Get rights and content

Abstract

Liquid-vapor phase change models vitally influence the simulation of self-pressurization processes in closed containers. Popular liquid-vapor phase change models, such as the Hertz-Knudsen relation, energy jump model, and their derivations were developed based on room-temperature fluids. Although they had widely been applied in cryogenic simulations with liquid-vapor transitions, the performance of each model was not explicitly investigated and compared yet under cryogenic conditions. A unified multi-phase solver incorporating four typical liquid-vapor phase change models has been proposed in the present study, which enables direct comparison among those models against experimental data. A total number of 171 self-pressurization simulations were conducted to evaluate the evaporation and condensation models’ prediction accuracy and calculation speed. It was found that the pressure prediction highly depended on the model coefficients, whose optimization strategies differed from each other. The energy jump model was found inadequate for cryogenic self-pressurization simulations. According to the average deviation and CPU consumption, the Lee model and the Tanasawa model were proven to be more stable and more efficient than the others.

Introduction

The liquid-vapor phase change of cryogenic fluids is widely involved in industrial applications, such as the hydrogen transport vehicles [1], shipborne liquid natural gas (LNG) containers [2] and on-orbit cryogenic propellant tanks [3]. These applications require cryogenic fluids to be stored for weeks to months. Although high-performance insulation measures are adopted, heat inevitably enters the tank via radiation and conduction. The self-pressurization in the tank induced by the heat leakage eventually causes the venting loss of the cryogenic fluids and threatens the safety of the craft in long-term missions. To reduce the boil-off loss and extend the cryogenic storage duration, a more comprehensive understanding of the self-pressurization mechanism is needed.

Due to the difficulties and limitations in implementing cryogenic experiments, numerical modeling is a convenient and powerful way to study the self-pressurization process of cryogenic fluids. However, how the phase change models influence the mass and heat transfer under cryogenic conditions is still unsettled [4]. As concluded by Persad and Ward [5], a seemingly slight variation in the liquid-vapor phase change models can lead to erroneous predictions.

Among the liquid-vapor phase change models, the kinetic theory gas (KTG) based models and the energy jump model are the most popular ones used in recent self-pressurization simulations [6]. The KTG based models, also known as the Hertz-Knudsen relation models, were developed on the concept of the Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution of the gas molecular [7]. The Hertz-Knudsen relation has evolved to several models, including the Schrage model [8], the Tanasawa model [9], the Lee model [10] and the statistical rate theory (SRT) [11], which will be described in Section 2.2. Since the Schrage model and the Lee model are embedded and configured as the default ones in the commercial CFD solvers Flow-3D® and Ansys Fluent® respectively, they have been widely used in self-pressurization simulations for liquid nitrogen [12], [13] and liquid hydrogen [14], [15]. The major drawback of the KTG models lies in the difficulty of selecting model coefficients, which were reported in a considerably wide range spanning three magnitudes even for the same working fluid [16], [17], [18], [19], [20], [21]. Studies showed that the liquid level, pressure and mass transfer rate are directly influenced by the model coefficients [16], [22], [23], [24], [25]. Wrong coefficients will lead to deviation or even divergence of the results. The energy jump model is also known as the thermal limitation model. It assumes that the evaporation and condensation at the liquid-vapor interface are induced only by heat conduction. The model is widely adopted in lumped node simulations due to its simplicity [6], [26], [27]. To improve the accuracy of mass flux prediction, the energy jump model was modified by including the convection heat transfer [28], [29]. However, the convection correlations are empirical and developed mainly for room-temperature fluids. Whether the correlation itself can be precisely applied in cryogenic simulations still needs further investigation.

Fig. 1 summarizes the cryogenic simulations involving the modeling of evaporation and condensation processes in recent years. The publication has been increasing rapidly. However, the characteristics of each evaporation and condensation model are not explicitly revealed when simulating self-pressurization. A comparative study of the phase change models is highly needed for cryogenic fluids for a better simulation of the self-pressurization processes.

In the present paper, a unified multi-phase solver incorporating four typical liquid-vapor phase change models, namely the Tanasawa model, the Lee model, the energy jump model, and the modified energy jump model has been proposed, which enables direct comparison among different models. The models are used to simulate the pressure and temperature evolutions in an experimental liquid nitrogen tank in normal gravity, which helps to evaluate themselves in the aspects of accuracy, calculation speed and robustness.

Section snippets

Governing equations for the self-pressurization tank

In the present study, both the fluid domain and the solid wall of the tank are modeled and discretized. The heat transportation at the solid boundaries is considered to be irrelevant with the nearby fluid velocity. Consequently, two sets of the solid and the fluid governing equations can be decoupled and solved separately. The pressures in the cryogenic container are usually from 100 kPa to 300 kPa. Under these conditions, the Knudsen number is far smaller than 0.01, and the fluids are

Self-pressurization results and phase change model comparison

This section compares the simulation results by different phase change models. Section 3.1 compares the pressure and temperature outputs from two KTG based models, namely the Lee model and the Tanasawa model. Section 3.2 presents the pressure predictions from the energy transport models, namely the energy jump model and the modified energy jump model, and compares pressure prediction performances between the KTG based models and the energy transport models. Section 3.3 evaluates the four models 

Conclusion

A unified vapor-liquid-solid multi-phase numerical solver has been accomplished for the self pressurization simulation in cryogenic containers. Compared to the early fluid-only solver, the temperature prediction in the vicinity of the tank wall improves significantly. Four liquid-vapor phase change models were integrated into the solver, which enables fair and effective comparison for performances between each other. The pressure and temperature prediction accuracies, and the calculation speed

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Zhongqi Zuo: Data curation, Formal analysis, Writing – original draft, Validation. Jingyi Wu: Conceptualization, Writing – review & editing, Validation. Yonghua Huang: Conceptualization, Formal analysis, Writing – review & editing, Validation.

Declaration of Competing Interest

Authors declare that they have no financial and personal relationships with other people or organizations that can inappropriately influence our work, there is no professional or other personal interest of any nature or kind in any product, service and/or company that could be construed as influencing the position presented in, or the review of, the manuscript entitled, “Validity evaluation of popular liquid-vapor phase change models for cryogenic self-pressurization process”.

Acknowledgement

This project is supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (No. 51936006).

References (40)

There are more references available in the full text version of this article.

Cited by (7)